<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="fedregister.xsl"?>
<FEDREG xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="FRMergedXML.xsd">
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>86</NO>
  <DATE>Thursday, May 3, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Contents</UNITNAME>
  <CNTNTS>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agency Health</EAR>
      <PRTPAGE P="iii"/>
      <HD>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Patient Safety Organizations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Voluntary Relinquishment from CareRise LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26280-26281</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10596</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Requests for Nominations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Advisory Council for Healthcare Research and Quality,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26281</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10595</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agriculture</EAR>
      <HD>Agriculture Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Rural Utilities Service</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Army</EAR>
      <HD>Army Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Engineers Corps</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Bonneville</EAR>
      <HD>Bonneville Power Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Montana-to-Washington Transmission System Upgrade Project,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26275-26276</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10673</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Consumer Financial Protection</EAR>
      <HD>Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Interstate Land Sales Registration Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Special Rules of Practice; Correction,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26154</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10602</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Centers Medicare</EAR>
      <HD>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Medicaid Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>State Plan Home and Community-Based Services, 5-Year Period for Waivers, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26362-26406</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="44" T="03MYP2.sgm">2012-10385</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>State Plan Home and Community-Based Services, 5-Year Period for Waivers, Provider Payment Reassignment, and Setting Requirements for Community First Choice; Correction,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26232</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYP1.sgm">2012-10677</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Commerce</EAR>
      <HD>Commerce Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Economic Analysis Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>International Trade Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Consumer Product</EAR>
      <HD>Consumer Product Safety Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Requirements for Coal and Woodburning Appliances,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26253-26254</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10660</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>26254</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10856</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Corporation</EAR>
      <HD>Corporation for National and Community Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>26254</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10816</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Defense Department</EAR>
      <HD>Defense Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Engineers Corps</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Federal Acquisition Regulations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26232-26238</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="03MYP1.sgm">2012-10708</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Defense University Board of Visitors; Cancellation,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26254</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10667</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Privacy Act; Systems of Records,</DOC>
          <PGS>26261-26262</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10684</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Renewal of Department of Defense Federal Advisory Committees,</DOC>
          <PGS>26264-26265</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10691</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Economic Analysis Bureau</EAR>
      <HD>Economic Analysis Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Quarterly Survey of Insurance Transactions by U.S. Insurance Companies with Foreign Persons,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26251-26252</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10678</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Education Department</EAR>
      <HD>Education Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Applications for New Awards:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Reentry of Students with Disabilities from Juvenile Justice Facilities into Education, Employment, and Community Programs,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26265-26273</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="8" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10692</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Energy Department</EAR>
      <HD>Energy Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Bonneville Power Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Office</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Environmental Management Advisory Board,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26275</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10681</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, Northern New Mexico,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26273</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10672</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Nuclear Energy Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26274-26275</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10724</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>President's Council of Advisors on Science and Technology,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26273-26274</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10723</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Energy Efficiency</EAR>
      <HD>Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Biomass Research and Development Technical Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26276-26277</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10670</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Engineers</EAR>
      <HD>Engineers Corps</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Restricted Areas:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Meloy Channel, U.S. Coast Guard Base Miami Beach, FL,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26229-26231</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYP1.sgm">2012-10606</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Environmental Protection</EAR>
      <HD>Environmental Protection Agency</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Underground Injection Control Program Primacy:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Tennessee; Public Hearing,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26231-26232</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYP1.sgm">2012-10619</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Executive Office of the President</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Presidential Documents</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Export Import</EAR>
      <HD>Export-Import Bank</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>26277</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10662</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Economic Impact Policy,</DOC>
          <PGS>26277-26278</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10664</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Accounting</EAR>
      <PRTPAGE P="iv"/>
      <HD>Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Issuance of Statement of Federal Financial Accounting Standard 42,</DOC>
          <PGS>26278</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10610</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Aviation</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Aviation Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Airbus Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26154-26156</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10471</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Cessna Aircraft Company Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26156-26158</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10473</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Saab AB, Saab Aerosystems Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26158-26160</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10469</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Modification of VOR Federal Airway V-14:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Missouri,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26160-26161</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10362</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Rolls-Royce plc Turbofan Engines,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26216-26218</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYP1.sgm">2012-10693</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Communications</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Communications Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>26278-26279</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10634</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings,</DOC>
          <PGS>26279</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10639</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Election</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Election Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>26279</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10798</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Financial</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Appraisal Subcommittee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26279-26280</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10612</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10613</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Highway</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Highway Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Final Federal Agency Actions on Avenida Rio Salado/Broadway Road,</DOC>
          <PGS>26355</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10574</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Surface Transportation Project Delivery Pilot Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Caltrans Audit Report,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26355-26356</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10616</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Railroad</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Railroad Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Petitions for Waivers of Compliance,</DOC>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10703</FRDOCBP>
          <PGS>26356-26359</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10706</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Reserve</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Reserve System</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Changes in Bank Control:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26280</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10675</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies,</DOC>
          <PGS>26280</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10674</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Fish</EAR>
      <HD>Fish and Wildlife Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Reclassifying the Wood Bison Under the Endangered Species Act as Threatened Throughout Its Range,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26191-26212</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="21" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10635</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Food and Drug</EAR>
      <HD>Food and Drug Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Amendments to Sterility Test Requirements for Biological Products,</DOC>
          <PGS>26162-26175</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="13" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10649</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>New Animal Drugs:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Ceftiofur Crystalline Free Acid; Gamithromycin; Tylosin,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26161-26162</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10632</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Experimental Study on the Public Display of Lists of Harmful and Potentially Harmful Tobacco Constituents,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26284-26287</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10659</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Record Retention Requirements for the Soy Protein and Risk of Coronary Heart Disease Health Claim,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26283-26284</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10647</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Registration and Product Listing for Owners and Operators of Domestic Tobacco Product Establishments, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26281-26283</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10645</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Cooperative Agreement to Support the Joint Institute for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition,</DOC>
          <PGS>26287-26288</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10648</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Determination of Regulatory Review Period for Purposes of Patent Extension:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>HALAVEN,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26288-26289</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10716</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>KRYSTEXXA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26290-26291</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10697</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>LASTACAFT,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26291-26292</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10694</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>PRADAXA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26289-26290</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10712</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy Assessments:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Social Science Methodologies to Assess Goals Related to Knowledge; Public Workshop; Issue Paper,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26292-26294</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10646</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Foreign Claims</EAR>
      <HD>Foreign Claims Settlement Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>26316</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10748</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Foreign Trade</EAR>
      <HD>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Expansion of Manufacturing Authority:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Epson Portland, Inc., Foreign Trade Zone 45, Portland, OR,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26252</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10685</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>General Services</EAR>
      <HD>General Services Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Federal Acquisition Regulations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26232-26238</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="03MYP1.sgm">2012-10708</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Health and Human</EAR>
      <HD>Health and Human Services Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Food and Drug Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Institutes of Health</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Healthcare Research and Quality Agency</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Housing</EAR>
      <HD>Housing and Urban Development Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Federal Housing Administration:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Section 232 Healthcare Facility Insurance Program-Strengthening Accountability and Regulatory Revisions,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26218-26229</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="11" T="03MYP1.sgm">2012-10690</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Federal Housing Administration Healthcare Facility Documents,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26304-26314</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="10" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10687</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Interior</EAR>
      <HD>Interior Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Fish and Wildlife Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>National Environmental Policy Act; Implementing Procedures:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Addition to Categorical Exclusions for Bureau of Indian Affairs,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26314-26315</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10696</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <PRTPAGE P="v"/>
        <SJ>U.S. Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Stakeholder Assessment and Multi-Stakeholder Group Options,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26315-26316</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10663</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Internal Revenue</EAR>
      <HD>Internal Revenue Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Section 42 Qualified Contract Provisions,</DOC>
          <PGS>26175-26181</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10638</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Adm</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>North American Free Trade Agreement Panel Reviews,</DOC>
          <PGS>26252-26253</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10686</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Justice Department</EAR>
      <HD>Justice Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Foreign Claims Settlement Commission</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Authorization to Redelegate Settlement Authority for Claims Submitted Under the Federal Tort Claims Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>26181-26183</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10641</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>NASA</EAR>
      <HD>National Aeronautics and Space Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Federal Acquisition Regulations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26232-26238</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="03MYP1.sgm">2012-10708</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
      <HD>National Institutes of Health</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Government-Owned Inventions; Availability for Licensing,</DOC>
          <PGS>26294-26300</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10637</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Center for Scientific Review,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26300-26303</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10701</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10719</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Cancer Institute,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26301-26304</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10699</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10713</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26301</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10717</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26300</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10729</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Prospective Grant of Exclusive License:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Development of Ocular Therapeutics Utilizing the Peptide C16Y and Related Peptides,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26304</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10636</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Oceanic</EAR>
      <HD>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Atka Mackerel in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26212</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10682</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Fisheries of the United States:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Standard 1 Guidelines,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26238-26240</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYP1.sgm">2012-10683</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Nuclear Regulatory</EAR>
      <HD>Nuclear Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Access Authorization Fees,</DOC>
          <PGS>26149-26154</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10711</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Access Authorization Fees,</DOC>
          <PGS>26213-26216</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="03MYP1.sgm">2012-10710</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Progress Energy Florida; Combined Licenses for Levy Nuclear Plant Units 1 and 2,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26316-26317</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10695</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Exemption of Material; Proposed Disposal Procedures:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Humboldt Bay Power Plant, Unit 3, Eureka, CA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26317-26318</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10700</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Exemption:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Duke Energy Carolinas, LLC; Oconee Nuclear Station, Units 1, 2, and 3,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26318-26321</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10698</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Facility Operating License Renewals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Reed College, Reed Research Nuclear Reactor,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26321</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10705</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>License Issuances:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Virginia Electric and Power Co.,  Nos. NPF-4 and NPF-7,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26321-26323</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10707</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Postal Service</EAR>
      <HD>Postal Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>POSTNET Barcode Discontinuation,</DOC>
          <PGS>26185-26191</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10505</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>26323</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10852</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10854</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Presidential Documents</EAR>
      <HD>Presidential Documents</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>EXECUTIVE ORDERS</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Iran and Syria, Foreign Sanctions Evaders; Prohibiting Transactions and Suspending Entry Into the U.S. (EO 13608),</DOC>
          <PGS>26407-26411</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="03MYE0.sgm">2012-10884</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Rural Utilities</EAR>
      <HD>Rural Utilities Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Announcement of Grant Application Deadlines and Funding Levels,</DOC>
          <PGS>26241-26245</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10614</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Household Water Well System Grant Program; Application Deadlines and Funding,</DOC>
          <PGS>26245-26251</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10615</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Securities</EAR>
      <HD>Securities and Exchange Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Findings, Opinions, and Orders of the Commission:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Application of BOX Options Exchange LLC for Registration as a National Securities Exchange,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26323-26340</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="17" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10620</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>EDGA Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26348-26353</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10644</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>EDGX Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26343-26348</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10643</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26340-26343</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10642</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>State Department</EAR>
      <HD>State Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Culturally Significant Objects Imported for Exhibition Determinations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Lygia Clark,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26353</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10680</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Vantage Pipeline Project,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26353-26354</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYN1.sgm">2012-10812</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Transportation Department</EAR>
      <HD>Transportation Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Aviation Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Highway Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Railroad Administration</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Treasury</EAR>
      <HD>Treasury Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Internal Revenue Service</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Veteran Affairs</EAR>
      <HD>Veterans Affairs Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>State Nursing Homes Receiving Per Diem Payments from VA:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Technical Revisions to Update Reference to the Required Assessment Tool,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>26183-26184</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="03MYR1.sgm">2012-10590</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <PTS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Separate Parts In This Issue</HD>
      <HD>Part II</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Health and Human Services Department, Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services,</DOC>
        <PGS>26362-26406</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="44" T="03MYP2.sgm">2012-10385</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part III</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Presidential Documents,</DOC>
        <PGS>26407-26411</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="4" T="03MYE0.sgm">2012-10884</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
    </PTS>
    <AIDS>
      <PRTPAGE P="vi"/>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Reader Aids</HD>
      <P>Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this page for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.</P>
      
      <P>To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.gpo.gov and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.</P>
    </AIDS>
  </CNTNTS>
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>86</NO>
  <DATE>Thursday, May 3, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
  <RULES>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="26149"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>10 CFR Parts 11 and 25</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[NRC-2011-0161]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 3150-AJ00</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Access Authorization Fees</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Direct final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC or the Commission) is amending the NRC's access authorization fees charged to licensees for work performed under the Material Access Authorization Program (MAAP) and the Information Access Authority Program (IAAP). The amended cost is due to an increase in the review time for each application for access authorization. The NRC's formula for calculating fees remains the same and is based on current Office of Personnel Management (OPM) investigation billing rates for background investigations. The formula is designed to recover the full cost of processing a request for access authorization from an NRC licensee.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>The final rule is effective June 22, 2012, unless significant adverse comments are received by June 4, 2012. A significant adverse comment is a comment where the commenter explains why the rule would be inappropriate, including challenges to the rule's underlying premise or approach, or would be ineffective or unacceptable without a change. If the rule is withdrawn, timely notice will be published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2011-0161 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this final rule. You may access information and comment submittals related to this final rulemaking, which the NRC possesses and is publicly available, by the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Web Site:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and search for Docket ID NRC-2011-0161.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS):</E>You may access publicly available documents online in the NRC Library at<E T="03">http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html.</E>To begin the search, select “ADAMS Public Documents” and then select “<E T="03">Begin Web-based ADAMS Search.”</E>For problems with ADAMS, please contact the NRC's Public Document Room (PDR) reference staff at 1-800-397-4209, 301-415-4737, or by email to<E T="03">pdr.resource@nrc.gov.</E>The ADAMS accession number for each document referenced in this notice (if that document is available in ADAMS) is provided the first time that a document is referenced.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">NRC's PDR:</E>You may examine and purchase copies of public documents at the NRC's PDR, Room O1-F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Emily Robbins, Office of Administration, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-492-3524, email:<E T="03">Emily.Robbins@nrc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Procedural Background</HD>
        <P>The NRC is using the direct final rule procedure because it considers this action noncontroversial and routine. The amendments make a routine adjustment to the access authorization fees and are of a minor and administrative nature. Adequate protection of public health and safety continues to be ensured. The direct final rule will become effective on June 22, 2012. However, if the NRC receives significant adverse comments on the direct final rule by June 4, 2012, then the NRC will publish a document that withdraws the direct final rule. If the direct final rule is withdrawn, the NRC will address the comments received in response to the proposed revisions in a subsequent final rule. Absent significant modifications to the proposed revisions requiring republication, the NRC will not initiate a second comment period on this action in the event the direct final rule is withdrawn.</P>
        <P>A significant adverse comment is a comment where the commenter explains why the rule would be inappropriate, including challenges to the rule's underlying premise or approach, or would be ineffective or unacceptable without a change. A comment is adverse and significant if:</P>
        <P>(1) The comment opposes the rule and provides a reason sufficient to require a substantive response in a notice-and-comment process. For example, a substantive response is required when:</P>
        <P>(a) The comment causes the NRC staff to reevaluate (or reconsider) its position or conduct additional analysis;</P>
        <P>(b) The comment raises an issue serious enough to warrant a substantive response to clarify or complete the record; or</P>
        <P>(c) The comment raises a relevant issue that was not previously addressed or considered by the NRC staff.</P>
        <P>(2) The comment proposes a change or an addition to the rule, and it is apparent that the rule would be ineffective or unacceptable without incorporation of the change or addition.</P>
        <P>(3) The comment causes the NRC staff to make a change (other than editorial) to the rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>Certain individuals employed by NRC licensees or their contractors are assigned duties which require access to special nuclear material (plutonium, uranium-233, and uranium enriched in the isotopes uranium-233 or uranium-235) or to restricted data or national security information. Individuals who require access to this material or information must obtain an access authorization from the NRC. When a licensee requests access authorization for an employee or a contractor, the NRC initiates a background investigation of the individual seeking access authorization. Based on the results of that investigation, the NRC determines whether permitting that individual to have access to special nuclear material, restricted data, or national security information would create a security risk.</P>

        <P>The OPM conducts the required access authorization background investigations for the NRC and sets the rates charged for these investigations. The combined cost of the OPM background investigation and any related NRC processing activities (NRC processing fee) are recovered from the<PRTPAGE P="26150"/>licensee through an access authorization fee assessed by the NRC. It is the NRC's practice to publish the fee schedule for special nuclear material access authorization in Title 10 of the<E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations</E>(10 CFR) 11.15(e) and the corresponding fee schedule for restricted data and national security information access authorization in Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 25. Both schedules are based on rates charged by OPM for conducting the required background investigations (OPM investigation billing rates).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>

        <P>This direct final rule amends § 11.15(e), § 25.17(f), and Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 25 by modifying the NRC processing fee charged to licensees for work performed under the MAAP and the IAAP from 31.7 percent of the OPM investigation billing rates to 55.8 percent. This direct final rule will continue to allow licensees to calculate the NRC access authorization fee for any given application by referencing to the current OPM investigation billing rates schedule for background investigation services. Reimbursable billing rates for personnel background investigations are published by OPM's Federal Investigative Services in a Federal Investigations Notice (FIN). The current OPM investigation billing rates were published in FIN 11-05 on August 29, 2011, and became effective on October 1, 2011. The FIN 11-05 is available on the OPM's Federal Investigative Services Web site at<E T="03">http://www.opm.gov/investigate/fins/2011.aspx</E>. The NRC's licensees can also obtain the current OPM investigation billing rates schedule by contacting the NRC's Personnel Security Branch (PSB), Division of Facilities and Security (DFS), Office of Administration (ADM) by email to<E T="03">Licensee_Access_Authorization_Fee@nrc.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>The fee-calculation formula is designed to recover the NRC's actual in-house processing fee for each application received from the licensee. The NRC's access authorization fee for any given request is determined using the following formula: the OPM investigation billing rates on the day of NRC receipt of the application + the NRC processing fee = the NRC material access authorization fee. The NRC processing fee is determined by multiplying the OPM investigation billing rate on the day of NRC receipt of the application by 55.8 percent (i.e., OPM rate × 55.8 percent). The percentage used to determine the NRC processing fee is increasing from 31.7 percent to 55.8 percent based on a 2010 NRC audit of actual in-house costs incurred in processing licensee applications for access authorization. Specifically, the amended cost is due to an increase in the review time for each application for access authorization. It is also important to note that collection of fees to recover the NRC's costs is required by statute (42 U.S.C. 2214(b)). Specifically, the amendments are necessary to implement the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990, as amended, which requires the NRC to recover through fees the full cost incurred in providing a service or thing of value.</P>
        <P>As noted previously, the OPM investigation billing rates are pulled directly from the current OPM fee schedule for investigations. The tables in new § 11.15(e)(3) and Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 25 cross-references each type of NRC access authorization request to the appropriate investigation service listed in the OPM's investigation billing rates schedule. For example, a licensee seeking a special nuclear material “NRC-U” access authorization requiring a single scope background investigation is directed by the table in new § 11.15(e)(3) to calculate the NRC processing fee based on the OPM investigation billing rates for a “Code C” Single Scope Background Investigation (SSBI). According to the current OPM investigation billing rates schedule (FIN 11-05), the OPM charges $4,005 for a “Code C” SSBI. The table instructs the licensee to calculate the NRC's application processing fee by multiplying $4,005 by 55.8 percent, which equals $2,234.79. The licensee then rounds the NRC's processing fee to the nearest dollar, or $2,235, and adds that amount to the OPM investigation billing rate of $4,005 to determine the total NRC access authorization fee: $6,240.</P>
        <P>The following table illustrates the calculation process:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="14C,r200,14C" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Current OPM<LI>investigation</LI>
              <LI>billing rate</LI>
              <LI>for SSBI-C</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Plus NRC application processing fee</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">OPM Rate × NRC fee 55.8% =<LI>(rounded to nearest $)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Equals total<LI>NRC access</LI>
              <LI>authorization</LI>
              <LI>fee for NRC-U</LI>
              <LI>application</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">$4,005</ENT>
            <ENT>$4,005 × 55.8% = $2,234.79 (rounded to $2,235)</ENT>
            <ENT>= $6,240</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>

        <P>Licensees applying for restricted data or national security information access authorization follow a similar procedure. The table in Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 25 cross-references each type of ``Q'' or ``L'' access authorization to the corresponding OPM investigation type. The OPM investigation billing rate for the type of investigation referenced is determined by consulting the current OPM investigation billing rates schedule. This rate is then plugged into the formula used to calculate the correct NRC access authorization fee for the type of application submitted. Copies of the current NRC access authorization fee can be obtained by contacting the NRC's Personnel Security Branch, Division of Facilities Security, Office of Administration by email to:<E T="03">Licensee_Access_Authorization_Fee@nrc.gov.</E>Any change in the NRC's access authorization fees will be applicable to each access authorization request received on or after the effective date of the OPM's most recently published investigation billing rates schedule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paragraph-by-Paragraph Analysis</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 11.15Application for Special Nuclear Material Access Authorization</HD>
        <P>To more clearly explain the access authorization process, the NRC is amending the rule language as follows: § 11.15(e)(1), and (2) are revised; § 11.15(e)(3) is redesignated as § 11.15(e)(4); and a new § 11.15(e) introductory text and (e)(3) are added. Additional changes were made for grammatical or clarification purposes. The authority citation was changed to reflect the current statutory framework for agency fee recovery.</P>
        <P>Section 11.15(e) introductory text is added to further explain how the OPM bills the NRC for the cost of each background investigation conducted in support of an application for special nuclear material access authorization.</P>

        <P>Section 11.15(e)(1) is revised to clearly define the formula used in calculating the NRC material access authorization fee (the OPM investigation billing rates on the day of NRC receipt of the application + the NRC processing fee = the NRC access authorization fee). The NRC processing fee is determined<PRTPAGE P="26151"/>by multiplying the OPM investigation billing rate on the day of NRC receipt of the application by 55.8 percent (i.e., OPM rate × 55.8 percent). Significantly, as noted above, the percentage of the OPM investigation billing rates in the processing fee is being changed from 31.7 percent of the OPM investigation billing rate to 55.8 percent of that rate to reflect NRC's increased costs in processing licensee applications for access authorization.</P>
        <P>Section 11.15(e)(2) is revised to further explain how to access the OPM billing rates schedule. Also, the telephone contact is changed to an email contact.</P>
        <P>The current § 11.15(e)(3) is redesignated as § 11.15(e)(4). A new § 11.15(e)(3) is added to clearly explain that the NRC's MAAP is considered reimbursable work representing services provided to an organization for which the NRC is entitled to payment. The NRC is authorized to receive and retain fees from licensees for services performed. The NRC's Office of the Chief Financial Officer (OCFO) periodically reviews the fees charged for MAAP and makes recommendations on revising those charges to reflect costs incurred by the NRC in providing those services. The reviews are performed using cost analysis techniques to determine the direct and indirect costs. The new § 11.15(e)(3) also provides information on where to obtain current copies of the NRC access authorization fee via an email contact and includes a table of the NRC's MAAP fee schedules. The NRC fee schedule for NRC-R (expedited processing) is removed given that this type of access authorization is no longer being performed by OPM. Other minor changes to the table are made to reflect the types of access authorization currently being performed by OPM.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 25.17Approval for Processing Applicants for Access Authorization</HD>
        <P>To more clearly explain the access authorization process, the NRC is amending the rule language as follows: § 25.17(f)(1), and (2) are revised; § 25.17(f)(3) is redesignated as  § 25.17(f)(4); and a new § 25.17(f) introductory text and (f)(3) are added. Additional changes were made for grammatical or clarification purposes. The authority citation was changed to reflect the current statutory framework for agency fee recovery.</P>
        <P>Section 25.17(f) introductory text is added to further explain how OPM bills the NRC for the cost of each background investigation conducted in support of an application for access authorization.</P>
        <P>Section 25.17(f)(1) is revised to clearly define the formula used in calculating the NRC access authorization fee (the OPM investigation billing rates on the day of NRC receipt of the application + the NRC processing fee = the NRC access authorization fee). The NRC processing fee is determined by multiplying the OPM investigation billing rate on the day of NRC receipt of the application by 55.8 percent (i.e., OPM rate × 55.8 percent). Significantly, as noted above, the percentage of the OPM investigation billing rates in the processing fee is being changed from 31.7 percent of the OPM investigation billing rate to 55.8 percent of that rate to reflect the NRC's increased costs in processing licensee applications for access authorization.</P>
        <P>Section 25.17(f)(2) is revised to further explain how to access the OPM billing rates schedule. Also, the telephone contact is changed to an email contact.</P>
        <P>The current § 25.17(f)(3) is redesignated as § 25.17(f)(4). A new § 25.17(f)(3) is added to clearly explain that the NRC's IAAP is considered reimbursable work representing services provided to an organization for which the NRC is entitled to payment. The NRC is authorized to receive and retain fees from licensees for services performed. The NRC's OCFO periodically reviews the fees charged for IAAP and makes recommendations on revising those charges to reflect costs incurred by the NRC in providing those services. The reviews are performed using cost analysis techniques to determine the direct and indirect costs. The new § 25.17(f)(3) also provides information on where to obtain current copies of the NRC access authorization fee via an email contact.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 25—Fees for NRC Access Authorization</HD>
        <P>The revised table in Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 25 cross-references each type of NRC “Q” or “L” access authorization request to a type of investigation in the current OPM investigation billing rates schedule, and directs licensees to calculate the application fee according to the stated formula: the OPM investigation billing rates on the day of NRC receipt of the application + the NRC processing fee = the NRC access authorization fee. The NRC processing fee is determined by multiplying the OPM investigation billing rate on the day of NRC receipt of the application by 55.8 percent (i.e., OPM rate × 55.8 percent). The NRC fee schedule for Initial “L” access authorization (expedited processing) is removed given that this type of access authorization is no longer being performed by OPM. Other minor changes to the table are made to reflect the types of access authorization currently being performed by OPM and for grammatical or clarification purposes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Voluntary Consensus Standards</HD>
        <P>The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995, Public Law 104-113, requires Federal agencies to use technical standards developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies unless the use of such a standard is inconsistent with applicable law or is otherwise impractical. This direct final rule amends the formula for calculating the NRC's access authorization fee charged to licensees for work performed under MAAP and IAAP from 31.7 percent of the OPM investigation billing rate for an investigation of a given type to 55.8 percent.</P>
        <P>This action is administrative in nature and does not involve the establishment or application of a technical standard containing generally applicable requirements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Impact: Categorical Exclusion</HD>
        <P>The NRC has determined that this direct final rule is the type of action described in categorical exclusions § 51.22(c)(1) and (2). Therefore, neither an environmental impact statement nor an environmental assessment has been prepared for this direct final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act Statement</HD>

        <P>This direct final rule does not contain new or amended information collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>). Existing requirements were approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Approval Numbers 3150-0046 and 3150-0062.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Protection Notification</HD>
        <P>The NRC may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a request for information or an information collection requirement unless the requesting document displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Analysis</HD>

        <P>A regulatory analysis has not been prepared for this direct final rule. This direct final rule ensures that the NRC recovers the full cost of application processing from licensees submitting access authorization requests, as is required by statute (42 U.S.C. 2214(b)). The formula method for calculating these fees continues to provide an<PRTPAGE P="26152"/>efficient and effective mechanism for updating the NRC access authorization fees in response to changes in the underlying OPM investigation billing rates schedule for required personnel background investigations. These amendments are administrative in nature and will neither impose new safety requirements nor relax existing ones and therefore do not call for the sort of safety/cost analysis described in the NRC's regulatory analysis guidelines in NUREG/BR-0058, Revision 4, “Regulatory Analysis Guidelines of the USNRC,” September 2004 (ADAMS Accession No. ML042820192).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification</HD>
        <P>Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 605(b)), the Commission certifies that this direct final rule amending 10 CFR Parts 11 and 25 does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This direct final rule applies to those licensees who use, process, store, transport, or deliver to a carrier for transport, formula quantities of special nuclear material (as defined in 10 CFR Part 73) or generate, receive, safeguard, and store National Security Information or Restricted Data (as defined in 10 CFR Part 95). Two licensees, both fuel cycle facilities, are currently required to comply with 10 CFR Part 11. Seventy-eight licensees and other organizations, mostly power reactors and fuel cycle facilities, are currently required to comply with 10 CFR Part 25. None of these licensees are “small entities” as defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act or the size standards established by the NRC (10 CFR 2.810). This direct final rule also applies to contractors of those licensees required to comply with this direct final rule who use, process, store, transport, or deliver to a carrier for transport, formula quantities of special nuclear material (as defined in 10 CFR Part 73) or generate, receive, safeguard, and store National Security Information or Restricted Data (as defined in 10 CFR Part 95). Some of these contractors may be “small entities” as defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act or the NRC's size standards. However, some of these contractors are reimbursed through the contract for the cost of securing access authorization. There are not a substantial number of unreimbursed “small entity” contractors who apply for access authorization, nor is the NRC aware of any significant impact on these unreimbursed “small entity” contractors.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Backfit Analysis</HD>
        <P>The NRC has determined that the backfit rule does not apply to this direct final rule and that a backfit analysis is not required. Collection of fees to recover the NRC's costs is required by statute (42 U.S.C. 2214(b)). Therefore, changes to rules designating the amount to be collected are not subject to the backfitting provisions or issue finality provisions in 10 CFR Chapter I.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Congressional Review Act</HD>
        <P>In accordance with the Congressional Review Act, the NRC has determined that this action is not a major rule and has verified this determination with the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>10 CFR Part 11</CFR>
          <P>Hazardous materials—transportation, Investigations, Nuclear materials, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Special nuclear material.</P>
          <CFR>10 CFR Part 25</CFR>
          <P>Classified information, Criminal penalties, Investigations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble and under the authority of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended; the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, as amended; and 5 U.S.C. 552 and 553, the NRC is adopting the following amendments to 10 CFR Parts 11 and 25.</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="11" TITLE="10">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 11—CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES FOR DETERMINING ELIGIBILITY FOR ACCESS TO OR CONTROL OVER SPECIAL NUCLEAR MATERIAL</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 11 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Atomic Energy Act sec. 161 (42 U.S.C. 2201); Energy Reorganization Act sec. 201 (42 U.S.C. 5841); Government Paperwork Elimination Act sec. 1704 (44 U.S.C. 3504 note).</P>
          </AUTH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>Section 11.15(e) also issued under Independent Offices Appropriations Act sec. 501,  (31 U.S.C. 9701); Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1990 sec. 6101 (42 U.S.C. 2214).</P>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>
            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>Citation: October 10, 2003; 68 FR 58792, 58800.</P>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="11" TITLE="10">
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 11.15:</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>i. Add paragraph (e) introductory text;</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>ii. Revise paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>iii. Redesignate paragraph (e)(3) as paragraph (e)(4); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>iv. Add a new paragraph (e)(3).</AMDPAR>
          <P>The revisions and addition read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 11.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for special nuclear material access authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) The Office of Personnel Management (OPM) bills the NRC for the cost of each background investigation conducted in support of an application for special nuclear material access authorization (application). The combined cost of the OPM investigation and the NRC's application processing overhead (NRC processing fee) are recovered through a material access authorization fee imposed on applicants for special nuclear material access authorization.</P>
            <P>(1) Each application for a special nuclear material access authorization, renewal, or change in level must be accompanied by a remittance, payable to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, which is equal to the NRC material access authorization fee. This fee must be determined using the following formula: the OPM investigation billing rates on the day of NRC receipt of the application + the NRC processing fee = the NRC material access authorization fee. The NRC processing fee is determined by multiplying the OPM investigation billing rate on the day of NRC receipt of the application by 55.8 percent (i.e., OPM rate × 55.8 percent).</P>

            <P>(2) Updated OPM investigation billing rates are published periodically in a Federal Investigations Notice (FIN) issued by the OPM's Federal Investigative Services. Copies of the current OPM investigation billing rates schedule can be obtained by contacting the NRC's Personnel Security Branch, Division of Facilities Security, Office of Administration by email to:<E T="03">Licensee_Access_Authorization_Fee@nrc.gov.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(3) The NRC's Material Access Authorization Program (MAAP) is considered reimbursable work representing services provided to an organization for which the NRC is entitled payment. The NRC is authorized to receive and retain fees from licensees for services performed. The NRC's Office of the Chief Financial Officer periodically reviews the fees charged for MAAP and makes recommendations on revising those charges to reflect costs incurred by the NRC in providing those services. The reviews are performed using cost analysis techniques to determine the direct and indirect costs. Based on this review the MAAP fees are adjusted to reflect the current cost for the program. Copies of the current NRC material access authorization fee may be obtained by contacting the NRC's Personnel Security Branch, Division of Facilities Security, Office of Administration by email to:<E T="03">Licensee_Access_Authorization_Fee@nrc.gov.</E>Any change in the NRC's access<PRTPAGE P="26153"/>authorization fees will be applicable to each access authorization request received on or after the effective date of the OPM's most recently published investigation billing rates schedule. Applicants shall calculate the access authorization fee according to the stated formula (i.e., OPM rate × 55.8 percent) and with reference to the following table:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,r150,24C" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">The NRC application fee for an access authorization of type . . .</CHED>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">Is the sum of the current OPM investigation billing rate charged for an investigation of type . . .</CHED>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">Plus the NRC's processing fee (rounded to the nearest dollar), which is equal to the OPM investigation billing rate for the type of investigation referenced multiplied by . . .</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">I. NRC—R<SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>NACLC—National Agency Check with Law and Credit (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">ii. NRC—R Based on Certification of Comparable Investigation<SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>No fee assessed for most applications</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">iii. NRC—R renewal<SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>NACLC—National Agency Check with Law and Credit (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">iv. NRC—U requiring single scope investigation</ENT>
                <ENT>SSBI—Single Scope Background Investigation (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">v. NRC—U requiring single scope investigation (expedited processing)</ENT>
                <ENT>SSBI—Single Scope Background Investigation (Priority Handling, Code A)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">vi. NRC—U based on certification of comparable investigation<SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>No fee assessed for most applications</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">vii. NRC—U renewal<SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>SSBI-PR—Periodic Reinvestigation for SSBI (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU>If the NRC, having reviewed the available data, deems it necessary to perform a single scope investigation, the appropriate NRC-U fee will be assessed before the conduct of the investigation.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU>If the NRC determines, based on its review of available data, that a single scope investigation is necessary, the appropriate NRC-U fee will be assessed before the conduct of the investigation.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="25" TITLE="10">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 25—ACCESS AUTHORIZATION</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>3. The authority citation for part 25 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Atomic Energy Act secs. 145, 161, 223, 234 (42 U.S.C. 2165, 2201, 2273, 2282); Energy Reorganization Act sec. 201 (42 U.S.C. 5841); Government Paperwork Elimination Act sec. 1704 (44 U.S.C. 3504 note); E.O. 10865, as amended, 3 CFR 1959-1963 Comp., p. 398 (50 U.S.C. 401, note); E.O. 12829, 3 CFR, 1993 Comp., p. 570; E.O. 13526, 3 CFR 2010 Comp., pp. 298-327; E.O. 12968, 3 CFR, 1995 Comp, p. 396;</P>
          </AUTH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>Section 25.17(f) and Appendix A also issued under 31 U.S.C. 9701; Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1990 sec. 6101 (42 U.S.C. 2214).</P>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>
            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>Citation: November 30, 2010; 75 FR 73935, 73941.</P>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="25" TITLE="10">
          <AMDPAR>4. In § 25.17:</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>i. Add paragraph (f) introductory text;</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>ii. Revise paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>iii. Redesignate paragraph (f)(3) as paragraph (f)(4); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>iv. Add a new paragraph (f)(3).</AMDPAR>
          <P>The revisions read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 25.17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval for processing applicants for access authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f) The Office of Personnel Management (OPM) bills the NRC for the cost of each background investigation conducted in support of an application for access authorization (application). The combined cost of the OPM investigation and the NRC's application processing overhead (NRC processing fee) are recovered through an access authorization fee imposed on applicants for access authorization.</P>
            <P>(1) Each application for access authorization, renewal, or change in level must be accompanied by a remittance, payable to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, which is equal to the NRC access authorization fee. This fee must be determined using the following formula: the OPM investigation billing rates on the day of NRC receipt of the application + the NRC processing fee = the NRC access authorization fee. The NRC processing fee is determined by multiplying the OPM investigation billing rate on the day of NRC receipt of the application by 55.8 percent (i.e., OPM rate × 55.8 percent).</P>

            <P>(2) Updated OPM investigation billing rates are published periodically in a Federal Investigations Notice (FIN) issued by the OPM's Federal Investigative Services. Copies of the current OPM investigation billing rates schedule can be obtained by contacting the NRC's Personnel Security Branch, Division of Facilities Security, Office of Administration by email to<E T="03">Licensee_Access_Authorization_Fee@nrc.gov.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(3) The NRC's Information Access Authority Program (IAAP) is considered reimbursable work representing services provided to an organization for which the NRC is entitled payment. The NRC is authorized to receive and retain fees from licensees for services performed. The NRC's Office of the Chief Financial Officer periodically reviews the fees charged for IAAP and makes recommendations on revising those charges to reflect costs incurred by the NRC in providing those services. The reviews are performed using cost analysis techniques to determine the direct and indirect costs. Based on this review the IAAP fees are adjusted to reflect the current cost for the program. Copies of the current NRC access authorization fee may be obtained by contacting the NRC's Personnel Security Branch, Division of Facilities Security, Office of Administration by email to:<E T="03">Licensee_Access_Authorization_Fee@nrc.gov</E>. Any change in the NRC's access authorization fee will be applicable to each access authorization request received on or after the effective date of the OPM's most recently published investigation billing rates schedule.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="25" TITLE="10">
          <AMDPAR>5. Appendix A to part 25 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <APPENDIX>

            <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 25—Fees for NRC Access Authorization<PRTPAGE P="26154"/>
            </HD>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,r150,24C" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">The NRC application fee for an access authorization of type . . .</CHED>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">Is the sum of the current OPM investigation billing rate charged for an investigation of type . . .</CHED>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">Plus the NRC's processing fee (rounded to the nearest dollar), which is equal to the OPM investigation billing rate for the type of investigation referenced multiplied by . . .</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Initial “L” access authorization<SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>ANACI—Access National Agency Check with Inquiries (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Reinstatement of “L” access authorization<SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>No fee assessed for most applications</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Renewal of “L” access authorization<SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>NACLC—Access National Agency Check with Law and Credit (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Initial “Q” access authorization</ENT>
                <ENT>SSBI—Single Scope Background Investigation (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Initial “Q” access authorization (expedited processing)</ENT>
                <ENT>SSBI—Single Scope Background Investigation (Priority Handling, Code A)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Reinstatement of “Q” access authorization<SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>No fee assessed for most applications</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Renewal of “Q” access authorization<SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>SSBI-PR—Periodic Reinvestigation for SSBI (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU>If the NRC determines, based on its review of available data, that a single scope investigation is necessary, the appropriate fee for an Initial “Q” access authorization will be assessed before the conduct of investigation.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU>Full fee will only be charged if an investigation is required.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </APPENDIX>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 19th day of April 2012.</DATED>
          
          <P>For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
          <NAME>R.W. Borchardt,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Executive Director for Operations.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10711 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7590-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">BUREAU OF CONSUMER FINANCIAL PROTECTION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>12 CFR Part 1012</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CFPB-2011-0025]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 3170-AA06</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Interstate Land Sales Registration Program, Special Rules of Practice; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Correcting amendments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection published an interim final rule on December 21, 2011 (76 FR 79486), republishing implementing regulations under the Interstate Land Sales Full Disclosure Act (ILSA). The interim final rule contained a typographical error, which this document corrects.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This correcting amendment is effective on May 3, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Whitney Patross, Office of Regulations, at (202) 435-7700.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Bureau) published an interim final rule republishing and making technical and conforming amendments to regulations of the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) in connection with the transfer of rulemaking authority for ILSA from HUD to the Bureau. The interim final rule contained a typographical error, which this document corrects. The heading of Part 1012—Special Rules of Practice is incorrectly labeled as “Regulation J” and should be labeled “Regulation L.”</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 1012</HD>
          <P>Advertising disclaimers, Adjudicatory proceedings, Certification of substantially equivalent state law, Filing assistance, Purchasers' revocation rights, Land registration, Reporting requirements, Unlawful sales practices.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, 12 CFR Part 1012 is amended by making the following correcting amendments:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1012" TITLE="12">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1012—SPECIAL RULES OF PRACTICE (REGULATION L)</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 1012 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>12 U.S.C. 5512, 5581; 15 U.S.C. 1718.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1012" TITLE="12">
          <AMDPAR>2. The heading of part 1012 is revised to read as set forth above.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 25, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Richard Cordray,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10602 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-AM-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2012-0041; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-167-AD; Amendment 39-17037; AD 2012-09-02]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Airbus Model A300 B2-1C, B2K-3C, B2-203, B4-2C, B4-103, and B4-203 airplanes. This AD was prompted by analysis that in a specific failure case of the upper primary attachment of the trimmable horizontal stabilizer actuator (THSA), the THSA upper secondary attachment engaged because it could only withstand the loads for a limited period of time. This AD requires installing three secondary retention plates for the gimbal bearings on the THSA upper primary attachment. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of the secondary load path, which could result in loss of control of the airplane.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This AD becomes effective June 7, 2012.</P>
          <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of June 7, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or in person at the U.S. Department of Transportation,<PRTPAGE P="26155"/>Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Dan Rodina, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-2125; fax (425) 227-1149.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>

        <P>We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to include an AD that would apply to the specified products. That NPRM was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on February 6, 2012 (77 FR 5726). That NPRM proposed to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>A specific failure case of the THSA [trimmable horizontal stabilizer actuator] upper primary attachment, which may result in a loading of the upper secondary attachment, has been identified by analysis.</P>
          <P>Primary load path failure can be caused by bearing migration from the upper attachment gimbal by failure or loss of a retention bolt.</P>
          <P>In case of failure of the THSA upper primary attachment, the THSA upper secondary attachment would engage. Because the upper attachment secondary load path can only withstand the loads for a limited period of time, the condition where it would be engaged could lead, if not detected and corrected, to the failure of the secondary load path, which would likely result in loss of control of the aeroplane.</P>
          <P>For the reasons explained above, this [EASA] AD requires installation of three secondary retention plates for the gimbal bearings on the THSA upper primary attachment.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <FP>You may obtain further information by examining the MCAI in the AD docket.</FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
        <P>We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We received no comments on the NPRM (77 FR 5726, February 6, 2012) or on the determination of the cost to the public.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
        <P>We reviewed the available data and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD as proposed, except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:</P>
        <P>• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM (77 FR 5726, February 6, 2012) for correcting the unsafe condition; and</P>
        <P>• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM (77 FR 5726, February 6, 2012).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>We estimate that this AD will affect about 15 products of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it will take about 2 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts will cost about $6,541 per product. Where the service information lists required parts costs that are covered under warranty, we have assumed that there will be no charge for these parts. As we do not control warranty coverage for affected parties, some parties may incur costs higher than estimated here. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD to the U.S. operators to be $100,665, or $6,711 per product.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</E>
        </P>
        <P>1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);</P>
        <P>3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and</P>
        <P>4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this AD and placed it in the AD docket.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains the NPRM 77 FR 5726, February 6, 2012), the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Operations office (telephone (800) 647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="39" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="39" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new AD:</AMDPAR>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
              <E T="04">2012-09-02Airbus:</E>Amendment 39-17037. Docket No. FAA-2012-0041; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-167-AD.</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
            <P>This airworthiness directive (AD) becomes effective June 7, 2012.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
            <P>None.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
            <P>This AD applies to all Airbus Model A300 B2-1C, B2K-3C, B2-203, B4-2C, B4-103, and B4-203 airplanes, certificated in any category.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
            <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 27: Flight controls.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Reason</HD>

            <P>This AD was prompted by analysis that in a specific failure case of the upper primary attachment of the trimmable horizontal stabilizer actuator (THSA), the THSA upper secondary attachment engaged because it could only withstand the loads for a limited period of time. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of the secondary load path, which could result in loss of control of the airplane.<PRTPAGE P="26156"/>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
            <P>You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Actions</HD>
            <P>Within 30 months after the effective date of this AD, install 3 retention plates for the gimbal bearings on the THSA upper primary attachment, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Mandatory Service Bulletin A300-27-0204, dated March 11, 2011.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Other FAA AD Provisions</HD>
            <P>The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>The Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the International Branch, send it to Attn: Dan Rodina, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-2125; fax (425) 227-1149. Information may be emailed to:<E T="03">9-ANM-116-AMOC-REQUESTS@faa.gov.</E>Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office. The AMOC approval letter must specifically reference this AD.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Airworthy Product:</E>For any requirement in this AD to obtain corrective actions from a manufacturer or other source, use these actions if they are FAA-approved. Corrective actions are considered FAA-approved if they are approved by the State of Design Authority (or their delegated agent). You are required to assure the product is airworthy before it is returned to service.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Related Information</HD>
            <P>Refer to MCAI European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) Airworthiness Directive 2011-0112, dated June 15, 2011; and Airbus Mandatory Service Bulletin A300-27-0204, dated March 11, 2011; for related information.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
            <P>(1) You must use the following service information to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise. The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the following service information under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51:</P>
            <P>(i) Airbus Mandatory Service Bulletin A300-27-0204, dated March 11, 2011.</P>

            <P>(2) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus SAS—EAW (Airworthiness Office), 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email<E T="03">account.airworth-eas@airbus.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">http://www.airbus.com.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(3) You may review copies of the service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>

            <P>(4) You may also review copies of the service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at an NARA facility, call 202-741-6030, or go to<E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</E>
            </P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on April 23, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Michael Kaszycki,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10471 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-1413; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-062-AD; Amendment 39-17036; AD 2012-09-01]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Cessna Aircraft Company Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Cessna Aircraft Company Model 560XL airplanes. This AD was prompted by reports of wheel inserts becoming loose and damaging brake assemblies on Model 560XL airplanes. This AD requires an inspection of the torque lug and surrounding components (wheel base, side rim, lock ring) for damage (such as corrosion, cracks, dents, bent areas, damaged or missing paint or primer, or wear on the metal), and of the bearing cup for corrosion, turned cup, or clearance that exceeds limits, and repair as applicable; measuring the torque lugs for width and replacing screws and inserts with new, improved screws and inserts; and re-identifying the wheel assemblies. We are issuing this AD to prevent brake failure, which could result in an airplane not being able to stop on the runway.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This AD is effective June 7, 2012.</P>
          <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in the AD as of June 7, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>For Cessna service information identified in this AD, contact Cessna Aircraft Co., P.O. Box 7706, Wichita, Kansas 67277-7706; telephone 316-517-6215; fax 316-517-5802; email<E T="03">citationpubs@cessna.textron.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">https://www.cessnasupport.com/newlogin.html.</E>For Goodrich service information identified in this AD, contact Goodrich Corporation, Aircraft Wheels &amp; Brakes, P.O. Box 340, Troy, Ohio 45373-3872; telephone 937-440-2130; fax 937-440-2055; email<E T="03">WBPubs-Admin@goodrich.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">http://www.goodrich.com/TechPubs.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The address for the Docket Office (phone: 800-647-5527) is Document Management Facility, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>David Fairback, Aerospace Engineer, Mechanical Systems and Propulsion Branch, ACE-116W, FAA, Wichita Aircraft Certification Office, 1801 Airport Road, Room 100, Mid-Continent Airport, Wichita, KS 67209; phone: 316-946-4154; fax: 316-946-4107; email:<E T="03">david.fairback@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>

        <P>We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to include an AD that would apply to the specified products. That NPRM published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 19, 2012 (77 FR 2659). That NPRM proposed to require an inspection of the torque lug and surrounding components (wheel base, side rim, lock ring) for damage (such as corrosion, cracks, dents, bent areas, damaged or missing paint or primer, or wear on the metal), and of the bearing<PRTPAGE P="26157"/>cup for corrosion, turned cup, or clearance that exceeds limits, and repair as applicable; measuring the torque lugs for width and replacing screws and inserts with new, improved screws and inserts; and re-identifying the wheel assemblies.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
        <P>We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We received no comments on the NPRM (77 FR 2659, January 19, 2012) or on the determination of the cost to the public.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
        <P>We reviewed the relevant data and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD as proposed, except for minor editorial changes. In addition, we have re-identified Note 2 of the NPRM (77 FR 2659, January 19, 2012) as paragraph (h) of this final rule. We also revised the language in paragraph (j) of this AD; this change does not affect the intent of this AD. We have determined that these minor changes:</P>
        <P>• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM (77 FR 2659, January 19, 2012) for correcting the unsafe condition; and</P>
        <P>• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM (77 FR 2659, January 19, 2012).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>We estimate that this AD affects 473 airplanes of U.S. registry.</P>
        <P>We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,r50,r50,r50,r50" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost per product</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost on U.S. operators</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Inspection, and measurement of the torque lugs, replacement of screws and inserts, and re-marking</ENT>
            <ENT>Up to 11 work-hours × $85 per hour = $935</ENT>
            <ENT>Up to $6,462</ENT>
            <ENT>Up to $7,397</ENT>
            <ENT>Up to $3,498,781.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>We estimate the following costs to do any necessary repairs or replacements as applicable that would be required based on the results of the inspection. We have no way of determining the number of aircraft that might need these repairs or replacements:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>On-Condition Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost per product</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Repair or replacement as applicable</ENT>
            <ENT>Between 1 and 9 work-hour[s] × $85 per hour = Between $85 and $765 per wheel assembly</ENT>
            <ENT>Between $0 and $24,000 per wheel assembly</ENT>
            <ENT>Between $85 and $24,765 per wheel assembly.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>According to the manufacturer, all of the costs of this AD may be covered under warranty, thereby reducing the cost impact on affected individuals. We do not control warranty coverage for affected individuals. As a result, we have included all costs in our cost estimate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</E>
        </P>
        <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
        <P>(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),</P>
        <P>(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
        <P>(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="39" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="39" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive (AD):</AMDPAR>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
              <E T="04">2012-09-01Cessna Aircraft Company:</E>Amendment 39-17036; Docket No. FAA-2011-1413; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-062-AD.</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
            <P>This AD is effective June 7, 2012.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
            <P>None.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>

            <P>This AD applies to Cessna Aircraft Company Model 560XL airplanes; certificated in any category; having serial numbers 5002 through 5372 inclusive, 5501 through 5830 inclusive, 6001 through 6055<PRTPAGE P="26158"/>inclusive, 6057 through 6066 inclusive, 6069 through 6071 inclusive, and 6073 through 6077 inclusive.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
            <P>Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC)/Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 32, Landing Gear.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
            <P>This AD was prompted by reports of wheel inserts becoming loose and damaging brake assemblies on Model 560XL airplanes. We are issuing this AD to prevent brake failure, which could result in an airplane not being able to stop on the runway.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
            <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Inspection, Corrective Action, and Replacement</HD>
            <P>Within 1 year after the effective date of this AD, or during the next tire change accomplished after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first: Do the actions specified in paragraphs (g)(1), (g)(2), and (g)(3) of this AD on both main wheels, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Cessna Service Bulletin SB560XL-32-41, Revision 1, dated May 5, 2011, including Supplemental Data, dated February 25, 2011. Do all applicable repairs and replacements before further flight.</P>
            <P>(1) Do a general visual inspection of the torque lug and surrounding components (wheel base, side rim, lock ring) for damage (such as corrosion, cracks, dents, bent areas, damaged or missing paint or primer, or wear on the metal), and of the bearing cup for corrosion, turned cup, or clearance that exceeds limits, and all applicable repairs.</P>
            <P>(2) Measure the torque lugs for width and replace screws and inserts with new, improved screws and inserts.</P>
            <P>(3) Re-identify the wheel assembly.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="04">Note 1 to paragraph (g) of this AD:</E>Cessna Service Bulletin SB560XL-32-41, Revision 1, dated May 5, 2011, including Supplemental Data, dated February 25, 2011, refers to Goodrich Service Bulletin 3-1571-32-7, dated February 25, 2011, as an additional source of guidance on inspecting and repairing the torque lugs, surrounding components, and bearing cup, and re-identifying the wheel assemblies.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Definition</HD>
            <P>For the purposes of this AD, a general visual inspection is: “A visual examination of an interior or exterior area, installation, or assembly to detect obvious damage, failure, or irregularity. This level of inspection is made from within touching distance unless otherwise specified. A mirror may be necessary to ensure visual access to all surfaces in the inspection area. This level of inspection is made under normally available lighting conditions such as daylight, hangar lighting, flashlight, or droplight and may require removal or opening of access panels or doors. Stands, ladders, or platforms may be required to gain proximity to the area being checked.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Parts Installation</HD>
            <P>As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install, on any airplane, a wheel assembly having P/N 3-1571-3 or 3-1571-4, unless it has been inspected, measured, and re-identified, in accordance with paragraph (g) of this AD, and all applicable repairs or replacements have been done.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Credit for Previous Actions</HD>
            <P>This paragraph provides credit for actions, as required by paragraph (g) of this AD, if those actions were done before the effective date of this AD in accordance with Cessna Service Bulletin SB560XL-32-41, dated February 25, 2011.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) No Reporting Required</HD>
            <P>Although Cessna Service Bulletin SB560XL-32-41, Revision 1, dated May 5, 2011, specifies to submit certain information to the manufacturer, this AD does not include that requirement.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
            <P>(1) The Manager, Wichita Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in the Related Information section of this AD.</P>
            <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(m) Related Information</HD>

            <P>For more information about this AD, contact contact David Fairback, Aerospace Engineer, Mechanical Systems and Propulsion Branch, ACE-116W, FAA, Wichita Aircraft Certification Office, 1801 Airport Road, Room 100, Mid-Continent Airport, Wichita, KS 67209; phone: 316-946-4154; fax: 316-946-4107; email:<E T="03">david.fairback@faa.gov.</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(n) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
            <P>(1) You must use the following service information to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.</P>
            <P>(2) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51 of the following service information:</P>
            <P>(i) Cessna Service Bulletin SB560XL-32-41, Revision 1, dated May 5, 2011, including Supplemental Data, dated February 25, 2011.</P>

            <P>(3) For Cessna service information identified in this AD, contact Cessna Aircraft Co., P.O. Box 7706, Wichita, Kansas 67277; telephone 316-517-6215; fax 316-517-5802; email<E T="03">citationpubs@cessna.textron.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">https://www.cessnasupport.com/newlogin.html.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(4) For Goodrich service information identified in this AD, contact Goodrich Corporation, Aircraft Wheels &amp; Brakes, P.O. Box 340, Troy, Ohio 45373-3872; telephone 937-440-2130; fax 937-440-2055; email<E T="03">WBPubs-Admin@goodrich.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">http://www.goodrich.com/TechPubs.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(5) You may review copies of the service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>

            <P>(6) You may also review copies of the service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:<E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.</E>
            </P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on April 24, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Michael Kaszycki,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10473 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-1410; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-033-AD; Amendment 39-17038; AD 2012-09-03]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Saab AB, Saab Aerosystems Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Saab AB, Saab Aerosystems Model SAAB 2000 airplanes. This AD was prompted by reports of hydraulic accumulator failure. This AD requires replacing certain hydraulic accumulators with stainless steel hydraulic accumulators, and structural modifications in the nose landing gear bay. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of hydraulic accumulators, which may result in damage to the airplane and injury to occupants.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This AD becomes effective June 7, 2012.</P>
          <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of June 7, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or in person at the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West<PRTPAGE P="26159"/>Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Shahram Daneshmandi, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-1112; fax (425) 227-1149</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>

        <P>We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to include an AD that would apply to the specified products. That NPRM was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on December 29, 2011 (76 FR 81889). That NPRM proposed to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>Three cases of failure have been reported, affecting the same type of hydraulic accumulator as installed on SAAB 2000 aeroplanes, although all occurred on other aeroplane types. The reported cause of these failures has been traced to corrosion. Any of the end parts on the accumulator may depart from the pressure vessel if they are affected by corrosion.</P>
          <P>This condition, if not detected and corrected, may lead to fatigue failure of a hydraulic accumulator, possibly resulting in damage to the aeroplane and injury to occupants. In addition, a quality issue during the replacement of the base material in the end parts of the accumulator may have affected the service life of the accumulator.</P>
          <P>To address this unsafe condition, SAAB has introduced a new type of hydraulic accumulator, which is made of stainless steel.</P>
          <P>For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD requires the replacement of all Part Number (P/N) 08 8423 030 1 hydraulic accumulators with stainless steel P/N 40800-2050 hydraulic accumulators and associated structural modifications in the nose landing gear bay.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <FP>You may obtain further information by examining the MCAI in the AD docket.</FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
        <P>We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We have considered the comment received.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Include a Statement From the Service Information</HD>
        <P>Saab AB (the commenter) requested that we revise the NPRM (76 FR 81889, December 29, 2011) to include a statement as follows: “In addition, a quality issue during the replacement of the base material in the end parts of the accumulator may have affected the service life of the accumulator.”</P>
        <P>We infer that the commenter requested that we add the statement to the Discussion section of the NPRM (76 FR 81889, December 29, 2011). We agree that Saab Service Bulletin 2000-29-024, Revision 01, dated November 5, 2010, states, “In addition, a qualification issue during the change of the base material, for the end parts of the accumulator back in 1993, can have affected the life limit of the accumulator.” However, we have not included the statement in the final rule because we do not restate the Discussion section in the final rule. We have not changed the AD in this regard.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Explanation of Additional Change Made to This AD</HD>
        <P>We have revised the heading and wording in paragraph (i) of this AD; this change has not changed the intent of that paragraph.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
        <P>We reviewed the available data, including the comment received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD with the changes described previously—except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:</P>
        <P>• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM (76 FR 81889, December 29, 2011) for correcting the unsafe condition; and</P>
        <P>• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM (76 FR 81889, December 29, 2011).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>We estimate that this AD will affect 8 products of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it will take about 12 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts will cost about $9,995 per product. Where the service information lists required parts costs that are covered under warranty, we have assumed that there will be no charge for these parts. As we do not control warranty coverage for affected parties, some parties may incur costs higher than estimated here. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD to the U.S. operators to be $88,120, or $11,015 per product.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</E>
        </P>
        <P>1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);</P>
        <P>3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and</P>
        <P>4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this AD and placed it in the AD docket.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains the NPRM (76 FR 81889, December 29, 2011), the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Operations office (telephone (800) 647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="39" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <PRTPAGE P="26160"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="39" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new AD:</AMDPAR>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
              <E T="04">2012-09-03Saab AB, Saab Aerosystems:</E>Amendment 39-17038. Docket No. FAA-2011-1410; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-033-AD.</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
            <P>This airworthiness directive (AD) becomes effective June 7, 2012.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
            <P>None.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
            <P>This AD applies to Saab AB, Saab Aerosystems Model SAAB 2000 airplanes, certificated in any category; all serial numbers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
            <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 29: Hydraulic Power.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Reason</HD>
            <P>This AD was prompted by reports of hydraulic accumulator failure. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of hydraulic accumulators, which may result in damage to the airplane and injury to occupants.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
            <P>You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Actions</HD>
            <P>Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD, replace all hydraulic accumulators having part number (P/N) 08 8423 030 1, with stainless steel hydraulic accumulators having P/N 40800-2050, and do the structural modifications in the nose landing gear bay, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Saab Service Bulletin 2000-29-024, Revision 01, dated November 5, 2010.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Parts Installation</HD>
            <P>After replacing hydraulic accumulators having P/N 08 8423 030 1 with hydraulic accumulators having P/N 40800-2050, and doing the structural modifications in the nose landing gear bay, as required by paragraph (g) of this AD, no person may install any hydraulic accumulator having P/N 08 8423 030 1 on any airplane.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Credit for Previous Actions</HD>
            <P>This paragraph provides credit for the actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Saab Service Bulletin 2000-29-024, dated November 18, 2009.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Other FAA AD Provisions</HD>
            <P>The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">(1)</E>
              <E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>The Manager, ANM-116, International Branch, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the International Branch, send it to ATTN: Shahram Daneshmandi, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-1112; fax (425) 227-1149. Information may be emailed to:<E T="03">9-ANM-116-AMOC-REQUESTS@faa.gov.</E>Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office. The AMOC approval letter must specifically reference this AD.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">(2) Airworthy Product:</E>For any requirement in this AD to obtain corrective actions from a manufacturer or other source, use these actions if they are FAA-approved. Corrective actions are considered FAA-approved if they are approved by the State of Design Authority (or their delegated agent). You are required to assure the product is airworthy before it is returned to service.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Related Information</HD>
            <P>Refer to MCAI European Aviation Safety Agency Airworthiness Directive 2011-0004, dated January 17, 2011; and Saab Service Bulletin 2000-29-024, Revision 01, dated November 5, 2010; for related information.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
            <P>(1) You must use the following service information to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise. The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the following service information under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51:</P>

            <P>(i) Saab Service Bulletin 2000-29-024, Revision 01, dated November 5, 2010. (2) For service information identified in this AD, contact Saab AB, Saab Aerosystems, SE-581 88, Linköping, Sweden; telephone +46 13 18 5591; fax +46 13 18 4874; email<E T="03">saab2000.techsupport@saabgroup.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">http://www.saabgroup.com.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(3) You may review copies of the service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>

            <P>(4) You may also review copies of the service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at an NARA facility, call 202-741-6030, or go to<E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</E>
            </P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on April 23, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Michael Kaszycki,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10469 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2012-0227; Airspace Docket No. 12-ACE-1]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Modification of VOR Federal Airway V-14; Missouri</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule, technical amendment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This action amends VOR Federal airway V-14 in the vicinity of St. Louis, MO. The FAA is taking this action to correct the V-14 description contained in Part 71 to ensure it matches the information contained in the FAA's aeronautical database, matches the depiction on the associated charts, and to ensure the safety and efficiency of the National Airspace System (NAS).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective date 0901 UTC May 3, 2012. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under 1 CFR part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order 7400.9 and publication of conforming amendments.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Colby Abbott, Airspace, Regulations and ATC Procedures Group, Office of Mission Support Services, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone: (202) 267-8783.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">History</HD>

        <P>After a recent review of aeronautical data, the Aeronautical Navigation Products Group identified the VOR Federal airway V-14 description published in FAA Order 7400.9, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, did not match the airway information contained in the FAA's aeronautical database or the charted depiction of the airway. When V-14 was amended in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of May 7, 1990 (55 FR 18862), the St. Louis, MO, VOR/DME was deleted from the description in error. The FAA aeronautical database retained the<PRTPAGE P="26161"/>navigation aid in the route description correctly and the associated aeronautical charts were published accordingly. To overcome any confusion or flight safety issues associated with conflicting route description information being published, the FAA is amending the V-14 legal description to reflect the airway aligned over the St. Louis, MO, VOR/DME. Accordingly, since this is an administrative correction to update the V-14 description to be in concert with the FAA's aeronautical database and charting, notice and public procedures under Title 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are unnecessary.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Rule</HD>
        <P>The FAA amends Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 by amending the legal description of VOR Federal airway V-14 in the vicinity of St. Louis, MO. Specifically, the FAA amends V-14 to reflect the airway aligned over the St. Louis, MO, VOR/DME; thus, matching the information currently contained in the FAA's aeronautical database and the charted depiction of the airway.</P>
        <P>VOR Federal airways are listed in paragraph 6010 of FAA Order 7400.9V dated August 9, 2011, and effective September 15, 2011, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The VOR Federal airway listed in this document will be revised subsequently in the Order.</P>
        <P>The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. Therefore, this regulation: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under Department of Transportation (DOT) Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority.</P>
        <P>This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of the airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it amends an existing VOR Federal airway within the NAS.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Review</HD>
        <P>The FAA has determined that this action qualifies for categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act in accordance with 311a, FAA Order 1050.1E, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures.” This airspace action is not expected to cause any potentially significant environmental impacts, and no extraordinary circumstances exist that warrant preparation of an environmental assessment.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71</HD>
          <P>Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="71" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D, AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ROUTES; AND REPORTING POINTS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 71 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="71" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 71.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 of FAA Order 7400.9V, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, signed August 9, 2011, and effective September 15, 2011, is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <EXTRACT>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 6010VOR Federal airways.</HD>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(a) Domestic VOR Federal airways.</FP>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">V-14</HD>
            <P>From Chisum, NM; Lubbock, TX; Childress, TX; Hobart, OK; Will Rogers, OK; INT Will Rogers 052° and Tulsa, OK 246° radials; Tulsa; Neosho, MO; Springfield, MO; Vichy, MO; INT Vichy 067° and St. Louis, MO, 225° radials; St. Louis; Vandalia, IL; Terre Haute, IN; Brickyard, IN; Muncie, IN; Flag City, OH; INT Flag City 079° and Dryer, OH, 240° radials; Dryer; Jefferson, OH; Erie, PA; Dunkirk, NY; Buffalo, NY; Geneseo, NY; Georgetown, NY; INT Georgetown 093° and Albany, NY, 270° radials; Albany; INT Albany 084° and Gardner, MA, 284° radials; Gardner; to Norwich, CT.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, April 24, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Paul Gallant,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager, Airspace, Regulations and ATC Procedures Group.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10362 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>21 CFR Parts 522 and 558</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2012-N-0002]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>New Animal Drugs; Ceftiofur Crystalline Free Acid; Gamithromycin; Tylosin</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is amending the animal drug regulations to reflect approval actions for new animal drug applications (NADAs) and abbreviated new animal drug applications (ANADAs) during February 2012. FDA is also informing the public of the availability of summaries of the basis of approval and of environmental review documents, where applicable.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective May 3, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>George K. Haibel, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-6), Food and Drug Administration, 7519 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-276-9019, email:<E T="03">george.haibel@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>FDA's Center for Veterinary Medicine is adopting the use of a monthly<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document to codify approval actions for NADAs and ANADAs. CVM will no longer publish a separate rule for each action. This approach will allow a more efficient use of available resources.</P>

        <P>In this document, FDA is amending the animal drug regulations to reflect the original and supplemental approval actions during February 2012, as listed in table 1 of this document. FDA is also informing the public of the availability of summaries of the basis of approval (FOI Summaries) under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) and of environmental review documents required under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), where applicable.<PRTPAGE P="26162"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s30,r100,r100,r100,8,r30,xs25" COLS="7" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Original and Supplemental NADAs and ANADAs Approved During February 2012</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">NADA/<LI>ANADA</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Sponsor</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">New animal drug product name</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">21 CFR<LI>Section</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">FOIA<LI>Summary</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">NEPA<LI>Review</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">141-328</ENT>
            <ENT>Merial Ltd., 3239 Satellite Blvd., Bldg. 500, Duluth, GA 30096-4640</ENT>
            <ENT>ZACTRAN (gamithromycin) Injectable Solution</ENT>

            <ENT>Supplement adding treatment of bovine respiratory disease (BRD) associated with<E T="03">M. bovis</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>522.1014</ENT>
            <ENT>yes</ENT>
            <ENT>CE<SU>1</SU>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">141-209</ENT>
            <ENT>Pharmacia &amp; Upjohn Co., a Division of Pfizer, Inc., 235 East 42d St., New York, NY 10017</ENT>
            <ENT>EXCEDE (ceftiofur crystalline free acid) Sterile Suspension</ENT>
            <ENT>Supplement adding treatment of acute bovine metritis in lactating dairy cows; and modified injection techniques</ENT>
            <ENT>522.313a</ENT>
            <ENT>yes</ENT>
            <ENT>CE</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">200-484</ENT>
            <ENT>Huvepharma AD, 33 James Boucher Blvd., Sophia 1407, Bulgaria</ENT>
            <ENT>TYLOVET 100 (tylosin phosphate) Type A medicated Article</ENT>
            <ENT>Original approval as generic copy of NADA 012-491</ENT>
            <ENT>558.625</ENT>
            <ENT>yes</ENT>
            <ENT>CE</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>1</SU>The Agency has determined under 21 CFR 25.33 that this action is categorically excluded (CE) from the requirement to submit an environmental assessment (EA) or an environmental impact statement (EIS) because it is of a type that does not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>The basis of approval of actions requiring review of safety or effectiveness data is discussed in an FOI Summary that may be seen in the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852, between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>21 CFR Part 522</CFR>
          <P>Animal drugs.</P>
          <CFR>21 CFR Part 558</CFR>
          <P>Animal drugs, Animal feeds.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and redelegated to the Center for Veterinary Medicine, 21 CFR parts 522 and 558 are amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="522" TITLE="21">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 522—IMPLANTATION OR INJECTABLE DOSAGE FORM NEW ANIMAL DRUGS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 21 CFR part 522 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>21 U.S.C. 360b.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="522" TITLE="21">
          <AMDPAR>2. In 522.313a, revise paragraphs (e)(2)(i), (e)(2)(ii), and (e)(2)(iii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 522.313a</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ceftiofur crystalline free acid.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Amount.</E>For subcutaneous (SC) injection in the posterior aspect of the ear where it attaches to the head (base of the ear) in lactating dairy cattle. For SC injection in the middle third of the posterior aspect of the ear or in the base of the ear in beef and non-lactating dairy cattle.</P>
            <P>(A) Single-dose regimen: 6.6 mg ceftiofur equivalents per kg of body weight as a single injection.</P>
            <P>(B) Two-dose regimen: 6.6 mg ceftiofur equivalents per kg of body weight given as two injections in the base of the ear approximately 72 hours apart.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Indications for use</E>—(A) Single-dose regimen: For the treatment of bovine respiratory disease (BRD, shipping fever, pneumonia) associated with<E T="03">Mannheimia haemolytica, Pasteurella multocida,</E>and<E T="03">Histophilus somni</E>in beef, non-lactating dairy, and lactating dairy cattle. For the control of respiratory disease in beef and non-lactating dairy cattle which are at high risk of developing BRD associated with<E T="03">M. haemolytica, P. multocida,</E>and<E T="03">H. somni.</E>For the treatment of bovine foot rot (interdigital necrobacillosis) associated with<E T="03">Fusobacterium necrophorum</E>and<E T="03">Porphyromonas levii</E>in beef, non-lactating dairy, and lactating dairy cattle.</P>
            <P>(B) Two-dose regimen: For the treatment of acute metritis (0-to 10-days postpartum) associated with bacterial organisms susceptible to ceftiofur in lactating dairy cattle.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Limitations.</E>Following label use as either a single-dose or 2-dose regimen, a 13-day pre-slaughter withdrawal period is required after the last treatment. A withdrawal period has not been established in preruminating calves. Do not use in calves to be processed for veal.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="522" TITLE="21">
          <AMDPAR>3. In 522.1014, revise paragraph (d)(1)(ii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 522.1014</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Gamithromycin.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Indications for use.</E>For the treatment of bovine respiratory disease (BRD) associated with<E T="03">Mannheimia haemolytica, Pasteurella multocida,</E>
              <E T="03">Histophilus somni,</E>and<E T="03">Mycoplasma bovis</E>in beef and non-lactating dairy cattle; and for the control of respiratory disease in beef and non-lactating dairy cattle at high risk of developing BRD associated with<E T="03">M. haemolytica</E>and<E T="03">P. multocida.</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="558" TITLE="21">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 558—NEW ANIMAL DRUGS FOR USE IN ANIMAL FEEDS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>4. The authority citation for 21 CFR part 558 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>21 U.S.C. 360b, 371.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="558" TITLE="21">
          <AMDPAR>5. In § 558.625, add paragraph (b)(90) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 558.625</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tylosin.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(90) No. 016592: 100 grams per pound for use as in paragraph (f) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 26, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Bernadette Dunham,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Center for Veterinary Medicine.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10632 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>21 CFR Parts 600, 610, and 680</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2011-N-0080]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Amendments to Sterility Test Requirements for Biological Products</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is amending the sterility test requirements for biological products. This rule provides manufacturers of biological products greater flexibility, as appropriate, and encourages use of the most appropriate and state-of-the-art test methods for assuring the safety of biological<PRTPAGE P="26163"/>products. FDA is taking this action as part of its ongoing efforts to comprehensively review and, as necessary, revise its regulations related to biological products.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective June 4, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Paul E. Levine, Jr., Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (HFM-17), Food and Drug Administration, 1401 Rockville Pike, suite 200N, Rockville, MD 20852-1448, 301-827-6210.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Background</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Summary of the Final Rule</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Comments on the Proposed Rule and FDA's Responses</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. General Comments and FDA's Responses</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Comments and FDA's Responses on Specific Topics From the Proposed Rule</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Revisions to Other Regulations</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Legal Authority</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Analysis of Impacts</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. Environmental Impact</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VIII. Federalism</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IX. The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>This rule revises the sterility requirements for most biological products under title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), subchapter F, parts 600 through 680 (21 CFR parts 600 through 680)<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and is intended to promote improvement and innovation in the development of sterility test methods by allowing manufacturers the flexibility needed for sterility testing of some novel products that may be introduced to the market, enhancing sterility testing of currently approved products, and encouraging manufacturers to utilize scientific and technological advances in sterility test methods as they become available.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>The sterility test provisions of this regulation do not apply to Whole Blood, Cryoprecipitated Antihemophilic Factor (AHF), Platelets, Red Blood Cells, Plasma, Source Plasma, Smallpox Vaccine, Reagent Red Blood Cells, Anti-Human Globulin, or Blood Grouping Reagents. The provisions also do not apply in cases where the Director of the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) or the Director of the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER), as appropriate, exempts a product from the requirements because the Director finds the manufacturer's data adequate to establish that the mode of administration, the method of preparation, or the special nature of the product precludes or does not require a sterility test or that the sterility of the lot is not necessary to assure the safety, purity, and potency of the product. (See 21 CFR 610.12(g)(4).)</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of June 21, 2011 (76 FR 36019), FDA published a proposed rule that proposed revisions to update requirements for sterility testing of biological products. As described in the preamble of the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36019 to 36020), any product that purports to be sterile should be free of viable contaminating microorganisms to assure product safety (§ 600.3(q) (21 CFR 600.3(q)). Absolute sterility of a lot cannot be practically demonstrated without complete destruction of every finished article in that lot (USP, Chapter 1211). Therefore, sterility assurance is accomplished primarily by validation of the sterilization process or of aseptic processing under current good manufacturing practice (CGMP), and is supported by sterility testing using validated and verified test methods (see e.g., USP Chapter 71, European Pharmacopeia 2.6.1.).</P>
        <P>In the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of November 20, 1973 (38 FR 32048), we reorganized and republished the biologics regulations, which included regulations governing sterility testing, as parts 600 through 680.</P>
        <P>Over the years, FDA has amended the biologics regulations, as necessary, to clarify and update the sterility test requirements. On March 11, 1976 (41 FR 10427) and March 2, 1979 (44 FR 11754), we updated § 610.12 (21 CFR 610.12) to clarify the procedures for repeat testing. On December 15, 1986 (51 FR 44903), we clarified and updated certain requirements for sterility testing to ensure the reliability of the growth-promoting qualities of the sterility test culture media and to provide greater consistency with the test methods of USP XXI. Finally, on September 15, 1997 (62 FR 48174), we incorporated by reference into § 610.12(f) the 1995 edition of the USP concerning the procedures for the membrane filtration test method.</P>
        <P>Prior to this final rule, § 610.12 required that the sterility of most licensed biological products<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>be demonstrated through the performance of tests prescribed in § 610.12(a) and (b). Specifically, § 610.12 provided that the sterility of each lot of each product, with the exception of certain products,<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>be demonstrated by the performance of prescribed sterility tests for both bulk and final container material, unless different sterility tests were prescribed in the license (see § 610.12(g)(1)) or the manufacturer submitted adequate data<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>establishing that the mode of administration, the method of preparation, or the special nature of the product precluded or did not require a sterility test, or that the sterility of the lot was not necessary to assure the safety, purity, and potency of the product (§ 610.12(g)(4)(ii)).</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>See list of exemptions in § 610.12(g)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>Whole Blood, Cryoprecipitated AHF, Platelets, Red Blood Cells, Plasma, Source Plasma, Smallpox Vaccine, Reagent Red Blood Cells, Anti-Human Globulin, or Blood Grouping Reagents (§ 610.12(g)(4)(i)).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>In such an instance, the Director of CBER or CDER, as appropriate, would determine the adequacy of the data (§ 610.12(g)(4)(ii)).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The regulation also specified the test method and culture media to be used. For example, the prescribed sterility test methods relied upon culture media (either Fluid Thioglycollate Medium or Soybean-Casein Digest Medium) to detect growth of microorganisms (§ 610.12(a)(1) and (a)(2)). Moreover, § 610.12 specified criteria, such as incubation conditions (time and temperature) to be used during testing, suitable test organisms for the evaluation of the growth-promoting qualities of the culture media, storage and maintenance of test organism cultures, and storage and condition of media.</P>
        <P>Since we last clarified and updated our regulations governing sterility testing, advances in technology in recent years have allowed the development of new sterility test methods that yield accurate and reliable test results in less time and with less operator intervention than the currently prescribed methods. Some examples of novel methods include the Adenosine Triphosphate bioluminescence, chemiluminescence, and carbon dioxide head space measurement. Manufacturers may benefit from using such sterility test methods with rapid and advanced detection capabilities.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, we have amended § 610.12 to promote improvement and innovation in the development of sterility test methods, to address the challenges of novel products that may be introduced to the market in the future, and to potentially enhance sterility testing of currently approved products. This final rule provides manufacturers the flexibility to take advantage of methods as they become available, provided that these methods meet certain criteria.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Summary of the Final Rule</HD>
        <P>FDA is adopting as final, without material change, the proposed requirements for sterility testing. Specifically, this final rule:</P>
        <P>• Eliminates specified sterility test methods, culture media formulae (or formulation), and culture media test requirements;</P>
        <P>• Eliminates specified membrane filtration procedure requirements for certain products;</P>

        <P>• Eliminates specified sterility test requirements for most bulk material;<PRTPAGE P="26164"/>
        </P>
        <P>• Modifies the repeat sterility test requirements, so that repeat tests will occur only once for each lot. These repeat tests are limited to situations when the quality control unit conclusively determines, after conducting an investigation upon detection of viable microbial contamination during the initial test of the lot, that the contamination is the result of laboratory error or faulty materials used in conducting the sterility test;</P>
        <P>• Replaces the storage and maintenance requirements for cultures of test organisms used to determine the “growth-promoting qualities” of culture media with: (1) Validation requirements specifying that any sterility test used is able to consistently detect the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms and (2) verification of “growth-promoting properties” or microorganism-detection capabilities of test and test components;</P>
        <P>• Replaces the sample size or amount requirement with a requirement that the sample be appropriate to the material being tested;</P>
        <P>• Replaces the<E T="03">Interpretation of test results</E>section under § 610.12(c) with a requirement that manufacturers establish, implement, and follow written procedures for sterility testing that describe, at a minimum, the test method used, the method of sampling, and the written specifications for acceptance or rejection of each lot;</P>
        <P>• Simplifies and clarifies the<E T="03">Exceptions</E>section under § 610.12(h); and</P>
        <P>• Identifies the Director of CDER as one of the two Center directors authorized to grant an exemption under the exception provision at § 610.12(h)(2). In the proposed rule, the Center for Devices and Radiological Health was erroneously identified in this exception, instead of the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research.</P>
        <P>• Revises the definition of the term “sterility” under § 600.3(q); and</P>
        <P>• Eliminates certain exceptions for allergenic products related to sterility testing under § 680.3(c).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Comments on the Proposed Rule and FDA's Responses</HD>
        <P>We received 17 letters of comments on the proposed rule. These comments were received from biologics manufacturers, industry associations, and other interested persons. A summary of the comments received and our responses follow. We first respond to general comments and then respond to comments on the specific topics set forth in the preamble of the proposed rule.</P>
        <P>To make it easier to identify the comments and our responses, the word “Comment,” in parentheses, will appear before the comment's description, and the word “Response,” in parentheses, will appear before our response. We have also numbered each comment to help distinguish between different comments. The number assigned to each comment is purely for organizational purposes and does not signify the comment's value or importance or the order in which it was received. Certain comments were grouped together because the subject matter of the comments was similar.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. General Comments and FDA's Response</HD>
        <P>(Comment 1) Thirteen of the letters of comments supported the proposed rule. Many of the comments agreed that the proposed amendments would provide manufacturers of biological products greater flexibility and would promote improvement and innovation in the development of sterility test methods. Several comments agreed that the proposed amendments would allow manufacturers to use the most appropriate and state-of-the-art test methods for assuring the safety of biological products. Several comments applauded FDA's effort to amend sterility test requirements to permit the use of new methods and systems in assessing microbiological contamination in sterile products. Another comment was pleased to see FDA's commitment to advancing the principles of innovation in product development for public health.</P>
        <P>(Response) FDA acknowledges and appreciates the supportive comments. As stated previously, the rule provides needed flexibility and encourages manufacturers to benefit from scientific and technological advances in sterility test methods as they become available.</P>

        <P>(Comment 2) One comment noted an error in the reference to the European Pharmacopeia 2.6.2. provided in the first paragraph in section I of the preamble to the proposed rule. The comment pointed out that European Pharmacopeia 2.6.2. is the chapter for<E T="03">Mycobacteria</E>testing.</P>
        <P>(Response) We agree with this comment. The reference should have been to European Pharmacopeia 2.6.1. Sterility testing.</P>
        <P>(Comment 3) One comment concurred with the preamble statement that “* * * sterility assurance is accomplished primarily by validation of the sterilization process or by the aseptic processing procedures under CGMP, and is supported by sterility testing using validated and verified test methods,” (76 FR 36019 at 36019). However, the commenter went on to state that “* * * the regulations would be better suited by ensuring that the aseptic manufacturing processes follow strict GMP, further leveraging the requirements for aseptic environments, media fill programs, and strict oversight of the aseptic process as opposed to the perceived assurance that sterility testing of samples provides. This is best illustrated through existing verbiage in § 211.113(b) (21 CFR 211.113(b)) but should be further expanded upon to provide improved guidance to industry and investigators.”</P>
        <P>(Response) We acknowledge that product sterility testing does not provide absolute assurance of product sterility. However, we believe validation of aseptic processes,<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>using process simulations or media fills, together with operational controls and product sterility testing, provide a sufficient level of assurance that products purported to be sterile are in fact sterile. Therefore, we do not agree that additional requirements are necessary because the existing CGMP requirements under parts 210 and 211 (21 CFR parts 210 and 211) and the other applicable regulations in parts 600 through 680 already address the concerns raised by the commenter. We believe this final rule, together with the other applicable regulations and Agency guidance, provide manufacturers appropriate latitude to determine how to achieve the level of control necessary for compliance.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>See the applicable requirements in parts 210, 211, and 600 through 680, and FDA's guidance document entitled “Guidance for Industry: Sterile Drug Products Produced by Aseptic Processing—Current Good Manufacturing Practice,” dated September 2004.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>(Comment 4) One comment expressed a concern that an environmental requirement is not part of the proposed rule. The commenter stated, “Environmental conditions are important to avoid cross-contamination” and proposed the addition of the following wording described in European Pharmacopeia 2.6.1. “The test for sterility is carried out under aseptic conditions. In order to achieve such conditions, the test environment has to be adapted to the way in which the sterility test is performed. The precautions taken to avoid contamination are such that they do not affect any microorganisms which are to be revealed in the test. The working conditions in which the tests are performed are monitored regularly by appropriate sampling of the working area and by carrying out appropriate controls.”<PRTPAGE P="26165"/>
        </P>
        <P>(Response) In discussing “environmental conditions,” we understand the comment to mean environmental controls. We have considered the issue, including the points raised in this comment and have decided not to adopt the suggested language or revise the rule in light of the suggested language because the concerns expressed by the commenter are currently addressed in the CGMP requirements in parts 210 and 211 and the applicable regulations in parts 600 through 680. In addition, manufacturers may turn to relevant Agency guidance documents for additional guidance. Furthermore, as the commenter states, the proposed wording regarding environmental controls under which the sterility test is to be performed is already described in European Pharmacopeia 2.6.1., and USP Chapter 71, both of which are additional, valuable resources for manufacturers.</P>
        <P>(Comment 5) One comment noted that while § 610.12 addresses aspects of sterility, the current theme of the section is specific to sterility testing. The commenter therefore suggested either renaming the title of § 610.12 as “Sterility Test,” or broadening § 610.12 so that the regulation addresses all critical elements in the content area of sterility.</P>
        <P>(Response) We decline to adopt either recommended change because we believe that the current title of § 610.12 remains appropriate and that the suggested title change is unnecessary. In response to the comment expressing a desire to broaden § 610.12 to address all critical elements in the content area of sterility, FDA notes that this comment is outside the scope of this final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Comments and FDA's Response on Specific Topics From the Proposed Rule</HD>
        <P>The following are comments and FDA's responses, as identified by the specific topic in the proposed rule to which the comment and FDA's response applies.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. When is sterility testing required?</HD>
        <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36020 to 36021), we proposed amending § 610.12 to eliminate the sterility test requirement for most bulk materials. We have determined that, in most cases, for purposes of sterility testing, the most appropriate test material is the final container material. We recognize that due to the nature of some biological products, testing the final container material may not always be feasible or appropriate. Thus, as finalized, § 610.12 requires that prior to release, manufacturers of biological products must perform sterility testing of each lot of each biological product's final container material or other material (e.g., bulk material or active pharmaceutical ingredient (API), in-process material, stock concentrate material), as appropriate, and as approved in the biologics license application (BLA) or BLA supplement. For example, as discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36021), certain allergenic and cell and gene therapy products may need to be tested for sterility at an in-process stage or some other stage of the manufacturing process (e.g., intermediate, API, bulk drug substance) instead of the final container material because the final container material may interfere with the sterility test. Likewise, as discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule, some cell therapy products and cell-based gene therapy products may need to be tested for sterility at an in-process stage or some other stage of manufacturing process because low production volumes may result in an insufficient final container material sample for sterility testing or a short product shelf-life may necessitate administration of the final product to a patient before sterility test results on the final container material are available.</P>
        <P>(Comment 6) Three comments were particularly supportive of FDA's proposal to eliminate the sterility test requirements for bulk material. One comment noted this change will be particularly helpful for cellular therapy products.</P>
        <P>(Response) We appreciate the supportive comments. We agree that the elimination of specified sterility test requirements for most bulk materials will provide manufacturers with greater flexibility and in most cases, for purposes of sterility testing, the most appropriate test material is the final container (76 FR 36019 at 36021). We also acknowledge that due to the nature of some biological products, this change could result in the need for some manufacturers to modify their testing procedures to eliminate testing for bulk materials. However, we note that these modifications to eliminate testing for bulk materials would be made following existing change control procedures and a submission to FDA to report the change would not be required.</P>
        <P>If it is determined that sterility testing needs to be performed on material other than the final product, due to the nature of the final product, we would expect the manufacturer, as required under §§ 601.2 and 601.12, to include in its BLA or BLA supplement: (1) A description of the details of the sterility test method used, including the procedure for testing the alternate material instead of the final container material; and (2) the scientific rationale for selecting the specific test material instead of the final container material.</P>
        <P>As discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36021), a manufacturer who desires to utilize an alternate sterility test method other than the one approved in its BLA must submit a BLA supplement in accordance with § 601.12(b).</P>
        <P>(Comment 7) One comment asserted that upon finalization of the rule, a manufacturer who desires to utilize an alternative sterility test other than the one approved in its BLA should be permitted to submit the change to FDA in its annual report in accordance with § 601.12(d), as opposed to a prior approval supplement to an approved application under § 601.12(b).</P>
        <P>(Response) We consider changes that may affect the sterility assurance level of a product to have substantial potential to affect the safety, purity, or potency of a product and have consistently identified this change as one that requires prior approval. Therefore, a manufacturer who desires to utilize an alternate sterility test method other than the one approved in its BLA must submit a prior approval supplement to an approved application in accordance with § 601.12(b). We note that approval of the supplement will be based on the determination that the data submitted with the request establishes a regulatory basis for approval.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. What are the sterility test requirements?</HD>
        <P>a.<E T="03">Test methods</E>—We proposed amending § 610.12 to eliminate references to specific test methods and culture media for sterility testing and to instead require that the sterility test be appropriate to the material being tested such that the material does not interfere with or otherwise hinder the test. As discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36021), we believe this revision recognizes current practices and provides manufacturers the flexibility to take advantage of suitable modern sterility test methods and keep pace with advances in science and technology.</P>

        <P>As also discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36021), because we are expanding potentially acceptable sterility test methods to include non-culture-based methods in addition to culture-based methods, we also have removed the definition of “a lot of culture medium.” Previously, § 610.12(e)(2)(i) defined this term as “* * * that quantity of uniform material identified as having been<PRTPAGE P="26166"/>thoroughly mixed in a single vessel, dispensed into a group of vessels of the same composition and design, sterilized in a single autoclave run, and identified in a manner to distinguish one lot from another.” Although we have deleted this term from § 610.12, we believe (as stated in the preamble to the proposed rule) that this concept is captured by the definition of “lot” in § 600.3(x). We note that this change is also consistent with our understanding that prepared culture media may be purchased, in which case a lot may be predetermined by the vendor.</P>
        <P>(Comment 8) Two comments opposed the elimination of the specified sterility test methods and culture media because eliminating the specific requirements may lead to different interpretations by industry, as well as FDA investigators. One comment stated that the current text on acceptable culture media, reference organisms, and incubation temperatures for sterility testing represents essential guidance for industry. The comments suggested that either the current regulations be retained in addition to the proposed amendments or retained as guidance.</P>
        <P>(Response) We reiterate that the purpose of this rule is to provide manufacturers of biological products greater flexibility and to encourage use of the most appropriate and state-of-the-art test methods for assuring the safety of biological products. Accordingly, at this time, we decline to retain the current specified sterility test methods, culture media, reference organisms, and incubation temperatures in regulation or guidance. Furthermore, we disagree that this rule may lead to inconsistent interpretations by industry and FDA staff because sterility test methods for biological products are approved in the manufacturer's BLA or BLA supplement, and hence, the data submitted with the request are reviewed in a consistent manner in accordance with review management procedures. Therefore, we believe the commenters' concerns about inconsistencies in interpretation are unfounded.</P>
        <P>(Comment 9) One commenter expressed concern about the applicability of the proposed changes in the global regulatory market in that the use of approved alternative sterility methods would not be globally applicable in the absence of compendial harmonization. The commenter inquired whether FDA has plans to harmonize the use of alternative sterility methods with the three main global compendia.</P>
        <P>(Response) We do not agree that the final rule and the use of a suitable modern sterility test method will interfere with the global regulatory market. The purpose of the rule is to provide for greater flexibility and to encourage use of the most appropriate and state-of-the-art test methods for assuring the safety of biological products. We believe this final rule will foster the adoption of novel methods and that alignment with global pharmacopeial methods will occur over time. With respect to FDA's future plans to harmonize the use of alternative sterility methods with the three main global compendia, we note that any such discussion is outside the scope of this rule.</P>
        <P>(Comment 10) One comment proposed adding a reference in the regulations to a compendial method and allowing for the implementation of alternative methods. The commenter expressed concern that, in the global marketplace, implementation of a novel method different from USP Chapter 71 would not be harmonized with other compendia and might pose risks to approval of marketing authorizations if new tests are not recognized or accepted by foreign health authorities.</P>
        <P>(Response) We do not agree with the comment and note that incorporating such a reference would be inconsistent with the intent of this rule. We reiterate that we do not agree that this final rule will interfere with the global marketplace. Rather, we believe that facilitating flexibility and encouraging the use of the most appropriate and state-of-the-art test methods will foster the adoption of novel method technologies and that alignment with pharmacopeia methods will occur over time. Furthermore, as we have explained in the preamble to the proposed rule, FDA considers established USP compendial sterility test methods to already have been validated using an established validation protocol; therefore their accuracy, specificity, and reproducibility need not be reestablished to fulfill the validation requirements under the final rule. Only a manufacturer who desires to utilize an alternative method other than the one approved in its BLA must submit a BLA supplement in accordance with § 601.12(b). This rule does not require manufacturers to utilize an alternative method other than the one approved in their BLA.</P>
        <P>(Comment 11) One comment stated that the absence of references to standards such as USP Chapter 71 within § 610.12 may lead to confusion and suggested that a general disclaimer that FDA is not endorsing any particular standard or the provision of specific examples within the regulation may provide an important point of reference for compliance. Two comments stated that USP Chapter 71 and European Pharmacopeia 2.6.1. should be listed within § 610.12 as a baseline or standard for sterility testing. Two other comments recommended referring to the USP Chapter 71 as the “referee” method instead of referring to it as an example.</P>
        <P>(Response) The concerns expressed in the comments are unfounded. We reiterate that we consider the current sterility test methods in a manufacturer's BLA or BLA supplement to already have been validated. In contrast, newer methods (for example, non-culture-based methods that have not been validated according to an established protocol) or those that deviate from the official compendial sterility test methods will require validation.</P>
        <P>Moreover, the final rule requires that a novel method be validated in accordance with an established protocol to demonstrate that the test is capable of consistently detecting the presence of viable microorganisms. We believe methods validation is a well recognized activity and can be performed without comparison to a “referee” test method.</P>
        <P>Furthermore, we note that there is no single “referee” test method that would work for all products and that some novel methods cannot be easily compared to culture-based methods such as USP Chapter 71 because these testing methods do not measure microbial growth. Therefore, we believe that it is neither necessary nor appropriate to add a reference to a standard or “baseline” in this final rule.</P>
        <P>(Comment 12) We received two comments regarding growth-promotion testing. One comment asserted that the proposal to eliminate the requirements to test culture media with specific test organisms, to eliminate the number of organisms that must be used to demonstrate growth-promoting qualities of culture media, and to eliminate specific incubation conditions and visual examination requirements may lead to different interpretations on which organisms can and should be used. The comment proposed that a reference to a “referee” method be added to the regulation including requirements for growth promotion and the strains and number of organisms to be used. The other comment supported the elimination of the list of specified organisms, while also stating that providing a list of organisms for manufacturers to consider would be a benefit to facilities that do not have the necessary expertise or staffing.</P>

        <P>(Response) Because we are providing manufacturers the flexibility to use<PRTPAGE P="26167"/>sterility test methods that are either culture-based or non-culture-based, which may necessitate different verification activities, we decline to retain the existing requirements for specified sterility test reference organisms. For similar reasons, we do not believe a reference to a “referee” method is necessary or appropriate and we decline to adopt the recommended change.</P>
        <P>Instead of specifying the number and type of test organisms, under § 610.12(b) of the final rule, we require that: (1) The sterility test must be appropriate to the material being tested such that the material does not interfere with or otherwise hinder the test; (2) the sterility test must be validated to demonstrate that the test is capable of reliably and consistently detecting the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms; and (3) the sterility test and test components must be verified to demonstrate that the test method can consistently detect the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>
        <P>Due to the variety of currently available and potential future sterility test methods, we have eliminated specified incubation conditions (time and temperature) and visual examination requirements previously prescribed in § 610.12. Since we are allowing any validated sterility test method that is appropriate to the material being tested, rather than specifying the test and the media used, we have also eliminated the Fluid Thioglycollate Medium incubation temperatures previously prescribed in § 610.12(a)(1)(ii) for the final container material containing a mercurial preservative.</P>
        <P>(Comment 13) One comment recommended that, with respect to validation, a definition for the terms “reliably” and “consistently” be added to the regulation for greater utility in understanding expectations when validating a method. The commenter offered, for example, “* * * that a validated method, though performing consistently and reliably, may still not be centered on the true value of the specific parameter being tested. Consequently, when this method would be used during testing the results may be in a statistical state of control, but not necessarily statistically capable of measuring the true value.” The commenter asked FDA to consider “* * * that the use of the terms `reliably and consistently' may infer that the validation of a test for non-sterility does not require proof of performance at least equivalent to the USP referee method.” The comment therefore asked that § 610.12(b)(2) be revised to require that the sterility test be validated to demonstrate an equivalent or superior detection of viable contaminating microorganisms compared to the USP compendial or like method.</P>
        <P>(Response) FDA has considered the issues raised by these comments and has determined that making the suggested changes would be inconsistent with the intent of this rule. With respect to the comment that the rule should be revised to require that the sterility test be validated to demonstrate an equivalent or superior detection of viable contaminating microorganisms compared to the USP compendial or like method, we reiterate that some novel methods cannot be easily compared to culture-based methods such as USP Chapter 71 because they do not measure microbial growth. Moreover, we note that the final rule requires that a novel method be validated in accordance with an established protocol to demonstrate that the test is capable of consistently detecting the presence of viable microorganisms. With respect to the comment that the terms “reliably” and “consistently” should be defined, we note that these terms are already well understood in the industry.</P>
        <P>b.<E T="03">Validation—</E>As discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36021 to 36022), the International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) publication entitled “Validation of Analytical Procedures: Text and Methodology Q2(R1)” dated November 2005, states that “The objective of validation of an analytical procedure is to demonstrate that it is suitable for its intended purpose.”<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>Similarly, USP General Chapter 1223, “Validation of Alternative Microbiological Methods,” states “Validation of a microbiological method is the process by which it is experimentally established that the performance characteristics of the method meet the requirements for the intended application.” For sterility testing, this means that the test can consistently detect the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>This guideline for industry was previously named “Text on Validation of Analytical Procedures” (ICH-Q2A), dated March 1995 (approved by the Steering Committee in October 1994). An accompanying guideline entitled “Validation of Analytical Procedures: Methodology (Q2B),” dated November 6, 1996, was subsequently developed and approved by the Steering Committee in November 1996. The parent guideline is now renamed “Validation of Analytical Procedures: Text and Methodology Q2(R1)” and was revised in November 2005. At that time, the guideline on methodology (Q2B) was incorporated into the parent guideline.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>We have eliminated the prescribed sterility test methods found in § 610.12 and instead will allow the use of sterility test methods that are validated in accordance with established protocols to be capable of consistently detecting the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms. If an established USP compendial sterility test method is used, a manufacturer must verify that this established method is suitable for application to the specific product (see §§ 211.165(e) and 211.194(a)); however, FDA considers established USP compendial sterility test methods to already have been validated using an established validation protocol, so their accuracy, specificity, and reproducibility need not be reestablished to fulfill the validation requirement under the final rule. In contrast, novel methods and any methods that deviate from the USP compendial sterility test methods require the detailed validation discussed in this document and elsewhere in this preamble.</P>
        <P>We again note that § 610.12 requires the use of a material sample that does not interfere with or otherwise hinder the sterility test from detecting viable contaminating microorganisms. This requirement is crucial because the material itself or substances added to the material during formulation may make some sterility tests inappropriate for use. A validated sterility test method is a critical element in assuring the safety, purity, and potency of the product. USP General Chapter 1223, as well as the ICH guideline referenced earlier entitled “Text on Validation of Analytical Procedures,” dated March 1995 (ICH-Q2A), provide general descriptions of typical validation parameters, how they are determined, and which subset of each parameter is required to demonstrate validity, based on the method's intended use. Validation of each test method should be performed on a case-by-case basis to ensure that the parameters are appropriate for the method's intended use. In the context of reviewing sterility test methods as part of BLAs and BLA supplements, FDA may decide, as appropriate, to encourage the use of the compendial method as a benchmark or starting point for validation of novel methods and certain other methods.</P>

        <P>(Comment 14) One comment requested clarification regarding validation of novel methods and any methods that deviate from the USP. This commenter stated that to validate novel test methods, “the sponsor not only has to test the matrix effects”, but also has to validate the new method against the USP compendial method. The<PRTPAGE P="26168"/>commenter also stated that this would impede the use of innovative technologies and increase the risk and cost to the sponsor. In addition, the commenter recommended that duplicative testing requirements be avoided and that the manufacturer of the technology or a third party be allowed to perform the validation of new methods.</P>
        <P>(Response) The commenter misinterpreted the validation requirements under the proposed (and final) rule. The revisions we are adopting in the final rule do not require duplicative validation of novel methods against the USP compendial method or testing under a separate validation procedure. Instead, novel methods and any methods that deviate from the USP compendial sterility test methods will require a single, detailed validation study to be conducted, which may include the use of the compendial method as a benchmark or starting point. We disagree that such validation will impede the use of innovative technologies and will increase the risk and cost to the sponsor. Instead, we believe that, as discussed elsewhere in this document and in the preamble to the proposed rule, that this final rule will encourage the use of innovative technology.</P>
        <P>(Comment 15) One comment referenced the preamble statement that “* * * FDA may decide, as appropriate, to encourage the use of the compendial method as a benchmark or starting point for validation of novel methods and certain other methods.” (76 FR 36019 at 36022) and suggested that the use of the compendial method as a benchmark or starting point should be more strongly encouraged.</P>
        <P>(Response) While FDA may decide, as appropriate, to encourage the use of the compendial method as a benchmark or starting point for validation of some novel or other methods, we also may decide not to encourage such use for some (for example, non-culture-based) methods that cannot easily be compared to culture-based methods such as the USP compendial method. Therefore, we disagree that the use of the compendial method as a benchmark or starting point should be more strongly encouraged or required.</P>
        <P>(Comment 16) We received two comments in response to our request in the proposed rule for comments on whether the proposed requirements are sufficient to ensure adequate validation of novel sterility test methods or whether additional criteria or guidance is needed. One comment recommended that any guidance to accompany the final rule be developed to include such things as a list of organisms for manufacturers to consider in the development of their validation and verification plans, including examples of when verification is required. One comment suggested that such additional guidance include information related to a determination of the panel of relevant organisms in the sample matrix used in challenging the sterility test during validation.</P>
        <P>(Response) We appreciate the interest in additional guidance for validation of novel sterility test methods and will consider the need to develop future guidance in accordance with the good guidance practices set out in 21 CFR 10.115.</P>
        <P>As discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule, it is important to consider validation principles, such as limit of detection, specificity, ruggedness, and robustness, while developing the validation protocol and performing validation studies. These terms are defined as follows:</P>
        <P>• The “limit of detection” reflects the lowest number of microorganisms that can be detected by the method in a sample matrix. This is necessary to define what is considered contaminated.</P>
        <P>• “Specificity” is the ability of the test method to detect a range of organisms necessary for the method to be suitable for its intended use. This is demonstrated by challenging the sterility test with a panel of relevant organisms in the sample matrix.</P>
        <P>• “Ruggedness” is the degree of reproducibility of results obtained by analysis of the same sample under a variety of normal test conditions, such as different analysts, different instruments, and different reagent lots.</P>
        <P>• “Robustness” is the capacity of the test method to remain unaffected by small, but deliberate, variations in method parameters, such as changes in reagent concentration or incubation temperatures.</P>
        <P>(Comment 17) One comment stated that for the detailed validation of a novel method, the validation principles should be restricted to the limit of detection, specificity, and robustness (i.e., to not include ruggedness).</P>
        <P>(Response) We agree that the validation principles of limit of detection, specificity, and robustness are important to consider when developing protocols and performing validation studies. However, we understand the comment to suggest excluding ruggedness. We view ruggedness as an important validation principle to be considered, and we do not agree with excluding it from the scope of this rule. We note that the final rule does not include prescriptive details on how to conduct validation studies; it simply codifies our longstanding policy that the sterility test must be validated to demonstrate that the test is capable of reliably and consistently detecting the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>
        <P>(Comment 18) One comment objected to the requirement in existing § 211.160(b) as to the establishment of sampling plans because “* * * it is not practical or feasible to develop a scientifically sound sampling plan to ensure a product conforms to standards of sterility.” The comment recommended as a solution to either remove the requirement for scientific sampling plans with respect to sterility testing or to provide a clarification of “scientifically sound” versus “appropriate.”</P>

        <P>(Response) The suggested revisions go beyond the scope of the proposed changes to the sterility test requirements. Furthermore, § 211.160(b) is an existing current good manufacturing practice requirement for finished pharmaceuticals, which states that laboratory controls must include the establishment of scientifically sound and appropriate specifications, standards, sampling plans, and test procedures designed to assure that components, drug product containers, closures, in-process materials, labeling, and drug products conform to appropriate standards of identity, strength, quality, and purity. We consider such laboratory controls to be needed for both culture-based and non-culture-based sterility test methods. As stated in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36022), the manufacturer must establish and document the test method's accuracy, sensitivity, specificity, and reproducibility (§ 211.165(e)), as specified in the BLA or BLA supplement (§§ 601.2, 601.12). For sterility tests, FDA believes that a validation protocol that would meet these standards would, at a minimum, include samples of the material to be marketed and incorporate appropriate viable contaminating microorganisms to demonstrate the sterility test's growth-promoting properties or the method's detection system capabilities, depending on the type of test method used. In addition, validation protocols for culture-based methods should include both aerobic and anaerobic microorganisms when selecting test organisms and include microorganisms that grow at differing rates so that manufacturers can establish that the test media are capable of supporting the growth of a wide range of microorganisms.<PRTPAGE P="26169"/>
        </P>
        <P>When utilizing culture-based methods, where appropriate, validation protocols should require that challenge organisms be added directly to the product prior to membrane filtration or direct inoculation. If this is not possible due to inhibition by the product, then validation protocols should require that the challenge organism be added to the final portion of sterile diluent used to rinse the filter, if a membrane filtration test method is used, or directly to the media containing the product if a direct inoculation test method is used.</P>
        <P>For non-culture-based methods, the feasibility of identifying microorganisms from a contaminated sample should be evaluated during validation. If a method does not have the capability to identify microorganisms to the species level, the validation protocol should require that an additional method for species identification be utilized for investigation of detected contaminants. The test organisms selected should reflect organisms that could be found in the product, process, or manufacturing environment.</P>
        <P>(Comment 19) Two comments sought clarification of the following statement in the preamble to the proposed rule: “When utilizing culture-based methods, validation protocols should require that challenge organisms be added directly to the product prior to membrane filtration or direct inoculation. If this is not possible due to inhibition by the product, then validation protocols should require that the challenge organism be added to the final portion of sterile diluent used to rinse the filter if a membrane filtration test method is used, or directly to the media containing the product if a direct inoculation test method is used.” (76 FR 36019 at 36022)</P>
        <P>One commenter stated that this language is inconsistent with the harmonized compendial method suitability test which states, “After transferring the content of a container or containers to be tested to the membrane, add an inoculum of small number of viable microorganisms (not more that 100 colony-forming units) to the final portion of sterile diluents used to rinse the filter.” Another comment sought clarification of the suggested limits for the density of the inoculum of challenge organisms added directly to the product.</P>
        <P>(Response) The intent of these statements was to clarify that for certain biological products utilizing culture-based methods, method suitability testing necessitates adding the challenge organism directly to the product prior to membrane filtration or direct inoculation. Therefore, we are now clarifying that when utilizing culture-based methods, where appropriate, validation protocols should require that challenge organisms be added directly to the product before membrane filtration or direct inoculation. If this is not possible due to inhibition by the product, then validation protocols should require that the challenge organism be added to the final portion of sterile diluent used to rinse the filter if a membrane filtration test method is used or directly to the media containing the product if a direct inoculation test method is used.</P>

        <P>(Comment 20) One comment addressed the selection of organisms to be used. The comment suggested that with respect to validation protocols, for consistency, the wording regarding the selection of organisms should specifically include wild-type isolates that have been recovered from the controlled manufacturing environment and past contaminants of the product or any of its sterile components. The comment also suggested that this requirement should extend beyond culture-based methods. Further, the comment suggested that the statement in the preamble that “ `<E T="03">The test organisms selected should reflect organisms that could be found in the product, process, or manufacturing environment</E>(emphasis added) [76 FR 36019 at 36022],' should be tightened to require use of strains actually isolated from the product, process, or manufacturing environment, as the word `reflect' probably implies use of relevant species that might be sourced from culture collections rather than explicitly requiring use of wild-type strains (plant isolates).”</P>
        <P>(Response) Our intention with respect to this statement was to include those organisms recovered both from the controlled manufacturing environment and from the product. Furthermore, the preamble statement was intended to refer to validation protocols in general, where appropriate, to both culture-based and non-culture-based test methods.</P>
        <P>The validation study design should contain the appropriate controls to evaluate the product sample's potential to generate false-positive and false-negative results. Validation of the sterility test should be performed on all new products, and repeated whenever there are changes in the test method or production method that could potentially inhibit or enhance detection of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>

        <P>(Comment 21) One comment recommended the addition of “or production method” to the statement in the preamble so that it would now read, “Validation of the sterility test should be performed on all new products, and repeated whenever there are changes in the test method<E T="03">or production method</E>that could potentially inhibit or enhance detection of viable contaminating microorganisms.” (See original statement 76 FR 36019 at 36022.) The commenter stated that the additional language is appropriate because the production process may influence the matrix of the test article, which may in turn influence the sterility test verification.</P>

        <P>(Response) We agree that changes in the production method or manufacturing process could affect the results of testing conducted on the product. Therefore, we agree that validation of the sterility test should be performed on all new products and repeated whenever there are changes in the test method or<E T="03">production method</E>that could potentially inhibit or enhance detection of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>
        <P>c.<E T="03">Verification</E>—As stated in the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36022), verification is the confirmation that specified requirements have been fulfilled as determined by examination and provision of objective evidence. While validation of a sterility test method is the initial process of demonstrating that the procedure is suitable to detect viable contaminating microorganisms, verification occurs over the lifetime of the sterility test method and is the process of confirming that the sterility test and test components continue to be capable of consistently detecting viable contaminating microorganisms in the samples analyzed. This verification activity may be necessary on a periodic basis or each time a sample is tested, depending upon the test method used. Under § 610.12(e) of the final rule, we require that the sterility test and test components be verified, as appropriate, to demonstrate that they can continue to consistently detect viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>

        <P>(Comment 22) One comment maintained that the section of the preamble to the proposed rule regarding verification was not totally clear and should be reworded to explain the intended purpose. Specifically, the comment suggested, in order to clarify the goal of verification, adding the following sentence, “The intended purpose of the verification is to confirm that all the reagents utilized in the sterility test are qualified.” The commenter also noted that validation is to be done using the product to be tested and proposed adding the phrase “in the product to be tested” to the following statement in the preamble “While<PRTPAGE P="26170"/>validation of a sterility test method is the initial process of demonstrating that the procedure is suitable to detect viable contaminating microorganisms, verification occurs over the lifetime of the sterility test method and is the process of confirming that the sterility test and test components continue to be capable of consistently detecting viable contaminating microorganisms in the samples analyzed.” (76 FR 36019 at 36022 to 36023)</P>
        <P>(Response) To the extent that the commenter is arguing that our explanation is unclear, we disagree. As stated in the preamble to the proposed rule at section III.E (76 FR 36019 at 36022 to 36023), we believe that in order to verify the sterility test, verification activities are necessary to demonstrate that sterility test methods can continue to reliably and consistently detect viable contaminating microorganisms and that verification is the process of confirming that the sterility test and test components continue to be capable of consistently detecting viable contaminating microorganisms in the samples analyzed. In addition, we acknowledge that method suitability testing using the product is an important part of a validation protocol for a sterility test method.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. What information is needed in written procedures for sterility testing?</HD>

        <P>We have finalized, as proposed, the replacement of the requirements found in current § 610.12(c) entitled<E T="03">Interpretation of test results,</E>with the requirements that manufacturers must establish, implement, and follow written procedures for sterility testing. Written procedures are essential to ensure consistency in sampling, testing, and interpretation of results and to provide prospective acceptance criteria for the sterility test. Written procedures should include all steps to be followed in the sterility test method for initial and repeat tests and be detailed, clear, and unambiguous. Under the current good manufacturing practice regulations, manufacturers are required to document that a drug product satisfactorily conforms to final specifications for the drug product (§ 211.165(a)). As such, scientifically sound and appropriate specifications, standards, sampling plans, and test procedures must be designed and written to ensure that materials conform to appropriate standards of sterility; and written procedures must include a description of the sampling method and the number of units per batch to be tested (see § 211.165(c)).</P>
        <P>Under the final rule, manufacturers may use either culture-based or non-culture-based sterility test methods to evaluate material for sterility. There are marked differences between culture-based and non-culture-based sterility tests. Section 610.12(c) provides the minimum critical considerations that must be included in the written procedures for culture-based and non-culture-based sterility tests.</P>
        <P>For culture-based sterility test methods, the written procedures must include, at a minimum, a description of the composition of the culture media, growth-promotion test requirements, and incubation conditions (time and temperature). For non-culture-based sterility test methods, the written procedures must include the composition of test components, test parameters, including the acceptance criteria, and the controls used to verify the test method's ability to consistently detect the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. What is an appropriate sample for sterility testing?</HD>
        <P>Selection of an appropriate sample of a lot is critical for purposes of sterility testing. Under § 610.12(d) as finalized, due to the variety of products covered under § 610.12, the regulation requires that the sample be appropriate to the material being tested.</P>
        <P>(Comment 23) Five comments requested clarification of the proposed requirement that the sample be “appropriate to the material being tested,” with respect to the size or volume of the final product lot. The comments asserted that the example provided in the preamble of the proposed rule, “For example, a final product lot size of 100,000 units would necessitate a greater number of samples to be evaluated than a final product lot size of 5,000 units,” (76 FR 36019 at 36023), conflicts with USP Chapter 71 regarding the minimum number of articles to be tested in relation to the number of articles in the batch.</P>
        <P>(Response) We acknowledge that the example provided in the preamble of the proposed rule erroneously compared a final product lot size of 100,000 units to one of 5,000 units. We had intended to compare a final product lot size of 100,000 to one of 500 units. We recognize that this error may have caused confusion among some readers, and that the example was inconsistent with the USP Chapter 71 methods for the minimum number of articles to be tested in relation to the number of articles in the batch. It was not our intent to suggest that established USP compendial sterility test methods, including the minimal number of articles to be tested in relation to the number of articles in the batch, were unacceptable under the new requirements in § 610.12(d).</P>
        <P>In order to clarify the new requirement that the sample be “appropriate to the material being tested,” we reiterate that in selecting an appropriate sample size, § 610.12(d) requires that the following minimal criteria be considered:</P>
        <P>• The size or volume of the final product lot. For example, a final product lot size of 100,000 units would necessitate a greater number of samples to be evaluated than a final product lot size of 500 units;</P>
        <P>• The duration of manufacturing of the drug product.<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>For example, it is important that samples be taken at different points of manufacture, which, at a minimum, should include the beginning, middle, and end of manufacturing, in an effort to provide evidence of sterility of the drug product throughout the duration of the manufacturing process;<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>See § 210.3(b)(4) for the definition of the term “drug product.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>See § 211.160(b) for general requirements for laboratory controls.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• The final container configuration and size. We believe this will ensure appropriate representation of the lot;</P>
        <P>• The quantities or concentrations of inhibitors, neutralizers, and preservatives, if present, in the test material;</P>
        <P>• For a culture-based test method, the volume of test material that results in a dilution of the product that was determined not to be bacteriostatic or fungistatic; and</P>
        <P>• For a non-culture-based test method, the volume of test material that results in a dilution of the product that does not inhibit or otherwise hinder the detection of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>
        <P>(Comment 24) Two comments stated that the proposed changes related to sample size are vague and leave too much room for interpretation by industry as well as investigators or auditors when determining an appropriate sample size.</P>

        <P>(Response) We disagree that requiring the sample to be appropriate to the material being tested is vague and leaves too much open to interpretation. Our intent in requiring that the sample be “appropriate to the material being tested,” with consideration of a list of minimal criteria, is to provide manufacturers flexibility to retain their existing procedures for sterility testing using culture-based methods, or to take<PRTPAGE P="26171"/>advantage of modern methods as they become available, provided that these modern methods meet certain criteria, as described in our response to Comment 23. In addition, as noted previously, sterility test methods are approved by FDA in either a manufacturer's BLA or BLA supplement, thereby alleviating concern that the final rule leaves too much room for interpretation.</P>
        <P>(Comment 25) One comment asked FDA to clarify whether the quantities or concentrations of inhibitors, neutralizers, and preservatives, if present in the test material, have an impact on sample size and selection. The comment also asked about the relationship between the impact of preservatives and any increase in the sample size.</P>
        <P>(Response) In selecting an appropriate sample size, § 610.12(d) requires consideration of certain minimal criteria, including the quantities or concentrations of inhibitors, neutralizers, and preservatives, if present in the test material. The consideration of the quantities or concentrations of inhibitors, neutralizers, and preservatives, if present in the test material, will depend upon the product and the test method utilized. This provides both manufacturers of future innovative products, as well as manufacturers of currently approved products, the flexibility to take advantage of modern methods or to retain the sterility testing method as approved in the BLA or BLA supplement.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. What is required to verify the sterility test?</HD>
        <P>As discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36023), verification activities are necessary to demonstrate that sterility test methods can continue to reliably and consistently detect viable contaminating microorganisms. The degree of verification that is necessary depends upon the sterility test method employed. Depending upon the sterility test method, verification of each individual test might be appropriate. On the other hand, some sterility test methods may only need verification activities performed on the selected culture media or test organisms. Under § 610.12(e), a manufacturer must perform verification activities appropriate for the sterility test method chosen, as set forth in the final rule.</P>
        <P>(Comment 26) In the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36020, footnote 6), we proposed to refer to “growth-promoting properties” rather than “growth-promoting qualities” and requested comments on which term is most appropriate. We received two comments in response to our request. Both comments support the use of “growth-promoting properties” and agree that “growth-promoting properties” reflects more accurate and current terminology.</P>
        <P>(Response) We appreciate and agree with these comments and have retained the term “growth-promoting properties” in the final rule.</P>
        <P>(Comment 27) Two comments requested clarification of the requirements for verification of culture-based test methods. One comment asked if, for culture-based test methods, all media must undergo growth-promotion testing over their shelf-life, and if validation were performed for three lots, whether it is acceptable to perform growth-promotion testing on the media only when it is initially received. One comment acknowledged that each media lot would have to be tested for growth-promotion at least at the beginning and the end of its use; however, the comment sought clarification whether companies would be expected to keep performing the test at regular intervals.</P>
        <P>(Response) For culture-based methods, it is important that each lot of all culture media undergo growth-promotion testing at regular intervals over the shelf-life of the media, not just when the media is initially received. The final rule requires that the sterility test and test components be verified, as appropriate, to demonstrate that they can continue to consistently detect viable contaminating microorganisms. The degree of verification depends upon the sterility test method employed.</P>
        <P>For culture-based test methods, studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the performance of the test organisms and culture media are suitable to consistently detect the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms, including tests for each lot of culture media to verify its growth-promoting properties over the shelf-life of the media and not only at the beginning and end of use. Growth-promotion testing is important to demonstrate that the culture media are capable of supporting the growth of microorganisms.</P>
        <P>(Comment 28) One comment recommended that with the proposal to remove the definition of a lot of culture medium currently defined in § 610.12(e)(2)(i), revisions to the rule should clearly state that each delivery of each vendor lot of media be “QC tested” by the end user to verify its ability to detect viable microorganisms. The comment states, “It must be made clear that the vendor cannot be totally in control of the product once it has been shipped from the distribution centre.” Further, the comment states it is the user's responsibility to test each delivery of each vendor lot to ensure that undetected mistreatment of the testing product during its shipment and delivery to the end-user has not caused deterioration in its efficacy.</P>
        <P>(Response) We agree that the user of the culture media must verify that each lot can continue to consistently detect viable contaminating microorganisms. For the reasons noted previously, we do not believe the suggested changes are needed because the rule, as proposed and now finalized, already reflects this requirement.</P>
        <P>(Comment 29) One comment stated that usually validation data provided by the media suppliers are used to cover the shelf-life of the media and proposed adding the following text “or media supplier validation data must be available” after the text “over the shelf-life of the media” in proposed § 610.12(e)(1) to capture the fact that the supplier of the media may also supply this parameter.</P>
        <P>(Response) We do not agree that reliance on media supplier validation data alone, in lieu of testing by the manufacturer, would be acceptable. Under § 610.12(e)(1) of the final rule, for culture-based test methods, manufacturers must conduct tests to demonstrate that the performance of the test organisms and culture media are suitable to consistently detect the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms, including tests for each lot of culture media to verify its growth-promoting properties over the shelf-life of the media. Therefore, reliance on media supplier validation data alone, in lieu of testing by the manufacturer, would not be acceptable.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Can a sterility test be repeated?</HD>
        <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36023 to 36024), we have amended the regulations in § 610.12(b) for repeat testing. Therefore, we have eliminated the reference to repeat testing of bulk material because, under the final rule, sterility testing is no longer required on bulk material in most instances. We also have finalized the proposal to eliminate the use of a second repeat test for final container material to harmonize our regulatory expectations with current scientific understanding of quality manufacturing controls.<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>Under the final rule,<PRTPAGE P="26172"/>consistent with USP Chapter 71, if the initial test indicates the presence of microorganisms, then the product being examined does not comply with the sterility test requirements, unless a thorough investigation by the quality control unit can conclusively ascribe the initial evidence of microbial presence to a laboratory error or faulty materials used in conducting the test.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>See also Barr D., A. Celeste, R. Fish, et al.,<E T="03">Application of Pharmaceutical CGMPs;</E>FDLI (1997)<PRTPAGE/>at p. 146 (“In the case of a clearly identified laboratory error, the retest results substitute for the original test results. * * * If, on the other hand, no laboratory error could be identified in the first test, then there is no scientific basis for discarding the initial out-of-specification results in favor of passing retest results.”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>If the test of the initial sample is conclusively found to be invalid, due to laboratory error or faulty test materials, the sterility test may be repeated one time. If no evidence of microorganisms is found in the repeat test, the product examined complies with the test requirements for sterility. If, however, evidence of microorganisms is found in the repeat test, the product examined does not comply with the test requirements for sterility.</P>
        <P>Further, as discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule, both a comparable product that is reflective of the initial sample in terms of sample location and the stage in the manufacturing process from which it was taken, and the same sterility test method must be used for both the initial and repeat tests. This is intended to ensure that the same volume of material is used for the initial test and each repeat test, and that the interpretation of the results is conducted in the same manner.</P>
        <P>(Comment 30) One comment supported FDA's proposal to modify the provision for repeat testing to harmonize regulatory expectations with current scientific understanding of quality manufacturing controls by eliminating the use of a second repeat test of final container material and agreed with FDA that the proposed modification of the provision for repeat testing is in accordance with the USP and the European Pharmacopeia. However, the commenter noted that FDA's proposed requirement to take repeat test samples that are reflective of the initial samples may be difficult to fulfill. For instance, the commenter states, “* * * at the time when the sterility test might show a positive result (after a few days), it could be that it is no longer possible to distinguish which vials were filled at which point in time.” The comment suggested deleting the requirement in proposed § 610.12(f)(3) that the repeat test must be conducted with “comparable product that is reflective of the initial sample in terms of sample location and the stage in the manufacturing process from which it was obtained.”</P>
        <P>(Response) We appreciate the supportive comments. However, we do not agree with the recommended change to § 610.12(f)(3). We believe the final rule is consistent with current scientific understanding of quality manufacturing controls. If a repeat test is conducted, the same test method must be used for both the initial and repeat tests, and the repeat test must be conducted with comparable product that is reflective of the initial sample in terms of sample location and the stage in the manufacturing process from which it was obtained.</P>
        <P>As discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule, we appreciate that this final rule could result in the need for some manufacturers to modify their repeat test procedures. We continue to consider these modifications to be minor changes in accordance with § 601.12(d) and to have a minimal potential for an adverse effect on the identity, strength, quality, purity, or potency of the product as they may relate to the safety or effectiveness of the product. Therefore, such changes must be reported in the annual report within 60 days of the anniversary date of approval of the BLA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. What records must be kept relating to sterility testing?</HD>
        <P>Previously, § 610.12(h) incorporated by reference the record keeping and maintenance requirements contained in §§ 211.167 and 211.194. We continue to maintain these requirements. As discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36024), this is intended to assure that data derived from sterility tests comply with established specifications. This includes describing the samples received for testing, stating the method used to test the samples, identifying the location of relevant validation or verification data, recording all calculations performed, and stating how the results of tests performed compare to set specifications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">8. Are there any exceptions to sterility test requirements?</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule we invited comments on whether any of the current exceptions should be removed (76 FR 36019 at 36024). We specifically requested comments on whether to remove the exemption for platelets. Bacterial contamination of platelets is a recognized public health risk, and the blood collection industry has already called for and implemented methods to detect and limit or inactivate bacteria in platelet components. Requiring testing for platelets would be consistent with these industry practices.</P>
        <P>(Comment 31) In response to our request for comment, a joint comment from industry groups recommended that FDA continue to except Whole Blood, Cryoprecipitated Antihemophilic Factor (AHF), Platelets, Red Blood Cells, and Plasma from the sterility test requirements in § 610.12. The comment acknowledged that the blood industry has called for and implemented methods to detect and limit or inactivate bacteria in platelet components and that some culture-based methods are in wide use as a quality control tool. However, there are currently no available tests that will ensure the sterility of platelet products. In addition, the joint comment noted that if the current exception for platelets would be removed, manufacturers of blood and blood components would not be able to satisfy the new requirement. Further, the comment recommended that FDA vigorously support applications for pathogen inactivation processes for platelet components. Moreover, the joint comment noted that any sterility test requirement tied to a BLA is too narrow an approach to ensure optimal bacterial testing of platelet products, as any platelet collected or manufactured by a facility that does not have a BLA would not be subject to the sterility test regulation. Accordingly, the joint comment recommended that FDA use a different mechanism to require testing of all platelet products for bacterial contamination when testing becomes technologically feasible.</P>
        <P>(Response) We appreciate these comments and we generally agree. We recognize that blood establishments have begun to take steps to test for bacterial contamination in platelet components. We welcome the acknowledgement of the importance of bacterial testing and pathogen inactivation processes for platelet components and believe that appropriate microbial testing of platelet components may be necessary to assure product quality. However, while these technologies are developing, we have retained the exception from this rule for these products. Instead, we will continue to review these issues and available technologies and will take appropriate steps at another time to address microbial testing of blood components.</P>

        <P>(Comment 32) One comment recommended adding an exception stating that a manufacturer with parametric release programs is not required to comply with the sterility test requirements. The comment noted that parametric release for articles sterilized<PRTPAGE P="26173"/>with moist heat has been recognized by FDA since 1987, and that many companies have adopted this approach.</P>
        <P>(Response) We disagree with the proposed change and decline to add an exception for drug products terminally sterilized by moist heat processes and subject to parametric release because the exception under § 610.12(h) (previously under § 610.12(g)) already provides for an exception for such parametric release programs. As noted in FDA's guidance document entitled “Guidance for Industry: Submission of Documentation in Applications for Parametric Release of Human and Veterinary Drug Products Terminally Sterilized by Moist Heat Processes,” dated February 2010, FDA approval of parametric release must be requested either in an original application submission under 21 CFR 314.50 or 601.2, or in a prior approval supplement under 21 CFR 314.70 or 601.12.</P>
        <P>(Comment 33) Two comments recommended adding other exceptions to the sterility test requirements. One comment recommended adding granulocytes to the exception, and one comment recommended adding in vitro diagnostic devices regulated as biological products, which do not purport to be sterile.</P>
        <P>(Response) We decline to adopt the suggested changes because neither granulocytes nor in vitro diagnostic devices, which do not purport to be sterile, are subject to the sterility test requirements in § 610.12. Therefore, we believe the recommendations are beyond the scope of this rule.</P>
        <P>(Comment 34) One comment recommended that the exceptions provision be revised to “specifically include or exclude various biological product types such as Bioequivalent/Biosimilars and combination products.”</P>
        <P>(Response) We do not believe the suggested change is needed. Biological products must comply with the applicable requirements in parts 600 through 680, in addition to other applicable regulations.</P>
        <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 36019 at 36024), we have finalized the proposed minor modifications to the current exception in § 610.12(g)(4)(ii), under which the Director of CBER or CDER, as appropriate, determines that data submitted adequately establish that the mode of administration, the method of preparation, or the special nature of the product precludes or does not require a sterility test or that the sterility of the lot is not necessary to assure the safety, purity, and potency of the product. Specifically, the minor modification that we refer to is the “route of administration” rather than the “mode of administration” and to “any other aspect of the product” rather than “the special nature of the product” in finalized § 610.12(h)(2) so as to account for novel products that may be introduced to the market in the future. This exception allows the Director of CBER or CDER, as appropriate, to exempt biological material from the sterility test requirements of this section if, based upon the scientific evidence presented in the BLA or BLA supplement, the data adequately establish that the route of administration, method of preparation, or any other aspect of the product precludes or does not necessitate a sterility test to assure the safety, purity, and potency of the product. We note that in the proposed rule, the Center for Devices and Radiological Health was erroneously identified in this exception, instead of CDER. In the final rule, we have correctly identified CDER in the exception provision at § 610.12(h)(2).</P>
        <P>In addition to comments regarding exceptions as stated in this document, we have also eliminated, as proposed, the current exceptions under § 610.12(g)(1) and (2) because they are no longer necessary given the flexibility now built into the final rule. In addition, we have eliminated, as proposed, the current exceptions in § 610.12(g)(5) through (g)(9) because they are no longer necessary and because the revised rule now requires manufacturers to determine the appropriate sample volume and size for the material being tested and requires that the sterility test be “appropriate to the material being tested.” (See 76 FR 36019 at 36024 to 36025 for more information.)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Revisions to Other Regulations</HD>
        <P>In addition to the revisions to the sterility regulation in § 610.12, we have also revised, as proposed, two other FDA regulations in this final rule. These revisions are as follows:</P>
        <P>• Section 600.3(q): Previously, § 600.3(q) defined “sterility” to mean “freedom from viable contaminating microorganisms, as determined by the tests prescribed in § 610.12 of this chapter.” As proposed, we have reworded this definition to eliminate the term “prescribed” since § 610.12 no longer prescribes specific test methods. Thus, we have amended § 600.3(q) to define “sterility” as “freedom from viable contaminating microorganisms, as determined by tests conducted under § 610.12 of this chapter.”</P>
        <P>• Section 680.3(c) (21 CFR 680.3(c)): As proposed, we have amended § 680.3(c) to eliminate the term “prescribed.” Section 680.3(c) now states that “A sterility test shall be performed on each lot of each Allergenic Product, as required by § 610.12 of this chapter.” Additionally, we have eliminated § 680.3(c)(1) through (c)(4) because these exceptions are no longer necessary under the revisions to § 610.12. (See 76 FR 36019 at 36025 for more information.)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Legal Authority</HD>
        <P>FDA is issuing this regulation under the biological products provisions of the Public Health Service Act (the PHS Act) (42 U.S.C. 262 and 264) and the drugs and general administrative provisions of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&amp;C Act) (sections 201, 301, 501, 502, 503, 505, 510, 701, and 704) (21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 351, 352, 353, 355, 360, 371, and 374). Under these provisions of the PHS Act and the FD&amp;C Act, we have the authority to issue and enforce regulations designed to ensure that biological products are safe, effective, pure, and potent, and to prevent the introduction, transmission, and spread of communicable disease.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Analysis of Impacts</HD>
        <P>FDA has examined the impacts of the final rule under Executive Order 12866, Executive Order 13563, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-4). Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct Agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, when regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity). The Agency believes that this final rule is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires Agencies to analyze regulatory options that would minimize any significant impact of a rule on small entities. While the rule restricts retesting when sterility tests are failed, the change codifies an approach for retesting that is similar to the approach prescribed by the USP. The rule does not otherwise add any new regulatory responsibilities and generally increases flexibility for sterility testing. Therefore, the Agency certifies that the final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>

        <P>Section 202(a) of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires that Agencies prepare a written statement, which includes an<PRTPAGE P="26174"/>assessment of anticipated costs and benefits, before proposing “any rule that includes any Federal mandate that may result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100,000,000 or more (adjusted annually for inflation) in any one year.” The current threshold after adjustment for inflation is $136 million, using the most current (2010) Implicit Price Deflator for the Gross Domestic Product. FDA does not expect this final rule to result in any 1-year expenditure that would meet or exceed this amount.</P>
        <P>These amendments would generally provide manufacturers of biological products with more flexibility as to how they evaluate the sterility of their products and reduce the number of evaluations required. The net effect would be to reduce costs.</P>
        <P>One part of these amendments might impose some additional costs on manufacturers, however. Under the current regulations, if a biological product fails a sterility test, the test may be repeated. If the product passes a subsequent test, it is inferred that the first test was flawed and only the latter results are used. Under the new regulations, the test may be repeated only if it is possible to “ascribe definitively” the initial failure to “a laboratory error or faulty materials used in conducting the sterility testing.”</P>
        <P>This change could increase costs for manufacturers because additional products could be discarded. The size of the increase, if any, would be determined by the number of additional lots discarded, the lot sizes, and the production costs per unit. Some or all of the costs of this change, could, in turn, be mitigated by the reduction in losses associated with the provision of contaminated products.</P>
        <P>This change is expected to affect few manufacturers. The method for sterility testing described in USP Chapter 71 already limits the repetition of tests to circumstances similar to those described in these amendments. It is anticipated that, in the absence of these amendments, the majority of manufacturers would limit the repetition of sterility tests in order to comply with USP Chapter 71.</P>
        <P>The benefit of limiting retests would be fewer illnesses caused by contaminated biological products. We are unable to quantify the value of the reduction in illnesses because we do not have an estimate of the risk of illness from contaminated biological products or the decline in that risk associated with limiting retests.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Environmental Impact</HD>
        <P>The Agency has determined under 21 CFR 25.31(h) that this action is of a type that does not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. Therefore, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VIII. Federalism</HD>
        <P>FDA has analyzed this final rule in accordance with the principles set forth in Executive Order 13132. FDA has determined that the rule does not contain policies that have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Accordingly, the Agency has concluded that the rule does not contain policies that have federalism implications as defined in the Executive order and, consequently, a federalism summary impact statement is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IX. The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
        <P>This final rule contains collections of information that were submitted for review and approval to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), as required by section 3507(d) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in §§ 211.165 and 610.12 have been approved and assigned OMB control number 0910-0139.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>21 CFR Part 600</CFR>
          <P>Biologics, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
          <CFR>21 CFR Part 610</CFR>
          <P>Biologics, Labeling, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
          <CFR>21 CFR Part 680</CFR>
          <P>Biologics, Blood, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, the Public Health Service Act, and under the authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, 21 CFR parts 600, 610, and 680 are amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="600" TITLE="21">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 600—BIOLOGICAL PRODUCTS: GENERAL</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 21 CFR part 600 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>21 U.S.C. 321, 351, 352, 353, 355, 360, 360i, 371, 374; 42 U.S.C. 216, 262, 263, 263a, 264, 300aa-25.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="600" TITLE="21">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 600.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 600.3 is amended in paragraph (q) by removing “prescribed in” and by adding in its place the phrase “conducted under”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="610" TITLE="21">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 610—GENERAL BIOLOGICAL PRODUCTS STANDARDS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>3. The authority citation for 21 CFR part 610 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 351, 352, 353, 355, 360, 360c, 360d, 360h, 360i, 371, 372, 374, 381; 42 U.S.C. 216, 262, 263, 263a, 264.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="600" TITLE="21">
          <AMDPAR>4. Section 610.12 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 610.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sterility.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">The test.</E>Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, manufacturers of biological products must perform sterility testing of each lot of each biological product's final container material or other material, as appropriate and as approved in the biologics license application or supplement for that product.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Test requirements.</E>(1) The sterility test must be appropriate to the material being tested such that the material does not interfere with or otherwise hinder the test.</P>
            <P>(2) The sterility test must be validated to demonstrate that the test is capable of reliably and consistently detecting the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>
            <P>(3) The sterility test and test components must be verified to demonstrate that the test method can consistently detect the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Written procedures.</E>Manufacturers must establish, implement, and follow written procedures for sterility testing that describe, at a minimum, the following:</P>
            <P>(1) The sterility test method to be used;</P>
            <P>(i) If culture-based test methods are used, include, at a minimum:</P>
            <P>(A) Composition of the culture media;</P>
            <P>(B) Growth-promotion test requirements; and</P>
            <P>(C) Incubation conditions (time and temperature).</P>
            <P>(ii) If non-culture-based test methods are used, include, at a minimum:</P>
            <P>(A) Composition of test components;</P>
            <P>(B) Test parameters, including acceptance criteria; and</P>
            <P>(C) Controls used to verify the method's ability to detect the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>

            <P>(2) The method of sampling, including the number, volume, and size of articles to be tested;<PRTPAGE P="26175"/>
            </P>
            <P>(3) Written specifications for the acceptance or rejection of each lot; and</P>
            <P>(4) A statement of any other function critical to the particular sterility test method to ensure consistent and accurate results.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">The sample.</E>The sample must be appropriate to the material being tested, considering, at a minimum:</P>
            <P>(1) The size and volume of the final product lot;</P>
            <P>(2) The duration of manufacturing of the drug product;</P>
            <P>(3) The final container configuration and size;</P>
            <P>(4) The quantity or concentration of inhibitors, neutralizers, and preservatives, if present, in the tested material;</P>
            <P>(5) For a culture-based test method, the volume of test material that results in a dilution of the product that is not bacteriostatic or fungistatic; and</P>
            <P>(6) For a non-culture-based test method, the volume of test material that results in a dilution of the product that does not inhibit or otherwise hinder the detection of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Verification.</E>(1) For culture-based test methods, studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the performance of the test organisms and culture media are suitable to consistently detect the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms, including tests for each lot of culture media to verify its growth-promoting properties over the shelf-life of the media.</P>
            <P>(2) For non-culture-based test methods, within the test itself, appropriate controls must be used to demonstrate the ability of the test method to continue to consistently detect the presence of viable contaminating microorganisms.</P>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Repeat test procedures.</E>—(1) If the initial test indicates the presence of microorganisms, the product does not comply with the sterility test requirements unless a thorough investigation by the quality control unit can ascribe definitively the microbial presence to a laboratory error or faulty materials used in conducting the sterility testing.</P>
            <P>(2) If the investigation described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section finds that the initial test indicated the presence of microorganisms due to laboratory error or the use of faulty materials, a sterility test may be repeated one time. If no evidence of microorganisms is found in the repeat test, the product examined complies with the sterility test requirements. If evidence of microorganisms is found in the repeat test, the product examined does not comply with the sterility test requirements.</P>
            <P>(3) If a repeat test is conducted, the same test method must be used for both the initial and repeat tests, and the repeat test must be conducted with comparable product that is reflective of the initial sample in terms of sample location and the stage in the manufacturing process from which it was obtained.</P>
            <P>(g)<E T="03">Records.</E>The records related to the test requirements of this section must be prepared and maintained as required by §§ 211.167 and 211.194 of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(h)<E T="03">Exceptions.</E>Sterility testing must be performed on final container material or other appropriate material as defined in the approved biologics license application or supplement and as described in this section, except as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) This section does not require sterility testing for Whole Blood, Cryoprecipitated Antihemophilic Factor, Platelets, Red Blood Cells, Plasma, Source Plasma, Smallpox Vaccine, Reagent Red Blood Cells, Anti-Human Globulin, and Blood Grouping Reagents.</P>
            <P>(2) A manufacturer is not required to comply with the sterility test requirements if the Director of the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research or the Director of the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, as appropriate, determines that data submitted in the biologics license application or supplement adequately establish that the route of administration, the method of preparation, or any other aspect of the product precludes or does not necessitate a sterility test to assure the safety, purity, and potency of the product.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="680" TITLE="21">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 680—ADDITIONAL STANDARDS FOR MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>5. The authority citation for 21 CFR part 680 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>21 U.S.C. 321, 351, 352, 353, 355, 360, 371; 42 U.S.C. 216, 262, 263, 263a, 264.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="680" TITLE="21">
          <AMDPAR>6. Section 680.3 is amended by revising paragraph (c) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 680.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tests.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Sterility.</E>A sterility test shall be performed on each lot of each Allergenic Product as required by § 601.12 of this chapter.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 27, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10649 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Parts 1 and 602</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[TD 9587]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BD20</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Section 42 Qualified Contract Provisions</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final Regulations.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This document contains final regulations that provide guidance concerning taxpayers' (that is, owners') requests to housing credit agencies to obtain a qualified contract (as defined in section 42(h)(6)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code) for the acquisition of a low-income housing credit building. Section 42(h)(6)(F) requires the Secretary to prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of section 42(h)(6)(F), including regulations to prevent the manipulation of the qualified contract amount. The regulations will affect owners requesting a qualified contract, potential buyers, and low-income housing credit agencies responsible for the administration of the low-income housing credit program.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>These regulations are effective May 3, 2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Applicability Date:</E>For the applicability date, see § 1.42-18(e).</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>David Selig at (202) 622-3040 (not a toll-free number).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The collection of information contained in these final regulations has been reviewed and approved by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)) under control number 1545-2088. The collection of information is required for an owner to provide a written request to a housing credit agency to obtain a qualified contract (as defined in section 42(h)(6)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code) for the acquisition of a low-income housing credit building. The collecting of information is voluntary to obtain a benefit.</P>

        <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid control number assigned by the Office of Management and Budget.<PRTPAGE P="26176"/>
        </P>
        <P>Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents might become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>This document contains final regulations that amend the Income Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 1) relating to the low-income housing credit under section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code). On June 19, 2007, a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-114084-04) and notice of public hearing relating to the qualified contract provisions under section 42(h)(6)(F) was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(72 FR 33706). Written and electronic comments responding to the proposed regulations were received and a public hearing was held on the proposed regulations on October 15, 2007. After consideration of all the comments, the proposed regulations are adopted as amended by this Treasury decision.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">General Overview</HD>
        <P>Section 42 provides a tax credit for investment in low-income housing buildings placed in service after December 31, 1986. The section 42 credit is a general business credit subject to the provisions of section 38.</P>
        <P>Section 42(h)(6)(A) provides that no credit will be allowed with respect to any building for the taxable year unless an extended low-income housing commitment (commitment) (as defined in section 42(h)(6)(B)) is in effect as of the end of the taxable year.</P>
        <P>Section 42(h)(6)(B) provides in part that the term commitment means any agreement between the owner and the housing credit agency (Agency) that requires that the applicable fraction (as defined in section 42(c)(1)(B)) for the building for each taxable year in the extended use period will not be less than the applicable fraction specified in the commitment. Section 42(h)(6)(E)(ii) prohibits the eviction or termination of tenancy (other than for good cause) of an existing tenant of any low-income unit or any increase in the gross rent with respect to such unit not otherwise permitted under section 42 until three years after the termination of such an agreement.</P>
        <P>Section 42(h)(6)(D) defines the term extended use period as the period beginning on the first day in the compliance period (as defined in section 42(i)(1)) on which the building is part of a qualified low-income housing project and ending on the later of: (1) The date specified by the Agency in the commitment, or (2) the date which is 15 years after the close of the compliance period.</P>
        <P>Section 42(h)(6)(E)(i)(II) provides for the termination of the extended use period if the Agency is unable to present within a specified period of time a qualified contract for the acquisition of the low-income portion of the building by any person who will continue to operate such portion as a qualified low-income building.</P>
        <P>Section 42(h)(6)(F) defines the term qualified contract as a bona fide contract to acquire (within a reasonable period of time after the contract is entered into) the non low-income portion of the building for fair market value and the low-income portion of the building for an amount not less than the applicable fraction (specified in the commitment) of the sum of: (I) The outstanding indebtedness secured by, or with respect to the building, (II) the adjusted investor equity in the building, plus (III) other capital contributions not reflected in these amounts; reduced by cash distributions from (or available for distribution from) the project.</P>
        <P>Section 42(h)(6)(F) also provides that the Secretary shall prescribe regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out that paragraph, including regulations to prevent the manipulation of the amount determined under section 42(h)(6)(F).</P>
        <P>Section 42(h)(6)(I) provides that the Agency must present the qualified contract within the 1-year period beginning on the date (after the 14th year of the compliance period) the owner submits a written request to the Agency to find a person to acquire the owner's interest in the low-income portion of the building.</P>
        <P>The proposed regulations addressed the application of the qualified contract provisions of section 42. Section 1.42-18(c)(1) of the proposed regulations defined the qualified contract formula used to compute the purchase price amount of the low-income housing building generally as: (1) The non low-income portion of the building for fair market value; plus (2) the low-income portion of the building for the low-income portion amount.</P>
        <P>Section 1.42-18(c)(2) of the proposed regulations defined the low-income portion amount as an amount not less than the applicable fraction (as specified in the commitment) of the total of: (a) Outstanding indebtedness secured by, or with respect to the building; plus (b) the adjusted investor equity in the building; plus (c) other capital contributions, not including amounts described in (a) and (b); minus (d) cash distributions from (or available for distribution from) the building.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Comments</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Fair-Market-Value Cap</HD>
        <P>Prior to the issuance of the proposed regulations, comments were received recommending the inclusion of a fair-market-value cap for the low-income portion of the qualified contract amount as defined in section 42(h)(6)(F). These comments noted that the qualified contract price may, in some cases, exceed the fair market value of a project. One reason given to explain why the qualified contract price might exceed the fair market value of a project is the formula component for adjusted investor equity, which includes the Consumer-Price-Index-based cost of living adjustments. As explained in the preamble to the proposed regulations, this recommendation was not adopted as a proposed rule because section 42(h)(6)(F) defines a qualified contract, in part, as a contract to acquire the low-income portion of the building for an amount “not less than” the applicable fraction of the statutorily provided formula. Similar comments were received after publication of the proposed regulations. The IRS and the Treasury Department continue to believe that they do not have the authority under section 42(h)(6)(F) to adopt a fair-market-value cap. Accordingly, the final regulations do not provide a rule providing a fair-market-value cap under section 42(h)(6)(F).</P>

        <P>The IRS and the Treasury Department in the preamble to the proposed regulations requested comments on the extent of Agency and State authority to provide more stringent requirements than those contained in section 42(h)(6)(F). The preamble referenced the flush language of section 42(h)(6)(E)(i), which provides that the qualified contract exception to the termination of an extended use period shall not apply to the extent more stringent requirements are provided in the agreement or in State law. Specifically, the IRS and the Treasury Department requested comments on the authority of Agency or State regulators to require in agreements a fair-market-value cap that would restrict any qualified contract price to fair market value. In response, two comments were received, both opining that an Agency did not possess authority under section 42(h)(6)(E) to set a fair market value limitation. The commentators reasoned that the language “more stringent requirements” relates to the date the extended use period will terminate, rather than to the qualified contract formula. The IRS and<PRTPAGE P="26177"/>Treasury Department received no comment asserting the view that section 42(h)(6)(E)(i) authorizes an Agency or State regulators to require in agreements a fair-market-value cap that would restrict a qualified contract price to fair market value. The IRS and Treasury Department do not believe that section 42(h)(6)(E)(i) was intended to authorize a fair-market-value cap on the low-income portion of the building, and, accordingly, the final regulations do not provide for such a cap.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Adjustments to Fair Market Value of the Non-Low-Income Portion of the Building</HD>
        <P>Some commentators questioned the provision in the proposed regulations that would allow Agencies to adjust the fair market value of a building, if, after a reasonable period of time within the one-year offer-of-sale period, no buyer has made an offer or market values have adjusted downward. One commentator noted that, as a result of this provision, in order to secure a more favorable price for the building, prospective buyers might wait out the qualified contract process until an Agency reduces the qualified contract price. Another commentator noted the unfairness of granting Agencies the unilateral right to reduce the fair market value of the non low-income portion of the building, particularly when the proposed regulations provide no limitation on how much the Agency may reduce the fair market value.</P>
        <P>The IRS and the Treasury Department believe these concerns are valid. Accordingly, the final regulations revise this provision to provide that the Agency may adjust the fair market value of the non low-income portion of the building after the Agency's offer of sale of the building to the general public and before the close of the one-year offer of sale period only with the consent of the owner. If no agreement between the Agency and owner is reached, the fair market value of the non low-income portion of the building determined at the time of the Agency's offer of sale of the building to the general public remains unchanged.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Land</HD>
        <P>The proposed regulations provide that the fair market value of the non low-income portion of a building is determined at the time of an Agency's offer of sale of the building to the general public. This valuation must take into account the existing and continuing requirements contained in the commitment for the building. The non low-income portion also includes the fair market value of the land underlying the entire building, including the land underlying the low-income portion of the building.</P>
        <P>Commentators questioned the statutory authority of the IRS under section 42(h)(6)(F) to include land value in the qualified contract amount. Specifically, commentators noted that the language under section 42(h)(6)(F) refers to the fair market value of the non low-income portion of the building without addressing the issue of land valuation. Other commentators asserted that adopting a fair market value approach for land underlying the entire building may decrease the likelihood of finding a qualified buyer willing to pay the qualified contract price while continuing to operate the building as a low income building.</P>
        <P>The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that land is inherently part of the cost underlying the acquisition or construction of a building and should not be ignored in determining the qualified contract amount. Applying fair market value to land is consistent with industry practice regarding land valuation and provides an equitable means for arriving at a contract price between buyers and owners. By valuing land underlying the entire building at fair market value, taking into account the existing and continuing requirements contained in the commitment for the building, the proposed regulations provided an approach that maintains industry practice for valuing land and provided an objective and equitable solution that favors neither the buyer nor the owner. Accordingly, the final regulations provide that the land underlying the entire building (both low-income and non low-income units) is valued at fair market value subject to the existing and continuing restrictions contained in the commitment for the building.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Responsibility To Adjust the Qualified Contract Price To Reflect the Changing Amount of Outstanding Indebtedness</HD>
        <P>One commentator expressed concern that the proposed regulations would impose too much burden on Agencies by requiring them to adjust the qualified contract amount between the date on which the sales price under a qualified contract is first determined and the sale's actual closing date. (For example, an adjustment is needed to reflect mortgage payments that reduce outstanding indebtedness.) The IRS and the Treasury Department concur with this comment, and the final regulations provide that the buyer and owner, and not the Agency, must adjust the amount of the low-income portion of the qualified contract formula to reflect changes in the components of the qualified contract formula, such as mortgage payments that reduce outstanding indebtedness between the time the Agency first offers the property for sale and the actual sale closing date.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Cash Distributions</HD>
        <P>One commentator recommended that the final regulations clarify that the rule in the proposed regulations providing that cash available for distribution includes reserve funds should apply only to the extent that the reserve funds are not legally required to remain with the project after the sale. Other commentators noted the potential for double-counting if cash available for distribution includes the proceeds from refinancing indebtedness or additional mortgages, while simultaneously any refinancing indebtedness or additional mortgages in excess of qualifying building costs are not outstanding indebtedness for purposes of section 42(h)(6)(F).</P>
        <P>The IRS and the Treasury Department agree with these comments. Accordingly, the final regulations provide that cash available for distribution includes reserve funds that are not legally required by mortgage restrictions, regulatory agreements, or third party contractual agreements to remain with the building following the sale of the building. The final regulations further provide that proceeds from refinancing indebtedness or additional mortgages that are in excess of qualifying building costs are not considered cash available for distribution. The text of the final regulations also adopts the rule discussed in the preamble to the proposed regulations, but not stated in the text of the proposed regulations, that any refinancing indebtedness or additional mortgages in excess of qualifying building costs do not qualify as outstanding indebtedness for purposes of section 42(h)(6)(F).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Discounting Indebtedness Removed</HD>

        <P>Some commentators questioned the rationale for the requirement in the proposed regulations that would discount outstanding indebtedness having an interest rate below the applicable Federal rate (AFR) under section 1274 of the Code. In response, the final regulations remove the provision of discounting indebtedness altogether. Instead, the final regulations define outstanding indebtedness to include only those amounts secured by, or with respect to, the building that (1) do not exceed qualifying building costs, (2) are indebtedness under general principles of Federal income tax law, and (3) upon the sale of the building, are<PRTPAGE P="26178"/>actually paid to the lender or are assumed by the buyer as part of the sale.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Appraiser Standards</HD>
        <P>Several commentators noted the absence of any uniform standards for appraisal methodology and qualifications for appraisers. Rather than adopt appraisal standards, the final regulations provide that Agencies shall not utilize any individual or organization as an appraiser if that individual or organization is currently on any list for active suspension or revocation for performing appraisals in any State or is listed on the Excluded Parties Lists System (EPLS) maintained by the General Services Administration for the United States Government. The final regulations also provide the Agencies with the discretion to select the appraisers involved in the qualified contract process and to require all appraisers to be State-certified general appraisers.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Actual Offer of Sale</HD>
        <P>The proposed regulations provide that in order to satisfy the qualified contract requirements under section 42(h)(6)(F), the Agency must offer the building for sale to the general public at the determined qualified contract price upon receipt of a written request by the owner to find a buyer to acquire the building. In addressing the issue of how Agencies should advertise the availability of a building to the general public, the final regulations provide a reasonable efforts standard for guiding Agencies in their efforts to find a qualified buyer during the one year offer period. If the determined qualified contract price is not a multiple of $1,000, the final regulations permit the Agency to round up the offering price of the building to the next highest multiple of $1,000.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Definition of Bona Fide Contract and Resolution of Disputes</HD>
        <P>Some commentators suggested the inclusion of a specific definition of a bona fide contract under section 42(h)(6)(F), addressing issues such as whether the terms and conditions of any offered contract are unreasonable or impractical. Further, commentators suggested the creation of a mechanism for resolving disputes among the parties concerning the meaning of a bona fide contract. The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that because of variations under State laws concerning the terms of a bona fide contract and methods for resolving disputes, the final regulations should not explicitly address these issues. Instead, the final regulations provide that an Agency has the administrative discretion to specify other conditions applicable to the qualified contract consistent with section 42 of the Code and the final regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Adjusted Investor Equity</HD>
        <P>To avoid ambiguity in the determination of the qualified contract amount, the final regulations require adjusted investor equity to be calculated in a manner that is consistent with inflation adjustments made under section 1(f). Thus, as was required in the proposed regulations, the calculations must use not seasonally adjusted values of the Consumer Price Index for all urban consumers (the data series that the Bureau of Labor Statistics refers to as “CPI-U”). The final regulations provide a computational process that is mathematically equivalent to the process described in the proposed regulations but that will be simpler to implement. Because of the uncertainty that can be introduced when one number is divided by another and because different people might choose to retain in the answer different numbers of digits, the regulations require the quotient in this process to be carried out to 10 decimal places. (If standard, off-the-shelf spreadsheet software is used to compute the adjusted investor equity, the computations will generally have at least this degree of accuracy by default.) In addition, the example in the final regulations has been updated to use more recent data. Finally, the final regulations make it possible for the Commissioner to reduce the computational burden by, for example, providing the possible adjustment factors in annual publications or creating a calculator on the IRS Web site.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Special Analyses</HD>
        <P>It has been determined that this Treasury decision is not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866, as supplemented by Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It also has been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations. It is hereby certified that the collection of information in these regulations will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The information required to be provided by a taxpayer (that is, by the owner of a low-income building) to a State agency to determine the qualified contract amount is already maintained by the taxpayer for other purposes of the low-income tax credit under section 42. Because only a minimal amount of additional time is required for a taxpayer to access and provide the information, this collection of information does not impose a significant burden on the taxpayer. Accordingly, a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis under the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) is not required. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, the notice of proposed regulations preceding these final regulations was submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on their impact on small business, and no comments were received.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Drafting Information</HD>
        <P>The principal author of these regulations is David Selig of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries). However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury Department participated in their development.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
          <P>Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
          <CFR>26 CFR Part 602</CFR>
          <P>Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, 26 CFR Parts 1 and 602 are amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—INCOME TAXES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Paragraph 1.</E>The authority citation for part 1 is amended by adding an entry in numerical order to read in part as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 7805  * * *</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>Section 1.42-18 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 42(h)(6)(F) and 42(h)(6)(K);  * * *</P>
          
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 2.</E>Section 1.42-18 is added to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.42-18</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Qualified contracts.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Extended low-income housing commitment</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general.</E>No credit under section 42(a) is allowed by reason of section 42 with respect to any building for the taxable year unless an extended low-income housing commitment (commitment) (as defined in section 42(h)(6)(B)) is in effect as of the end of such taxable year. A commitment must be in effect for the extended use period (as defined in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section).<PRTPAGE P="26179"/>
            </P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Extended use period.</E>The term<E T="03">extended use period</E>means the period beginning on the first day in the compliance period (as defined in section 42(i)(1)) on which the building is part of a qualified low-income housing project (as defined in section 42(g)(1)) and ending on the later of—</P>
            <P>(A) The date specified by the low-income housing credit agency (Agency) in the commitment; or</P>
            <P>(B) The date that is 15 years after the close of the compliance period.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Termination of extended use period.</E>The extended use period for any building will terminate—</P>
            <P>(A) On the date the building is acquired by foreclosure (or instrument in lieu of foreclosure) unless the Commissioner determines that such acquisition is part of an arrangement with the taxpayer (“the owner”) a purpose of which is to terminate such period; or</P>
            <P>(B) On the last day of the one-year period beginning on the date (after the 14th year of the compliance period) on which the owner submits a written request to the Agency to find a person to acquire the owner's interest in the low-income portion of the building if the Agency is unable to present during such period a qualified contract for the acquisition of the low-income portion of the building by any person who will continue to operate such portion as a qualified low-income building (as defined in section 42(c)(2)).</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Owner non-acceptance.</E>If the Agency provides a qualified contract within the one-year period and the owner rejects or fails to act upon the contract, the building remains subject to the existing commitment.</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">Eviction, gross rent increase concerning existing low-income tenants not permitted.</E>Prior to the close of the three year period following the termination of a commitment, no owner shall be permitted to evict or terminate the tenancy (other than for good cause) of an existing tenant of any low-income unit, or increase the gross rent for such unit in a manner or amount not otherwise permitted by section 42.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Exception.</E>Paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(B) of this section shall not apply to the extent more stringent requirements are provided in the commitment or under State law.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Definitions.</E>For purposes of this section, the following terms are defined:</P>
            <P>(1) As provided by section 42(h)(6)(G)(iii),<E T="03">base calendar year</E>means the calendar year with or within which the first taxable year of the credit period ends.</P>
            <P>(2) The<E T="03">low-income portion</E>of a building is the portion of the building equal to the applicable fraction (as defined in section 42(c)(1)(B)) specified in the commitment for the building.</P>
            <P>(3) The<E T="03">fair market value of the non-low-income portion</E>of the building is determined at the time of the Agency's offer of sale of the building to the general public. The fair market value of the non-low-income portion also includes the fair market value of the land underlying the entire building (both the non-low-income portion and the low-income portion). This valuation must take into account the existing and continuing requirements contained in the commitment for the building. The fair market value of the non-low-income portion also includes the fair market value of items of personal property not included in eligible basis under section 42(d) that convey under the contract with the building.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Qualifying building costs include</E>—</P>
            <P>(i) Costs that are included in eligible basis of a low-income housing building under section 42(d) and that are included in the adjusted basis of depreciable property that is subject to section 168 and that is residential rental property for purposes of section 142(d) and § 1.103-8(b);</P>
            <P>(ii) Costs that are included in eligible basis of a low-income housing building under section 42(d) and that are included in the adjusted basis of depreciable property that is subject to section 168 and that is used in a common area or is provided as a comparable amenity to all residential rental units in the building; and</P>
            <P>(iii) Costs of the type described in paragraph (b)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section incurred after the first year of the low-income housing building's credit period under section 42(f).</P>
            <P>(5) The<E T="03">qualified contract amount</E>is the sum of the fair market value of the non-low-income portion of the building (within the meaning of section 42(h)(6)(F) and paragraph (b)(3) of this section) and the price for the low-income portion of the building (within the meaning of section 42(h)(6)(F) and paragraph (b)(2) of this section) as calculated in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. If this sum is not a multiple of $1,000, then when the Agency offers the building for sale to the general public, the Agency may round up the offering price to the next highest multiple of $1,000.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Qualified contract purchase price formula</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general.</E>For purposes of this section,<E T="03">qualified contract</E>means a bona fide contract to acquire the building (within a reasonable period after the contract is entered into) for the qualified contract amount.</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Initial determination.</E>The qualified contract amount is determined at the time of the Agency's offer of sale of the building to the general public.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Mandatory adjustment by the buyer and owner.</E>The buyer and owner under a qualified contract must adjust the amount of the low-income portion of the qualified contract formula to reflect changes in the components of the qualified contract formula such as mortgage payments that reduce outstanding indebtedness between the time of the Agency's offer of sale to the general public and the building's actual sale closing date.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Optional adjustment by the Agency and owner.</E>The Agency and owner may agree to adjust the fair market value of the non low-income portion of the building after the Agency's offer of sale of the building to the general public and before the close of the one-year period described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(B) of this section. If no agreement between the Agency and owner is reached, the fair market value of the non-low-income portion of the building determined at the time of the Agency's offer of sale of the building to the general public remains unchanged.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Low-income portion amount.</E>The low-income portion amount is an amount not less than the applicable fraction specified in the commitment, as defined in section 42(h)(6)(B)(i), multiplied by the total of—</P>
            <P>(i) The outstanding indebtedness for the building (as defined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section); plus</P>
            <P>(ii) The adjusted investor equity in the building for the calendar year (as defined in paragraph (c)(4) of this section); plus</P>
            <P>(iii) Other capital contributions (as defined in paragraph (c)(5) of this section), not including any amounts described in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section; minus</P>
            <P>(iv) Cash distributions from (or available for distribution from) the building (as defined in paragraph (c)(6) of this section).</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Outstanding indebtedness.</E>For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section,<E T="03">outstanding indebtedness</E>means the remaining stated principal balance (which is initially determined at the time of the Agency's offer of sale of the building to the general public) of any indebtedness secured by, or with respect to, the building that does not exceed the amount of qualifying building costs described in paragraph (b)(4) of this section. Thus, any refinancing indebtedness or additional mortgages in excess of such qualifying building costs are not outstanding indebtedness for purposes of section<PRTPAGE P="26180"/>42(h)(6)(F) and this section. Examples of outstanding indebtedness include certain mortgages and developer fee notes (excluding developer service costs not included in eligible basis). Outstanding indebtedness does not include debt used to finance nondepreciable land costs, syndication costs, legal and accounting costs, and operating deficit payments. Outstanding indebtedness includes only obligations that are indebtedness under general principles of Federal income tax law and that are actually paid to the lender upon the sale of the building or are assumed by the buyer as part of the sale of the building.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Adjusted investor equity</E>—(i)<E T="03">Application of cost-of-living factor.</E>For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, the<E T="03">adjusted investor equity</E>for any calendar year equals the unadjusted investor equity, as described in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section, multiplied by the qualified-contract cost-of-living adjustment for that year, as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Unadjusted investor equity.</E>For purposes of this paragraph (c)(4),<E T="03">unadjusted investor equity</E>means the aggregate amount of cash invested by owners for qualifying building costs described in paragraph (b)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section. Thus, equity paid for land, credit adjuster payments, Agency low-income housing credit application and allocation fees, operating deficit contributions, and legal, syndication, and accounting costs all are examples of cost payments that do not qualify as unadjusted investor equity. Unadjusted investor equity takes an amount into account only to the extent that, as of the beginning of the low-income building's credit period (as defined in section 42(f)(1)), there existed an obligation to invest the amount. Unadjusted investor equity does not include amounts included in the calculation of outstanding indebtedness as defined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Qualified-contract cost-of-living adjustment.</E>For purposes of this paragraph (c)(4), the<E T="03">qualified-contract cost-of-living adjustment for a calendar year</E>is the number that is computed under the general rule in paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section or a number that may be provided by the Commissioner as described in paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this section.</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">General rule.</E>Except as provided in paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this section, the<E T="03">qualified-contract cost-of-living adjustment</E>is the quotient of—</P>
            <P>(A) The sum of the 12 monthly Consumer Price Index (CPI) values whose average is the CPI for the calendar year that precedes the calendar year in which the Agency offers the building for sale to the general public (The term “CPI for a calendar year” has the meaning given to it by section 1(f)(4) for purposes of computing annual inflation adjustments to the rate brackets.); divided by</P>
            <P>(B) The sum of the 12 monthly CPI values whose average is the CPI for the base calendar year (within the meaning of section 1(f)(4)), unless that sum has been increased under paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(D) of this section.</P>
            <P>(v)<E T="03">Provision by the Commissioner of the qualified-contract cost-of-living adjustment.</E>The Commissioner may publish in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see § 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter) a process pursuant to which the Internal Revenue Service will compute the qualified-contract cost-of-living adjustment for a calendar year and make available the results of that computation.</P>
            <P>(vi)<E T="03">Methodology.</E>The calculations in paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section are to be made in the following manner:</P>

            <P>(A) The CPI data to be used for purposes of this paragraph (c)(4) are the not seasonally adjusted values of the CPI for all urban consumers. (The U.S. Department of Labor's Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) sometimes refers to these values as “CPI-U.”) The BLS publishes the CPI data on-line (including a History Table that contains monthly CPI-U values for all years back to 1913). See<E T="03">www.BLS.gov/data.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(B) The quotient is to be carried out to 10 decimal places.</P>
            <P>(C) The Agency may round adjusted investor equity to the nearest dollar.</P>
            <P>(D) If the CPI for any calendar year (within the meaning of section 1(f)(4)) during the extended use period after the base calendar year exceeds by more than 5 percent the CPI for the preceding calendar year (within the meaning of section 1(f)(4)), then the sum described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B) is to be increased so that the excess is never taken into account under this paragraph (c)(4).</P>
            <P>(vii)<E T="03">Example.</E>The following example illustrates the calculations described in this paragraph (c)(4):</P>
            
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">
                <E T="03">Example.</E>
              </HD>
              <P>(i)<E T="03">Facts.</E>Owner contributed $20,000,000 in equity to a building in 1997, which was the first year of the credit period for the building. In 2011, Owner requested Agency to find a buyer to purchase the building, and Agency offered the building for sale to the general public during 2011. The CPI for 1997 (within the meaning of section 1(f)(4)) is the average of the Consumer Price Index as of the close of the 12-month period ending on August 31, 1997. The sum of the CPI values for the twelve months from September 1996 through August 1997 is 1913.9. The CPI for 2010 (within the meaning of section 1(f)(4)) is the average of the Consumer Price Index as of the close of the 12-month period ending August 31, 2010. The sum of the CPI values for the twelve months from September 2009 through August 2010 is 2605.959. At no time during this period (after the base calendar year) did the CPI for any calendar year exceed the CPI for the preceding calendar year by more than 5 percent.</P>
              <P>(ii)<E T="03">Determination of adjusted investor equity.</E>The qualified-contract cost-of-living adjustment is 1.3615962171 (the quotient of 2605.959, divided by 1913.9). Owner's adjusted investor equity, therefore, is $27,231,924, which is $20,000,000, multiplied by 1.3615962171, rounded to the nearest dollar.</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Other capital contributions.</E>For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section, other capital contributions to a low-income building are qualifying building costs described in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section paid or incurred by the owner of the low-income building other than amounts included in the calculation of outstanding indebtedness or adjusted investor equity as defined in this section. For example, other capital contributions may include amounts incurred to replace a furnace after the first year of a low-income housing credit building's credit period under section 42(f), provided any loan used to finance the replacement of the furnace is not secured by the furnace or the building. Other capital contributions do not include expenditures for land costs, operating deficit payments, credit adjuster payments, and payments for legal, syndication, and accounting costs.</P>
            <P>(6)<E T="03">Cash distributions</E>—(i)<E T="03">In general.</E>For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section, the term<E T="03">cash distributions from (or available for distribution from)</E>the building include—</P>
            <P>(A) All distributions from the building to the owners or to persons whose relationship to the owner is described in section 267(b) or section 707(b)(1)), including distributions under section 301 (relating to distributions by a corporation), section 731 (relating to distributions by a partnership), or section 1368 (relating to distributions by an S corporation); and</P>
            <P>(B) All cash and cash equivalents available for distribution at, or before, the time of sale, including, for example, reserve funds whether operating or replacement reserves, unless the reserve funds are legally required by mortgage restrictions, regulatory agreements, or third party contractual agreements to remain with the building following the sale.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Excess proceeds.</E>For purposes of paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section,<PRTPAGE P="26181"/>proceeds from the refinancing of indebtedness or additional mortgages that are in excess of qualifying building costs are not considered cash available for distribution.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Anti-abuse rule.</E>The Commissioner will interpret and apply the rules in this paragraph (c)(6) as necessary and appropriate to prevent manipulation of the qualified contract amount. For example, cash distributions include payments to owners or persons whose relation to owners is described in section 267(b) or section 707(b) for any operating expenses in excess of amounts reasonable under the circumstances.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Administrative discretion and responsibilities of the Agency</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general.</E>An Agency may exercise administrative discretion in evaluating and acting upon an owner's request to find a buyer to acquire the building. An Agency may establish reasonable requirements for written requests and may determine whether failure to follow one or more applicable requirements automatically prevents a purported written request from beginning the one-year period described in section 42(h)(6)(I). If the one-year-period has already begun, the Agency may determine whether failure to follow one or more requirements suspends the running of that period. Examples of Agency administrative discretion include, but are not limited to, the following:</P>
            <P>(i) Concluding that the owner's request lacks essential information and denying the request until such information is provided.</P>
            <P>(ii) Refusing to consider an owner's representations without substantiating documentation verified with the Agency's records.</P>
            <P>(iii) Determining how many, if any, subsequent requests to find a buyer may be submitted if the owner has previously submitted a request for a qualified contract and then rejected or failed to act upon a qualified contract presented by the Agency.</P>
            <P>(iv) Assessing and charging the owner certain administrative fees for the performance of services in obtaining a qualified contract (for example, real estate appraiser costs).</P>
            <P>(v) Requiring all appraisers involved in the qualified contract process to be State certified general appraisers that are acceptable to the Agency.</P>
            <P>(vi) Specifying other conditions applicable to the qualified contract consistent with section 42 and this section.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Actual offer.</E>Upon receipt of a written request from the owner to find a person to acquire the building, the Agency must offer the building for sale to the general public, based on reasonable efforts, at the determined qualified contract amount in order for the qualified contract to satisfy the requirements of this section unless the Agency has already identified a willing buyer who submitted a qualified contract to purchase the project.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Debarment of certain appraisers.</E>Agencies shall not utilize any individual or organization as an appraiser if that individual or organization is currently on any list for active suspension or revocation for performing appraisals in any State or is listed on the Excluded Parties Lists System (EPLS) maintained by the General Services Administration for the United States Government found at<E T="03">www.epls.gov.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Effective date/applicability date.</E>These regulations are applicable to owner requests to housing credit agencies on or after May 3, 2012 to obtain a qualified contract for the acquisition of a low-income housing credit building.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="602" TITLE="26">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 602—OMB CONTROL NUMBERS UNDER THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 3.</E>The authority citation for part 602 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 7805.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="602" TITLE="26">
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 4.</E>In § 602.101, paragraph (b) is amended by adding an entry to the table in numerical order to read, in part, as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 602.101</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>OMB Control numbers.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12" COLS="2" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">CFR part or section where identified and described</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Current OMB control No.</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*****</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.42-18</ENT>
                <ENT>1545-2088</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*****</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Steven T. Miller,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.</TITLE>
          <DATED>Approved: April 24, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Emily S. McMahon,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax Policy).</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10638 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
        <CFR>28 CFR Part 0</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[CIV Docket No. 152; AG Order No. 3330-2012]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Authorization To Redelegate Settlement Authority for Claims Submitted Under the Federal Tort Claims Act</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Department of Justice.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Department of Justice is amending its internal organizational regulations to clarify the authority of the respective agency heads of the Bureau of Prisons, the Federal Prison Industries, the United States Marshals Service, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives to settle claims under the Federal Tort Claims Act.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective June 4, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Phyllis J. Pyles, Director, Torts Branch, Civil Division, Department of Justice, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20004; telephone: 202-616-4400.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The Federal Tort Claims Act (FTCA), 28 U.S.C. 1346(b), 2671-2680, provides a remedy for injury or loss of property, or personal injury or death caused by the negligent or wrongful act or omission of any employee of the Government while acting within the scope of his office or employment, under circumstances where the United States, if a private person, would be liable to the claimant in accordance with the law of the place where the act or omission occurred. Prior to filing suit, a claimant must file an administrative tort claim with the appropriate agency. 28 U.S.C. 2675. Pursuant to 28 U.S.C. 2672, the head of each Federal agency or his designee, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Attorney General, may consider, ascertain, adjust, determine, compromise, and settle FTCA claims.</P>

        <P>In the present organizational regulations of the Department of Justice, the Attorney General delegated his authority to settle FTCA claims for amounts of $50,000 or less to the Director of the Bureau of Prisons, the Commissioner of Federal Prison Industries, the Commissioner of the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS), the Director of the United States<PRTPAGE P="26182"/>Marshals Service, and the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (28 CFR 0.172), and to the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) (28 CFR 0.89a) and the Director of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (ATF) (28 CFR 0.132). The Director of the FBI is further authorized to redelegate this authority to the FBI General Counsel or his designee within the Office of the General Counsel or to the primary legal advisers of the FBI field offices.</P>
        <P>This rule amends §§ 0.89a, 0.132, and 0.172 in order to ensure conformity across the different components of the Department of Justice, to update agency references, and to clarify the scope of the delegated FTCA settlement authority. In addition, the FTCA settlement authority of the Director of the FBI, currently contained in § 0.89a, and of the Director of ATF, currently contained in § 0.132, are being transferred by this rule to § 0.172, where the FTCA settlement authority of the other specified Department component heads is located.</P>
        <P>Section 0.172 is being amended to remove a reference to the Commissioner of the INS. Pursuant to the Homeland Security Act of 2002, the functions of the former INS were transferred to the Department of Homeland Security. Section 0.172 also is being amended to clarify that the approval of the Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Civil Division will be required if two or more claims arise from the same subject matter and the aggregate amount of the settlement would exceed $50,000. In addition, § 0.172 is being amended to clarify when proposed settlements, regardless of amount, should be referred to the Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Civil Division. In particular, § 0.172 is being amended to require the referral of settlements to the Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Civil Division or his delegee, if the settlement, as a practical matter, would or may control or adversely influence the disposition of other claims and the total settlement value of all claims would or may exceed $50,000; or if, in the opinion of the head of the referring component, the settlement presents a question of law or policy or other issue that should receive the personal attention of the Assistant Attorney General or his delegee. Section 0.172 also is being amended to more closely conform to the language contained in 28 U.S.C. 2672 by clarifying that the Attorney General's delegees have the authority to consider or ascertain claims involving their respective agencies, in addition to their authority to adjust, determine, compromise, and settle such claims.</P>
        <P>Finally, § 0.132 is being amended to allow the Director of ATF to delegate this authority under § 0.172 to the agency's Chief Counsel and to allow the Chief Counsel to redelegate this authority to attorneys within the Office of Chief Counsel, but not below the Associate Chief Counsel level, provided that the settlement of any one claim does not exceed $50,000. Without this provision for delegation and redelegation, the ATF Director must personally approve all submitted FTCA claims, regardless of size or merit. This rule provides flexibility to the Director of ATF and is consistent with the redelegation authority of the FBI Director under current § 0.89a(c) (which is being redesignated by this rule as § 0.89a(b)). With this flexibility, the ATF can more efficiently process FTCA claims.</P>
        <P>The Attorney General believes that consolidating under § 0.172 the authority of heads of certain components within the Department of Justice to settle FTCA claims and ensuring uniform language across §§ 0.89a, 0.132, and 0.172 that is consistent with 28 U.S.C. 2672 will facilitate more consistent treatment of these claims.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Administrative Procedure Act (APA)</HD>

        <P>Notice and comment rulemaking is not required for this final rule. Under the APA, “rules of agency organization, procedure or practice,” 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(A), that do not “affect[] individual rights and obligations,”<E T="03">Morton</E>v.<E T="03">Ruiz,</E>415 U.S. 199, 232 (1974), are exempt from the general notice and comment requirements of section 553.<E T="03">See JEM Broad. Co.</E>v.<E T="03">FCC,</E>22 F.3d 320, 326 (D.C. Cir. 1994) (holding that the procedural exception applies to “agency actions that do not themselves alter the rights or interests of parties, although [they] may alter the manner in which the parties present themselves or their viewpoints to the agency” (quoting<E T="03">Batterton</E>v.<E T="03">Marshall,</E>648 F.2d 694, 707 (D.C. Cir. 1980) (internal quotation marks omitted)). The revision to 28 CFR 0.89a, 0.132, and 0.172 is purely a matter of agency organization, procedure, and practice. The final rule will not affect substantive rights or interests of persons presenting their FTCA claims to the relevant agencies of the Department of Justice.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Attorney General, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 605(b), has reviewed this rule and, by approving it, certifies that it will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because it pertains to personnel and administrative matters affecting the Department. Further, a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis is not required for this final rule because the Department was not required to publish a general notice of proposed rulemaking for this matter.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Orders 12866 and 13563—Regulatory Review</HD>
        <P>This rule has been drafted and reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, section 1(b), Principles of Regulation, and in accordance with Executive Order 13563, Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review, section 1(b), General Principles of Regulation. This rule is limited to agency organization, management, or personnel matters as described by Executive Order 12866, section 3(d)(3), and therefore is not a “regulation” or “rule” as defined by Executive Order 12866. Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. The Department has assessed the costs and benefits of this rule and believes that the regulatory approach selected maximizes net benefits.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12988</HD>
        <P>This regulation meets the applicable standards set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13132</HD>
        <P>This rule will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with Executive Order 13132, Federalism, the Department has determined that this rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a federalism summary impact statement.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>

        <P>This rule will not result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year, and it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions are necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1501<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          <PRTPAGE P="26183"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996</HD>
        <P>This rule is not a major rule as defined by section 251 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA), 5 U.S.C. 804. This rule will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more; a major increase in costs or prices; or significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or the ability of United States-based enterprises to compete with foreign-based enterprises in domestic and export markets.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Congressional Review Act</HD>
        <P>This action pertains to agency management, personnel, and organization and does not substantially affect the rights or obligations of non-agency parties. Accordingly, it is not a “rule” for purposes of the reporting requirement of 5 U.S.C. 801.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 28 CFR Part 0</HD>
          <P>Authority delegations (Government agencies), Government employees, Organization and functions (Government agencies), Privacy, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Whistleblowing.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority and Issuance</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, by virtue of the authority vested in me as Attorney General, including 5 U.S.C. 301, and 28 U.S.C. 509, 510, and for the reasons set forth in the preamble, part 0 of title 28 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="0" TITLE="28">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 0—ORGANIZATION OF THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 28 CFR Part 0 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 301; 28 U.S.C. 509, 510, 515-519.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="0" TITLE="28">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 0.89a</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 0.89a is amended by—</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Removing paragraph (a);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Redesignating paragraphs (b) and (c) as paragraphs (a) and (b), respectively;</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>c. Removing the word “further” from newly redesignated paragraph (a);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>d. Adding a comma after the parenthetical “(31 U.S.C. 3274)” in newly redesignated paragraph (a); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>e. Removing the words “by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section” from newly redesignated paragraph (b) and adding in their place the words “by paragraph (a) of this section and by 28 CFR 0.172”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="0" TITLE="28">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 0.132</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>3. Section 0.132 is amended by—</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Removing paragraph (a);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Redesignating paragraphs (b) and (c) as paragraphs (a) and (b), respectively;</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>c. Adding a comma after the word “personnel” in newly redesignated paragraph (a); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>d. Removing the words “in paragraph (b) of this section” from newly redesignated paragraph (b) and adding in their place the words “by paragraph (a) of this section and by 28 CFR 0.172”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="0" TITLE="28">
          <AMDPAR>4. Section 0.172 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 0.172</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Authority: Federal tort claims.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Delegation of authority.</E>Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, the Director of the Bureau of Prisons, the Commissioner of Federal Prison Industries, the Director of the United States Marshals Service, the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and the Director of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives shall have authority under section 2672 of title 28, United States Code, relating to the administrative settlement of Federal tort claims, to consider, ascertain, adjust, determine, compromise, and settle any claim involving their respective components, provided that any award, compromise, or settlement shall not exceed $50,000.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Limitations on authority.</E>Any proposed award, compromise, or settlement under section 2672 of title 28, United States Code, must be referred to the Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Civil Division, or his delegee, when—</P>
            <P>(1) Because a significant question of law or policy is presented, or for any other reason, the head of the referring component is of the opinion that the proposed award, compromise, or settlement should receive the personal attention of the Assistant Attorney General or his delegee;</P>
            <P>(2) Two or more claims arise from the same subject matter and the total amount of any award, compromise, or settlement of all claims will or may exceed $50,000; or</P>
            <P>(3) The award, compromise, or settlement of a particular claim, as a practical matter, will or may control or adversely influence the disposition of other claims and the total settlement value of all claims will or may exceed $50,000.</P>
            <P>(c) Subject to the provisions of § 0.160, the Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Civil Division shall have authority to consider, ascertain, adjust, determine, compromise, and settle any other claim involving the Department under section 2672, of title 28, U.S. Code, relating to the administrative settlement of Federal tort claims.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: April 27, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Eric H. Holder, Jr.,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Attorney General.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10641 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-12-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS</AGENCY>
        <CFR>38 CFR Part 51</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 2900-AO02</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Technical Revisions To Update Reference to the Required Assessment Tool for State Nursing Homes Receiving Per Diem Payments From VA</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Department of Veterans Affairs.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This rule updates the reference to the required resident assessment tool for State homes that receive per diem from VA for providing nursing home care to veterans. It requires State nursing homes receiving per diem from VA to use the most recent version of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) Resident Assessment Instrument/Minimum Data Set (MDS), which is version 3.0. This will ensure that the standard used to assess veterans is the same as the standard applicable to Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This final rule is effective June 4, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Nancy Quest, Director, Home and Community Based Services, Geriatrics and Extended Care Services (10P4G), Veterans Health Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-6064. (This is not a toll free number.)</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>This document adopts as a final rule without change a proposed rule amending the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) regulations. On November 10, 2011, VA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(76 FR 70076) a proposal to amend VA regulations to update the reference to the required resident assessment tool for State homes providing nursing home care, CMS Resident Assessment<PRTPAGE P="26184"/>Instrument/MDS. The MDS is a core set of screening, clinical, and functional status elements that form the foundation of the comprehensive assessment for all residents of long term care facilities certified to participate in Medicare and Medicaid. The MDS is the standardized assessment instrument in long term care that is used to identify the health care needs of residents and generate a plan of care, regardless of source of payment for the individual resident. VA therefore requires State homes receiving per diem for the provision of long term care to veterans to use the MDS, and implements this requirement in 38 CFR 51.110(b)(1)(i).</P>
        <P>On October 1, 2010, all CMS certified long term care facilities were required to update their assessment from MDS 2.0 to MDS 3.0. VA in turn proposed in a rulemaking that State homes receiving per diem to provide long term care to veterans use the most up to date version of MDS. Interested persons were invited to submit comments to the proposed rule on or before January 9, 2012, and we received no comments. Therefore, based on the rationale set forth in the proposed rule, VA is adopting the proposed rule as a final rule without change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Effect of Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 38 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as revised by this rulemaking, represents VA's implementation of its legal authority on this subject. Other than future amendments to this regulation or governing statutes, no contrary guidance or procedures are authorized. All existing or subsequent VA guidance must be read to conform with this rulemaking if possible or, if not possible, such guidance is superseded by this rulemaking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>This final rule contains no collections of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Secretary hereby certifies that this regulatory amendment will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities as they are defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-612. This amendment will not directly affect any small entities, as the State homes that are subject to this rulemaking are State government entities under the control of State governments. All State homes are owned, operated, and managed by State governments except for a small number that are operated by entities under contract with State governments. These contractors are not small entities. Therefore, under 5 U.S.C. 605(b), this amendment is exempt from the initial and final regulatory flexibility analysis requirements of sections 603 and 604.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Orders 12866 and 13563</HD>
        <P>Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, when regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity). Executive Order 13563 (Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review) emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, reducing costs, harmonizing rules, and promoting flexibility. Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review) defines a “significant regulatory action,” which requires review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), as “any regulatory action that is likely to result in a rule that may: (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities; (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency; (3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in this Executive Order.”</P>
        <P>The economic, interagency, budgetary, legal, and policy implications of this regulatory action have been examined and it has been determined not to be a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Unfunded Mandates</HD>
        <P>The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires, at 2 U.S.C. 1532, that agencies prepare an assessment of anticipated costs and benefits before issuing any rule that may result in expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more (adjusted annually for inflation) in any given year. This rule will have no such effect on State, local, and tribal governments, or on the private sector.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers</HD>
        <P>The Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance numbers and titles for the programs affected by this document are 64.005, Grants to States for Construction of State Home Facilities; 64.009, Veterans Medical Care Benefits; 64.010, Veterans Nursing Home Care; 64.015, Veterans State Nursing Home Care; 64.018, Sharing Specialized Medical Resources; 64.019, Veterans Rehabilitation, Alcohol and Drug Dependence.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
        <P>The Secretary of Veterans Affairs, or designee, approved this document and authorized the undersigned to sign and submit the document to the Office of the Federal Register for publication electronically as an official document of the Department of Veterans Affairs. John R. Gingrich, Chief of Staff, Department of Veterans Affairs, approved this document on April 24, 2012, for publication.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 38 CFR Part 51</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Claims, Day care, Dental health Government contracts, Grant programs—health, Grant programs—veterans, Health care, Health facilities, Health professions, Health records, Mental health programs, Nursing homes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Travel and transportation expenses, Veterans.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 27, 2012</DATED>
          <NAME>Robert C. McFetridge,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director of Regulation Policy and Management, Office of General Counsel, Department of Veterans Affairs.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Department of Veterans Affairs is amending 38 CFR part 51 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="51" TITLE="38">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 51—PER DIEM FOR NURSING HOME CARE OF VETERANS IN STATE HOMES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 51 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>38 U.S.C. 101, 501, 1710, 1720, 1741-1743; and as stated in specific sections.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="51" TITLE="38">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.110</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 51.110(b)(1)(i) by removing the phrase “Version 2.0” and adding, in its place, “Version 3.0”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10590 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8320-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="26185"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
        <CFR>39 CFR Part 111</CFR>
        <SUBJECT>POSTNET Barcode Discontinuation</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Postal Service<E T="51">TM</E>.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Postal Service will revise the<E T="03">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service,</E>Domestic Mail Manual (DMM®) throughout various sections to discontinue price eligibility based on the use of POSTNET<E T="51">TM</E>barcodes on all types of mail.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective date:</E>January 28, 2013.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Bill Chatfield, 202-268-7278 or Jeff Freeman, 202-268-2922.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>On March 2, 2012, the Postal Service published a proposed rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(77 FR 12764-12769) to discontinue price eligibility for POSTNET barcodes. For automation letters and flats and for Qualified Business Reply Mail (QBRM), an Intelligent Mail barcode (IMb<E T="51">TM</E>) will be required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Comments and USPS Responses</HD>
        <P>The Postal Service received 27 comments from a variety of mailers and from several mailer associations. Some of the initial comments were critical of one proposed element to require a barcode clear zone on all letters. To maintain focus on the discontinuation of price eligibility based on the POSTNET barcode, USPS® quickly responded by deleting that element from the proposal. There were 11 comments specifically critical of the main proposal to discontinue POSTNET barcodes for automation letter and flat price eligibility. There were six comments specifically in agreement with the main proposal. One association strongly recommended that two IMbs be allowed on each piece, to facilitate processing by presort companies. We added language to specifically allow more than one barcode on automation letters under certain conditions. For flats, we also changed the proposed language to allow more than one barcode on each automation flat under certain circumstances, due to anticipated flats sortation software upgrades in early 2013. Other comments, and our responses, follow.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>Mailers may be forced to make considerable investments in new printers; and some felt they will not be able to and will be forced to stop mailing.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Print technology has evolved over the past several years increasing in efficiency, and in many instances, lowering unit cost. Additionally, instead of replacing printers, existing models may be able to be upgraded with fonts that assist in maintaining speed while printing IMbs. The Postal Service RIBBS® Web site (ribbs.usps.gov) has a tool that enables fonts to be downloaded to assist in printing IMbs.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>Allow the use of the POSTNET barcode for automation prices, but at higher prices than for the use of the Intelligent Mail barcode (IMb).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Since the POSTNET barcode is not capable of including information other than the routing code, we will not be including its use for any automation pricing as of January 2013.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>There were problems for some mailers when they tried to convert to IMb and not enough USPS support to surmount problems.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The staff of the district Business Mail Entry offices are available for customer assistance, RIBBS material and tools are being updated, and local Postal Customer Councils will be assisting customers. There will be designated support personnel at the district level to help with the transition.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>There is no perceived benefit to converting to IMb for local mailers who are satisfied with their current level of service.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Converting to IMb is an important first step on the way to full-service automation, which allows for free address correction as well as better mailpiece visibility. Increased mail visibility not only helps the mailers directly, but also helps them indirectly by allowing the Postal Service to fine tune its processes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The USPS has provided plenty of time to convert to IMb. The industry as a whole will benefit by standardizing to the use of one barcode format.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>We appreciate the supportive comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Implementation</HD>
        <P>The Postal Service will discontinue price eligibility for the use of POSTNET barcodes and allow only IMbs for automation price eligibility purposes (including QBRM prices). The Postal Service understands that some mailers currently use POSTNET barcodes and we are committed to providing information to and working with individual mailers and software providers to ensure that the use of an Intelligent Mail barcode is achievable for all mailing customers.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Change for Letters and Flats</HD>
        <P>For the past several years, both USPS and the mailing industry have used the IMb to gain information about letters and flats as they move from induction to delivery. As of January 27, 2013, the use of the IMb will be required for all automation letters, including Business Reply Mail® letters that qualify for Qualified Business Reply Mail prices, Permit Reply Mail letters, and automation flats.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Withdrawn Change for Letters Only</HD>
        <P>To maintain focus on the POSTNET barcode discontinuation, the Postal Service removed the proposal to require barcode clear zones on all automation letters and cards and all letters and cards claiming an automation carrier route letter price, and to require all machinable letters to have barcode clear zones. We will retain the current language for barcode clear zones.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Changes for Parcels</HD>
        <P>Currently, the POSTNET barcode is an available option to satisfy the parcel barcode requirement for Standard Mail® parcels. We will discontinue the eligible use of the POSTNET barcode on parcels, and disallow its use on parcels unless it is printed in the address block. EVS® parcels would not be allowed to bear POSTNET barcodes in any location.</P>
        <P>The Postal Service adopts the following changes to<E T="03">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service,</E>Domestic Mail Manual (DMM), which is incorporated by reference in the Code of Federal Regulations. See 39 CFR 111.1.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Postal Service.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, 39 CFR Part 111 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="111" TITLE="39">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 111—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 39 CFR Part 111 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C 301-307; 18 U.S.C. 1692-1737:39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001-3011, 3201-3219, 3403-3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632, 3633, and 5001.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="111" TITLE="39">
          <AMDPAR>2. Revise the following sections of<E T="03">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service,</E>Domestic Mail Manual (DMM), as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM)</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <PRTPAGE P="26186"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">200Commercial Letters and Cards</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">201Physical Standards</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Physical Standards for Machinable and Automation Letters and Cards</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.17Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.17.1Basic Standard</HD>
          <P>[Revise the text of 3.17.1 as follows:]</P>
          <P>Mailers may enclose reply cards or envelopes, addressed for return to a domestic delivery address, within automation mailings subject to provisions in 3.0 for enclosures. See 505.1.0 for Business Reply Mail (BRM) standards, 604.4.5.2 for postage evidencing reply mail (also known as Metered Reply Mail or MRM) standards, and 3.17.2 regarding Courtesy Reply Mail (CRM).</P>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of 3.17.2 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.17.2Courtesy Reply Mail</HD>
          <P>Courtesy reply mail (CRM) is reply mail other than BRM or MRM enclosed in other mail, with or without prepayment of postage, for return to the address on the reply piece. If postage is required, the customer returning the piece affixes the applicable First-Class Mail postage. Each piece must meet the physical standards in 1.0 or 2.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">202Elements on the Face of a Mailpiece</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Placement and Content of Mail Markings</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.5Exceptions to Markings</HD>
          <P>Exceptions are as follows:</P>
          <P>[Revise the first sentence in item 3.5a as follows:]</P>
          <P>a. Automation letters. Automation letters do not require an “AUTO” marking if they bear an Intelligent Mail barcode with a delivery point routing code in the address block or on an insert visible through a window. * * *</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Barcode Placement</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.1Barcode Clear Zone</HD>
          <P>[Add a new first sentence and revise the second sentence of 5.1 as follows:]</P>
          <P>Each reference to letter or letter-size piece in 5.0 includes both letters and postcards. Each letter-size piece in an automation price or an Enhanced Carrier Route mailing at automation letter prices must have a barcode clear zone unless the piece bears an Intelligent Mail barcode with a delivery point routing code (see 708.4.3) in the address block. * * *</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.2General Barcode Placement for Letters</HD>
          <P>[Revise the first sentence of 5.2, and add a new second sentence, as follows:]</P>
          <P>Each automation price letter and each letter claimed at Enhanced Carrier Route automation saturation or high density letter prices must bear an Intelligent Mail barcode with a correct delivery point routing code. A nonautomation letter may bear an Intelligent Mail barcode or a POSTNET barcode, under 708.4.0. * * *</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the title and the first two sentences of 5.4 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.4Additional Barcode Permissibility</HD>
          <P>An automation letter or a letter claimed at Enhanced Carrier Route saturation or high density automation letter prices may not bear a POSTNET barcode or a 5-digit or ZIP+4 Intelligent Mail barcode in the lower right corner (barcode clear zone). The piece may bear a POSTNET barcode or an additional Intelligent Mail barcode in the address block only if a qualifying Intelligent Mail barcode with a delivery point routing code appears in the lower right corner.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Delete current 5.6, DPBC Numeric Equivalent, in its entirety, and renumber current 5.7 through 5.11 as new 5.6 through 5.10.]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.6Barcode in Address Block</HD>
          <P>When the barcode is included as part of the address block:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise renumbered items 5.6c through 5.6e as follows:]</P>
          <P>c. The minimum clearance between the Intelligent Mail barcode and any information line above or below it within the address block must be at least 0.028 inch. The separation between the barcode and top line or bottom line of the address block must not exceed 0.625 (<FR>5/8</FR>) inch. The clearance between the leftmost and rightmost bars and any adjacent printing must be at least 0.125 (<FR>1/8</FR>) inch.</P>
          <P>d. If a window envelope is used, the clearance between the leftmost and rightmost bars and any printing or window edge must be at least 0.125 (<FR>1/8</FR>) inch. The clearance between the Intelligent Mail barcode and the top and bottom window edges must be at least 0.028 inch. These clearances must be maintained during the insert's range of movement in the envelope. Address block windows on heavy letter mail must be covered. Covers for address block windows are subject to 5.10.</P>
          <P>e. If an address label is used, a clear space of at least 0.125 (<FR>1/8</FR>) inch must be left between the barcode and the left and right edges of the address label. The clearance between the Intelligent Mail barcode and the top and bottom edges of the address label must be at least 0.028 inch.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the title and introductory text of renumbered 5.7 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.7Barcode on Insert in Barcode Window</HD>
          <P>If the barcode is printed on an insert to appear through a barcode window in the lower right corner of an envelope:</P>
          <P>[Revise renumbered item 5.7a as follows:]</P>
          <P>a. The envelope and window must meet the physical standards in 5.9 through 5.10.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise renumbered item 5.7c as follows:]</P>
          <P>c. When the insert showing through the window is moved to any of its limits inside the envelope, the entire barcode must remain within the barcode clear zone. In addition, a clear space must be maintained that is at least 0.125 (<FR>1/8</FR>) inch between the barcode and the left and right edges of the window, at least 0.1875 (<FR>3/16</FR>) inch between the barcode and the bottom edge of the mailpiece, and at least 0.028 inch between the barcode and the top edge of the window.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">220Priority Mail</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">223Prices and Eligibility</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Basic Standards for Priority Mail</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.2Additional Standards for Critical Mail Letters</HD>
          <P>* * * Critical Mail letters also must:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 3.2b as follows:]</P>
          <P>b. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code, ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code and that meets address quality standards in 233.5.5 and 708.3.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <PRTPAGE P="26187"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">230First-Class Mail</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">233Prices and Eligibility</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Nonautomation First-Class Mail Letters</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.2Barcodes</HD>
          <P>[Revise the text of 4.2 as follows:]</P>
          <P>Any Intelligent Mail barcode on a mailpiece in nonautomation First-Class Mail mailings must be correct for the delivery address and meet the standards in 202.5.0, 708.3.0, and 708.4.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Automation First-Class Mail Letters</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.1Basic Standards for Automation First-Class Mail Letters</HD>
          <P>All pieces in a First-Class Mail automation mailing must:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 5.1e as follows:]</P>
          <P>e. Bear an accurate Intelligent Mail barcode encoded with the correct delivery point routing code, matching the delivery address and meeting the standards in 202.5.0 and 708.4.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.5Address Standards for Barcoded Pieces</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of 5.5.3 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.5.3Numeric Delivery Point Routing Code</HD>
          <P>The numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code is formed by adding two digits directly after the ZIP+4 code.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Delete 5.6, Reply Cards and Envelopes Enclosed in Automation Price First-Class Mail, in its entirety.]</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">240Standard Mail</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">243Prices and Eligibility</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Basic Standards for Standard Mail Letters</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.3Additional Basic Standards for Standard Mail</HD>
          <P>Each Standard Mail mailing is subject to these general standards:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 3.3i as follows:]</P>
          <P>i. Any Intelligent Mail barcode on a mailpiece must be correct for the delivery address and meet the standards in 202.5.0, 708.3.0, and 708.4.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail Letters</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.1General Enhanced Carrier Route Standards</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.1.2Basic Eligibility Standards</HD>
          <P>All pieces in an Enhanced Carrier Route or Nonprofit Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail mailing must:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the introductory text of item 6.1.2d as follows:]</P>
          <P>d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code, ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code and that meets these address quality standards:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 6.1.2g as follows:]</P>
          <P>g. Meet the requirements for automation compatibility in 201.3.0 and bear an accurate Intelligent Mail barcode encoded with the correct delivery point routing code matching the delivery address and meeting the standards in 202.5.0 and 708.4.0, except as provided in 6.1.2h. Pieces prepared with a simplified address format are exempt from the automation-compatibility and barcode requirements. Letters entered under the full-service Intelligent Mail automation option also must meet the standards in 705.24.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.4High Density Enhanced Carrier Route Standards</HD>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of 6.4.1 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.4.1Additional Eligibility Standards for High Density Prices</HD>
          <P>In addition to the eligibility standards in 6.1, high density letter-size mailpieces must be in a full carrier route tray or in a carrier route bundle of 10 or more pieces placed in a 5-digit (or 3-digit) carrier routes tray. Except for pieces with a simplified address, pieces that are not automation-compatible or not barcoded with an Intelligent Mail barcode under 202.5.0 are mailable only at the nonautomation high density letter prices.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.5Saturation ECR Standards</HD>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of 6.5.1 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.5.1Additional Eligibility Standards for Saturation Prices</HD>
          <P>In addition to the eligibility standards in 6.1, saturation letter-size mailpieces must be in a full carrier route tray or in a carrier route bundle of 10 or more pieces placed in a 5-digit (or 3-digit) carrier routes tray. Except for pieces with a simplified address, pieces that are not automation-compatible or not barcoded with an Intelligent Mail barcode under 202.5.0 are mailable only at nonautomation saturation letter prices.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.0Eligibility Standards for Automation Standard Mail</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.1Basic Eligibility Standards for Automation Standard Mail</HD>
          <P>All pieces in a Regular Standard Mail or Nonprofit Standard Mail automation mailing must:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the introductory text of item 7.1d as follows:]</P>
          <P>d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code, ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code and that meets these address quality standards:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 7.1e as follows:]</P>
          <P>e. Bear an accurate Intelligent Mail barcode encoded with the correct delivery point routing code, matching the delivery address and meeting the standards in 202.5.0 and 708.4.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.5Address Standards for Barcoded Pieces</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.5.1Basic Address Standards for Barcodes</HD>
          <P>[Revise the text of 7.5.1 as follows:]</P>
          <P>To qualify for automation prices, addresses must be sufficiently complete to enable matching to the current USPS ZIP+4 Product when used with current CASS-certified address matching software. Any barcode as defined in 202.5.0 and 708.4.0 that appears on a mailpiece claimed at an automation price must be the correct barcode for the corresponding delivery address on the piece.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of 7.5.3 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.5.3Numeric Delivery Point Routing Code</HD>
          <P>The numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code is formed by adding two digits directly after the ZIP+4 code.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <PRTPAGE P="26188"/>
          <P>[Delete 7.6, Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes, in its entirety.]</P>
          <P>[Renumber current 7.7 as new 7.6.]</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">300Commercial Mail Flats</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">302Elements on the Face of a Mailpiece</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Address Placement</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.4Type Size and Line Spacing</HD>
          <P>* * * These additional standards apply to automation pieces:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 2.4c as follows:]</P>
          <P>c. For pieces that bear an Intelligent Mail barcode with a delivery point routing code under 708.4.3, mailers may print the delivery address in a minimum of 6-point type (each character must be at least 0.065 inch high) if all capital letters are used.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Barcode Placement</HD>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of 5.1 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.1Barcode Placement for Flats</HD>
          <P>On any flat-size piece claimed at automation prices, the piece must bear an Intelligent Mail barcode with a delivery point routing code. The barcode may be anywhere on the address side as long as it is at least<FR>1/8</FR>inch from any edge of the piece. The portion of the surface of the piece on which the barcode is printed must meet the barcode dimensions and spacing requirements in 708.4.2.5, and the reflectance standards in 708.4.4. Intelligent Mail barcodes are subject to standards in 708.4.3.2. A POSTNET barcode or an additional Intelligent Mail barcode may also appear in the address block of an automation flat, when the qualifying Intelligent Mail barcode is not in the address block. Other non-USPS barcodes may appear on the address side of a flat if the barcode format is not discernable to automated postal flat-sorting equipment.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Delete current 5.2, Applying One Barcode, and 5.3, Applying Second Barcode, in their entirety.]</P>
          <P>[Renumber current 5.4 through 5.7 as new 5.2 through 5.5.]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.25-Digit and ZIP+4 Barcodes</HD>
          <P>[Revise the text of renumbered 5.2 as follows:]</P>
          <P>An automation flat-size piece must not bear a 5-digit or a ZIP+4 barcode.</P>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of renumbered 5.3 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.3Delivery Point Routing Code Numeric Equivalent</HD>
          <P>In automation mailings only, the numbers corresponding to the delivery point routing code may appear in the delivery address. If read from left to right: a correct numeric equivalent consists of five digits, a hyphen, and six digits.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.4Barcode in Address Block</HD>
          <P>When an Intelligent Mail barcode is included as part of the address block:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise renumbered items 5.4c through 5.4e as follows:]</P>
          <P>c. The minimum clearance between the barcode and any information line above or below it within the address block must be at least 0.028 inch, and the separation between the barcode and top line or bottom line of the address block must not exceed 0.625 (<FR>5/8</FR>) inch. The clearance between the leftmost and rightmost bars and any adjacent printing must be at least 0.125 (<FR>1/8</FR>) inch.</P>
          <P>d. If a window envelope is used, the clearance between the leftmost and rightmost bars and any printing or window edge must be at least 0.125 (<FR>1/8</FR>) inch, and the clearance between the barcode and the top and bottom window edges must be at least 0.028 inch. These clearances must be maintained during the insert's range of movement in the envelope. Covers for address block windows are subject to 5.5. Window envelopes also must meet the specifications in 601.6.3.</P>
          <P>e. If an address label is used, a clear space of at least 0.125 (<FR>1/8</FR>) inch must be left between the barcode and the left and right edges of the address label, and the clearance between the barcode and the top and bottom edges of the address label must be at least 0.028 inch.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">320Priority Mail</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">323Prices and Eligibility</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Basic Standards for Priority Mail</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.2Additional Standards for Critical Mail Flats</HD>
          <P>[Revise the introductory text of 3.2 as follows:]</P>
          <P>Critical Mail, a category of Priority Mail, is available for barcoded, automation-compatible letters and barcoded, automation flats, using IMbs under 708.4.3. With the exception of restricted mail as described in 601.8.0, any mailable matter may be mailed via Critical Mail. USPS-produced Critical Mail flat-size envelopes must be used for all Critical Mail flats. Flats may not exceed 13 ounces in weight or<FR>3/4</FR>inch in thickness. Critical Mail flats also must:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 3.2b as follows:]</P>
          <P>b. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code, ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code and that meets address quality standards in 333.5.5 and 708.3.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">330First-Class Mail</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">333Prices and Eligibility</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Nonautomation First-Class Mail Flats</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.2Barcodes on Nonautomation First-Class Mail</HD>
          <P>[Revise the text of 4.2 as follows:]</P>
          <P>Any barcode on a mailpiece in a First-Class Mail nonautomation flats mailing must be correct for the delivery address and meet the standards in 708.3.0 and 708.4.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Automation First-Class Mail Flats</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.1Basic Standards for Automation First-Class Mail</HD>
          <P>All pieces in a First-Class Mail automation flats mailing must:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise items 5.1d through e as follows:]</P>
          <P>d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code, ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code and that meets these address quality standards:</P>
          <P>1. The address matching and coding standards in 5.5 and 708.3.0.</P>
          <P>2. If an alternative addressing format is used, the additional standards in 602.3.0.</P>
          <P>e. Bear an accurate Intelligent Mail barcode encoded with the correct delivery point routing code, matching the delivery address and meeting the standards in 302.5.0 and 708.4.0, either on the piece or on an insert showing through a window.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.5Address Standards for Barcoded Pieces</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <PRTPAGE P="26189"/>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of 5.5.3 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.5.3Numeric Delivery Point Routing Code</HD>
          <P>A numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code is formed by adding two digits directly after the ZIP+4 code.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Delete 5.6, Reply Cards and Envelopes Enclosed in Automation Price First-Class Mail, in its entirety.]</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">340Standard Mail</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">343Prices and Eligibility</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Basic Standards for Standard Mail Flats</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.3Additional Basic Standards for Standard Mail</HD>
          <P>Each Standard Mail mailing is subject to these general standards:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 3.3i as follows:]</P>
          <P>i. Any barcode on a mailpiece must be correct for the delivery address and meet the standards in 302.5.0, 708.3.0, and 708.4.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail Flats</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.1General Enhanced Carrier Route Standards</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.1.2Basic Eligibility Standards</HD>
          <P>All pieces in an Enhanced Carrier Route or Nonprofit Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail mailing must:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the introductory text of item 6.1.2d as follows:]</P>
          <P>d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code, ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code and that meets these address quality standards:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Automation Standard Mail Flats</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.1Basic Eligibility Standards for Automation Standard Mail</HD>
          <P>All pieces in a Regular Standard Mail or Nonprofit Standard Mail automation mailing must:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the introductory text of item 7.1d as follows:]</P>
          <P>d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code, ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code and that meets these address quality standards:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 7.1e as follows:]</P>
          <P>e. Bear an accurate Intelligent Mail barcode encoded with the correct delivery point routing code, matching the delivery address and meeting the standards in 302.5.0 and 708.4.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.4Address Standards for Barcoded Pieces</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of 7.4.3 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.4.3Numeric Delivery Point Routing Code</HD>
          <P>A numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code is formed by adding two digits directly after the ZIP+4 code.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Delete 7.5, Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes, in its entirety.]</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">360Bound Printed Matter</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">363Prices and Eligibility</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0Prices and Fees for Bound Printed Matter</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.1.4Barcoded Discount—Flats</HD>
          <P>[Revise the text of 1.1.4 as follows:]</P>
          <P>For discount, see Notice 123-Price List. See 4.1 and 6.1 for eligibility information.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Price Eligibility for Bound Printed Matter Flats</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.1Price Eligibility</HD>
          <P>* * * Price categories are as follows:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 4.1d as follows:]</P>
          <P>d. Barcoded Discount—Flats. The barcoded discount applies to BPM flats that meet the requirements for automation flats in 301.3.0 and bear an accurate Intelligent Mail barcode encoded with the correct delivery point routing code. See 6.1 for more information.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Barcoded Bound Printed Matter Flats</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.1Basic Eligibility Standards for Barcoded Bound Printed Matter</HD>
          <P>[Revise the text of 6.1 as follows:]</P>
          <P>The barcode discount applies only to BPM flat-size pieces that bear an Intelligent Mail barcode encoded with the correct delivery point routing code, matching the delivery address and meeting the standards in 302.5.0 and 708.4.0. The pieces must be part of a nonpresorted price mailing of 50 or more flat-size pieces or part of a presorted mailing of at least 300 BPM flats prepared under 365.7.0, 705.8.0, and 705.14.0. The barcode discount is not available for flats mailed at Presorted DDU prices or carrier route prices. To qualify for the barcode discount, the flat-size pieces must meet the standards in 301.3.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.4Address Standards for Barcode Discounts</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of 6.4.3 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.4.3Numeric Delivery Point Routing Code</HD>
          <P>A numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code is formed by adding two digits directly after the ZIP+4 code.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">400Commercial Parcels</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">402Elements on the Face of a Mailpiece</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0General Barcode Placement for Parcels</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the title and text of current 4.3 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.3Intelligent Mail Barcodes and POSTNET Barcodes</HD>
          <P>Intelligent Mail barcodes and POSTNET barcodes do not meet barcode eligibility requirements for parcels and do not qualify for any barcode-related prices for parcels, but one barcode may be included only in the address block on a parcel, except on eVS parcels. An Intelligent Mail barcode or POSTNET barcode in the address block must be placed according to 302.5.4.</P>
          <P>[Delete current 4.3.1, General Placement of POSTNET Barcodes, 4.3.2, POSTNET Barcode in Address Block, and 4.3.3, Window Cover, in their entirety.]</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">440Standard Mail</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">443Prices and Eligibility</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Price Eligibility for Standard Mail</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <PRTPAGE P="26190"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.4Surcharge</HD>
          <P>Unless prepared in carrier route or 5-digit/scheme containers, Standard Mail parcels are subject to a surcharge if:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 4.4c as follows:]</P>
          <P>c. The irregular parcels do not bear a GS1-128 routing barcode or an Intelligent Mail package barcode for the delivery address.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail Marketing Parcels</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.1General Enhanced Carrier Route Standards</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.1.2Basic Eligibility Standards</HD>
          <P>All pieces in an Enhanced Carrier Route or Nonprofit Enhanced Carrier Route mailing of Standard Mail Marketing parcels must:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise the introductory text of item 6.1.2d as follows:]</P>
          <P>d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code, ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point routing code and that meets these addressing standards:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">500Additional Mailing Services</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">503Extra Services</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">14.0Confirm Service and IMb Tracing</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">14.2Barcodes</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">14.2.2Intelligent Mail Barcode Requirements</HD>
          <P>[Revise the introductory text of 14.2.2 as follows:]</P>
          <P>To obtain IMb Tracing, mailers must apply Intelligent Mail barcodes on letter-size pieces or on flat-size pieces meeting automation-compatibility standards in 201.3.0 (letters) or 301.3.0 (flats). The following standards apply:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">505Return Services</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0Business Reply Mail (BRM)</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.3Qualified Business Reply Mail (QBRM) Basic Standards</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.3.1Description</HD>
          <P>Qualified Business Reply Mail (QBRM) is First-Class Mail that:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 1.3.1d as follows:]</P>
          <P>d. Is authorized to mail at QBRM prices and fees under 1.3.2. During the authorization process, the mailer is assigned a unique ZIP+4 code for each price category of QBRM to be returned under the system (one for card-price pieces, one for letter-size pieces weighing 1 ounce or less, and one for letter-size pieces weighing over 1 ounce up to and including 2 ounces).</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>[Revise item 1.3.1f as follows:]</P>
          <P>f. Bears the correct Intelligent Mail barcode that corresponds to the unique ZIP+4 code in the address on each piece distributed. The barcode must be correctly prepared under 1.9 and 708.4.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.8Format Elements</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.8.6Delivery Address</HD>
          <P>The complete address (including the permit holder's name, delivery address, city, state, and BRM ZIP Code) must be printed directly on the piece, except as allowed under 1.7.5 or under item a below, subject to these conditions:</P>
          <P>[Revise item 1.8.6a as follows:]</P>
          <P>a. Preprinted labels with only delivery address information (including an Intelligent Mail barcode under 1.9) are permitted, but the permit holder's name and other required elements must be printed directly on the BRM piece.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.9Additional Standards for Letter-Size and Flat-Size BRM</HD>
          <P>[Revise the text of 1.9 to incorporate the current item 1.9a, including items a1 and a2, into the introductory text and revise the new introductory text as follows:]</P>
          <P>In addition to the format standards in 1.8, QBRM letters and cards must be barcoded with an Intelligent Mail barcode. When an Intelligent Mail barcode is printed on any BRM pieces, it must contain the barcode ID, service type ID, and correct ZIP+4 routing code, as specified under 708.4.3. QBRM pieces must bear the ZIP+4 codes and equivalent Intelligent Mail barcodes assigned by the USPS. The IMb must be placed on the address side of the piece and positioned as part of the delivery address block under 202.5.7 or within the barcode clear zone in the lower right corner of the piece if printed directly on the piece.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Permit Reply Mail (PRM)</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.3Format Elements</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.3.6Delivery Address</HD>
          <P>[Revise the text of 2.3.6 as follows:]</P>
          <P>The complete address (including the permit holder's name, delivery address, city, state, and ZIP+4 code) must be printed on the piece. PRM pieces must bear an Intelligent Mail barcode encoded with the correct delivery point routing code, matching the delivery address and meeting the standards in 202.5.0 and 708.4.0.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">600Basic Standards for All Mailing Services</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">601Mailability</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Mailing Containers—Special Types of Envelopes and Packaging</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.5Reusable Mailpiece</HD>
          <P>* * * Except for reusable mailpieces that originate as permit imprint mailings, the piece must meet these standards:</P>
          <P>[Revise the first sentence of 6.5a as follows:]</P>
          <P>a. Basic Design. The piece must be designed and constructed to allow the recipient to reconfigure the piece to remove or obscure the address, barcode, postage, and any marking or endorsement applied to the piece when it was originally mailed so that these elements are not mistaken by the USPS as applying to the returned piece. * * *</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">602Addressing</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Detached Address Labels (DALs) and Detached Marketing Labels (DMLs)</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.2Label Preparation</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.2.2Addressing</HD>
          <P>* * * [Revise the last sentence of 4.2.2 as follows:] In addition, if DALs accompany saturation mailings of Periodicals or Standard Mail flats, a correct Intelligent Mail barcode with an 11-digit routing code must be printed on each DAL except when using a simplified address.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">700Special Standards</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">708Technical Standards</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <PRTPAGE P="26191"/>
          <P>[Revise the title of 4.0 as follows:]</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Standards for Intelligent Mail and POSTNET Barcodes</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.1General</HD>
          <P>[Revise the text of 4.1 as follows:]</P>
          <P>Intelligent Mail barcodes and POSTNET (Postal Numeric Encoding Technique) barcodes are USPS-developed methods to encode ZIP Code information on mail that can be read for sorting by automated machines. Intelligent Mail barcodes also encode other tracking information. POSTNET barcodes do not qualify for automation pricing.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>We will publish an appropriate amendment to 39 CFR Part 111 to reflect these changes.</P>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Stanley F. Mires,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Attorney, Legal Policy &amp; Legislative Advice.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10505 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Fish and Wildlife Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 17</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FWS-R9-IA-2008-0123; FXES111309F2120D2-123-FF09E22000]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1018-AI83</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Reclassifying the Wood Bison Under the Endangered Species Act as Threatened Throughout Its Range</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), are reclassifying the wood bison (<E T="03">Bison bison athabascae</E>) from endangered to threatened. This action is based on a review of the best available scientific and commercial data, which indicate that the primary threat that led to population decline, unregulated hunting, is no longer a threat and that recovery actions have led to a substantial increase in the number of herds that have a stable or increasing trend in population size. Critical habitat has not been designated because free-ranging wood bison only occur in Canada and we do not designate critical habitat in foreign countries.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule becomes effective June 4, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>This final rule is available on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>under Docket No. FWS-R9-IA-2008-0123 and at<E T="03">http://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/endangered/index.htm.</E>Comments and materials received, as well as supporting documentation used in the preparation of this rule, will be available for public inspection, by appointment, during normal business hours at: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Alaska Regional Office, 1011 East Tudor Road, Anchorage, AK 99503; 907-786-3856.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Marilyn Myers at U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fisheries and Ecological Services, 1011 E. Tudor Road, Anchorage, AK 99503; or telephone at 907-786-3559; or facsimile at 907-786-3848. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), please call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 800-877-8339.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Summary</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Why we need to publish a rule.</E>We listed the wood bison as endangered in 1970. Since listing, the status of wood bison has improved because enactment and enforcement of national and international laws and treaties have minimized the impacts of hunting and trade, and reintroduction of disease-free herds has increased the number of free-ranging herds in Canada from 1 population of 300 in 1978, to 7 populations totaling 4,414 bison in 2008. These free-ranging populations are stable or increasing. Therefore, we have determined that the wood bison no longer meets the definition of endangered under the Endangered Species Act.</P>
        <P>This rule changes the listing of the wood bison from endangered to threatened.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Basis for our action.</E>While we have determined that the wood bison no longer meets the definition of endangered under the Endangered Species Act, some threats to wood bison remain. Habitat loss has occurred in Canada from agricultural development, and we expect losses will continue in concert with human growth and expansion of agriculture, including commercial bison production. The presence of disease in Canada constrains herd growth, and regulatory mechanisms are inadequate to prevent disease transmission within Canada. However, the continued reintroduction of disease-free herds, the ongoing development and updating of management plans, the active management of herds, the ongoing research, and the protections provided by laws and protected lands provide compelling evidence that recovery actions have been successful in reducing the risk of extinction associated with the threats identified. Therefore, we are reclassifying the wood bison from endangered to threatened.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">The majority of comments we received support this action.</E>The majority of comments (13 of 19) supported downlisting. A subset of these comments (7 of the 13) asserted that the Service should delist the species immediately. Three comments stated that wood bison should remain listed as endangered. The peer review comments provided very specific corrections to details about two of the wood bison herds in Canada, and we have updated our information in this rule accordingly, but these changes do not alter our finding.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Previous Federal Actions</HD>
        <P>The listing history for wood bison is extensive and was described in the proposed rule published on February 8, 2011 (76 FR 6734). Please refer to that proposed rule for the complete listing history. Here we present only the most pertinent facts.</P>

        <P>The wood bison became listed in the United States under the 1969 Endangered Species Conservation Act when it was included on the first List of Endangered Foreign Fish and Wildlife, which was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on June 2, 1970 (35 FR 8491). In 1974, the first list of federally protected species under the 1973 Endangered Species Act (Act; 16 U.S.C. 1531<E T="03">et seq.</E>) appeared in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), and the wood bison appeared on this list based on its inclusion on the original 1969 list. Because the wood bison was listed under the 1969 Endangered Species Conservation Act and grandfathered in for protection under the Act, there is not a separate<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice that defined the population(s) and their range or analyzed threats to the species. The wood bison was classified as endangered and has retained that designation since the original listing.</P>

        <P>On May 14, 1998, the Service received a petition from a private individual requesting that the Service remove the wood bison from the List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife, primarily because it had been downgraded from an Appendix I to an Appendix II species under the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). In a 90-day finding published on November 25, 1998 (63 FR 65164), we found that the petitioner did not provide substantial<PRTPAGE P="26192"/>information to indicate that the delisting may be warranted.</P>
        <P>On November 26, 2007, we received a petition from the co-chairs of Canada's National Wood Bison Recovery Team, requesting that we reclassify the wood bison from endangered to threatened. On February 3, 2009, we published a 90-day finding (74 FR 5908) acknowledging that the petition provided sufficient information to indicate that reclassification may be warranted and that we would initiate a status review. On February 8, 2011, we announced the completion of our status review of the species, which also constituted our 5-year review under section 4(c)(2) of the Act, and issued a proposed rule to reclassify the wood bison from an endangered species to a threatened species (76 FR 6734). This document is our final rule to reclassify the wood bison from endangered to threatened.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Species Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Taxonomy and Species Description</HD>
        <P>Wood bison (<E T="03">Bison bison athabascae</E>) belongs to the family Bovidae, which also includes cattle, sheep, and goats. Debate over the generic name<E T="03">Bison</E>continues with some authorities using<E T="03">Bos</E>and others using<E T="03">Bison</E>depending on the methodology used to determine relationships among members of the tribe Bovini (Asian water buffalo, African buffalo, cattle and their wild relatives, and bison) (Boyd<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, pp. 13-15). In this discussion, we will use<E T="03">Bison,</E>which is consistent with “Wild Mammals of North America” (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 1010), “Mammal Species of the World” (Wilson and Reeder 2005, p. 689), and the Wood Bison Recovery Team (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 25). Wood bison was first described as a subspecies in 1897 (Rhoads 1897, pp. 498-500). One other extant bison subspecies, the plains bison (<E T="03">B. b. bison</E>), occurs in the United States and Canada. Based on the historical physical separation and quantifiable behavioral, morphological, and phenological (appearance) differences between the two subspecies, the scientific evidence indicates that subspecific designation is appropriate (van Zyll de Jong<E T="03">et al.</E>1995, p. 403; FEAP 1990, p. 24; Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 1010; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, pp. 15-17).</P>

        <P>Wood bison is the largest native extant terrestrial mammal in North America (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 1015). Average weight of mature males (age 8) is 910 kilograms (kg) (2,006 pounds (lb)) and the average weight of mature females (age 13) is 440 kg (970 lb) (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 1015). They have a large triangular head, a thin beard and rudimentary throat mane, and a poorly demarcated cape (Boyd<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 16). In addition, the highest point of their hump is forward of their front legs; they have reduced chaps on their front legs; and their horns usually extend above the hair on their head (Boyd<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 16). These physical characteristics distinguish them from the plains bison (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 1015; Boyd<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 16).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Distribution</HD>

        <P>The exact extent of the original range of wood bison cannot be determined with certainty based on available information, but was limited to North America (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 11). However, historically, the range of the wood bison was generally north of that occupied by the plains bison and included most boreal regions of northern Alberta, northeastern British Columbia east of Cordillera, a small portion of northwestern Saskatchewan, the western Northwest Territories south and west of Great Slave Lake, the Mackenzie River Valley, most of The Yukon Territory, and much of interior Alaska (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, pp. 1011-1012). Skinner and Kaisen (1947, pp. 158, 164) suggested that the prehistorical U.S. range extended from Alaska to Colorado, and Stephenson<E T="03">et al.</E>(2001, p. 140) concluded that wood bison were present within the boundaries of what is now defined as Alaska until their disappearance during the last few hundred years. Currently, there is a wild population neither in Alaska nor in the continental United States (Harper and Gates 2000, p. 917; Stephenson<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 140).</P>

        <P>During the early 1800s, wood bison numbers were estimated at 168,000, but by the late 1800s, the subspecies was nearly eliminated, with only a few hundred remaining (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 11). In the words of Soper (1941, p. 362), wood “bison appear to have been practically exterminated,” and based on the fate of plains bison, in which 40 to 60 million animals were reduced to just over 1,000 animals in less than 100 years (Hornaday 1889; Wilson and Strobeck 1998, p. 180), overharvest may have been the cause for the decline (Harper and Gates 2000, p. 915). The fact that populations began to rebound once protection was in place and enforced supports this idea (Soper 1941, pp. 362-363). In 1922, Wood Buffalo National Park (WBNP) was set aside for the protection of the last remnant population of wood bison. Since that time, several additional herds have been established (Table 1).</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,8,8,8,8,8,8,8" COLS="8" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Sizes of Wood Bison Herds in Canada From 1978 to 2008 (Data Provided by Canadian Wildlife Service)</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Herd category and name</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">1978</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">1988</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2000</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2002</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2004</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2006</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2008</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01" O="xl">Free-ranging, disease-free herds:</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Mackenzie</ENT>
            <ENT>300</ENT>
            <ENT>1,718</ENT>
            <ENT>1,908</ENT>
            <ENT>2,000</ENT>
            <ENT>2,000</ENT>
            <ENT>∼ 2,000</ENT>
            <ENT>1,600</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Nahanni</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>30</ENT>
            <ENT>160</ENT>
            <ENT>170</ENT>
            <ENT>399</ENT>
            <ENT>400</ENT>
            <ENT>400</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Aishihik</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>500</ENT>
            <ENT>530</ENT>
            <ENT>550</ENT>
            <ENT>700</ENT>
            <ENT>1,100</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Hay-Zama</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>130</ENT>
            <ENT>234</ENT>
            <ENT>350</ENT>
            <ENT>600</ENT>
            <ENT>750</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Nordquist</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
            <ENT>60</ENT>
            <ENT>112</ENT>
            <ENT>140</ENT>
            <ENT>140</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Etthithun</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>43</ENT>
            <ENT>70</ENT>
            <ENT>124</ENT>
            <ENT>124</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Chitek Lake</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>70</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>150</ENT>
            <ENT>225</ENT>
            <ENT>300</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Free-ranging, diseased herds:</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Wood Buffalo<SU>1</SU>National Park</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>2,178</ENT>
            <ENT>4,050</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <SU>2</SU>4,947</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <SU>3</SU>5,641</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <SU>4</SU>4,639</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>1</SU>Excluding adjacent diseased Wentzel, Wabasca, and Slave River Lowlands herds.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>2</SU>Population estimate for year 2003.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>3</SU>Population estimate for year 2005.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>4</SU>Population estimate for year 2007.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>

        <P>Another factor that is thought to have played a role in the decline in wood bison is a gradual loss of meadow habitat through forest encroachment (Stephenson<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 143; Quinlan<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 343; Strong and Gates<PRTPAGE P="26193"/>2009, p. 439). Although not quantified, it is likely that because of fire suppression, and subsequent forest encroachment on meadows, there was a net loss of suitable open meadow habitat for wood bison throughout their range through about 1990. More intensive fire management began in Canada in the early 1900s with the philosophy that fire was destructive and should be eliminated to protect property and permit proper forest management (Stocks<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 2). However, wildfire is an integral component of boreal forest ecology (Weber and Flannigan 1997, p. 146; Rupp<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, p. 213; Soja<E T="03">et al.</E>2007, p. 277). Without fire, trees encroach on meadows and eventually the meadow habitat is lost and replaced by forest.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Habitat</HD>

        <P>The foraging habitats most favored by wood bison are grass and sedge meadows occurring on alkaline soils. These meadows are typically interspersed among tracts of coniferous forest, stands of poplar or aspen, bogs, fens, and shrublands. Meadows typically represent 5 to 20 percent of the landscape occupied by wood bison (Larter and Gates 1991a, p. 2682; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 23). Wet meadows are rarely used in the summer, probably because of the energy required to maneuver through the mud, but they are used in late summer when they become drier, and in the winter when they freeze (Larter and Gates 1991b, pp. 133, 135; Strong and Gates 2009, p. 438).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Biology</HD>

        <P>Because wood bison can thrive on coarse grasses and sedges, they occupy a niche within the boreal forest that is not utilized by other northern herbivores such as moose or caribou (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 25). Several studies indicate that wood bison prefer sedges (<E T="03">Carex</E>spp.), which can comprise up to 98 percent of the winter diet (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>1978, p. 586; Smith 1990, p. 88; Larter and Gates 1991a, p. 2679; Fortin<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, pp. 224-225). Seasonally, other important diet items include grasses, willow, and lichen (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>1978, p. 586; Smith 1990, p. 88; Larter and Gates 1991a, pp. 2680-2681; Fortin<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, pp. 224-225).</P>

        <P>Free-ranging wood bison roam extensively with annual maximum traveling distance from each individual's center-of-activity averaging from 45 to 50 kilometers (km) (28 to 31 miles (mi)) (Chen and Morley 2005, p. 430). However, some captive animals released into the wild have traveled over 250 km (155 mi) (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>1992, pp. 151-152). Herds are fluid, and individuals interchange freely (Fuller 1960, p. 15; Wilson<E T="03">et al.</E>2002, p. 1545). Wood bison travel between favored foraging habitats along direct routes including established trails, roads, river corridors, and transmission lines (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>1978, p. 587; Mitchell 2002, p. 50). Bison are also powerful swimmers and will cross even large rivers such as the Peace, Slave, Liard, and Nahanni to reach forage, provided that there are low banks for entry and exit (Fuller 1960, p. 5; Mitchell 2002, pp. 32, 50; Larter<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, pp. 408-412).</P>

        <P>The wood bison's breeding season is from July to October. The age of first reproduction depends on nutritional condition and disease status, and is therefore variable (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 49). Females typically produce their first calf when they are 3 years old and may be reproductively successful up to age 20 (Wilson<E T="03">et al.</E>2002, p. 1545). Although capable of reproduction at age 2, males typically do not participate in the rut until they are 5 or 6, and reproductive success is at its maximum between ages 7 and 14 (Wilson<E T="03">et al.</E>2002, pp. 1538, 1544). Bison have a polygynous mating system, in which one male mates with several females (Wilson<E T="03">et al.</E>2002, p. 1538). When habitat is adequate and there are no other limiting factors such as disease and predation, wood bison populations have expanded exponentially (FEAP 1990, pp. 34-35; Gates and Larter 1990, p. 233). Consequently, newly introduced populations have the capacity to grow quickly, as demonstrated by the Mackenzie herd (Gates and Larter 1990, p. 235).</P>

        <P>Wood bison are susceptible to a variety of diseases that may affect their population dynamics. The most important are anthrax, bovine brucellosis, and bovine tuberculosis, none of which are endemic to wood bison (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, pp. 28-32). Anthrax is an infectious bacterial disease that is transmitted through the inhalation or ingestion of endospores (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 28). The disease is rapidly fatal, with death usually occurring within several days once the clinical signs appear (Dragon<E T="03">et al.</E>1999, p. 209). Between 1962 and 1993, nine outbreaks were recorded in northern Canada, killing at least 1,309 bison (Dragon<E T="03">et al.</E>1999, p. 209). Additional outbreaks continued to occur through at least 2010 (GNT 2010, p. 9). Factors associated with outbreaks are high ambient temperatures, high densities of insects, and high densities of bison as they congregate in areas of diminishing forage and water (Dragon<E T="03">et al.</E>1999, p. 212). Sexually mature males are more susceptible than cows, juveniles, or calves, perhaps because of elevated levels of testosterone (Dragon<E T="03">et al.</E>1999, p. 211). Anthrax is not treatable in free-ranging wildlife, but captive bison can be vaccinated effectively and treated with antibiotics (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 22)</P>
        <P>Bovine brucellosis is caused by the bacterium<E T="03">Brucella abortus</E>(Tessaro 1989, p. 416). Although the primary hosts are bovids, other ungulates such as elk can be infected. The disease is primarily transmitted through oral contact with aborted fetuses, contaminated placentas, and uterine discharges. Greater than 90 percent of infected female bison abort during their first pregnancy (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 30). Naturally acquired immunity reduces the abortion rate with subsequent pregnancies (Aune and Gates 2010, p. 30). Male bison experience inflammation of their reproductive organs and, in advanced cases, sterility. Both sexes are susceptible to bursitis and arthritis caused by concentrations of the bacterium in the joints, which may make them more susceptible to predation (Joly 2001, pp. 97-98). Two vaccines, S19 and SR B51, have been developed in an attempt to prevent bovine brucellosis (Aune and Gates 2010, pp. 30-31); however, brucellosis remains extremely difficult to eradicate in ungulates. The combined use of quarantine protocols, serum testing, slaughter, and vaccination is being explored as a means of controlling the disease (Nishi<E T="03">et al.</E>2002, pp. 230-233; Bienen and Tabor 2006, pp. 324-325; Aune and Gates 2010, p. 31).</P>

        <P>Bovine tuberculosis is a chronic infectious disease caused by the bacterium<E T="03">Mycobacterium bovis</E>(Tessaro 1989, p. 417). Historical evidence indicates that bovine tuberculosis did not occur in bison prior to contact with infected domestic cattle (Tessaro 1989, p. 416). Wood bison were infected in the 1920s, when plains bison were introduced into the range of wood bison (Tessaro 1989, p. 417). Currently, the disease is concentrated in bison in and near WBNP (Wabasca, Wentzel, and Slave River Lowlands herds). The disease is primarily transmitted by inhalation and ingestion of the bacterium, but may also pass to offspring through the placenta or contaminated milk (FEAP 1990, p. 11). Bovine tuberculosis is a chronic disease that progressively becomes debilitating; advanced cases are fatal. There is not an effective vaccine for immunization against tuberculosis (FEAP 1990, p. 2).</P>

        <P>Wood bison herds in and around WBNP, Alberta and the Northwest Territories, Canada, are infected with brucellosis and bovine tuberculosis.<PRTPAGE P="26194"/>These diseased herds account for about half of the free-ranging wood bison and are the only known reservoirs of tuberculosis and brucellosis among the herds (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, pp. 4, 35). Approximately 30 percent of the animals in these herds test positive for brucellosis, and 21 to 49 percent test positive for tuberculosis. The combined prevalence of the two diseases is 42 percent (Tessaro<E T="03">et al.</E>1990, p. 174; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 35). Wood bison cows infected with both tuberculosis and brucellosis are less likely to be pregnant, and infected herds are more likely to have their populations regulated by wolf predation (Tessaro<E T="03">et al.</E>1990, p. 179; Joly and Messier 2004, p. 1173; Joly and Messier 2005, p. 549). Unlike anthrax, which occurs in outbreaks in which many animals die at one time, brucellosis and tuberculosis are chronic diseases that weaken animals over time.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Conservation Status</HD>

        <P>In Canada, the Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada (COSEWIC) was established in 1977, to assess species' status and evaluate their risk of extinction. In 1978, the COSEWIC designated wood bison as endangered, based primarily on the fact that there were only about 400 disease-free wood bison: 100 in a captive herd and 300 in a free-ranging herd. In 1988, wood bison was downlisted to threatened in Canada because of data presented in a status report prepared by the National Wood Bison Recovery Team that documented progress towards recovery (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 28; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 65). A review by the COSEWIC in 2000 confirmed that “threatened” was the appropriate designation at that time (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 65).</P>
        <P>The wood bison was listed in Appendix I of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) on July 1, 1975, when the treaty first went into effect. On September 18, 1997, it was transferred to Appendix II, based on a proposal from Canada that described progress in implementation of the Canadian recovery plan (Government of Canada 1997, entire). CITES Appendix-II species are not necessarily considered to be threatened with extinction now but may become so unless trade in the species is regulated. The United States supported this change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Recovery Actions</HD>

        <P>Section 4(f) of the Act directs us to develop and implement recovery plans for the conservation and survival of endangered and threatened species, unless the Director determines that such a plan will not promote the conservation of the species. The Service has not developed a recovery plan for wood bison, because no wild populations of wood bison currently exist in the United States. In Canada, the National Wood Bison Recovery Team published a national recovery plan in 2001 (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001), and is currently preparing a revision to the plan. The purpose of the recovery plan is to advance the recovery of the wood bison; specific criteria for delisting under Canada's Species at Risk Act (SARA) were not specified. Management plans for the provinces support the goals and objectives of the National Recovery Plan (e.g., Harper and Gates 2000, p. 917; GNT 2010, p. 1). Four goals were established to advance the recovery of wood bison (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001):</P>
        <P>(1) To reestablish at least four discrete, free-ranging, disease-free, and viable populations of 400 or more wood bison in Canada, emphasizing recovery in their original range, thereby enhancing the prospects for survival of the subspecies and contributing to the maintenance of ecological processes and biological diversity.</P>
        <P>(2) To foster the restoration of wood bison in other parts of their original range and in suitable habitat elsewhere, thereby ensuring their long-term survival.</P>
        <P>(3) To ensure that the genetic integrity of wood bison is maintained without further loss as a consequence of human intervention.</P>
        <P>(4) To restore disease-free wood bison herds, thereby contributing to the aesthetic, cultural, economic, and social well-being of local communities and society in general.</P>
        <P>Revisions to the U.S. List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife (adding, removing, or reclassifying a species) must reflect determinations made in accordance with sections 4(a)(1) and 4(b) of the Act. Section 4(a)(1) requires that the Secretary determine whether a species is endangered or threatened, as defined by the Act, because of one or more of the five factors outlined in section 4(a)(1). In other words, an analysis of the five factors under 4(a)(1) can result in a determination that a species is no longer endangered or threatened. Section 4(b) requires that the determination made under section 4(a)(1) be based on the best scientific and commercial data available and after taking into account those efforts, if any, being made by any State or foreign nation to protect such species. Here, we rely on the five-factor analysis to determine if it is appropriate to reclassify wood bison. We also take into consideration the conservation actions that have occurred, are ongoing, and are planned.</P>
        <P>In 1978, there was one free-ranging, disease-free herd with 300 individuals: the MacKenzie herd (see Table 1, above). By 2000, when the last Canadian status review was conducted, the number of disease-free herds had grown to 6, with a total of approximately 2,800 individuals (see Table 1, above). Since 2000, an additional herd has been established bringing the total number to 7, and the number of disease-free, free-ranging bison has increased to approximately 4,400 (see Table 1, above). Four of the herds have a population of 400 or more, meeting recovery goal number 1 (see Table 1, above). The free-ranging, disease-free herds are discussed in detail below.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Free-Ranging, Disease-Free Herds</HD>

        <P>The Mackenzie bison herd was established in 1963, with the translocation of 18 wood bison that were originally captured in an isolated area of WBNP. This herd is currently the largest free-ranging, disease-free herd of wood bison, with approximately 1,600 to 2,000 animals (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, p. 7). The Mackenzie Bison Sanctuary was established in 1979, and encompasses an area of 6,300 km<SU>2</SU>(2,432 mi<SU>2</SU>) northwest of Great Slave Lake. The current range of the Mackenzie bison herd (12,000 km<SU>2</SU>(4,633 mi<SU>2</SU>)) extends well beyond the boundaries of the sanctuary. In 2010, the Government of Northwest Territories released the final Wood Bison Management Strategy. It indicates that there is sufficient habitat in the Northwest Territories to support expanding bison populations (GNWT 2010, p. 9). Habitat protection within the range of the Mackenzie bison herd is facilitated through the Species at Risk Act (SARA), Canada's equivalent to the Act, and the Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act of 1998. Although the Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act does not specifically provide protection to wood bison, it did create a Land and Water Board (LWB), which is given the power to regulate the use of land and water, including the issuance of land use permits and water licenses. Under current management, an annual harvest is allowed (described under Factor B below), and the Mackenzie herd size has been greater than the recovery target of 400 since 1987, with approximately 1,600 to 2,000 animals (Gates and Larter 1999, p. 233; see Table 1, above). Thus, the<PRTPAGE P="26195"/>Mackenzie herd contributes to recovery goals 1 and 4.</P>

        <P>Five releases of wood bison totaling 170 animals from 1988 to 1991 established the Aishihik herd in southwestern Yukon, in a remote area west of Whitehorse, Canada. Herd size has totaled over 400 since 1999 (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 14; see Table 1, above). With a current population of approximately 1,100 animals, it is the second-largest herd. The herd inhabits approximately 9,000 km<SU>2</SU>(3,475 mi<SU>2</SU>) of largely undeveloped habitat near the community of Haines Junction, adjacent to Kluane National Park. Less than 5 percent of the range of the Aishihik herd is on private lands (First Nation Settlement Lands), and these landowners participate in a management planning team specifically for this herd. The remainder of the herd's range is owned by the Government of Canada, and there are no threats to habitat in this area (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, p. 9). The herd has room to expand or shift its range, because there are no large-scale developments east, west, or north of the present range for several hundred kilometers. Small-scale agricultural development to the south of the present range, however, could restrict range expansion in that direction (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, p. 9). Regulated hunting occurs on this herd (described under Factor B below). Other than regulated harvest, no other limiting factors have been identified (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, p. 17). The Aishihik herd contributes to recovery goals 1, 2, and 4.</P>

        <P>The Hay-Zama herd was established in 1984, when 29 wood bison were transferred from Elk Island National Park to the holding corral site near Hay-Zama Lakes, Alberta (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 17). A herd of 48 wood bison became free-ranging when portions of the corral they were being held in collapsed in 1993 (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 17). Since then, the free-ranging herd has grown to approximately 750 animals (Table 1), thus contributing to recovery goals 1, 2, and 4. In 1995, the Government of Alberta established a 36,000 km<SU>2</SU>(13,900 mi<SU>2</SU>) Bison Management Area around the Hay-Zama herd in the northwestern corner of the province. In this area, all wood bison are legally protected from hunting under Alberta's Wildlife Act; outside of the area they are not protected. Collisions with vehicles are the largest source of known mortality for individuals in this herd (Mitchell and Gates 2002, p. 9).</P>
        <P>The Nahanni herd, established in 1980 with the release of 28 wood bison, occurs primarily in the Northwest Territories and extends into southeast Yukon and northeast British Columbia. The population was bolstered by two supplemental releases in 1989 and 1998, of 12 and 59 animals, respectively (Larter and Allaire 2007, p. 3). Population size has been approximately 400 animals or more since 2006, and, based on surveys, was estimated at 413 in 2010 (Larter, GNWT, 2010, pers. comm.). There is currently sufficient habitat to support the expanding population (GNT 2010, p. 9).</P>

        <P>The Nordquist herd was established in 1995, near the Laird River in northeastern British Columbia (see Table 1, above). Because the majority of the herd occupies habitat near the Alaska Highway, vehicle collisions are a source of mortality (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2009, p. 6). It is anticipated that the Nordquist and Nahanni herds will eventually coalesce into one herd because of their close proximity and the presence of river corridors that provide travel corridors (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 18). Although it has not yet occurred, combination of the two herds would create a herd with numbers that exceed the recovery criterion of 400 (see Table 1, above).</P>
        <P>The Etthithun herd was established in 2002, near Etthithun Lake, British Columbia. Factors limiting the size of this herd include the amount and location of suitable habitat, conflicts with humans and industrial development, and potential contact with commercial plains bison (BC MOE, pers. comm., 2010). Current population size is approximately 124 (see Table 1, above); consequently, this herd does not currently meet the recovery criterion of 400 individuals. However, it does contribute to recovery goals 2 and 4.</P>
        <P>The Chitek Lake herd was established in 1991, in Manitoba, Canada. The Chitek Lake Wood Bison Management Committee plans to maintain the herd at approximately 300 animals to keep the herd within carrying capacity of the habitat. The 100,300-hectare (ha) (25,452-acre (ac)) Chitek Lake Park Reserve provides habitat protection for the core range of the herd. Limiting factors for the herd include accidental mortality from drowning, starvation in bad winters, and predation from wolves (Manitoba Conservation, pers. comm., 2010). Although outside of the historic range of wood bison, Chitek Lake herd plays an important role in wood bison conservation because it is an isolated, disease-free herd and, consequently, provides security to the species through population redundancy, thus contributing to recovery goal 2.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Captive, Disease-Free Herds</HD>

        <P>In addition to the free-ranging wood bison herds discussed above, four captive herds have been established, although only three are currently viable. The Elk Island National Park herd in Alberta, Canada, was established in 1965, from wood bison transferred from an isolated portion of WBNP. It is the national conservation herd and has provided disease-free stock for six of the free-ranging populations and several captive breeding herds in zoos and private commercial ranches (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>1992, p. 153). Carrying capacity at Elk Island National Park is approximately 350 animals; animals above this number are regarded as surplus and are removed to establish and supplement free-roaming populations in former areas of their historic range (Parks Canada 2009a, unpaginated). Although the herd is fenced, the animals are semi-wild and spend the majority of their time roaming the 65 km<SU>2</SU>(25 mi<SU>2</SU>) enclosure, interacting with the environment in a largely natural manner (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 18). The herd is rounded up annually to test for disease and to vaccinate for common cattle diseases. The age, sex, and condition of all the individuals are determined to inform management decisions. Using this information, individuals are selected for sale, donation, or the establishment of new herds, which also controls the population size of the herd (Parks Canada 2009b, unpaginated). This conservation herd contributes to recovery goals 2, 3, and 4.</P>

        <P>The Hook Lake Wood Bison Recovery Project was initiated to establish a captive, disease-free herd from a wild herd infected with brucellosis and tuberculosis. The overall objective of the project was to determine the feasibility of genetic salvage from a diseased herd (Nishi<E T="03">et al.</E>2002, p. 230). Specific objectives of the project were to conserve the genetic integrity of the wild herd by capturing an adequate number of calves, provide intensive veterinary and preventative drug treatment to eliminate disease from the calves, and raise a disease-free herd from the salvaged calves (Nishi<E T="03">et al.</E>2002, p. 229). From 1996 to 1998, 62 calves were captured. The disease eradication protocol included orphaning newborn, wild-caught calves to minimize their exposure to<E T="03">B. abortus</E>and<E T="03">M. bovis;</E>testing calves for antibodies to brucellosis prior to inclusion in the new herd; treating with antimycobacterial and anti-<E T="03">Brucella</E>drugs; and intensive, whole-herd testing for both diseases (Nishi<E T="03">et al.</E>2002, p. 229). By 2002, the herd size was 122. In<PRTPAGE P="26196"/>2006, after 9 years of intensive management, the herd was destroyed because bovine tuberculosis was discovered in 2005 in 2 founding animals and 10 captive-born animals, even though all animals initially tested disease-free. The herd provided valuable information on genetic salvage, genetic management, captive breeding for conservation, disease testing, and the difficulties involved in eradicating disease (Wilson<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, pp. 24-35). The Hook Lake Herd contributed to recovery goal 3.</P>

        <P>In April 2006, 30 wood bison calves were transferred from Elk Island National Park to Lenski Stolby Nature Park near Yakutsk, Sahka Republic (Yakutia), Russia. An additional 30 head were transferred in 2011. Although outside the historical range, this was an opportunity to create another geographically separate population that provides added security to the species through population redundancy, thereby contributing to recovery goal 2. Transfer of wood bison to Russia was specifically mentioned in the recovery plan because it would contribute to the global security of the species (Gates<E T="03">et al.,</E>2001, p. 14).</P>

        <P>In June 2008, 53 disease-free wood bison were transferred from Elk Island National Park to the Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center in Portage, Alaska. Consequently, this captive herd currently contributes to recovery goal number 2 through population redundancy. Ultimately, the Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADFG) plans to restore wood bison populations in one to three areas in interior Alaska, with potential herd size of 500 to 2,000 or more depending on the location (ADF&amp;G 2007, p. 79). Environmental analysis of the project is currently under review. The National Wood Bison Recovery Team in Canada recommended establishing one or more populations in Alaska in areas that can support 400 or more animals (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 31). Establishment of one or more herds in Alaska would be a significant contribution to increasing the number of secure, disease-free, free-roaming herds.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Summary of Progress Toward Recovery</HD>

        <P>In summary, since 1978, the number of free-ranging, disease-free herds has increased from 1 to 7, and the number of wood bison has increased from approximately 400 to over 4,000. The first recovery goal of establishing 4 free-ranging, disease-free herds with 400 or more animals has been met, and planning is underway to create one or more herds in Alaska. Although the number of herds needed to meet recovery goal 2 was not specified, progress has been made on the second goal with the establishment of disease-free herds in Russia; Manitoba, Canada; and Alaska. The Hook Lake Bison Recovery Project was a well-planned, science-based attempt to conserve the genetic diversity of a diseased herd and would have contributed greatly to recovery goal 3. Although ultimately the project was unsuccessful, a great deal of knowledge was gained (Wilson<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, pp. 62-67). The wood bison recovery team is very aware of the need to maintain genetic diversity in the herds and establishes new herds with the goal of maintaining genetic diversity through multiple introductions (i.e., the Aishihik herd, Nahanni, and Hook Lake herds). The establishment of six additional herds on the landscape since 1978 contributes to recovery goal 4. In addition, the captive population at Elk Island National Park has provided disease-free stock for those six additional herds and two captive herds. It is clear that there is active management of the herds, and multiple avenues of research are being funded and pursued regarding the biology and management of wood bison. Progress towards the recovery goals outlined in the national recovery plan, published by the National Wood Bison Recovery Team, is moving forward steadily.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Comments and Recommendations</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule published on February 8, 2011 (76 FR 6734), we requested that all interested parties submit written comments on the proposal by April 11, 2011. We also contacted appropriate Federal and State agencies, scientific experts and organizations, and other interested parties and invited them to comment on the proposal. We did not receive any requests for a public hearing.</P>
        <P>During the comment period for the proposed rule, we received 19 comment letters directly addressing the proposed listing of wood bison with threatened status. All substantive information provided during the comment period has either been incorporated directly into this final determination or addressed below. Several of the comments included opinions or information not directly related to the proposed rule, such as views relating to the reintroduction of wood bison into Alaska. We do not address those comments as they do not have bearing on the reclassification of wood bison.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Peer Review</HD>
        <P>In accordance with our peer review policy published on July 1, 1994 (59 FR 34270), we solicited expert opinion from three knowledgeable individuals with scientific expertise that included familiarity with wood bison and its habitat, biological needs, recovery efforts, and threats. We received a response from one of the peer reviewers.</P>
        <P>We reviewed all comments received for substantive issues and new information regarding the listing of wood bison. The majority of comments (13 of 19) supported downlisting. A subset of these commenters (7 of the 13) thought the Service should delist the species immediately. Three commenters felt that wood bison should remain listed as endangered. The peer reviewer comments are addressed in the following summary and incorporated into the final rule as appropriate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Peer Reviewer Comments</HD>
        <P>(1)<E T="03">Comment:</E>The peer reviewer provided very specific corrections to details about two of the wood bison herds in Canada, the Nahanni and Mackenzie.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>As the reviewer noted, and we agree, the changes do not alter our finding. We have incorporated the details and updates for the Canadian herds provided by the reviewer into this final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comments From State of Alaska</HD>
        <P>Comments received from the State of Alaska regarding the proposal to reclassify the wood bison are addressed below.</P>
        <P>(2)<E T="03">Comment:</E>The State agrees that “endangered” is not the appropriate designation for wood bison but states that the species should be removed from the List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife (delisted), not reclassified as threatened. Several other commenters came to the same conclusion. They argue that recovery efforts in Canada have been successful enough that delisting is warranted.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>We agree that conservation efforts in Canada have led to significant increases in the number of herds and herd size. However, we also recognize that threats to the species, in particular disease, loss of habitat, and hybridization with plains bison, persist, and delisting is therefore not yet appropriate. We will continue to follow the progress of conservation efforts, and we will propose to delist wood bison if and when appropriate.</P>
        <P>(3)<E T="03">Comment:</E>The State and several commenters argued that listing under the Act provides no conservation benefits for the species in the United States, and may in fact be impeding conservation by making it more difficult to reintroduce wood bison into Alaska.<PRTPAGE P="26197"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>Under section 4(b)(1)(A) of the Act, the Service must base a status determination solely on the best scientific and commercial data available. Thus, we cannot and did not base the decision to reclassify the wood bison under the Act on the efficacy of this action to conserve the species. Nevertheless, we disagree that listing is impeding conservation by making it more difficult to reintroduce the species to Alaska. Under the provisions of the Act's section 10(j), wood bison could be reintroduced into Alaska as an experimental, nonessential population. We have been working with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game on such a proposal, and both agencies agree that this approach may be a viable method for the reintroduction. Designating wood bison as an experimental, nonessential population would not only provide the means for reintroducing the animals, it would also provide assurances that conflicts with potential development would be minimal. Critical habitat is not designated for experimental, nonessential populations.</P>
        <P>(4)<E T="03">Comment:</E>The State commented that the only real impact from listing was to deny sportsmen the opportunity to import legally harvested wood bison trophies from Canada.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>We recognize that regulated hunting is an important component of Canada's recovery plan for the species; however, as explained above, listing determinations are based on evaluation of the factors affecting the species under section 4(a)(1) of the Act, using the best scientific and commercial information available. It is important to note that, under section 9(c)(2) of the Act, when the wood bison is reclassified to threatened status (see<E T="02">DATES</E>, above), importation into the United States of sport-hunted trophies taken from Canada would not require a permit under 50 CFR 17.32, provided that a CITES Appendix-II export permit issued by the Canadian government accompanies the trophy when it arrives into the United States.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Federal Agency (Canada) Comments</HD>
        <P>(5)<E T="03">Comment:</E>We received two responses from the Northwest Territories. Both included specific minor corrections regarding herds, and both supported downlisting.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>The commenters stated, and we agree, that none of the corrections were significant in terms of the finding. We have incorporated the details and updates for the Canadian herds provided by the reviewers in this final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Comments</HD>
        <P>(6)<E T="03">Comment:</E>A few commenters argued that wood bison should remain listed as endangered. In summary, the reasoning presented was that the populations were too small, there is not enough habitat available, and hunting should not be allowed because of the small population sizes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>The Canada's National Wood Bison Recovery Team and recovery plan set forth the reasoning for maintaining a minimum population (herd) size of 400 (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 32). At this point, there are more than 4,000 disease-free wood bison in 7 herds and an additional 4,000 animals in WBNP that are subject to disease but have a stable population. Four separate disease-free populations have 400 or more animals (see Table 1, above). In addition, it has been demonstrated that wood bison, like plains bison and cattle, are relatively easy to breed and their populations can be managed for growth either in the wild (given adequate resources) or in captivity.</P>
        <P>Although we agree that there has been a loss of suitable habitat, there has been enough suitable and available habitat for the reintroduction of six herds within their historical range in Canada. All of the herds that have been established in the wild have expanded in size and are self-sustaining (see Table 1, above). Regulations prevent excess harvest on the free-ranging herds. Regardless of classification type (endangered or threatened), regulation of hunting in Canada is outside the jurisdiction of the Act. Currently, Canada uses hunting of wood bison as a management tool for population control and to minimize the chances that disease will spread from one population to another. We found no evidence that hunting, as it is currently managed, is a threat to the species. For these reasons, we have concluded that wood bison are no longer on the brink of extinction and are, therefore, not endangered; rather, they are progressing steadily towards recovery.</P>
        <P>(7)<E T="03">Comment:</E>One commenter argued that wood bison should remain listed as endangered because Alaska is a significant portion of the wood bison's range. Because wood bison are extinct in Alaska, they should remain endangered until they are successfully introduced back into Alaska.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>The Service disagrees that the wood bison's historical range, which includes Alaska, constitutes a significant portion of the range such that the endangered classification under the Act must be retained because of the species' extirpation in that portion of the historical range. The text of the Act supports our conclusion that we cannot base this determination on the status of the species in lost historical range. As defined by the Act, a species is endangered only if it “is in danger of extinction” in all or a significant portion of its range. The phrase “is in danger” denotes a present-tense condition of being at risk of a current (or future) undesired event. Hence, to say a species “is in danger” in an area where it no longer exists—i.e., in its historical range where it has been extirpated—is inconsistent with common usage. Thus, we consider “range” within the definition of an “endangered species” to mean current range, not historical. In addition, in determining whether a species is an endangered species, the Act requires the Secretary to consider “present” or “threatened” (i.e., future), rather than past, “destruction, modification, or curtailment” of a species' habitat or range (16 U.S.C. 1533(a)(1)(A)). Furthermore, additional support for this conclusion is found in the Act's requirement that a summary of a proposed listing regulation be published in a newspaper “in each area of the United States in which the species is believed to occur” (16 U.S.C. 1533(b)(5)(D)). There is no requirement to such notice in areas where the species no longer occurs. For these reasons, Alaska cannot be a significant portion of the wood bison's range.</P>
        <P>(8)<E T="03">Comment:</E>One commenter felt that the proposed rule was deficient because we did not address the status of wood bison in Alaska and only looked at where wood bison currently exists. Thus, we should have included Alaska in our analysis as part of wood bison's historical range.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>As explained above in our response to Comment 7, a species' listing determination cannot be based on the status of the species within its lost historical range. Nevertheless, we did consider the effect of the loss of the wood bison's historical range on the viability of the species throughout all or a significant portion of its current range. Although the species has been extirpated from Alaska for quite some time and the historic population in Alaska is unknown, we conclude that the loss of species' historic range in Alaska does not place the species in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of the range. As detailed more fully in our final determination, the wood bison populations in Canada have stabilized or are increasing, and are self-sustaining in the absence of a population in Alaska.</P>
        <P>(9)<E T="03">Comment:</E>Two commenters argued that wood bison is not a valid<PRTPAGE P="26198"/>subspecies and that they should not be listed for that reason. One commenter stated that differences between wood and plains bison are only phenotypic (they look different), and that all wood bison are hybrids with plains bison. The commenter cites the work of Douglas<E T="03">et al.</E>2011, which concludes that based on mitochondrial sequences, wood and plains bison should not be considered separate subspecies.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>In the proposed rule (76 FR 6734), we outlined our reasoning for concluding that wood bison are a valid subspecies. We also acknowledged that because of the introduction of plains bison into WBNP there had been some introgression of plains bison genetic material into the wood bison genome. However, based on the historical physical separation, and quantifiable behavioral, morphological, and phenological (appearance) differences between the two subspecies, the scientific evidence indicates that subspecific designation is appropriate (van Zyll de Jong<E T="03">et al.</E>1995, p. 403; FEAP 1990, p. 24; Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 1010; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, pp. 15-17).</P>
        <P>Douglas<E T="03">et al.</E>(2011, p. 167) included mitochondrial sequences from only two wood bison in their analysis. Considering the history of wood and plains bison on the landscape, two animals cannot accurately represent the range of genetic variation present between wood and plains bison, and it is not reasonable to conclude that the two subspecies should be considered as one, based on a sample size of two. In addition, the authors (Douglas<E T="03">et al.</E>2011, p. 173) include the important qualifying clause, “with respect to their mitochondrial genomic sequences”<E T="03">B. b. bison</E>and<E T="03">B. b. athabascae</E>should not be considered distinct subspecies. Mitochondrial DNA is maternally inherited and therefore presents only a partial picture of an animal's total genome. Mitochondrial DNA is used primarily to look at the more recent divergence between species. Differences in nuclear DNA sequences (which represent contributions from both the male and female) are used to determine differences that originate further back in time. Unless a peer-reviewed revision of the phylogeny of the subfamily Bovinae occurs that indicates wood and plains bison do not vary enough genetically to be considered distinct subspecies, and that revision is accepted by the scientific community, we will continue to acknowledge the two subspecies of bison.</P>
        <P>(10)<E T="03">Comment:</E>One commenter stated that we did not provide a convincing argument that the threats to wood bison rise to the level that the species is likely to become endangered in the foreseeable future. The commenter states, “[t]he Proposed Rule does not show that these risks are both sufficiently severe and likely to justify the “threatened” classification.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>In the proposed rule (76 FR 6734), we identified threats under Factors A, C, D, and E. Although we did not identify an individual factor that might be responsible for the extinction of wood bison in the future, the combination of these threats are currently acting on the populations and will continue into the foreseeable future. The species is being actively managed in Canada to address these threats. Of these threats, disease is the most problematic for the species because there is not a clear path forward on how disease will be handled. No effective vaccines exist for brucellosis, tuberculosis, or anthrax for free-ranging populations and developing new disease-free herds is very challenging. In addition, although recommendations for the management of the diseased herds in and around WBNP have been suggested (FEAP 1990, p. 2), they have not yet been implemented, it is unknown if they will be implemented, and it is unknown how implementation of the recommendations would affect the status of the subspecies. It is possible many animals could be purposefully euthanized if disease spreads to currently uninfected herds that are in proximity to commercial cattle and bison operations, or as a solution to the diseased herds found in and around WBNP. As described in the proposed rule, the Hook Lake Herd, which was initiated as a disease-free herd, was eliminated when disease was detected. We also know that Canada has not yet made the decision to delist the species under SARA. We will continue to evaluate the status of wood bison and propose to delist the species when appropriate.</P>
        <P>(11)<E T="03">Comment:</E>One commenter said that the Service cannot conclude that the wood bison remains threatened without establishing a timeframe for the foreseeable future.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>We disagree. In some listings we have used very specific timeframes for our threats analysis (e.g., polar bear, see 73 FR 28212, May 15, 2008), especially when we are using models that are projecting into the future for a specific amount of time. In the case of wood bison, we are not relying on modeling to describe or understand the threats into the future. In analyzing how threats will affect the status of this species, we assessed the foreseeable future for the wood bison in terms of the threats that are currently operating on the populations as well as those we could reliably expect to continue to affect the populations.</P>
        <P>(12)<E T="03">Comment:</E>One commenter states that bison are inherently social creatures and are subject to rules of group behavior. As the size of herds changes, so too do their actions and lifestyles. There is simply not enough data from small herds over a few decades about wood bison sociology to make any confident predictions about the future. They argue that there are too few wood bison to contemplate easing protections on the species at this time.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>We agree that wood bison are social animals and that new herds have been established for a relatively short time. However, the growth of the herds gives ample evidence that when suitable habitat is present the herds will grow until controlled. In reality, the protections provided to a species listed as threatened do not differ significantly from the protections provided to an endangered species. Wood bison will continue to be protected under the Act as a threatened species.</P>
        <P>(13)<E T="03">Comment:</E>One commenter argued that<E T="03">B. b. athabascae</E>is present in Yellowstone National Park (YNP) and it is endangered there.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Our Response:</E>Peer-reviewed published papers present a compelling opposing view to this comment. The published literature indicates that the only place where free-ranging wood bison occur, or have occurred in the recent past (last several hundred years), is in Canada and Alaska (Skinner and Kaisen 1947, p. 164; Stephenson<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, pp. 137, 146; Wilson and Strobeck 1998, p. 186). We disagree that wood bison currently persists in YNP and that it is endangered there.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Changes From Proposed Rule</HD>

        <P>We reanalyzed the data from the United Nations Environment Programme—World Conservation Monitoring Center CITES Trade Database and, for clarity, reported data in specimens rather than shipments. However, this change did not alter our finding. We have not made any substantive changes in this final rule based on the comments we received. Although many commenters thought that wood bison no longer need the protections provided by the Act and should be delisted, no new or compelling information was provided to support such a recommendation. We recognize that conservation actions are continuing and that the status of wood bison is improving. However, because of the threats that are still present,<PRTPAGE P="26199"/>delisting is premature. Therefore, just as we proposed, we are changing the listing of the wood bison from endangered to threatened.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Factors Affecting the Subspecies</HD>
        <P>Section 4 of the Act and implementing regulations (50 CFR part 424) set forth procedures for adding species to, removing species from, or reclassifying species on the Federal Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants. Changes in the Lists can be initiated by the Service or through the public petition process. Under section 4(a)(1) of the Act, a species may be determined to be endangered or threatened based on any of the following five factors:</P>
        <P>(A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of Its habitat or range;</P>
        <P>(B) Overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes;</P>
        <P>(C) Disease or predation;</P>
        <P>(D) The inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or</P>
        <P>(E) Other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence.</P>
        <P>We must consider these same factors in downlisting a species. For species that are already listed as endangered or threatened, we evaluate both the threats currently facing the species and the threats that are reasonably likely to affect the species in the foreseeable future following the delisting or downlisting and the removal or reduction of the Act's protections.</P>
        <P>Under section 3 of the Act, a species is “endangered” if it is in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range and is “threatened” if it is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range. “Foreseeable future” is determined by the Service on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration a variety of species-specific factors such as lifespan, genetics, breeding behavior, demography, threat projections timeframes, and environmental variability. The word “range” in the phrase “significant portion of its range” (SPR) refers to the range in which the species currently exists, and the word “significant” refers to the value of that portion of the range being considered to the conservation of the species.</P>
        <P>For the purposes of this analysis, we will evaluate all five factors currently affecting, or that are likely to affect, the wood bison to determine whether the currently listed species is endangered or threatened.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. The Present or Threatened Destruction, Modification, or Curtailment of Its Habitat or Range</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Loss of Foraging Habitat</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Fire Suppression</HD>

        <P>Wood bison depend on a landscape that includes sufficient grasslands and meadows for foraging habitat (Larter and Gates 1991b, p. 133). It appears that primarily through fire suppression, there was an overall loss of meadow habitat in Canada through the 1900s. More intensive fire management began in Canada in the early 1900s, with the philosophy that fire was destructive and should be eliminated to protect property and permit proper forest management (Stocks<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 2). However, wildfire is an integral component of boreal forest ecology (Weber and Flannigan 1997, p. 146; Rupp<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, p. 213; Soja<E T="03">et al.</E>2007, p. 277). Without fire, trees encroach on meadows and eventually the meadow habitat is lost and replaced by forest.</P>

        <P>Fire alone, or in combination with grazing, can facilitate the conversion and maintenance of grasslands (Lewis 1982, p. 24; Chowns<E T="03">et al.</E>1997, p. 205; Schwarz and Wein 1997, p. 1369). Burning by Native groups within the range of wood bison was apparently a common practice through the 1940s outside WBNP but ended within the park when it was established in 1922 (Lewis 1982, pp. 22-31; Schwarz and Wein 1997, p. 1369). An examination of aerial photographs taken at WBNP over time showed that a semi-open grassland that covered about 85 ha (210 ac) in 1928 supported a grassland of only 3 ha (7.4 ac) in 1982 (Schwarz and Wein 1997, p. 1369). In addition, a number of sites previously identified as prairie are now dominated by trembling aspen (Schwarz and Wein 1997, p. 1369). Although not quantified, it is likely that because of fire suppression and forest encroachment on meadows, there was a net loss of suitable open meadow habitat for wood bison throughout their range through about 1990. More recently, several factors may be counteracting the loss of open meadow habitat including controlled burns, timber harvest, oil and gas development, agricultural development, and the effects of climate change, as discussed below.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Controlled Burns</HD>

        <P>Controlled burns have been implemented since 1992 in wood bison habitat in the Northwest Territories to increase meadow habitat (Chowns<E T="03">et al.</E>1997, p. 206). Approximately 4,400 to 26,900 ha (10,873 to 66,471 ac) were burned from 1992 to 1997, with some sites being burned up to three times (Chowns<E T="03">et al.</E>1997, pp. 206-207). In addition, lightning fires burned 300,000 ha (741,316 ac), or almost 20 percent of the wood bison range in this area, from 1994 to 1996 (Chowns<E T="03">et al.</E>1997, p. 209). Plants favored by bison were more abundant in unburned areas and in meadows that had burned only once (Quinlan<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 348), indicating that prescribed burns must be used judiciously to be effective in creating foraging habitat for wood bison. A study of vegetation recovery and plains bison use after a wildfire near Farewell, Alaska (Campbell and Hinkes 1983, p. 18), showed that grass and sedge-dominated communities increased from 38 percent to approximately 97 percent of the study area. Plains bison use also increased in subsequent years after the fire, and winter distribution of the Farewell herd expanded due to fire-related habitat changes (Campbell and Hinkes 1983, pp. 18-19). Because sedges are important winter forage for wood bison, the amount of such habitat has a major influence on herd size. Newly created habitats will be used by wood bison when these habitats are contiguous with existing summer or winter ranges (Campbell and Hinkes 1983, p. 20).</P>
        <P>In summary, studies that have looked at the exclusion of fire or the effect of wildfire on wood bison habitat have concluded that fire is a necessary component of the landscape to maintain clearings and create conditions that favor forage preferred by wood bison. Controlled burns can have the same effect as wildfire by creating openings in the forest. However, repeated burns in the same location can be detrimental to creating suitable forage.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Timber Harvest</HD>

        <P>The volume of timber logged in Canada rose 50 percent from 1970 to 1997; in Alberta, the logging rate increased 423 percent, from 3.4 to 17.8 million meters (m)<SU>3</SU>(120 to 628 million feet (ft)<SU>3</SU>) per year during the same time (Timoney and Lee 2001, p. 394). These values are conservative because forests logged on private land and those harvested on government land after fire, insect outbreaks, or disease may go unrecorded (Timoney and Lee 2001, p. 395). The primary method of harvest is clearcutting (Timoney and Lee 2001, p. 394). Compared to a closed canopy forest, clearcuts improve the amount of suitable habitat available to wood bison because they create openings and increase the amount of summer forage available. However, the quantity and quality of forage is less than what is<PRTPAGE P="26200"/>found in preferred wood bison foraging habitats, and the increased productivity seen after a clearcut is not maintained, as woody vegetation becomes more dominant over time (Redburn<E T="03">et al.</E>2008, p. 2233). In addition, clearcuts do not provide adequate winter forage because wood bison's preferred food, sedges, typically do not colonize these areas. Clearcutting is not being used as a management tool to increase wood bison habitat currently, and whatever gains in habitat that have occurred from clearcutting are most likely low.</P>
        <P>In summary, although timber harvest occurs throughout the range of wood bison, it is unclear to what extent it is creating suitable habitat. Clear cuts can increase summer forage, but they need to be in proximity to sedge meadows (wintering habitat) to increase the annual carrying capacity for wood bison, and the openings created by the clear cuts must be maintained over time. Although timber harvest has the potential to increase the amount of suitable habitat for wood bison, the amount that may have been created is most likely low and is undocumented.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Oil and Gas Development</HD>
        <P>Oil and gas exploration and production in Canada has increased in the last 20 years (Timoney and Lee 2001, pp. 397-398). Seismic mapping to determine the oil and gas reserves below the surface involves cutting paths 5 to 8 m (16.4 to 26 ft) wide across the landscape. The seismic lines become persistent features in the forested boreal landscape (Lee and Boutin 2006, p. 249). Approximately 70 percent of landscape disturbance for non-renewable resource extraction in Alberta is due to seismic lines (Timoney and Lee 2001, p. 397). There are an estimated 1.5 to 1.8 million km (932,000 to 1,100,000 mi) of seismic lines in Alberta (Timoney and Lee 2001, p. 397). Lee and Boutin (2006, p. 244) found that only 8.2 percent of seismic lines in Alberta's northeastern forested stands recovered to greater than 50 percent woody vegetative cover after 35 years, and 64 percent of these seismic lines maintained a cover of grasses and herbs. In terms of creating forest openings, more suitable foraging habitat, and linear paths, seismic lines may be beneficial for wood bison. However, because vehicular routes were established in 20 percent of the seismic lines, they also become corridors for off-road vehicles, recreationalists, and poachers (Trombulak and Frissell 2000, pp. 19-20; Timoney and Lee 2001, p. 400; Lee and Boutin 2006, p. 244). Although wood bison are known to occupy linear clearings such as roads, and seismic lines have increased dramatically within their range, potentially creating suitable habitat, we do not have documentation of wood bison use of this type of habitat.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Agricultural Development</HD>

        <P>The popularity of bison as an alternative to beef in human diets has led to a growth of commercial bison ranches in Canada and the United States (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>1992, p. 155). Exports of bison meat from Canada doubled to over 2 million kilograms (2.3 tons) from 2001 to 2006 (Statistics Canada 2009a, unpaginated). Plains bison dominate agricultural production in Canada because commercial production of this subspecies has been in place much longer than it has been for wood bison (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>1992, p. 156; Harper and Gates 2000, p. 919). Bison production in Canada is concentrated in the western provinces, within the historical range of wood bison. In 2006, there were 195,728 plains bison on 1,898 farms reporting in the Canadian National Census; this amounts to an increase of 35 percent from 2001 (Statistics Canada 2009b, unpaginated). Thus, plains bison represented approximately 95 percent of the total bison on the landscape in Canada in 2006. Existence and expansion of commercial plains bison production reduce the amount of land available for wild wood bison populations and increase the risk of hybridization when plains bison escape captivity (Harper and Gates 2000, p. 919; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, pp. 24, 29). Demand currently exceeds supply; therefore, expansion of commercial plains and wood bison operations is expected to continue (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 24).</P>

        <P>Escape of plains bison from fenced enclosures within the range of the wood bison in Canada poses a threat to the genetic integrity of wood bison (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>1992, p. 156; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 24). Because of their size, strength, and undomesticated nature, typical fences are insufficient to restrain bison (FEAP 1990, p. 29; Harper and Gates 2000, p. 919). Maintenance of fences can be a challenge in harsh environments where tree-fall, snow, ice, and frost heave can impair the integrity of the fence and necessitate frequent repairs. The import of plains bison to a private ranch near Pink Mountain, British Columbia, led to the establishment of a free-ranging herd of plains bison after they escaped their enclosure (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>1992, p. 156).</P>

        <P>In addition to commercial production, free-ranging, publicly managed plains bison herds have been established outside their historical range and within the historical range of wood bison in Alaska and Canada (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 56). Because of the potential for hybridization, these herds limit where wood bison can be reintroduced. Five plains bison herds occur in Alaska and one occurs in British Columbia, Canada (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 56). None of these plains bison herds occur in close proximity to free-ranging wood bison herds with the exception of one herd—the Pink Mountain herd, British Columbia—which also occupies habitat that could have been used for wood bison (Harper<E T="03">et al.</E>2000, p. 11). Preventing interbreeding between free-ranging plains bison and wood bison is a management objective in British Columbia and is accomplished by maintaining a large physical separation between the herds and having a management zone around the plains bison herd that allows harvest of plains bison within this zone (Harper<E T="03">et al.</E>2000, p. 23).</P>

        <P>Agricultural development, including plains bison ranching, is the least compatible land use for wood bison recovery (Harper and Gates 2000, p. 921). Loss of habitat for agricultural production is a threat to wood bison because of the large areas involved. Agricultural development near Fort St. John and Fort Nelson, British Columbia, has reduced habitat for wood bison, and continuing expansion of agriculture in the north will further limit the ability to meet population recovery objectives (Harper and Gates 2000, p. 921). Based on a conservative estimate of historical habitat only in Canada, Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>(1992, p. 154) estimated that human activities and development exclude wood bison from approximately 34 percent of their historic range. When an updated Canadian historical range (Stephenson<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 136) and the Alaskan historical range are included in the calculation, the amount of compromised habitat drops to approximately 16.5 percent if only Canada is considered, and 13 percent if the historical habitat in Canada and Alaska are combined (Stephenson 2010, pers. comm.). Sanderson<E T="03">et al.</E>(2002, pp. 894-896; 2008, p. 257) found that the level of human influence in the range occupied by wood bison to be extremely low (less than 10 percent). Although human development and influence is very low over the majority of range occupied by wood bison, we assume that because of human population growth, increased commercial production of plains bison, and increased agricultural production, there will be continued loss of suitable wood bison habitat into the foreseeable future.<PRTPAGE P="26201"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Climate Change</HD>

        <P>Climate change models project that the largest temperature increases will occur in the upper latitudes of the northern hemisphere, and that there will be an increase in extreme climate events in these areas (IPCC 2007, p. 11.5.3.1). This area includes the boreal forest of Canada and Alaska in the range of wood bison. Some of the predicted outcomes of climate change are: An increase in temperature; an increase in insect outbreaks; an increase in wildfire severity, area burned, and fire season length with potential landscape-scale ecotype effects; and a shift northward of boreal forest (Hamann and Wang 2006, pp. 2780-2782; Soja<E T="03">et al.</E>2007, p. 277). These aspects of climate change have the potential to increase the amount of habitat suitable for wood bison over the next 100 years.</P>

        <P>The mean annual temperature of interior Alaska and northern Canada has increased by 2 degrees Celsius (°C) (3.6 degrees Fahrenheit (°F)) in the last four decades (Serreze<E T="03">et al.</E>2000, p. 163). Warming has triggered bark beetle outbreaks in western North America, including south-central Alaska and British Columbia. In British Columbia, by the end of 2006, 130,000 km<SU>2</SU>(50,193 mi<SU>2</SU>) of forested lands were affected (Kurz<E T="03">et al.</E>2008, p. 987). The outbreak in British Columbia was an order of magnitude greater in area and severity than all previous recorded outbreaks (Kurz<E T="03">et al.</E>2008, p. 987).</P>

        <P>The effect of insect outbreaks on wood bison habitat includes a potential increase in suitable wood bison habitat, and an increase in susceptibility to fire. In insect-infested plots studied on the Kenai Peninsula, cover of bluejoint grass (<E T="03">Calamagrostis canadensis</E>), a summer forage species, increased to more than 50 percent compared to uninfested forest stands (Werner<E T="03">et al.</E>2006, p. 198). These results indicate forests affected by beetle kill may become more suitable to wood bison by creating openings and changing the vegetative composition. This would be particularly true in areas where, because of climate change, there was a permanent change in landscape cover from forest to grassland (Rizzo and Wiken 1992, p. 53; Flannigan<E T="03">et al.</E>2000, pp. 226-227). Werber and Flannigan (1997, p. 157), and Malmström and Raffa (2000, p. 36), indicate that insect outbreaks increase an area's susceptibility to fire ignition and spread.</P>

        <P>Since the mid-1980s, wildfire frequency in western forests has nearly quadrupled compared to the average frequency during the period 1970-1986. The total area burned is more than six and a half times the previous level (Westerling<E T="03">et al.</E>2006, p. 941). In addition, the average length of the fire season during 1987-2003 was 78 days longer compared to that during 1970-1986, and the average time between fire discovery and control was 29.6 days longer (Westerling<E T="03">et al.</E>2006, p. 941). In Alaska, the largest fire on record was in 2004, and the third largest was in 2003 (Soja<E T="03">et al.</E>2007, p. 281).</P>

        <P>The area burned by forest fires in Canada has increased over the past four decades (Stocks<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 2; Gillett<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, p. 4; Soja<E T="03">et al.,</E>2007, p. 281). In Canada, weather/climate is the most important natural factor influencing forest fires (Gillett<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, p. 2; Flannigan<E T="03">et al.</E>2005, p. 1). Projections based on the Canadian and Hadley General Circulation Models, which predict future carbon dioxide and temperature increases, indicate that the area burned in boreal forests of Canada will double by the end of the century (Flannigan<E T="03">et al.</E>2005, pp. 11-12), the area exhibiting high to extreme fire danger will increase substantially, and the length of the fire season will increase (Stocks<E T="03">et al.</E>1998, pp. 5-11).</P>
        <P>In the absence of fire, vegetation changes would occur relatively slowly in response to relatively slow changes in the climate. Because of its immediate and large-scale effect, fire is seen as an agent of change that will hasten the modification of the landscape to a new equilibrium with climate. Area burned may overshadow the direct effects of climate change on plant species distribution and migration (Werber and Flannigan 1997, p. 157). The new fire regime is expected to affect the age class distribution, species composition, landscape mosaics, and boundaries, including a retraction of the southern boreal forest (Werber and Flannigan 1997, pp. 157, 160).</P>

        <P>The increase in temperature, predicted by the Canadian and Hadley General Circulation Models described above, is expected to cause major shifts in ecosystems (Rizzo and Wiken 1992, p. 37; Hogg and Schwarz 1997, p. 527). The amount of grassland in Canada may increase by about 7 percent and shift northward (Rizzo and Wiken 1992, p. 52). Several modeling efforts suggest that boreal forests will shift northward into the area now characterized as subarctic (Rizzo and Wiken 1992, pp. 48-50; Rupp<E T="03">et al.</E>2002, p. 214). These changes may favor the expansion of suitable habitat for wood bison over the next century. Because one of the anticipated outcomes under climate change and the new fire regime is a retraction of the southern boreal forest and expansion of grasslands, we anticipate that habitat for wood bison, which require meadows intermixed with forest, will increase over the next century.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Summary of Factor A</HD>
        <P>Our analysis of habitat threats to wood bison under Factor A includes management actions that are being taken (controlled burns, timber harvest, oil and gas development), anticipated changes to the landscape based on climate change (increased insect outbreaks, increased fire, ecotype transition), and agricultural development. In summary, most likely there was loss of suitable meadow foraging habitat for wood bison from fire suppression in the 20th century. Several factors, including fire, timber harvest, oil and gas exploration, and insect infestations, could create more forest openings and grassland habitat. However, neither the loss nor potential gain in habitat from these sources has been quantified, and the suitability of habitat for wood bison created as a by-product of resource development is largely unknown. The primary loss of habitat for wood bison has occurred from agricultural development (including commercial production of plains bison). Although the current level of human influence in the range of wood bison is low, we anticipate human population growth will continue, and loss of suitable habitat from agricultural development is expected in the foreseeable future. In the short term, habitat loss is expected to outstrip gain because of the increasing demand and production of commercial bison. Based on model projections of the effects of climate change, it is anticipated that there will be increased insect infestations, increased fire frequency and area burned, and warmer temperatures, leading to shifts in ecosystems. In the long term, these changes will likely create more forest openings and landscapes in early successional stages and may increase the amount of suitable habitat available to wood bison. Whether the potential gain in habitat will offset the loss from development in the long term is unknown. Consequently, based on the best scientific and commercial data available, we conclude that loss of habitat remains a threat to wood bison in the foreseeable future.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Overutilization for Commercial, Recreational, Scientific, or Educational Purposes</HD>

        <P>Overharvesting for the fur trade and westward expansion by Europeans resulted in near extinction of wood bison by the late 1800s (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>
          <PRTPAGE P="26202"/>1992, pp. 143-145). Currently, the utilization of free-ranging, disease-free wood bison populations is closely regulated and managed for sustainability. Under the SARA, a species listed as threatened<E T="03"/>may not be killed on Federal lands such as National Parks or National Wildlife Areas, except where permitted under a national recovery strategy (GNT 2010, p. 10). Harvest is used as a recovery management tool to regulate herd size when other limiting factors, such as predation or disease, do not. Without harvest, herd size can expand beyond the carrying capacity of the landscape, may grow to the point where overlap with either plains bison or diseased herds is more likely, or may expand into areas such as highway rights-of-way. Regulated harvest is allowed from the disease-free Mackenzie herd, Nahanni herd (quota of two bison annually), the Aishihik herd, and the Hay-Zama herds under permit systems controlled by the respective territorial wildlife agencies, and is managed on a conservative sustained-yield basis. The regulated harvests for the Mackenzie, Aishihik, and Hay-Zama herds are described below.</P>

        <P>Hunting of the Mackenzie wood bison herd is regulated under a quota system based on population size, with consideration given to Native community interests in subsistence hunting through a co-management process with the Fort Providence Resource Management Board. Regulated hunting was initiated in 1987. Non-resident hunting licenses were first issued for the winter hunt in 1992-1993. The quota for resident and non-residents has been adjusted over time based on herd size and community input. The allowable quota for harvest has never been taken and has ranged from 20 to 93.6 percent of the quota (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, p. 39). The current annual allowable harvest is 118 bison (<E T="03">http://www.justice.gov.nt.ca/PDF/REGS/WILDLIFE/Big%20Game%20Hunting.pdf,</E>viewed January 23, 2012).</P>
        <P>Sport hunting is the primary method of regulating the growth of the Aishihik herd because natural predation on the herd is low. The Yukon Wood Bison Technical Team provides advice on wood bison management that is sensitive to local conditions (i.e., to remove wood bison from highway rights-of-way, competition of bison with other native ungulates) and consistent with the National Wood Bison Recovery Plan (Yukon Environment 2009, p. 1). The annual allowable harvest is determined each year based on population size and calf recruitment rate. Harvest from 1999 to 2007-2008 winter season ranged from 65 to 75 animals. In the 2008-2009 winter season, the allowable harvest increased to 200 because the population continued to grow under the old quota. Increased harvest is expected to restrict the movement of wood bison away from their traditional range, address highway safety concerns, and achieve bison management objectives (Government of Yukon 2009, p. 1). Resident, non-resident, and First Nations hunters are required to have a permit to hunt wood bison. Harvest regulations are strictly enforced by Yukon Department of Environment conservation officers, often in collaboration with local First Nations Game Guardians.</P>
        <P>Hunting in the Hay-Zama herd began in 2008. Hunting was initiated to regulate the population size, reduce wood bison conflicts with humans in the communities of Zama City and Chatey, reduce wood bison-vehicle collisions on two highways, and limit wood bison distribution eastward, preventing potential contact with diseased bison from WBNP (Government of Alberta 2010a, unpaginated). Harvest removed 128 and 155 animals in the 2008-2009 and 2009-2010 seasons, respectively (Government of Alberta 2010b, unpaginated). Three hundred licenses were issued each year, 200 to Aboriginal hunters and 100 to recreational hunters. Because the objectives of reducing herd size and human conflicts have been met, the total number of licenses has been reduced in the 2010-2011 season to 105 (Government of Canada 2010b, unpaginated). Based on the success rate of the past two seasons, approximately 50 animals will likely be harvested. It is estimated that a population objective of 400-600 wood bison can be sustained by harvesting approximately 60 to 70 animals per season (Government of Canada 2010b, unpaginated).</P>
        <P>In addition to regulating herd size, harvest is also used to prevent the spread of bovine tuberculosis and brucellosis infection in wood bison. Under the Northwest Territories Big-Game Hunting Regulations, hunters may shoot any bison sighted within the Bison Control Area (BCA), an area located between the WBNP diseased herd and the Mackenzie and Nahanni disease-free herds. The goal is to reduce the risk of bovine tuberculosis and brucellosis infection of the Mackenzie and Nahanni herds by removing infected animals dispersing from WBNP (see discussion under Factor C, below). Thirteen bison were removed from the BCA in the mid-1990s (Nishi 2002, pp. 12-13). There is currently no authorized harvest of wood bison in British Columbia.</P>

        <P>Under Canada's SARA, all collection of listed species such as wood bison for scientific purposes is closely regulated. Scientific research on disease, genetics, diet, and other aspects of wood bison life history can and has been done using animals that have been legally taken by hunters, animals that died through natural factors, or road kill (e.g., Tessaro<E T="03">et al.</E>1990, p. 175). Scientific research must relate to the conservation of the species and be conducted by qualified persons; the activity must benefit the species or enhance its chance of survival in the wild. In addition, activities affecting the species must be incidental to carrying out an otherwise lawful activity. Researchers must demonstrate awareness of the provisions of SARA, that measures are being taken to minimize harm to listed species, and that the most effective measures for minimizing harm are adopted.</P>

        <P>Commercial harvest of free-ranging wood bison does not occur and only a small number of wood bison have been sporadically taken from disease-free herds for display in zoos or wildlife parks. This occurs only when surplus animals are available, and these surplus animals have typically come from Elk Island National Park (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 81).</P>
        <P>The wood bison was placed in Appendix I of CITES on July 1, 1975, when the treaty first went into effect. CITES is an international agreement between governments to ensure that the international trade of CITES-listed plant and animal species does not threaten their survival in the wild. There are currently 175 CITES Parties (member countries or signatories to the Convention). Under this treaty, CITES Parties regulate the import, export, and reexport of CITES-listed plant and animal species (also see discussion under Factor D, below). Trade must be authorized through a system of permits and certificates that are provided by the designated CITES Scientific and Management Authorities of each CITES Party (CITES 2010, unpaginated). Species included in CITES Appendix I are considered threatened with extinction, and international trade is permitted only under exceptional circumstances, which generally precludes commercial trade.</P>

        <P>Beginning in 1993, the European Economic Community CITES Working Group authorized the import of wood bison trophies from the Mackenzie population, one of the disease-free herds with regulated harvest. On September 18, 1997, the wood bison was transferred to Appendix II of CITES<PRTPAGE P="26203"/>based on a proposal from Canada, which described progress made in recovery plan implementation (Government of Canada 1997, entire). The United States supported this change. Appendix II allows for regulated trade, including commercial trade, as long as the exporting country issues a CITES permit based on findings that the specimen was legally acquired and the export will not be detrimental to the survival of the species.</P>
        <P>Data obtained from the United Nations Environment Programme-World Conservation Monitoring Center (UNEP-WCMC) CITES Trade Database show that, from July 1975, when the wood bison was listed in Appendix I, through 2009, a total of 23,344 specimens of this subspecies were reported to UNEP-WCMC as (gross) exports. Of those 23,344 specimens, 264 were live animals, 36 were skins, 10 were skin pieces, 5 were bodies, 26 were shoes, 21,300 were horn products, 461 were teeth, 46 were carvings, 5 were garments, 14 were leather products, 1,074 were scientific specimens, 31 were trophies, 59 were parts of trophies (horns, skulls, bones, feet, tails, and hair), and 13 were unspecified specimens. An additional 1,930 kilograms of meat were reported as exports.</P>
        <P>In analyzing these data, it appears that several records may be over-counts due to slight differences in the manner in which the importing and exporting countries reported their trade. It is likely that the actual number of wood bison specimens in international trade during this period was 23,210, plus 1,074 kilograms of meat. Of the 23,210 specimens, 264 were live animals, 34 were skins, 10 were skin pieces, 5 were bodies, 26 were shoes, 21,300 were horn products, 461 were teeth, 46 were carvings, 4 were garments, 14 were leather products, 945 were scientific specimens, 30 were trophies, 58 were parts of trophies (horns, skulls, bones, feet, tails, and hair), and 13 were unspecified specimens.</P>
        <P>With the information obtained from the UNEP-WCMC CITES Trade Database, 1,606 specimens and 1,910 kilograms of meat were reported in international trade since the wood bison was transferred from Appendix II to Appendix I in 1997. 1,398 of these specimens (87 percent) were reported as imported into the United States and 20 (1 percent) were reported as exported from the United States. Also, 1,900 of the total of 1,910 kilograms of meat (99 percent) were reported as imported into the United States. Of the 264 live wood bison reported in international trade between 1975 and 2009, 235 were traded since the subspecies was transferred from Appendix II to Appendix I in 1997. Of these 235 live specimens, 174 (74 percent) were reported as captive-bred or captive born, 13 (6 percent) were reported as ranched specimens, and 48 (20 percent) were reported as having been obtained from the wild. There has been no trade in live, wild wood bison since 2006.</P>

        <P>As a species listed in Appendix II of CITES, commercial trade of wood bison is allowed. However, the Appendix-II listing requires that before an export can occur, a determination must be made that the specimens were legally obtained (in accordance with national laws) and that the export will not be detrimental to the survival of the species in the wild.<E T="03"/>Because CITES requires that all international shipments of wood bison must be legally obtained and not detrimental to the survival of the species, we believe that international trade controlled via valid CITES permits is not a threat to the species. Furthermore, we have no information indicating that illegal trade is a threat to this species.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Summary of Factor B</HD>
        <P>It is possible that, with the ongoing recovery actions, a status review of wood bison in Canada could lead to delisting under SARA within the next 10 years. If this were to happen, we expect that regulations for recreational hunting, import of wood bison trophies, and permitting would change. Our ability to predict how these changes would affect the status of the species is limited; consequently, we can only reliably project for a short time into the future.</P>
        <P>Because harvest rates of free-ranging wood bison are based on sustainability, harvest is closely monitored and regulated, scientific collecting is tightly controlled, commercial harvest does not occur in wild populations, and import and export are controlled via CITES permits, we have determined that overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes is not a threat to wood bison now or in the foreseeable future.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Disease or Predation</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Disease</HD>

        <P>In the early 1920s, 6,673 plains bison were introduced into WBNP, Alberta, Canada, where approximately 1,500 disease-free wood bison resided (FEAP 1990, p. 6; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>1992, pp. 146-147). Although initially separated by fairly large distances, the plains bison eventually co-occurred and interbred with the wood bison and also transmitted bovine tuberculosis and brucellosis to them (FEAP 1990, p. 6; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>1992, pp. 146-147). By the late 1940s and early 1950s, the population of wood bison in WBNP increased to between 12,500 and 15,000 animals (Fuller, 1950, p. 450). From that level, wood bison numbers began to decline from 11,000 in 1971, to approximately 2,300 by 1998 (Carbyn<E T="03">et al.</E>1998, p. 464). The reasons for the population decline are not known with certainty, but disease, predation by wolves, and habitat condition may all have played a role (Carbyn<E T="03">et al.</E>1998, pp. 467-468; Joly and Messier 2004, pp. 1165-1166). Population numbers at WBNP have stabilized at about 4,000 to 5,000 since 2002 (see Table 1, above).</P>
        <P>Bovine tuberculosis and bovine brucellosis receive special attention because they cause production losses in domestic animals, can potentially infect humans, and are required to be reported under the Canadian Food and Inspection Agency's (CFIA) Health of Animals Act and Regulations (FEAP 1990, p. 7). Although wildlife is not under their jurisdiction, the CFIA recognizes the threat of reportable diseases to the commercial livestock industry and international trade. The CFIA follows a strict testing and eradication program for bovine tuberculosis and brucellosis in domestic animals, requiring that all infected animals and all exposed susceptible animals be destroyed (Canadian Food Inspection Agency 2002, unpaginated). Consequently, there is great concern from the Canadian cattle industry, which is currently recognized as disease-free, that disease will spread from wood bison to domestic cattle (GNT 2010, p. 8). The goal of the CFIA's National Bovine Tuberculosis/Brucellosis Eradication Program is to detect and eradicate tuberculosis and brucellosis in farmed animals in Canada in order to protect the health of food-producing and companion animals, safeguard human health, and safeguard the health of free-roaming wildlife. Canada recognizes an obligation to detect, identify, report, and contain important diseases in wildlife, especially those with the potential to impact biodiversity, human and livestock health, the environment, and the economy within and beyond their borders.</P>

        <P>Wood bison in and around WBNP are a reservoir for bovine brucellosis and bovine tuberculosis. Because there is a risk that these diseases could spread to uninfected free-ranging bison herds or to commercial cattle and bison operations, limits are placed on herd expansion to minimize the chance that<PRTPAGE P="26204"/>the diseased animals come into contact with either free-ranging, disease-free herds, or with domestic cattle or bison operations. In addition, the diseased herds occupy suitable habitat that could be used for the establishment of disease-free herds of wood bison. Therefore, the existence of diseased bison herds in and around WBNP compromises further recovery of wood bison in northern Alberta, the Northwest Territories, and British Columbia (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 29). The total area compromised by diseased herds is approximately 218,516 km<SU>2</SU>(84,369 mi<SU>2</SU>) or about 12 percent of the original range of the wood bison in Canada (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 24). As mentioned earlier, there are no effective vaccines for the treatment of animals in free-ranging populations.</P>

        <P>The disease-free herds most at risk from infection from animals at WBNP are the Mackenzie, Hay-Zama, and Nahanni. Regulated harvest is allowed from the Mackenzie herd, Nahanni herd, and the Hay-Zama herd under permit systems (as described above under Factor B), in part to prevent overlap with the diseased herd. In addition, the Governments of the Northwest Territories, Alberta, and British Columbia have designated management zones to reduce the risk of dispersing animals transmitting disease to disease-free herds in their provinces. In 1987, the Government of the Northwest Territories implemented a program to reduce the risk of contact between infected bison in and around WBNP and disease-free bison in the Mackenzie and Nahanni herds by establishing a Bison Free Management Area (BFMA) (Nishi 2002, pp. 5-6). The BFMA (39,000 km<SU>2</SU>(15,058 mi<SU>2</SU>)) encompasses the area between the Alberta-Northwest Territories border and southern shoreline of the Mackenzie River. In 1992, the Government of the Northwest Territories established the Nuisance Bison Control Regulations under the Northwest Territories Wildlife Regulations Act, permitting eligible hunters to legally shoot any bison sighted in the BFMA. All bison within this area are presumed disease carriers. The objectives of the program are to detect and remove any bison, and to prevent establishment of herds in the management area (Nishi 2002, p. 6). No bison were observed in the area during annual aerial surveys in the period 1988-2006, but 13 bison were killed in the mid-1990s (Nishi 2002, pp. 12-13; Hartop<E T="03">et al.</E>2009, p. 41). Aerial surveillance occurs annually.</P>

        <P>In 1995, the Government of Alberta established a 36,000-km<SU>2</SU>(13,900-mi<SU>2</SU>) bison management area around the Hay-Zama herd to protect all bison from hunting. Within this area, all wood bison are legally protected under Alberta's Wildlife Act; outside of the area they are not protected and can be hunted. The area outside of the protected management area creates a large buffer zone between the disease-free Hay-Zama herd and the diseased herds within WBNP (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 38).</P>
        <P>Control areas and buffer zones between diseased and non-diseased populations may not prevent disease transmission (Canadian Food Inspection Agency 2002, unpaginated) because they are sporadically patrolled and imperfectly enforced. As discussed earlier, fences are an ineffective method to contain herds long term, especially those in large areas (FEAP 1990, p. 29). Consequently, a long-term, more sustainable solution is needed to address this problem.</P>

        <P>A Federal Environmental Assessment Panel (FEAP) was assembled to evaluate four courses of action to address the diseased herds at WBNP. These actions were initially proposed by the Bison Disease Task Force: (1) Do nothing; (2) fence WBNP to contain the diseased bison and prevent the spread of disease; (3) use a combination of strategically placed fences, buffer zones exterior to the Park from which all bison would be eliminated, and land-use restrictions on cattle grazing; and (4) phased elimination of the diseased herd and replacement with disease-free wood bison (FEAP 1990, p. 15). After public hearings, and consultation with technical experts, the panel recommended eradication of the existing diseased bison population to eliminate the risk of transmission of disease from bison in and around WBNP to domestic cattle, wood bison, and humans (FEAP 1990, p. 2). Public response to this recommendation was largely negative (Carbyn<E T="03">et al.</E>1998, p. 464). The recommendation was not implemented; consequently, control of disease spread currently depends on the buffer zones.</P>
        <P>Annual examinations and serological studies of bison harvested from the Mackenzie herd indicate that the herd continues to be disease-free (Nishi 2002, p. 23). Over 220 samples were received from harvested bison from the Hay-Zama herd that could be tested for disease. All samples tested negative (Government of Canada 2010a, unpaginated). There is also no evidence of bovine brucellosis and bovine tuberculosis in reintroduced herds in the Yukon Territory, British Columbia, western Alberta, or Manitoba. Free-ranging, disease-free herds currently include approximately 4,414 wood bison (see Table 1, above). Because of their distance from WBNP, the Aishihik and Chitek Lake herds are the most secure from disease.</P>

        <P>Recovery and conservation efforts for wood bison emphasize the importance of preventing the spread of tuberculosis and brucellosis to disease-free populations and eliminating diseases in infected populations (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 30). The focus on disease prevention and control is consistent with the recovery goals of increasing the number of disease-free populations. Parks Canada, through Elk Island National Park, has worked with the recovery team and others to develop and maintain a disease-free, captive-breeding herd, which has provided healthy stock for several restoration projects (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 18).</P>

        <P>Because the northern latitudes are experiencing the greatest changes in climate, this area may also be at the greatest risk for the emergence of diseases and parasites that may threaten the stability of wildlife populations (Kutz<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, pp. 109, 114). Warming may be of particular concern for wildlife in northern regions because the life-history patterns of most hosts and parasites are currently constrained by climatic conditions (Kutz<E T="03">et al.</E>2004, p. 114). Researchers have hypothesized that climate change will accelerate pathogen development rates, lead to greater overwinter survival of pathogens, and modify host susceptibility to infection in such a way that the effects of disease will increase (Ytrehus<E T="03">et al.</E>2008, p. 214). Wood bison are susceptible to many diseases and parasites (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, pp. 1030-1032). How climate change may affect the number of animals infected, a pathogen's virulence, and, consequently, wood bison viability is unknown.</P>

        <P>One potential effect of climate change may be an increase in anthrax outbreaks because of increased summer air temperatures. Between 1962 and 1993, nine anthrax outbreaks were recorded in northern Canada, killing at least 1,309 wood bison (Dragon<E T="03">et al.</E>1999, p. 209). Additional outbreaks continued to occur through at least 2010 (GNT 2010, p. 9). Wood bison appear most susceptible to outbreaks when they are stressed, including heat stress and high densities of biting insects (Dragon<E T="03">et al.</E>1999, p. 212; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 28). In addition, if climate change leads to widespread or intense drought, there could be changes in the quality and availability of forage that may cause animals to concentrate around available food and water. These factors could contribute to stress levels and increase<PRTPAGE P="26205"/>susceptibility to anthrax (Dragon<E T="03">et al.</E>1999, p. 212; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 28). Although isolated anthrax outbreaks occur currently, it is possible that outbreaks may become more frequent, become more widespread, or affect a greater number of animals in the future. Thus far, anthrax outbreaks have occurred sporadically when the necessary factors have come together to affect portions of one herd at a time. Anthrax is not currently having a population-level effect, and we do not have enough information to predict with confidence if anthrax will have a population-level effect on wood bison in the future as a result of climate change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Predation</HD>

        <P>Wolf predation can be a significant limiting factor for diseased populations of wood bison (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>1978, p. 581; Van Camp 1987, p. 25). Wood bison were the principle food of two wolf packs from 1975 to 1977 in the Slave River lowlands (Van Camp 1987, pp. 29, 32). Of the adult and subadult wood bison that died in 1976-1977, wolves killed 31 percent; however, hunters killed 39.3 percent (Van Camp 1987, p. 33). Joly and Messier (2004, p. 1173) found that productivity of the diseased WBNP herd was insufficient to offset losses to both predation and disease, but that in the absence of either factor, positive population growth was possible. Presence of disease likely increased the killing success of wolves through bison debilitation (Joly and Messier 2004, p. 1174). Wood bison evolved with wolves, and we have no data showing that predation by wolves is limiting the recovery of any of the disease-free herds or would cause the extirpation of a herd (ADF&amp;G 2007, p. 98).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Summary of Factor C</HD>
        <P>The presence of disease and diseased herds is recognized as a factor limiting recovery (Mitchell and Gates 2002, p. 12). The effectiveness of current management actions such as maintaining spatial separation between diseased and disease-free herds by limiting herd size is yet to be determined over long timeframes. Research is continuing on creation of disease-free herds. No effective vaccines exist for brucellosis, tuberculosis, or anthrax for free-ranging populations. In addition, although recommendations for the management of the diseased herds in and around WBNP have been suggested (FEAP 1990, p. 2), they have not yet been implemented, it is unknown if they will be implemented, and it is unknown how implementation of the recommendations would affect the status of the subspecies.</P>
        <P>Predation by wolves is a natural threat that will persist indefinitely into the future. Although diseased herds may be more susceptible to predation, healthy herds, which now represent approximately half of the free-ranging wood bison, are not. As long as wolves are present on the landscape, they will present an ongoing, low level of threat, especially to diseased herds.</P>

        <P>The presence of disease in the largest potential donor population of wood bison (WBNP herd) has limited the number of animals available for establishing or augmenting herds throughout the wood bison's historical range and has removed otherwise optimal habitat from consideration for expansion of wild populations. The presence of reportable diseases will continue to lead to actions that impact conservation, in particular restriction of herd expansion and the reintroduction of herds in particular areas. Although brucellosis and tuberculosis may limit wood bison population growth and productivity in some herds, they are unlikely to cause extirpation of any population (Bradley and Wilmshurst 2005, p. 1204; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 60), but when combined with predation, herd size can be limited. Anthrax outbreaks occur sporadically when critical factors come together. Climate change could affect the frequency of outbreaks if increased temperatures or drought cause increased levels of stress in the animals, especially during the rut. Because disease constrains and inhibits full recovery of the species, until a solution for the diseased animals at WBNP is found, or effective vaccines are discovered and used, disease will continue to be a threat to wood bison now and in the foreseeable future.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. The Inadequacy of Existing Regulatory Mechanisms</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Canada's Federal Regulatory Mechanisms</HD>

        <P>The first protective legislation for wood bison, making it illegal for anyone to molest the species, was passed by the Canadian Government in 1877, but not until the law was enforced beginning in 1897 did the population increase (Soper 1941, pp. 362-363; Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 12).</P>
        <P>Canada's Species at Risk Act (SARA), enacted on December 12, 2002, became fully effective on June 1, 2004, and is the Canadian counterpart to the U.S. Endangered Species Act. The purpose of SARA is to prevent listed wildlife species from becoming extinct or lost from the wild (extirpated); to help in the recovery of extirpated, endangered, or threatened species; and to ensure that species of special concern do not become endangered or threatened. The SARA also requires the development of recovery strategies and action plans for covered species. In the SARA, the COSEWIC was established as the scientific body that identifies and assesses a species' status; however, the government makes the final decision on whether to list a species.</P>

        <P>Species such as wood bison that were designated as endangered or threatened by the COSEWIC before SARA was enacted had to be reassessed before being included on the official list of wildlife species under SARA. The wood bison is currently listed as a threatened species under Schedule 1 of SARA. The National Recovery Plan for wood bison was published in 2001 (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001) and is currently under revision. As discussed in the Recovery Actions section above, many recovery actions have been implemented and more are in progress. As discussed under Factor B (above), SARA requires permits for all scientific collection of listed species.</P>

        <P>The SARA covers all species on Federal lands such as national parks, national wildlife areas, Prairie Farm Rehabilitation Administration pastures, aboriginal reserve lands, and military training areas. It prohibits the killing, harming, harassing, or taking of extirpated, endangered, or threatened species, and the destruction of their residences (e.g., nest or den) on Federal lands, except where permitted under a national recovery strategy (GNT 2010, p. 10). Because the recovery strategy includes managing herd size for the health of the habitat and herds (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, pp. 35-39), bison hunting is allowed under a quota system in the Nahanni, MacKenzie, and Aishihik herds (described above under Factor B). The Northwest Territories<E T="03">Big Game Hunting Regulations</E>consider bison in the Slave River Lowlands to be hybrids, which General Hunting License holders may hunt without limit or closed season. In the Yukon, the Aishihik herd size is managed through hunting. In Alberta, Hay-Zama herd size is managed by hunting to reduce the likelihood that the herd will come into contact with animals from WBNP (GNT 2010, p. 7).</P>

        <P>Habitat protection within the range of the Mackenzie bison herd is facilitated through the SARA and the Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act of 1998. Although the Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act does not specifically provide protection to wood bison, it did create a Land and Water Board (LWB), which is given the power to regulate the use of land and water,<PRTPAGE P="26206"/>including the issuance of land use permits and water licenses. The LWB's Environmental Impact Review Board is the main instrument in the Mackenzie Valley for the examination of the environmental impact of proposed developments. The LWB's Land Use Planning Board is given the power to develop land use plans and to ensure that future use of lands is carried out in conformity with those plans.</P>
        <P>As described below, several wood bison herds occur wholly or partially in National Parks, ecological reserves, or Provincial Parks (Table 2). In 1922, WBNP was established in Alberta and the Northwest Territories for the protection of wood bison. Habitat protection of 44,807 km<SU>2</SU>(17,300 mi<SU>2</SU>) within WBNP occurs through the Canada National Parks Act, the purpose of which is to maintain or restore the ecological integrity of parks, through the protection of natural resources and natural processes. With respect to a park, ecological integrity means a condition characteristic of its natural region, including abiotic (nonliving) components and the composition and abundance of native species and biological communities. Renewable harvest activities can be regulated or prohibited, and is enforced through this legislation (Canada National Parks Act, 2000). National parks are protected by Federal legislation from all forms of extractive resource use such as mining, forestry, agriculture, and sport hunting. Only activities consistent with the protection of park resources are allowed. Efforts are directed at maintaining the physical environment in as natural a state as possible. Sport hunting is prohibited; however, traditional subsistence-level harvesting by First Nations is allowed in some areas as long as the resources are conserved (The Canadian Encyclopedia 2010a, unpaginated).</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,r75,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 2—Free-Ranging Wood Bison Herds and Land Management Units That Provide Protection to Them</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Herd category and name</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Canadian province</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Protected area</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22" O="xl">Free-ranging, disease-free herds:</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Mackenzie</ENT>
            <ENT>Northwest Territories</ENT>
            <ENT>Mackenzie Bison Sanctuary.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Aishihik</ENT>
            <ENT>Yukon</ENT>
            <ENT>None identified, but occupied habitat is government-owned.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Hay-Zama</ENT>
            <ENT>Alberta</ENT>
            <ENT>Wildlife Management Area.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Nahanni</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Northwest Territories, southeast Yukon, northeast British Columbia.</ENT>
            <ENT>None identified, but occupied habitat is government-owned.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Nordquist</ENT>
            <ENT>British Columbia</ENT>
            <ENT>Portage Brule Rapids Ecological Reserve, Smith River Ecological Reserve, Smith River Falls-Fort Halkett Park, Liard River Corridor Park, Liard River Hotsprings Park, Liard River West Corridor Park, Liard River Corridor Protected Area, Hyland River Park, Muncho Lake Park, and Milligan Hills Park.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Etthithun</ENT>
            <ENT>British Columbia</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Chitek Lake</ENT>
            <ENT>Manitoba</ENT>
            <ENT>Chitek Lake Reserve.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01" O="xl">Free-ranging, diseased herds:</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Wood Buffalo National Park</ENT>
            <ENT>Alberta, Northwest Territories</ENT>
            <ENT>Wood Buffalo National Park.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>Ecological reserves are established in part for the protection of rare and endangered plants and animals in their natural habitat; preservation of unique, rare, or outstanding botanical, zoological, or geological phenomena; and perpetuation of important genetic resources. Research and educational functions are the primary uses for ecological reserves, but are open to the public for non-consumptive, observational uses. Plans are developed by the Ministry of Environment to provide protection and management to ensure long-term maintenance. Resource use, such as tree cutting, hunting, fishing, mining, domestic grazing, camping, lighting of fires and removal of materials, plants or animals, and the use of motorized vehicles are prohibited (British Columbia 2010, unpaginated).</P>
        <P>Although there are numerous parks and ecological reserves throughout the range of the wood bison, these areas do not necessarily encompass all of the individuals of a herd. Individuals frequently move into and out of these areas; therefore, wood bison herds are only afforded protection while within the boundaries of the park or ecological reserve.</P>
        <P>The Federal Environmental Assessment and Review Process (EARP) was introduced in Canada in 1973. In 1995, the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act replaced EARP and strengthened the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). The Canadian Environmental Assessment Act outlines responsibilities and procedures for the EIA of projects for which the Canadian Government holds decision-making authority. The purposes of EIAs are to minimize or avoid adverse environmental effects before they occur and to incorporate environmental factors into decision making. All projects in National Parks must have an EIA. An EIA is also required under the law of the provinces and territories. Municipalities and corporations are subject to the EIA requirements of their respective provincial, territorial, or land claim jurisdictions, and are also subject to the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act if the Canadian Government holds some decision-making authority concerning the proposed development or the acceptability of its impacts. This legislation ensures that any projects conducted on Canada's government-owned lands, including National Parks, are carefully reviewed before Canadian authorities take action so that projects do not cause significant adverse environmental effects, including areas surrounding the project. It encourages Canadian authorities to take actions that promote sustainable development (Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency 2010, unpaginated). If a project is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects that cannot be justified in the circumstances, even after taking into account appropriate mitigation measures, the project will not be carried out in whole or in part (Canadian Environmental Assessment Act (20)(b) and (37)(b)).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Canada's Provincial and Territorial Regulatory Mechanisms</HD>

        <P>Provincial and territorial governments within Canada can use the Wild Animal and Plant Protection and Regulation of International and Interprovincial Trade<PRTPAGE P="26207"/>Act (WAPPRIITA) to control transport of wood bison across their borders. This law applies to wood bison because it is on the CITES control list (CITES is discussed below, under “International Regulatory Mechanisms”). The WAPPRIITA prohibits the import, export, and interprovincial transportation of CITES-listed species or any Canadian species whose capture, possession, and transportation are regulated by provincial or territorial laws, unless the specimens are accompanied by the appropriate documents (licenses, permits). In all cases, the WAPPRIITA applies to the animal, alive or dead, as well as to its parts and any derived products (Environment Canada 2010, p.1).</P>

        <P>In addition to national-level legislation that provides protection to wood bison, there is also protection at the provincial level. Alberta, the Northwest Territories, British Columbia, Manitoba, and the Yukon Territory classify wood bison as wildlife, which is the property of the provincial or territorial government. In 1995, the Government of Alberta established a Wildlife Management Area to protect the Hay-Zama herd and listed the wood bison as endangered within the protected area under the Alberta Wildlife Act (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 71). In this area, all wood bison are legally protected from hunting; outside of the area they are not protected.</P>
        <P>The Northwest Territories Wildlife Act enables the Minister of Environment and Natural Resources to prohibit the importation of any wildlife into the Northwest Territories without a permit. This prohibits uncontrolled importation of plains bison. In May 1964, wood bison were declared in danger of becoming extinct under the Northwest Territories Act and are now designated as a protected species in the Northwest Territories. As such, sport hunting and subsistence hunting by aboriginal people may occur, but is regulated.</P>
        <P>Wood bison are on British Columbia's Red List of species and subspecies that are candidates for legal designation as endangered or threatened under the Wildlife Act (Harper 2002, p. 3). Wood bison are an endangered species under the Yukon Act, a “specially protected species” under the Wildlife Act (Yukon legislation), and are listed as protected under Manitoba's Wildlife Act. Bison are considered domestic when held in captivity under permit or license for game farming purposes. If a wood bison escapes captivity, the provincial or territorial government acquires ownership of the animal, and it, therefore, becomes protected (Harper and Gates 2000, p. 919).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Other Canadian Regulatory Mechanisms</HD>
        <P>Although there is tight control over the transmission of disease across the Canadian border, control of disease within Canada is more challenging. As explained above (Factor C), there is a program to detect and eradicate tuberculosis and brucellosis in farmed animals in Canada in order to protect the health of food-producing and companion animals, safeguard human health, and safeguard the health of free-roaming wildlife. In addition, buffer zones in which dispersing animals may be harvested have been created around the diseased herds to reduce the risk of bovine tuberculosis and brucellosis infection of the Mackenzie and Nahanni herds, which are most at risk from infection from animals at WBNP. In addition, the Governments of the Northwest Territories, Alberta, and British Columbia have designated management zones to reduce the risk of dispersing animals transmitting disease to disease-free herds in their provinces. However, as noted above, buffer zones are not ideal for preventing the spread of disease because they are sporadically patrolled and imperfectly enforced. Existing regulations and policies address the transmission of disease within Canada, but it is impossible to regulate the movement of wild animals across a large, mostly uninhabited landscape. Thus, we conclude that regulatory mechanisms are in place to minimize the spread of disease but because of the difficulty in containing herds of wild animals, the mechanisms are inadequate to prevent the spread of disease.</P>

        <P>Under Factor E, we conclude that loss of genetic integrity through hybridization is a threat to wood bison. Preventing hybridization between plains bison and free-roaming wood bison is a goal of the recovery plan and is important to the conservation of the subspecies (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 33). There is one free-ranging plains bison herd in Canada, in British Columbia, which was established as a result of the plains bison escaping from their enclosure. Preventing interbreeding between free-ranging plains bison and wood bison is a management objective in British Columbia and is accomplished by maintaining a large physical separation between the herds and having a management zone around the plains bison herd that allows harvest of plains bison within this zone (Harper<E T="03">et al.</E>2000, p. 23).</P>
        <P>As discussed earlier under Factor A, plains bison presence on the landscape is increasing and commercial plains bison operations in Canada are expanding. The presence of plains bison within the historical range of wood bison increases the probability that wood bison will come into contact with them. Ranchers are most likely highly motivated by economics to prevent the escape of their animals and to recapture them if they do escape. It is unlikely that additional government regulations would improve on this basic incentive; therefore, although there may not be specific regulations regarding how plains bison should be contained, such regulations are not viewed as necessary or effectual. As mentioned above, buffer zones are not ideal for preventing the movement of free-ranging bison. Thus, although regulations are in place by which the Pink Mountain plains bison herd (a free-ranging herd) can be managed, and there is no indication that they have not been effective, they may not be 100 percent effective in preventing hybridization in the future because of the difficulty of managing wild animals over large areas of forested landscape.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">U.S. Regulatory Mechanisms</HD>

        <P>In the United States, as an endangered species under the Act, pure wood bison can be imported only by permit for scientific research or enhancement of propagation or survival of the species. Wood/plains bison hybrids, however, are not protected by the Act and can be imported if the required CITES Foreign Export Permits are obtained from Canada prior to the import. When the wood bison is reclassified to threatened (see<E T="02">DATES</E>, above), import of trophies legally taken and properly permitted can also occur. Because of the regulations in place in Canada for all hunts and the permits required for import and export under CITES, we do not anticipate that reclassification will cause any increase in the number of animals killed or have any effect on the herds that are hunted.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">International Regulatory Mechanisms</HD>
        <P>The wood bison is listed on Appendix II of CITES. CITES, an international treaty among 175 nations, including Canada and the United States, became effective in 1975. In the United States, CITES is implemented through the U.S. Endangered Species Act. The Secretary of the Interior has delegated the Department of the Interior's responsibility for CITES to the Director of the Service and established the CITES Scientific and Management Authorities to implement the treaty.</P>

        <P>CITES provides varying degrees of protection to more than 32,000 species of animals and plants that are traded as whole specimens, parts, or products.<PRTPAGE P="26208"/>Under this treaty, member countries work together to ensure that international trade in animal and plant species is not detrimental to the survival of wild populations by regulating the import, export, and reexport of CITES-listed animal and plant species (USFWS 2010, unpaginated). Under CITES, a species is listed on an Appendix and receives varying levels of regulation of international trade through permit and certification requirements depending upon the particular Appendix in which the species is listed (CITES 2010b, unpaginated). CITES Appendix-II species are not necessarily considered to be threatened with extinction now but may become so unless trade in the species is regulated. Appendix II allows for regulated trade, including commercial trade, as long as the exporting country issues a CITES permit based on findings that the specimen was legally acquired and the export will not be detrimental to the survival of the species. As discussed above under Factor B, we do not consider international trade to be a threat impacting the wood bison. Therefore, protection under this treaty is an adequate regulatory mechanism.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Summary of Factor D</HD>
        <P>The wood bison is currently protected through a variety of regulatory mechanisms, and we anticipate those protections to continue. The wood bison and its habitat is protected by Canadian Federal, provincial, and territorial law. Internationally, its trade is regulated by CITES. International trade is limited to animals surplus to recovery needs in Canada, as determined under guidance of the National Wood Bison Recovery Team. In the United States, activities involving wood bison are regulated by the Endangered Species Act, and with reclassification, they will continue to be regulated. Federal agencies will need to consult with the Service on activities within the United States that may affect the species, and Federal permits will be required for scientific collection or any other form of take.</P>
        <P>Disease and hybridization have been identified as threats to wood bison. Although buffer zones have been established and regulations implemented for the management of the buffer zones to minimize the potential of disease spread and hybridization, buffer zones have limitations and are an imperfect means by which to prevent animal movement. Therefore, we conclude that existing regulatory mechanisms are inadequate to completely protect wood bison from these threats.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Other Natural or Manmade Factors Affecting Its Continued Existence</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Accidental Mortality</HD>

        <P>Because bison follow linear landmarks and prefer open areas, vehicles on roads and other linear developments, such as railroad lines, present a hazard to wood bison. Collisions with vehicles are the largest source of known mortality for individuals in the Hay-Zama herd (Mitchell and Gates 2002, p. 9). For the Nordquist herd, vehicle collisions are a significant mortality factor (Wildlife Collision Prevention Program. 2010, pp. 22-23). The herd was established in the Nordquist Flats area, near the Liard River in northeastern British Columbia; however, individuals, and then the majority of the herd, moved to the Alaska Highway corridor. In January 2007, a limited aerial survey counted 97 wood bison, all of which were on the highway right-of-way, except for four bulls, which were observed within 500 m (1,640 ft) of the road (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2009, p. 6). Three of 15 wood bison introduced to the Etthithun Lake area in 1996 were killed in collisions with industrial road traffic during the first winter (Harper and Gates 2000, p. 921). The Yukon government has a “bison-free” policy in the vicinity of the Alaska Highway that includes deterrence, capture, and ultimately the destruction of problem animals (Yukon Fish and Wildlife Co-management undated, p. 1). During the growth phase of the Aishihik herd from 1988 to 1993, 49 wood bison were removed from the Alaska Highway right-of-way because of vehicle collisions and problem wildlife complaints (Boyd 2003, p. 187). Of these, 36 were captured and moved to a game farm, 8 were killed in collisions, and 5 were intentionally killed (Wildlife Collision Prevention Program 2010, unpaginated). From 1989 to 2007, collisions with vehicles killed from 1 to 30 wood bison annually from three herds combined in the Northwest Territories; fewer than 10 were killed annually in 11 of the 18 years (Wildlife Collision Prevention Program 2010, unpaginated).</P>
        <P>Because of continued or increased resource development, tourism, and off-road vehicle use, it is anticipated that mortality from collisions with vehicles will be a source of individual mortality for several populations. Because mortality from road collisions represents a small portion of the total subspecies population, and efforts are made to reduce bison/highway conflicts, this source of mortality is not expected to have a significant impact at the subspecies population level.</P>

        <P>Spring flooding in the Peace-Athabasca River Delta in 1958, 1961, and 1974 killed approximately 500, 1,100, and 3,000 wood bison, respectively (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 1029). Autumn flooding in the same area in 1959 killed an estimated 3,000 wood bison (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 1029). This region is within WBNP where the diseased herds reside. Most likely a small number of animals drown each year when caught by floods or when they break through ice (Soper 1941, p. 403; Larter<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 411). Large drowning events have not been documented from other rivers, and no large mortality events have been documented in recent years. Drowning is also recognized as a cause of mortality in the Chitek Lake, Mackenzie, and Nahanni herds (Larter<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 411). Because mortality due to drowning typically affects only a portion of a herd and herd sizes are increasing (see Table 1, above), drowning does not appear to be having a population-level effect on wood bison.</P>
        <P>Although wood bison are hardy and very cold tolerant (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 24), above-average snowfall, long periods of sub-zero temperatures, and midwinter thaws followed by freezing can cause mortality. Such severe winter conditions reduce forage availability (Reynolds<E T="03">et al.</E>2003, p. 1030). Rain-on-snow events can also form an ice layer that creates a barrier to forage for herbivores (Putkonen 2009, p. 221). Freezing rain in autumn that causes ground-fast ice to form before snow cover accumulates, ice layering in the snow cover, crusting of the snow, and the formation of ground-fast ice in spring increase the energy required to obtain forage or make forage unobtainable (Gunn and Dragon 2002, p. 58). Soper (1941, pp. 403-404) recounts several stories in which excessive snowfall caused mass mortalities of wood bison, and Van Camp and Calef (1987, p. 23) report that 33 percent of the diseased wood bison herd in the Slave River lowlands was lost during the severe winter of 1974-1975. Starvation in bad winters is recognized as a source of mortality for wood bison in the Chitek Lake herd. We have no information indicating that starvation is having a population-level effect on any of the herds currently.</P>

        <P>Rain-on-snow events may increase in the face of climate change (Rennert<E T="03">et al.</E>2009, p. 2312). A doubling of carbon dioxide is estimated to cause a 40 percent increase in the area impacted by rain-on-snow events in the Arctic by 2080 (Rennert<E T="03">et al.</E>2009, p. 2312). Rain-on-snow events may become more prevalent primarily in northwestern<PRTPAGE P="26209"/>Canada, Alaska, and eastern Russia (Rennert<E T="03">et al.</E>2009, p. 2312). We have no reports that rain-on-snow events have led to the deaths of bison, but they could be susceptible to starvation by such events.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Genetic Issues</HD>

        <P>Genetic diversity in wood bison has been reduced through the large historic reduction in overall population size and the starting of new populations with very few individuals (founder effect). Genetic diversity is the primary means by which organisms can adapt to changing environmental conditions over time. Low levels of genetic diversity can reduce the ability of a population to respond to environmental changes. Current wood bison herds were established from relatively few founders (Wilson and Strobeck 1999, pp. 484-486). For example, the Elk Island National Park herd was started from 11 individuals, and the Mackenzie herd was started from 16 (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>1992, p. 150; Wilson and Strobeck 1999, p. 494). Inbreeding, the mating of related individuals, can lead to lower fecundity, increased abnormalities, reduced growth rates, and other issues. Although inbreeding is more likely to occur in small herds or in herds that are isolated, it has not been documented in wood bison. Starting new populations with multiple groups of animals is one way to avoid or minimize the founder effect as was done in the establishment of the Aishihik and Nahanni herds. Moving disease-free animals from one herd to another is another method to maintain genetic diversity. One of the wood bison recovery goals is to ensure that the genetic integrity of wood bison is maintained. Because no effects of inbreeding have been documented and management actions have been shown to be effective, we conclude that loss of genetic diversity is not a threat to wood bison now or in the foreseeable future.</P>

        <P>Hybridization occurs when individuals from genetically distinct groups such as wood bison and plains bison interbreed. The introduction of plains bison to WBNP in the 1920s put the two distinct subspecies in contact with each other and threatened the genetic purity of wood bison (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2010, p. 17). The discovery of an isolated subpopulation of wood bison in 1957, and subsequent translocation of individuals, created the Mackenzie and Elk Island National Park herds, which were thought to be pure wood bison. Genetic analysis has indicated that these bison did have limited contact with plains bison, but it was minimal enough that the animals exhibit predominantly wood bison traits and wood bison herds originating from these founders are genetically more similar to one another than they are to plains bison (van Zyll de Jong<E T="03">et al.</E>1995, pp. 401-404; Wilson and Strobeck 1999, p. 493). Although recovery actions emphasize maintaining the genetic integrity of wood bison (i.e., recovery goal number 3) (Gates<E T="03">et al.</E>2001, p. 33), as discussed earlier under Factor A, the presence of plains bison on the landscape is increasing. Commercial plains bison operations in Canada are expanding, and the Pink Mountain plains bison herd was established in British Columbia as a result of plains bison escaping from an enclosure. The commercial plains bison operations and plains bison herds remove potential habitat for wood bison, and the presence of plains bison within the historical range of wood bison increases the probability that wood bison will come into contact with them. For these reasons, loss of genetic integrity through hybridization is a threat to wood bison and will remain so in the foreseeable future.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Summary of Factor E</HD>
        <P>Accidental mortality typically occurs randomly and cannot be predicted. We expect accidents to continue at the same rate and scale as they have in the past, into the future, but only expect this to affect individuals and not be significant enough to affect the species as a whole. Relative to genetic diversity, inbreeding in wood bison has not been documented, and management actions are in place to prevent further loss of genetic diversity. The status of genetic issues relating to hybridization could change relatively rapidly, especially if plains bison were to escape from captivity in close proximity to a wood bison herd. Currently, free-ranging wood bison and plains bison herds are widely separated from one another, but as herd size grows, the separation shrinks, increasing the odds that they may come into contact with one another. Furthermore, bison are difficult animals to contain, they can travel long distances, and the wood and plains bison can readily interbreed.</P>
        <P>In summary, accidental mortality will continue to occur regularly, primarily through collisions with vehicles and drowning. In addition, climate change may create localized weather conditions such as above-average snowfall, long periods of sub-zero temperatures, or ground-fast ice formation that can lead to winter mortality of portions of herds. Given the number of herds and their wide distribution across the landscape, we conclude that accidental mortality and starvation are not threats to wood bison now or in the foreseeable future. It is recognized that genetic diversity in wood bison is relatively low, and that the herds must be managed to maintain genetic diversity. Loss of genetic diversity is a factor that may limit the ability of wood bison to adapt to changing conditions in the future, but the magnitude of that limitation, if it exists, is unknown. Lack of genetic diversity is potentially limiting over the long term, depending on the magnitude of environmental change wood bison may face. Because no effects of inbreeding have been documented and management actions have been shown to be effective, we conclude that loss of genetic diversity is not a threat to wood bison now or in the foreseeable future. Hybridization with plains bison is a threat that most likely will increase in the future. Because of consumer demand for bison meat, we expect commercial bison production will continue to expand, removing suitable habitat for wood bison recovery herds, and increasing the probability that escaped plains bison will be free on the landscape. Hybridization is a threat to wood bison now and in the foreseeable future.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Finding</HD>

        <P>As required by the Act, we considered the five factors in assessing whether the wood bison is endangered or threatened throughout all or a significant portion of its range. We reviewed the petition, information available in our files, comments and information we received after the publication of our 90-day finding (74 FR 5908, February 3, 2009), comments and information we received after the publication of our proposed rule to reclassify wood bison (76 FR 6734, February 8, 2011), and other available published and unpublished information. We also consulted with recognized experts. We have carefully assessed the best available scientific and commercial data regarding the past, present, and future threats faced by wood bison. We found that threats to wood bison are still present in factors A, C, D, and E. Habitat loss has occurred from agricultural development, and we expect losses will continue in concert with human growth and expansion of agriculture, including commercial bison production. The presence of bovine brucellosis and bovine tuberculosis constrains herd growth as: Managers attempt to maintain physical separation between diseased and disease-free wood bison and cattle herds, the diseased herds are occupying habitat that could be restored with disease-free herds, and disease in the largest potential donor population (WBNP herd) prevents those animals from being used in<PRTPAGE P="26210"/>reintroduction projects. Plains bison are commercially produced in historical wood bison habitat. These operations remove potential habitat from wood bison recovery efforts, and the escape of plains bison poses a threat to wood bison because of hybridization and the loss of genetic integrity. Finally, we found that regulatory mechanisms are inadequate to prevent disease transmission and hybridization within Canada.</P>
        <P>In addition to the five-factor analysis, we took into consideration the conservation actions that have occurred, are ongoing, and are planned. Since listing, the subspecies' status has improved as a result of the following:</P>
        <P>• Enactment and enforcement of national and international laws and treaties have minimized the impacts of hunting and trade.</P>
        <P>• Reintroduction of disease-free herds has increased the number of free-ranging herds from 1 population of 300 in 1978, to 7 populations totaling 4,414 bison in 2008.</P>
        <P>• Diseased and disease-free, free-ranging populations are stable or increasing.</P>
        <P>In sum, the continued reintroduction of disease-free herds, the ongoing development and updating of management plans, the active management of herds, the ongoing research, and the protections provided by laws and protected lands provide compelling evidence that recovery actions have been successful in reducing the risk of extinction associated with the threats identified. We anticipate that continued growth and expansion of the herds would further reduce the risk of extinction in the future.</P>
        <P>The primary factor that led to the listing of the wood bison was the small number of free-ranging, disease-free animals on the landscape. However, the trend today is towards increasing numbers of disease-free herds and population sizes. We find that the threats identified under factors A, C, D, and E, when combined with the increase in number of herds and population sizes, ongoing active management, and protections provided by laws, are not of sufficient imminence, intensity, or magnitude to indicate that the wood bison is presently in danger of extinction. The wood bison therefore no longer meets the definition of endangered under the Act. However, threats to wood bison still exist and will likely continue into the foreseeable future. In particular, there are no easy solutions for dealing with the diseased animals. No effective vaccines exist for brucellosis, tuberculosis, or anthrax for free-ranging populations. In addition, although recommendations for the management of the diseased herds in and around WBNP have been suggested (FEAP 1990, p. 2), they have not yet been implemented, it is unknown if they will be implemented, and it is unknown how implementation of the recommendations would affect the status of the subspecies. Therefore, we have determined that the wood bison meets the definition of threatened under the Act. Consequently, we are reclassifying the wood bison's listing status from endangered to threatened with this rule.</P>
        <P>In our February 8, 2011, proposed rule (76 FR 6734), we determined that the Aishihik and Chitek Lake herds are discrete under our Distinct Vertebrate Population Segment policy (61 FR 4722, February 7, 1996), but are not significant, and therefore, did not qualify as a distinct population segment. In that proposed rule, we also considered whether there is a significant portion of the range where the wood bison is in danger of extinction and did not identify any area or herd whose loss would result in a decrease in the ability to conserve the species as a whole. Consequently, as described in the proposed rule, we are not listing a distinct population segment of wood bison and we have not identified a portion of the range that is so significant to the species that threats there imperil the species as a whole.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Available Conservation Measures</HD>
        <P>Conservation measures provided to species listed as endangered or threatened under the Act include recognition, requirements for Federal protection, and prohibitions against certain practices. Recognition through listing results in public awareness, and encourages and results in conservation actions by Federal governments, private agencies and groups, and individuals. The Act encourages cooperation with the States and requires that recovery actions be carried out for all listed species. The protection measures required of Federal agencies and the prohibitions against certain activities are discussed, in part, below.</P>
        <P>Section 7(a) of the Act, as amended, and as implemented by regulations at 50 CFR part 402, requires Federal agencies to evaluate their actions within the United States or on the high seas with respect to any species that is proposed or listed as endangered or threatened, and with respect to its critical habitat, if any is being designated. If a species is listed subsequently, section 7(a)(2) of the Act requires Federal agencies to ensure that activities they authorize, fund, or carry out are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of the species or destroy or adversely modify its critical habitat. However, given that there are no wild populations of wood bison in the United States, critical habitat is not being designated for this species under section 4 of the Act.</P>
        <P>Section 8(a) of the Act authorizes limited financial assistance for the development and management of programs that the Secretary of the Interior determines to be necessary or useful for the conservation of endangered and threatened species in foreign countries. Sections 8(b) and 8(c) of the Act authorize the Secretary to encourage conservation programs for foreign endangered species and to provide assistance for such programs in the form of personnel and the training of personnel.</P>

        <P>The Act and its implementing regulations set forth a series of general prohibitions and exceptions that apply to all endangered and threatened wildlife. As such, these prohibitions are, and will continue to be when this rule is effective (see<E T="02">DATES</E>, above), applicable to the wood bison. These prohibitions, under 50 CFR 17.21 (50 CFR 17.31 for threatened wildlife species), make it illegal for any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States to “take” (take includes harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, collect, or to attempt any of these) within the United States or upon the high seas, import or export, deliver, receive, carry, transport, or ship in interstate or foreign commerce in the course of a commercial activity, or to sell or offer for sale in interstate or foreign commerce, any endangered wildlife species. It also is illegal to possess, sell, deliver, carry, transport, or ship any such wildlife that has been taken in violation of the Act. Certain exceptions apply to agents of the Service and State conservation agencies.</P>

        <P>We may issue permits to carry out otherwise prohibited activities involving endangered and threatened wildlife species under certain circumstances. Regulations governing permits are codified at 50 CFR 17.22 for endangered species, and at 50 CFR 17.32 for threatened species. With regard to endangered wildlife, a permit must be issued for the following purposes: for scientific purposes, to enhance the propagation or survival of the species, and for incidental take in connection with otherwise lawful activities. For threatened species, a permit may be issued for the same activities, as well as zoological<PRTPAGE P="26211"/>exhibition, education, and special purposes consistent with the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Effects of This Rule</HD>
        <P>This final rule revises 50 CFR 17.11(h) to reclassify the wood bison from endangered to threatened. This rule formally recognizes that this species is no longer presently in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range. However, this reclassification does not significantly change the protection afforded this species under the Act. The regulatory protections of section 9 and section 7 of the Act remain in place. Anyone taking, attempting to take, or otherwise possessing a wood bison, or parts thereof, in violation of section 9 of the Act is still subject to a penalty under section 11 of the Act, unless their action is covered under a special rule under section 4(d) of the Act. We are not currently publishing a special rule under section 4(d) of the Act for the wood bison at this time. However, section 9(c)(2) of the ESA sets out an exemption to the general import prohibition for threatened, Appendix-II wildlife, both live and dead, when: (1) The taking and export meet all provisions of CITES; (2) all other import and reporting requirements under section 9 of the ESA are met; and (3) the import is not made in the course of a commercial activity. Since the wood bison is currently listed in Appendix II of CITES, upon the effective date of this publication, and the reclassification of the wood bison from endangered to threatened, this ESA exemption is generally applicable. Because a sport-hunted trophy is not a specimen obtained or imported in the course of a commercial activity, the section 9(c)(2) ESA exemption would typically apply to the import of sport-hunted trophies, provided that all other requirements of section 9(c)(2) of the ESA are met.</P>
        <P>Under section 7 of the Act, Federal agencies must ensure that any actions they authorize, fund, or carry out are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of the wood bison. Because no free-ranging herds of wood bison occur in Alaska or any other State, we do not anticipate that there will be an additional regulatory responsibility because of this rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Required Determinations</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>This rule does not contain any new information collections or recordkeeping requirements for which Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval is required under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>). We may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">National Environmental Policy Act</HD>

        <P>We have determined that we do not need to prepare an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement, as defined under the authority of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321<E T="03">et seq.</E>), in connection with regulations adopted pursuant to section 4(a) of the Endangered Species Act. We published a notice outlining our reasons for this determination in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on October 25, 1983 (48 FR 49244).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">References Cited</HD>
        <P>A complete list of the references cited is available at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>at Docket No. FWS-R9-IA-2008-0123 or upon request from the Alaska Regional Office (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Author</HD>
        <P>The primary author of this rule is Marilyn Myers, Ph.D., Fisheries and Ecological Services, Alaska Regional Office, 1011 E. Tudor Road, Anchorage, AK 99503; 907-786-3559.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 17</HD>
          <P>Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulation Promulgation</HD>
        <P>Accordingly we amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="17" TITLE="50">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 17—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 17 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 16 U.S.C. 1531-1544; 16 U.S.C. 4201-4245; Pub. L. 99-625, 100 Stat. 3500; unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="17" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 17.11(h) by revising the entry for “Bison, wood” under MAMMALS in the List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 17.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Endangered and threatened wildlife.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(h) * * *</P>
            
            <PRTPAGE P="26212"/>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50,xls30,10,10,10" COLS="8" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Species</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">Common name</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">Scientific name</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Historic range</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Vertebrate<LI>population where</LI>
                  <LI>endangered or</LI>
                  <LI>threatened</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Status</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">When listed</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Critical<LI>habitat</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Special rules</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">
                  <E T="04">Mammals</E>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Bison, wood</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="03">Bison bison athabascae</E>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Canada, Alaska</ENT>
                <ENT>Entire</ENT>
                <ENT>T</ENT>
                <ENT>3,803</ENT>
                <ENT>NA</ENT>
                <ENT>NA</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 24, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Daniel M. Ashe,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10635 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 679</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 111213751-2102-02]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XC013</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Atka Mackerel in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Temporary rule; closure.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS is prohibiting directed fishing for Atka mackerel in the Central Aleutian district (CAI) of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Island management area (BSAI) by vessels participating in the BSAI trawl limited access fishery. This action is necessary to prevent exceeding the A season allowance of the 2012 Atka mackerel total allowable catch (TAC) in the CAI allocated to vessels participating in the BSAI trawl limited access fishery.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective 1200 hrs, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), April 30, 2012, through 1200 hrs, A.l.t., June 10, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Steve Whitney, 907-586-7269.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the BSAI exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.</P>
        <P>The A season allowance of the 2012 Atka mackerel TAC, in the CAI, allocated to vessels participating in the BSAI trawl limited access fishery was established as a directed fishing allowance of 476 metric tons by the final 2012 and 2013 harvest specifications for groundfish in the BSAI (77 FR 10669, February 23, 2012).</P>
        <P>In accordance with § 679.20(d)(1)(iii), the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS, finds that this directed fishing allowance has been reached. Consequently, NMFS is prohibiting directed fishing for Atka mackerel in the CAI by vessels participating in the BSAI trawl limited access fishery.</P>
        <P>After the effective dates of this closure, the maximum retainable amounts at § 679.20(e) and (f) apply at any time during a trip.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <P>This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Acting Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA, (AA) finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such a requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the closure of the Atka mackerel fishery in the CAI for vessels participating in the BSAI trawl limited access fishery. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of April 27, 2012. The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.</P>
        <P>This action is required by § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Emily H. Menashes,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10682 Filed 4-30-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
  </RULES>
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>86</NO>
  <DATE>Thursday, May 3, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
  <PRORULES>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="26213"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>10 CFR Parts 11 and 25</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3150-AJ00</RIN>
        <DEPDOC>[NRC-2011-0161]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Access Authorization Fees</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC or the Commission) is proposing to amend its access authorization fees charged to licensees for work performed under the Material Access Authorization Program (MAAP) and the Information Access Authority Program (IAAP). The amended cost is due to an increase in the review time for each application for access authorization. The NRC's formula for calculating fees remains the same and is based on current Office of Personnel Management (OPM) billing rates for background investigations. The formula is designed to recover the full cost of processing a request for access authorization from an NRC licensee.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments by June 4, 2012. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the NRC is able to assure consideration only for comments received on or before this date.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>You may access information and comment submissions related to this proposed rule, which the NRC possesses and is publicly available, by searching on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>under Docket ID NRC-2011-0161. You may submit comments related to this proposed rule by the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal rulemaking Web site:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and search for Docket ID NRC-2011-0161. Address questions about NRC dockets to Carol Gallagher; telephone: 301-492-3668; email:<E T="03">Carol.Gallagher@nrc.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Email comments to: Rulemaking.Comments@nrc.gov.</E>If you do not receive an automatic email reply confirming receipt, then contact us at 301-415-1677.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax comments to:</E>Secretary, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission at 301-415-1101.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail comments to:</E>Secretary, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001, ATTN: Rulemakings and Adjudications Staff.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand deliver comments to:</E>11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852, between 7:30 a.m. and 4:15 p.m. (Eastern Time) Federal workdays; telephone: 301-415-1677.</P>

          <P>You may submit comments on the information collections by the methods described in the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document, under the heading, “Paperwork Reduction Act Statement.”</P>

          <P>For additional direction on accessing information and submitting comments, see “Accessing Information and Submitting Comments” in the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Emily Robbins, Office of Administration, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-492-3524, email:<E T="03">Emily.Robbins@nrc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Accessing Information and Submitting Comments</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Accessing Information</HD>
        <P>Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2011-0161 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this proposed rule. You may access information related to this proposed rulemaking, which the NRC possesses and is publicly available, by the following methods:</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Web Site:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and search for Docket ID NRC-2011-0161.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS):</E>You may access publicly available documents online in the NRC Library at<E T="03">http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html.</E>To begin the search, select “ADAMS Public Documents” and then select “Begin Web-based ADAMS Search.” For problems with ADAMS, please contact the NRC's Public Document Room (PDR) reference staff at 1-800-397-4209, 301-415-4737, or by email to<E T="03">pdr.resource@nrc.gov.</E>The ADAMS accession number for each document referenced in this notice is provided the first time that a document is referenced.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">NRC's PDR:</E>You may examine and purchase copies of public documents at the NRC's PDR, Room O1-F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Submitting Comments</HD>
        <P>Please include Docket ID NRC-2011-0161 in the subject line of your comment submission, in order to ensure that the NRC is able to make your comment submission available to the public in this docket.</P>

        <P>The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information in comment submissions that you do not want to be publicly disclosed. The NRC posts all comment submissions at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>as well as entering the comment submissions into ADAMS, and the NRC does not edit comment submissions to remove identifying or contact information.</P>
        <P>If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information in their comment submissions that they do not want to be publicly disclosed. Your request should state that the NRC will not edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment submissions into ADAMS.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Procedural Background</HD>

        <P>Because the NRC considers this action noncontroversial and routine, the NRC is publishing this proposed rule concurrently as a direct final rule in the Rules and Regulations section of this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The amendments make a routine adjustment to the access authorization fees and are of a minor and administrative nature. Adequate protection of public health and safety continues to be ensured. The direct final rule will become effective on June 22, 2012. However, if the NRC receives significant adverse comments on the direct final rule by June 4, 2012, then the NRC will publish a document that withdraws the direct final rule. If the direct final rule is withdrawn, the NRC will address the comments received in response to the proposed revisions in a subsequent final rule. Absent significant<PRTPAGE P="26214"/>modifications to the proposed revisions requiring republication, the NRC will not initiate a second comment period on this action in the event the direct final rule is withdrawn.</P>
        <P>A significant adverse comment is a comment where the commenter explains why the rule would be inappropriate, including challenges to the rule's underlying premise or approach, or would be ineffective or unacceptable without a change. A comment is adverse and significant if:</P>
        <P>(1) The comment opposes the rule and provides a reason sufficient to require a substantive response in a notice-and-comment process. For example, a substantive response is required when:</P>
        <P>(a) The comment causes the NRC staff to reevaluate (or reconsider) its position or conduct additional analysis;</P>
        <P>(b) The comment raises an issue serious enough to warrant a substantive response to clarify or complete the record; or</P>
        <P>c) The comment raises a relevant issue that was not previously addressed or considered by the NRC staff.</P>
        <P>(2) The comment proposes a change or an addition to the rule, and it is apparent that the rule would be ineffective or unacceptable without incorporation of the change or addition.</P>
        <P>(3) The comment causes the NRC staff to make a change (other than editorial) to the rule.</P>

        <P>For additional procedural information, see the direct final rule published in the Rules and Regulations section of this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>10 CFR Part 11</CFR>
          <P>Hazardous materials—transportation, Investigations, Nuclear materials, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Special nuclear material.</P>
          <CFR>10 CFR Part 25</CFR>
          <P>Classified information, Criminal penalties, Investigations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        

        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble and under the authority of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended; the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, as amended; and 5 U.S.C. 552 and 553, the NRC is proposing the following amendments to Title 10 of the<E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations</E>(10 CFR), Parts 11 and 25.</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 11—CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES FOR DETERMINING ELIGIBILITY FOR ACCESS TO OR CONTROL OVER SPECIAL NUCLEAR MATERIAL</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 11 is revised to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Atomic Energy Act sec. 161 (42 U.S.C. 2201); Energy Reorganization Act sec. 201 (42 U.S.C. 5841); Government Paperwork Elimination Act sec. 1704 (44 U.S.C. 3504 note).</P>
          </AUTH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>Section 11.15(e) also issued under Independent Offices Appropriations Act sec. 501, (31 U.S.C. 9701); Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1990 sec. 6101 (42 U.S.C. 2214).</P>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>
            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>Citation: October 10, 2003; 68 FR 58792, 58800.</P>
          
          <P>2. In § 11.15:</P>
          <P>i. Add paragraph (e) introductory text;</P>
          <P>ii. Revise paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2);</P>
          <P>iii. Redesignate paragraph (e)(3) as paragraph (e)(4); and</P>
          <P>iv. Add a new paragraph (e)(3).</P>
          <P>The revisions and addition read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 11.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for special nuclear material access authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) The Office of Personnel Management (OPM) bills the NRC for the cost of each background investigation conducted in support of an application for special nuclear material access authorization (application). The combined cost of the OPM investigation and the NRC's application processing overhead (NRC processing fee) are recovered through a material access authorization fee imposed on applicants for special nuclear material access authorization.</P>
            <P>(1) Each application for a special nuclear material access authorization, renewal, or change in level must be accompanied by a remittance, payable to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, which is equal to the NRC material access authorization fee. This fee must be determined using the following formula: the OPM investigation billing rates on the day of NRC receipt of the application + the NRC processing fee = the NRC material access authorization fee. The NRC processing fee is determined by multiplying the OPM investigation billing rate on the day of NRC receipt of the application by 55.8 percent (i.e., OPM rate × 55.8 percent).</P>

            <P>(2) Updated OPM investigation billing rates are published periodically in a Federal Investigations Notice (FIN) issued by the OPM's Federal Investigative Services. Copies of the current OPM investigation billing rates schedule can be obtained by contacting the NRC's Personnel Security Branch, Division of Facilities Security, Office of Administration by email to<E T="03">Licensee_Access_Authorization_Fee@nrc.gov.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(3) The NRC's Material Access Authorization Program (MAAP) is considered reimbursable work representing services provided to an organization for which the NRC is entitled payment. The NRC is authorized to receive and retain fees from licensees for services performed. The NRC's Office of the Chief Financial Officer periodically reviews the fees charged for MAAP and makes recommendations on revising those charges to reflect costs incurred by the NRC in providing those services. The reviews are performed using cost analysis techniques to determine the direct and indirect costs. Based on this review the MAAP fees are adjusted to reflect the current cost for the program. Copies of the current NRC material access authorization fee may be obtained by contacting the NRC's Personnel Security Branch, Division of Facilities Security, Office of Administration by email to:<E T="03">Licensee_Access_Authorization_Fee@nrc.gov.</E>Any change in the NRC's access authorization fees will be applicable to each access authorization request received on or after the effective date of the OPM's most recently published investigation billing rates schedule. Applicants shall calculate the access authorization fee according to the stated formula (i.e., OPM rate × 55.8 percent) and with reference to the following table:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,r150,24C" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">The NRC application fee for an access authorization of type . . .</CHED>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">Is the sum of the current OPM investigation billing rate charged for an investigation of type . . .</CHED>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">Plus the NRC's processing fee (rounded to the nearest dollar), which is equal to the OPM investigation billing rate for the type of investigation referenced multiplied by . . .</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">i. NRC-R<SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>NACLC—National Agency Check with Law and Credit (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="26215"/>
                <ENT I="01" O="xl">ii. NRC-R Based on Certification of Comparable Investigation.<SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>No fee assessed for most applications</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="xl">iii. NRC-R renewal.<SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>NACLC—National Agency Check with Law and Credit (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">iv. NRC-U requiring single scope investigation</ENT>
                <ENT>SSBI—Single Scope Background Investigation (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">v. NRC-U requiring single scope investigation (expedited processing)</ENT>
                <ENT>SSBI—Single Scope Background Investigation (Priority Handling, Code A)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="xl">vi. NRC-U based on certification of comparable investigation.<SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>No fee assessed for most applications</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">vii. NRC-U renewal<SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>SSBI-PR—Periodic Reinvestigation for SSBI (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU>If the NRC, having reviewed the available data, deems it necessary to perform a single scope investigation, the appropriate NRC-U fee will be assessed before the conduct of the investigation.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU>If the NRC determines, based on its review of available data, that a single scope investigation is necessary, the appropriate NRC-U fee will be assessed before the conduct of the investigation.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 25—ACCESS AUTHORIZATION</HD>
          <P>3. The authority citation for part 25 is revised to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Atomic Energy Act secs. 145, 161, 223, 234 (42 U.S.C. 2165, 2201, 2273, 2282); Energy Reorganization Act sec. 201 (42 U.S.C. 5841); Government Paperwork Elimination Act sec. 1704 (44 U.S.C. 3504 note); E.O. 10865, as amended, 3 CFR 1959-1963 Comp., p. 398 (50 U.S.C. 401, note); E.O. 12829, 3 CFR, 1993 Comp., p. 570; E.O. 13526, 3 CFR 2010 Comp., pp. 298-327; E.O. 12968, 3 CFR, 1995 Comp., p. 396;</P>
          </AUTH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>Section 25.17(f) and Appendix A also issued under 31 U.S.C. 9701; Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1990 sec. 6101 (42 U.S.C. 2214).</P>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>
            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>Citation: November 30, 2010; 75 FR 73935, 73941.</P>
          <P>4. In § 25.17(f):</P>
          <P>i. Add paragraph (f) introductory text;</P>
          <P>ii. Revise paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2);</P>
          <P>iii. Redesignate paragraph (f)(3) as paragraph (f)(4); and</P>
          <P>iv. Add a new paragraph (f)(3).</P>
          <P>The revisions and addition read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 25.17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval for processing applicants for access authorization.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f) The Office of Personnel Management (OPM) bills the NRC for the cost of each background investigation conducted in support of an application for access authorization (application). The combined cost of the OPM investigation and the NRC's application processing overhead (NRC processing fee) are recovered through an access authorization fee imposed on applicants for access authorization.</P>
            <P>(1) Each application for access authorization, renewal, or change in level must be accompanied by a remittance, payable to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, which is equal to the NRC access authorization fee. This fee must be determined using the following formula: the OPM investigation billing rates on the day of NRC receipt of the application + the NRC processing fee = the NRC access authorization fee. The NRC processing fee is determined by multiplying the OPM investigation billing rate on the day of NRC receipt of the application by 55.8 percent (i.e., OPM rate × 55.8 percent).</P>

            <P>(2) Updated OPM investigation billing rates are published periodically in a Federal Investigations Notice (FIN) issued by the OPM's Federal Investigative Services. Copies of the current OPM investigation billing rates schedule can be obtained by contacting the NRC's Personnel Security Branch, Division of Facilities Security, Office of Administration by email to<E T="03">Licensee_Access_Authorization_Fee@nrc.gov</E>.</P>

            <P>(3) The NRC's Information Access Authority Program (IAAP) is considered reimbursable work representing services provided to an organization for which the NRC is entitled payment. The NRC is authorized to receive and retain fees from licensees for services performed. The NRC's Office of the Chief Financial Officer periodically reviews the fees charged for IAAP and makes recommendations on revising those charges to reflect costs incurred by the NRC in providing those services. The reviews are performed using cost analysis techniques to determine the direct and indirect costs. Based on this review the IAAP fees are adjusted to reflect the current cost for the program. Copies of the current NRC access authorization fee may be obtained by contacting the NRC's Personnel Security Branch, Division of Facilities Security, Office of Administration by email to:<E T="03">Licensee_Access_Authorization_Fee@nrc.gov</E>. Any change in the NRC's access authorization fee will be applicable to each access authorization request received on or after the effective date of the OPM's most recently published investigation billing rates schedule.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>5. Appendix A to part 25 is revised to read as follows:</P>
            <APPENDIX>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 25—Fees for NRC Access Authorization</HD>
              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,r150,24C" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
                <TTITLE/>
                <BOXHD>
                  <CHED H="1" O="L">The NRC application fee for an access authorization of type . . .</CHED>
                  <CHED H="1" O="L">Is the sum of the current OPM investigation billing rate charged for an investigation of type . . .</CHED>
                  <CHED H="1" O="L">Plus the NRC's processing fee (rounded to the nearest dollar), which is equal to the OPM investigation billing rate for the type of investigation referenced multiplied by . . .</CHED>
                </BOXHD>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Initial “L” access authorization<SU>1</SU>
                  </ENT>
                  <ENT>ANACI—Access National Agency Check with Inquiries (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                  <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Reinstatement of “L” access authorization<SU>2</SU>
                  </ENT>
                  <ENT>No fee assessed for most applications</ENT>
                  <ENT/>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <PRTPAGE P="26216"/>
                  <ENT I="01">Renewal of “L” access authorization<SU>1</SU>
                  </ENT>
                  <ENT>NACLC—Access National Agency Check with Law and Credit (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                  <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Initial “Q” access authorization</ENT>
                  <ENT>SSBI—Single Scope Background Investigation (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                  <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Initial “Q” access authorization (expedited processing)</ENT>
                  <ENT>SSBI—Single Scope Background Investigation (Priority Handling, Code A)</ENT>
                  <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Reinstatement of “Q” access authorization<SU>2</SU>
                  </ENT>
                  <ENT>No fee assessed for most applications</ENT>
                  <ENT/>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Renewal of “Q” access authorization<SU>1</SU>
                  </ENT>
                  <ENT>SSBI-PR—Periodic Reinvestigation for SSBI (Standard Service, Code C)</ENT>
                  <ENT>55.8%</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <TNOTE>
                  <SU>1</SU>If the NRC determines, based on its review of available data, that a single scope investigation is necessary, the appropriate fee for an Initial “Q” access authorization will be assessed before the conduct of investigation.</TNOTE>
                <TNOTE>
                  <SU>2</SU>Full fee will only be charged if an investigation is required.</TNOTE>
              </GPOTABLE>
              <SIG>
                <DATED>Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 19th day of April 2012.</DATED>
                
                <P>For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
                <NAME>R.W. Borchardt,</NAME>
                <TITLE>Executive Director for Operations.</TITLE>
              </SIG>
            </APPENDIX>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10710 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7590-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2010-0821; Directorate Identifier 2010-NE-30-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Rolls-Royce plc Turbofan Engines</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to supersede an existing airworthiness directive (AD) that applies to all Rolls-Royce plc (RR) RB211-Trent 875-17, RB211-Trent 877-17, RB211-Trent 884-17, RB211-Trent 884B-17, RB211-Trent 892-17, RB211-Trent 892B-17, and RB211-Trent 895-17 turbofan engines. The existing AD currently requires initial and repetitive ultrasonic inspections (UIs) of certain low-pressure (LP) compressor blades identified by serial number (S/N). This proposed AD would require the same actions but expands the population of blades. We are proposing this AD to prevent LP compressor blades from failing due to blade root cracks, which could lead to uncontained engine failure and damage to the airplane.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by July 2, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this AD, contact Rolls-Royce plc, Corporate Communications, P.O. Box 31, Derby, England, DE248BJ, telephone: 011-44-1332-242424; fax: 011-44-1332-245418, or email:<E T="03">http://www.rolls-royce.com/contact/civil_team.jsp.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Engine &amp; Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7125.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Office (phone: 800-647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Alan Strom, Aerospace Engineer, Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine &amp; Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7143; fax: 781-238-7199; email:<E T="03">alan.strom@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2010-0821; Directorate Identifier 2010-NE-30-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD because of those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>

        <P>On March 20, 2012, we issued AD 2012-06-23, Amendment 39-17004 (77 FR 20508, April 5, 2012), for all RR RB211-Trent 875-17, RB211-Trent 877-17, RB211-Trent 884-17, RB211-Trent 884B-17, RB211-Trent 892-17, RB211-Trent 892B-17, and RB211-Trent 895-17 turbofan engines. That AD requires initial and repetitive UIs of certain LP compressor blades identified by S/N. That AD superseded AD 2011-08-07, Amendment 39-16657 (76 FR 24798, May 3, 2011) and resulted from RR concluding that additional blades affected must be inspected. We issued that AD to prevent LP compressor blades from failing due to blade root cracks, which could lead to uncontained<PRTPAGE P="26217"/>engine failure and damage to the airplane.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Actions Since Existing AD Was Issued</HD>
        <P>We issued AD 2012-06-23, Amendment 39-17004 (77 FR 20508, April 5, 2012), to ensure timely inspection of the listed blades in Appendices 3A through 3G of Rolls-Royce plc Alert Service Bulletin (ASB) No. RB.211-72-AG244, Revision 4, dated December 22, 2011. We now need AD action to add the inspection of the blades listed in Appendices 3H through 3L of that ASB.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>
        <P>We reviewed Rolls-Royce plc ASB No. RB.211-72-AG244, Revision 4, dated December 22, 2011. The service information describes procedures for performing UIs of the LP compressor blades listed in Appendices 3A through 3L of that ASB.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>
        <P>We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all the relevant information and determined the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop in other products of the same type design.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements</HD>
        <P>This proposed AD would retain all of the requirements of AD 2012-06-23 (77 FR 20508, April 5, 2012). This proposed AD would require adding inspections of the blades listed in Appendices 3H through 3L of ASB No. RB.211-72-AG244, Revision 4, dated December 22, 2011. This proposed AD would also require accomplishing the actions specified in the service information described previously.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>Based on the service information, we estimate that this proposed AD would affect about 158 engines installed on airplanes of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it would take about 3 hours per engine inspection, and six inspections per year. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. We estimate that one LP compressor blade per year would need replacement, at a cost of about $82,000. Based on these figures, we estimate the annual cost of the proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $323,740. Our cost estimate is exclusive of possible warranty coverage.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, Section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701, “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We have determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify that the proposed regulation:</P>
        <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
        <P>(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),</P>
        <P>(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
        <P>(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by removing airworthiness directive (AD) 2012-06-23, Amendment 39-17004 (77 FR 20508, April 5, 2012), and adding the following new AD:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">Rolls-Royce plc:</E>Docket No. FAA-2010-0821; Directorate Identifier 2010-NE-30-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>The FAA must receive comments on this AD action by July 2, 2012.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>This AD supersedes AD 2012-06-23, Amendment 39-17004 (77 FR 20508, April 5, 2012).</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
              <P>This AD applies to Rolls-Royce plc (RR) RB211-Trent 875-17, RB211-Trent 877-17, RB211-Trent 884-17, RB211-Trent 884B-17, RB211-Trent 892-17, RB211-Trent 892B-17, and RB211-Trent 895-17 turbofan engines.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Unsafe Condition</HD>
              <P>This AD was prompted by the need to add the inspections of the low-pressure (LP) compressor blades listed by serial number (S/N) in Appendices 3H through 3L of Rolls-Royce plc Alert Service Bulletin (ASB) No. RB.211-72-AG244, Revision 4, dated December 22, 2011. We are issuing this AD to prevent LP compressor blades from failing due to blade root cracks, which could lead to uncontained engine failure and damage to the airplane.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Compliance</HD>
              <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
              <P>(1) Perform an initial ultrasonic inspection (UI) of the affected LP compressor blades identified by S/N in Appendices 3A through 3L of RR ASB No. RB.211-72-AG244, Revision 4, dated December 22, 2011. Use Table 1 of this AD to determine your initial inspection threshold.</P>
              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,xs245" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
                <TTITLE>Table 1—Initial Inspection Thresholds</TTITLE>
                <BOXHD>
                  <CHED H="1">Appendix number of RR ASB No. RB.211-72-AG244, revision 4, that identifies affected LP compressor blades by S/N</CHED>
                  <CHED H="1">Initial inspection threshold</CHED>
                </BOXHD>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">3A and 3B</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 70 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">3C</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 10 months after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">3D</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 22 months after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">3E</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 34 months after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <PRTPAGE P="26218"/>
                  <ENT I="01">3F</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 46 months after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">3G</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 58 months after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">3H</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 70 months after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">3I</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 82 months after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">3J</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 94 months after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">3K</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 106 months after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">3L</ENT>
                  <ENT>Within 118 months after the effective date of this AD.</ENT>
                </ROW>
              </GPOTABLE>
              <P>(2) Thereafter, perform repetitive UIs of the affected LP compressor blades within every 100 flight cycles.</P>
              <P>(3) Use paragraph 3.A.(2) of Accomplishment Instructions of RR ASB No. RB.211-72-AG244, Revision 4, dated December 22, 2011, and paragraphs 1. through 3.B. of Appendix 1 of that ASB, or paragraphs 3.B.(1) through 3.B.(3) of Accomplishment Instructions of RR ASB No. RB.211-72-AG244, Revision 4, dated December 22, 2011, and paragraphs 1. through 3.C. of Appendix 2 of that ASB, to perform the UIs.</P>
              <P>(4) Do not return to service any engine with blades that failed the inspection required by this AD.</P>
              <P>(5) For blades that are removed from the engine and pass inspection, re-apply dry film lubricant before re-installing the blades.</P>
              <P>(6) After the effective date of this AD, do not install any affected LP compressor blade that has reached the initial inspection threshold in Table 1, unless it has passed the initial and repetitive UIs required by this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Credit for Actions Accomplished in Accordance With Previous Service Information</HD>
              <P>You may take credit for the initial inspection that is required by paragraph (e)(1) of this AD if you performed the initial inspection before the effective date of this AD using RR ASB No. RB.211-72-AG244, dated August 7, 2009; ASB No. RB.211-72-AG244, Revision 1, dated January 26, 2010; ASB No. RB.211-72-AG244, Revision 2, dated August 18, 2011; or ASB No. RB.211-72-AG244, Revision 3, dated December 13, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Alternative Methods of Compliance</HD>
              <P>The Manager, Engine Certification Office, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Use the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19 to make your request.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Related Information</HD>

              <P>(1) For more information about this AD, contact Alan Strom, Aerospace Engineer, Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine &amp; Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7143; fax: 781-238-7199; email:<E T="03">alan.strom@faa.gov.</E>
              </P>
              <P>(2) Refer to European Aviation Safety Agency AD 2012-0025, dated February 8, 2012, for related information.</P>

              <P>(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Rolls-Royce plc, Corporate Communications, P.O. Box 31, Derby, England, DE248BJ, telephone: 011-44-1332-242424; fax: 011-44-1332-245418, or email:<E T="03">http://www.rolls-royce.com/contact/civil_team.jsp.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Engine &amp; Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7125.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts, on April 27, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Colleen M. D'Alessandro,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Assistant Manager, Engine &amp; Propeller Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10693 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
        <CFR>24 CFR Parts 5, 200, 207, and 232</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FR-5465 P-01]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN-2502-AJ05</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Federal Housing Administration (FHA): Section 232 Healthcare Facility Insurance Program-Strengthening Accountability and Regulatory Revisions Update</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner, HUD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In 2010 through 2011, HUD commenced and completed the process of revising regulations applicable to, and closing documents used in, FHA insurance of multifamily rental projects, to reflect current policy and practices in the multifamily mortgage market. The multifamily rental project regulations and closing documents had not been updated in more than 20 years. Through this proposed rule, HUD commences a similar process for its regulations governing insurance of healthcare facilities under section 232 of the National Housing Act, and the closing documents used in such transactions. HUD's Section 232 program insures mortgage loans to facilitate the construction, substantial rehabilitation, purchase, and refinancing of nursing homes, intermediate care facilities, board and care homes, and assisted-living facilities. This rule proposes amendments to update HUD's Section 232 regulations, to reflect current policy and practices, and to improve accountability and strengthen risk management.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comment Due Date: July 2, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposed rule to the Regulations Division, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 10276, Washington, DC 20410-0500. Communications must refer to the above docket number and title. There are two methods for submitting public comments. All submissions must refer to the above docket number and title.</P>
          <P>1.<E T="03">Submission of Comments by Mail.</E>Comments may be submitted by mail to the Regulations Division, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 10276, Washington, DC 20410-0500.</P>
          <P>2.<E T="03">Electronic Submission of Comments.</E>Interested persons may submit comments electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>HUD strongly encourages commenters to submit comments electronically. Electronic submission of comments allows the commenter maximum time to prepare and submit a comment, ensures timely receipt by HUD, and enables HUD to make them immediately available to the public. Comments submitted electronically through the<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>Web site can be viewed by other commenters and interested members of the public. Commenters should follow the instructions provided on that site to submit comments electronically.</P>
        </ADD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>To receive consideration as public comments, comments must be submitted through one of the two methods specified above. Again, all submissions must refer to the docket number and title of the rule.<E T="03">No Facsimile Comments</E>. Facsimile (FAX) comments are not acceptable.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <PRTPAGE P="26219"/>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Public Inspection of Public Comments.</E>All properly submitted comments and communications submitted to HUD will be available for public inspection and copying between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. weekdays at the above address. Due to security measures at the HUD Headquarters building, an advance appointment to review the public comments must be scheduled by calling the Regulations Division at (202) 708-3055 (this is not a toll-free number). Individuals with speech or hearing impairments may access this number via TTY by calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339. Copies of all comments submitted are available for inspection and downloading at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Michael B. Vaughn, Director, Office of Residential Care Facilities, Office of Healthcare Programs, Office of Housing, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 6264, Washington, DC 20410-8000; telephone number 202-708-0599 (this is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number through TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>The American population is undergoing a significant demographic change as an increasing portion is age 65 or older or approaching 65.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>As several governmental and private organizations have reported, the growing number of older adults is placing increased demands on the public health system and on medical and social services.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>These demands include greater need for nursing homes, long-term care facilities, and assisted living arrangements. Further, although options for long-term care and assisted living have expanded, nursing homes will likely retain a major role in caring for the most severely impaired and vulnerable populations.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>Moreover, nursing homes are increasingly offering medical services similar to those offered in hospitals after surgery, illness, or other sudden medical problems. In those situations, older adults in particular need a higher level of care because hospital stays are shorter than previously.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>See<E T="03">http://www.aoa.gov/aoaroot/aging_statistics/index.aspx.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>See<E T="03">http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm5206a2.htm.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>3</SU>Bercovitz, Anita, Decker, Frederic H., Jones, Adrienne, Remsburg, Robin,<E T="03">End of Life Care in Nursing Homes: 2004 National Nursing Home Survey,</E>National Health Statistics Reports, No. 9, October 8, 2008, pages 1 and 2.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>See<E T="03">http://www.healthinaging.org/agingintheknow/chapters_print_ch_trial.asp?ch=15.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">The Section 232 Program</HD>
        <P>Section 232 of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1715w) (Section 232) authorizes FHA to insure mortgages made by private lenders to finance the development of nursing homes, intermediate care facilities, board and care homes, and assisted living facilities (collectively, residential healthcare facilities). The Section 232 program allows for long-term, fixed-rate financing for new and rehabilitated properties for up to 40 years. Existing properties without rehabilitation can be financed with or without Ginnie Mae<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>Mortgage Backed Securities for up to 35 years.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>5</SU>Ginnie Mae is a registered service mark of the Government National Mortgage Association; See<E T="03">http://www.ginniemae.gov/.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Eligible borrowers under the Section 232 program include investors, builders, developers, public entities (nursing homes), and private nonprofit corporations and associations. For nursing homes only, applicants may be public agencies that are licensed or regulated by a state to care for convalescents and people who need nursing or intermediate care. The documents executed at loan closing provide that the borrower entity may not engage in any other business or activity.</P>
        <P>Facilities covered by an FHA-insured mortgage under the Section 232 program must accommodate 20 or more residents who require skilled nursing care and related medical services, or those who, while not in need of nursing home care, are in need of minimum but continuous care provided by licensed or trained personnel. Assisted living facilities, nursing homes, intermediate care facilities, and board and care homes may be combined in the same facility covered by an insured mortgage or may be in separate facilities. Insured mortgages may include the cost of major movable equipment, daycare facilities, and the installation of fire safety equipment. Assisted living facilities, nursing homes, intermediate care homes, and board and care homes must be licensed or regulated by the appropriate state agency, municipality, or other political subdivision where the facility is located.</P>
        <P>The maximum amount of the loan for new construction and substantial rehabilitation is equal to 90 percent (95 percent for nonprofit organization sponsors) of the estimated value of physical improvements and major movable equipment. For existing projects, the maximum is 85 percent (90 percent for nonprofit organization sponsors) of the estimated value of the physical improvements and major movable equipment.</P>
        <P>As the need for residential care facilities has expanded, requests to FHA to make mortgage insurance available for such facilities has also expanded. As with any program expansion, FHA seeks to ensure that program requirements currently in place are sufficient to meet increased demand, and prevent mortgage defaults that not only impose a risk to the FHA insurance fund but also jeopardize residents of Section 232 facilities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">The Need for Regulatory Update</HD>
        <P>HUD's regulations governing the Section 232 program are codified in 24 CFR part 232. These regulations were promulgated in 1971, with some revisions made in the 1970s and the 1980s. Two regulatory updates were issued in the 1990s. On November 29, 1994, HUD issued a final rule that amended the Section 232 regulations to implement statutory authority to insure assisted living facilities for the care of frail elderly persons, as authorized by section 511 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992 (Pub. L. 102-550, approved October 28, 1992). (See 59 FR 61228.) On April 1, 1996, HUD issued a final rule to comply with the then-Administration's regulatory review initiative to streamline regulations, including by removing obsolete ones. (See 63 FR 14396.) The preamble to that final rule stated that the only changes being made to the Section 232 regulations were to remove the regulatory provisions concerning lender eligibility and to provide a cross-reference to 24 CFR part 200, subpart A, which addressed the general eligibility requirements to be approved as an FHA-approved lender. (See 63 FR 14397.) The 1996 rule was the last time that HUD amended the Section 232 regulations. Given the far greater demand today for nursing homes, and long-term care and assisted living facilities, and the changes, over the years, in how these facilities offer services to an aging population, as discussed above, HUD's Section 232 regulations need to be revised and updated.</P>

        <P>In the 1970s, regulations governing FHA-insured transactions were generally structured so that details pertaining to the duties and obligations of parties involved in the transaction were primarily addressed in contractual documents, and that has been the case as well for the Section 232 regulations.<PRTPAGE P="26220"/>This approach has offered FHA and the parties to a transaction the necessary flexibility to adjust requirements as may be appropriate given the specifics of a given transaction, and HUD believes they should be retained for certain transaction aspects. After 16 years, however, certain policy and practices have developed that are not unique to certain parties and transactions and should be reflected in regulation. For example, since the operating revenues of the healthcare facility determine the financial health of the project and the FHA insurance fund, it has become clear that oversight by FHA of such revenues is vital.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. This Proposed Rule</HD>

        <P>Through this rule, and similar to HUD's recent update of multifamily rental project regulations and closing documents, HUD proposes to update its Section 232 regulations and related closing documents. Notice of the publication of the documents is provided separately in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>through Notice FR-5623-N-01, Federal Housing Administration (FHA) Healthcare Facility Documents: Proposed Revisions and Updates and Notice of Information Collection. Through this proposed rule, HUD updates terminology and makes amendments to reflect current policy and practices. The specific amendments proposed to update HUD's Section 232 regulations by this rule follow. The update includes amendments to 24 CFR parts 5, 200, 207, and 232 dealing with, respectively, Uniform Reporting Standards, Real Estate Assessment Center (REAC) inspections, Multifamily Mortgage Insurance contract requirements, and strengthening of the eligibility and oversight provisions of the healthcare programs. As the most significant proposals are in 24 CFR part 232, these are addressed first in this part of the preamble.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Mortgage Insurance for Nursing Homes, Intermediate Care Facilities, Board and Care Homes, and Assisted Living Facilities (Part 232)</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Nomenclature Change</HD>
        <P>In its review of the regulations in 24 CFR part 232, HUD noted that the regulations use both the term “borrower” and “mortgagor.” These terms have the same meaning, and to avoid any misunderstanding that they have different meanings, this proposed rule would substitute the term “borrower” for “mortgagor” throughout the part 232 regulations. Closing documents for the Section 232 program may sometimes refer to the borrower as the “mortgagor,” “lessor,” and/or the “owner.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Eligibility Requirements (Subpart A)</HD>
        <P>Subpart A of the part 232 regulations, entitled “Eligibility Requirements,” would be revised as follows:</P>
        <P>The rule would revise eligibility requirements under § 232.1 to establish an exception from the multifamily program requirements for eligible borrowers. Eligible borrowers for multifamily projects are addressed in 24 CFR 200.5.</P>
        <P>A new § 232.3 is added to part 232 to provide an appropriate definition of an eligible borrower for healthcare facilities. In a Section 232 transaction, HUD maintains a relationship with the borrower, and the borrower assumes a responsibility to ensure the appropriate maintenance and use of project assets. Given the importance of this relationship, the proposed rule would include a new definition of eligible borrower in § 232.3. This revised definition would conform to current legal changes in the forms of commercial property ownership. HUD notes that the single asset entity form of ownership has become the standard form of ownership for commercial real estate transactions. The revised definition, therefore, provides that the borrower shall be a single asset borrower entity acceptable to the Federal Housing Commissioner (Commissioner) and shall possess the power necessary and incidental to operating the project. The regulation provides that the Commissioner may approve an exception to this single asset requirement in limited circumstances based upon such criteria as may be specified by the Commissioner.</P>
        <P>The rule would redesignate existing eligibility requirements presently contained in current § 232.3. That section presently establishes the standards for healthcare facility bathroom and resident ratios and access. Moving this section to § 232.7 would merely restructure the sequence of the eligibility requirements in the regulations.</P>
        <P>The rule would add a new § 232.9 to define mortgaged property. Mortgaged property would be defined to include all of the borrower's interest in any property, real, personal, or mixed, covered by the mortgage or mortgages securing the note endorsed for insurance or held by the Secretary. This definition is consistent with the definition of mortgaged property currently in the Security Agreement, used in Section 232 transactions, and as used in the revised Borrower's Security Instrument.</P>

        <P>The rule would add § 232.11 to require borrowers to establish at final closing and maintain throughout the term of the mortgage loan a long-term debt service reserve account. Given the complexities of, and volatility of both funding for and market demand for residential care facilities, such reserve account is important for improved risk management. The reserve account may be financed from mortgage proceeds, provided that the loan remains within the loan to value ratio. (See § 232.903, discussed below.) The amount required to be initially placed in the borrower's long-term debt service reserve account, and the minimum long-term balance to be<E T="03">maintained</E>in that account, will be determined during underwriting and separately identified in the firm commitment. Although HUD may, under certain circumstances, permit the balance to fall below the required minimum long-term balance, the owner may not take any distribution except when both the long-term debt service reserve account is funded at the minimal long-term level and such distribution is otherwise permissible. The proposed establishment of the long-term debt service reserve account is in conjunction with the proposals governing the use and distribution of project funds, which is discussed below. This long-term reserve account would be required for new loans and refinancings.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Contract Rights and Obligations (Subpart B)</HD>
        <P>Subpart B of the part 232 regulations addresses contract rights and obligations to which all section 232 transactions are subject unless otherwise specified in another regulatory section in part 232.</P>
        <P>Section 232.251, entitled “Cross-Reference,” would be retitled “Other Applicable Regulations” and would continue to include the regulations cross-referenced in existing § 232.251, but also clarify the applicability of the new provisions included in subpart B.</P>

        <P>The rule would add a new § 232.254 to provide that borrowers may, to the extent allowed in their transactional loan documents and applicable law, make and take distributions of mortgaged property. Although previously the borrower could take distributions only annually (or, in limited circumstances, semi-annually), the proposed rule would allow borrowers to take distributions more frequently, provided that, upon making a calculation of borrower surplus cash, no less frequently than semi-annually, they can demonstrate positive surplus cash in their semi-annual financial reports or repay any distributions made<PRTPAGE P="26221"/>during the fiscal period to the extent that they are not in a positive surplus cash position at the end of the fiscal period in which distributions are made. HUD has included language in the proposed regulation to clarify that it does not intend to override existing transactional agreements.</P>
        <P>The proposed rule provides that upon each calculation of borrower surplus cash, the borrower must demonstrate positive surplus cash, or, to the extent that surplus cash is negative, the borrower must repay any distributions taken during such calculation period within 30 days or within such shorter period as may be required by HUD. The borrower shall be deemed to have taken distributions to the extent that surplus cash is negative unless, in conjunction with the calculation of surplus cash, the borrower provides to HUD documentation evidencing, to HUD's reasonable satisfaction, a lesser amount of total distributions.</P>
        <P>New § 232.254 would also include a definition of borrower surplus cash, which would be defined in the Borrower Regulatory Agreement.</P>
        <P>The rule would add a new § 232.256 to require that a borrower may not lease any portion of the project, or enter into any agreement with an operator without HUD's prior written consent.</P>
        <P>The rule would revise the introductory paragraph of § 232.903, relating to the § 232/223(f) program, by amending the maximum mortgage amounts to provide that the new debt service reserve account may be considered part of the cost of financing. No such amendment is necessary for any § 232 programs other than § 232/223(f), since, for other programs, funding of the debt service reserve is an eligible cost that may be funded from mortgage proceeds to the extent that the insured loan remains below the maximum loan to value ratio.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Eligible Operators and Facilities and Restrictions on Fund Distributions (New Subpart F)</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule would add to part 232 a new subpart F entitled, “Eligible Operators and Facilities and Restrictions on Fund Distributions.” As noted earlier in this preamble, operators carry out significant day-to-day duties in the administration of healthcare facilities. HUD finds that this important role needs to be explicitly addressed in regulation, by providing for the requisite accountability by such entities. The proposed new provisions recognize that a borrower may share its responsibility over the project with another entity. However, the fact that a borrower chooses to contract with a separate entity to operate the project does not relieve the borrower of its obligation to safeguard and ensure the proper use of all project assets, or of its obligation to ensure that acts of the operator do not cause the borrower to be in noncompliance with the borrower's own obligations. Instead, these new provisions are directed to ensuring that an operator, which may be an entity separate from the borrower, is also required to safeguard and ensure the proper use of all project assets.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1001 would advise that the scope of this new subpart is to establish the requirements applicable to the operator of a residential care facility under the Section 232 regulations.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1003 would define several key terms used in a Section 232 transaction. Section 232.1003 would define “project,” “identity of interest projects,” “management agent,” “operator,” and “owner operator”.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1005 would address commingling of funds and direct that an operator must not, without HUD's prior approval, allow funds attributable to an FHA-insured or HUD-held healthcare facility to be commingled with funds attributable to another healthcare facility or business.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1007 would provide that payments from operating funds for goods and services must be reasonable and not exceed amounts normally paid for such goods or services in the geographic area where the services are rendered or the goods are furnished, unless otherwise approved by HUD.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1009 provides that no principal of the borrower entity may receive a salary or any payment of funds derived from operation of the project, other than from permissible distributions, without HUD's prior approval.</P>
        <P>Violations of these requirements on the use of project assets and income would be subject to double damages, in addition to HUD's other remedies, pursuant to statutory amendments, described hereinafter, enacted in 2004. Section 421 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1987 (12 U.S.C. 1715z-4a), entitled “Double damages remedy for unauthorized use of multifamily housing project assets and income,” was amended by section 220 of Title II of Division I of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2005 (Public Law 108-447, 118 Stat. 2809, approved December 8, 2004), to expressly provide that a violation by “any person” of a regulatory agreement that applies to “a nursing home, intermediate care facility, board and care home, assisted living facility, or hospital whose mortgage is or, at the time of the violations, was insured or held by the Secretary under title II of the National Housing Act” is subject to the double damages provisions of 12 U.S.C. 1715z-4a (See 118 Stat. 3320, and 12 U.S.C. 1715z-4a(a)(1)(A).) Section 220 further amended section 421 to include as “any person” subject to double damages “any nursing home lessee or operator” and to permit an action for double damages “to recover any assets or income used by a person in violation of  * * *  any applicable regulation.” (See 12 U.S.C. 1715z-4a(a)(2)(D) and 12 U.S.C. 1715z-4a(a)(1)(D).) Any assets or income used in violation of these regulatory requirements would be subject to double damages under section 421, as well as to all other remedies available to HUD, in the same way that use of assets or income in violation of a regulatory agreement is subject to such double damages and other remedies.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1011 would address financial statements, which are also discussed in the proposed amendment to 24 CFR 5.801 below. This new section provides that, within 90 days following the end of each fiscal year, the owner must provide HUD with audited financial statements. These audited financial statements must be prepared and certified in accordance with the requirements of 24 CFR 5.801 and 200.36. The operator must provide HUD with complete quarterly and year-to-date financial reports based on an examination of the books and records of the operator's operations with respect to the healthcare facility.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1013 would address leases and would provide that, except as provided in residential agreements in the normal course of business, an operator may not lease or sublease any portion of the project without HUD's prior written approval.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1015 would address the role of management agents in a Section 232 project and would provide that an operator may, with the prior written approval of HUD, execute a management agent agreement setting forth the duties and procedures for managing matters related to the project. However, both the management agent and the management agent agreement must be acceptable to HUD and approved in writing by HUD. New § 232.1015 also provides that an operator may not enter into any agreement that provides for a management agent to have rights to or claims on funds owed to the operator.</P>

        <P>New § 232.1015 would also address fees paid by an operator or borrower to a management agent. This section provides that management agent agreements and the fees set forth therein<PRTPAGE P="26222"/>must be approved by HUD, and that the fee may not be renegotiated without HUD's approval once the management agent agreement has been executed. New § 232.1015 also provides that HUD may approve an identity-of-interest management agent to be a management agent only if amounts paid to the identity-of-interest agent for goods and services provided to the healthcare facility are not in excess of amounts that would be charged by an independent agent and only if all goods and services benefit the project.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1017 would address treatment of project revenue. New § 232.1017(a) directs that an operator must deposit in a separate segregated account in the project's name all revenue the operator receives operating the healthcare facility, and that the account must be with a financial institution whose deposits are insured by an agency of the Federal Government, provided that, in order to minimize risk to the insurance fund, where balances are likely to exceed federal limits on insurance of such deposits, funds must be in depository institutions acceptable to Ginnie Mae.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1017(b) provides that operators, whether owner-operators or non-owner operators, must ensure that the healthcare facility maintain positive working capital at all times. If a quarterly financial statement demonstrates negative working capital, the operator must cure such violation or HUD may declare a default of the operator's regulatory agreement and pursue remedies.</P>
        <P>New § 232.1019 reflects recognition of the highly regulated environment in which many Section 232 projects operate, and would require operators, unless HUD determines otherwise, to promptly notify the owner, mortgagee, and HUD of certain matters placing the facility's viable operation, and thus the mortgage security, at substantial risk. These matters include violations of permits and approvals, imposition of civil money penalties, or governmental investigations or inquiries involving fraud. HUD has determined that, given the responsibilities of servicing lenders with respect to risk mitigation of their residential care facility portfolio, it is appropriate that the lenders are timely provided with the same financial, census, and performance data (of the owner entity, as well as operator entity) that HUD is requiring borrowers and operators to routinely provide to HUD. Accordingly, this regulatory section provides that, concurrently with submitting to HUD financial data and census and performance data, the borrower and operator also provide this data to the servicing lender.</P>
        <P>In addition to the amendments made to the Section 232 regulations, HUD makes the following conforming amendments to 24 CFR parts 5, 200, and 207.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Uniform Financial Reporting Standards (24 CFR Part 5; § 5.801)</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule would amend the reporting requirements of 24 CFR 5.801 to include operators of projects with mortgages insured or held by HUD under the Section 232 program as entities that must submit financial reports. Borrowers are currently subject to this regulatory reporting requirement. HUD has determined that the audited financial statements of a borrower/owner are not sufficient to assess the financial status of a Section 232 project, because the viability of the project is heavily dependent on the operator's financial performance. HUD must also receive and review the financial statements of the operator, as may be applicable, for an accurate assessment of the project's financial status.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule would, therefore, require owners to submit audited financial statements on an annual basis and would require operators to submit financial statements quarterly, covering separately the most recent quarter and the fiscal year to date. Quarterly and year-to-date financial statements are appropriate for operators for a number of reasons. First, they provide much more timely notice of operator financial weaknesses and trends than annual statements would provide. The timeliness is further enhanced in that the operator statements may be operator-certified rather than audited, allowing the operator to provide them much more promptly at the end of a reporting period. With respect to the skilled nursing facilities (of which a large portion of HUD's residential care facility portfolio is comprised), much of the information is also furnished in Medicare and Medicaid Cost Reports to fulfill other government obligations and serve as a basis for reimbursement, a practice that provides an additional check on accuracy.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule also amends the reporting requirements with respect to facilities insured under Section 232, by specifying that the financial statements being submitted to HUD must be concurrently submitted to the servicing lender. Given the servicing lenders' responsibilities with respect to risk mitigation of their residential care facility portfolio, and given the difficulty that some lenders have in obtaining financial data related to the facility, it is appropriate that the lenders be timely provided the same financial data (of the owner entity, as well as the operator entity) that HUD is requiring borrowers and operators to routinely provide to HUD. Both owner and operator financial reporting requirements would apply beginning with the year in which the final rule following this proposed rule becomes effective.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Introduction to FHA Programs: Physical Condition of Multifamily Properties (Part 200, Subpart P)</HD>
        <P>Section 200.855(c) of HUD's regulations (24 CFR 200.855(c)), which addresses timing of inspections, would narrow and streamline the scope of Section 232 facilities that are routinely inspected by the Real Estate Assessment Center (REAC). In particular, facilities such as assisted living facilities and board and care facilities would be subject to routine REAC inspections unless the state or local government had a reliable and adequate inspection system in place. The remainder of the Section 232 properties, and properties that are routinely surveyed pursuant to regulations of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, would be inspected only when and if HUD determined, on a case-by-case basis and on the basis of information received, that inspection of such facility is needed to assure protection of residents or the adequate preservation of the project. This amendment would help assure that facilities surveyed frequently by state regulatory agencies, for physical condition matters related to resident care and safety, are not subject to duplicative inspections. HUD- and FHA-approved mortgagees now have ready electronic access to the results of state agency inspections conducted pursuant to requirements of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Multifamily Housing Mortgage Insurance (Part 207)</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Contract Rights and Obligations (Subpart B)</HD>
        <P>Subpart B of the part 232 regulations addresses contract rights and obligations and the rights and duties of the mortgagee under the contract of insurance.</P>

        <P>HUD is taking this opportunity to make changes to HUD's regulations in this subpart affecting the Section 232 programs. These proposed changes alter several of the amendments to the multifamily regulations adopted last spring. (See 76 FR 24363 May 11, 2011, HUD Multifamily Rental Projects: Regulatory Revisions.)<PRTPAGE P="26223"/>
        </P>
        <P>Section 207.255, “Defaults for purposes of insurance claim,” includes language defining the date of defaults. This proposed rule revises § 207.255(a)(4) by clarifying the dates on which certain monetary and other defaults occur.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule modifies § 207.258, “Insurance claim requirements,” by deleting in paragraph (a)(2) a parenthetical expression.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule also modifies § 207.258(b)(1)(i) by clarifying the time period within which a mortgagee may elect to assign a mortgage to the Commissioner.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Costs and Benefits of Proposed Revisions to the Section 232 Program Regulations</HD>
        <P>As discussed in this preamble, this proposed rule updates HUD's Section 232 program regulations similar to the 2011 updates that were made to HUD's multifamily rental project regulations and accompanying closing documents. The revisions proposed by this rule update the Section 232 regulations to reflect existing practices in financing and refinancing healthcare facilities, and to decrease risk to the program due to outdated regulations and the need for greater accountability by healthcare facility operators. Key changes highlighted in the preamble include requiring borrowers to establish a long term debt-service reserve account, requiring operators to submit quarterly and year-to-date self-certified financial reports, and reducing duplicative physical inspections.</P>
        <P>The valued benefits from fewer physical inspections, and the costs from increased financial reporting and the opportunity cost of the debt service reserve fund, each total less than $1 million. Unvalued benefits include uninterrupted services of healthcare facilities, which otherwise would close due to foreclosure. Transfers from avoided claim payments total $13 million. The total costs, benefits, and transfers of this rule will not in any year exceed the $100 million threshold set by Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review). Therefore, the rule is not economically significant.</P>
        <P>The risk mitigation requirements proposed by this rule are necessary due to the combination of two particular risks facing healthcare facilities. First, similar to multifamily residential properties, the owner usually relies on a separate entity to operate the facility. The performance of the operator is crucial to the mortgagor's ability to repay the mortgage. Since the operator may not be known to FHA at the time of underwriting, or may change during the term of the mortgage, the risk of operator deficiency is difficult to assess. Second, unlike residential or other commercial properties, the value of a poorly maintained and operated facility can decrease dramatically because the building was designed specifically for healthcare use and may not retain the mortgaged value at resale due to a lack of alternative uses. Thus, FHA may face more uncertainty when selling foreclosed healthcare properties than foreclosed residential properties. This rule therefore proposes requirements intended to identify operator deficiencies earlier and ensure that funds are available if financial problems arise.</P>
        <P>The rule also proposes to require the borrower to establish a long-term debt service reserve fund. Although FHA currently requires owners of new construction projects to maintain a reserve fund until sustainable occupancy is reached, usually one to two years, this new requirement would require a reserve fund to be maintained throughout the life of the mortgage and used in case of operator deficiency. Of the 30 insurance claims from 2009 to mid-2011, operator deficiencies played a role in the property's performance demise in 23. Further, these claims were distributed widely over age of loan, not simply in the first few years, indicating the need for a reserve fund over the life of the mortgage. The maintenance of a reserve is to decrease the number of nonperforming mortgages by providing additional time to resolve operator deficiencies.</P>
        <P>Based on FHA's experience, a reserve fund can be an important source for debt service payments during a period of instability. Thus, the reserve can delay the point at which a lender finds it necessary to file a claim, providing extra time for the parties to restructure and stabilize a project and avoid a claim to HUD. FHA has accepted claims where borrowers were pursuing workouts, but stability could not be achieved prior to the lenders' expenses becoming too burdensome to sustain. The extra time afforded by a debt service reserve makes avoiding a claim more likely under such scenarios. In its analysis of 2009, 2010, and early 2011 claims, HUD found that 5 out of 30 projects brought to claim may have benefited from the additional time provided by a debt service reserve. Finally, as an additional offset for borrowers to the added requirement of debt service reserve, the rule also provides greater flexibility to borrowers in the making of distributions and use of surplus cash. Assuming that, as a result of the rule, 2 fewer claims were paid annually, FHA would save $13 million per year, if projected based on the average unpaid balance (UPB) of assigned Section 232 mortgages from 2009-2011, which was $6.5 million. In the absence of these claim payments, FHA could pass these savings on to its mortgagors and thus such savings are best viewed as a transfer between borrowers.</P>
        <P>The amount of funds required to be initially placed in the debt service reserve fund, and the minimum long-term balance, will be determined during underwriting. FHA estimates that on average, a borrower's monthly debt service will increase by approximately 1.5 percent. Based on an expected average of $3.4 billion annually in the value of new mortgage endorsements, borrowers would be required, in aggregate, to place and maintain $51 million in the fund. The cost to borrowers is the lower return from restricting this amount to the reserve fund compared to other investment options. This opportunity cost of holding these funds in a reserve account is, therefore, calculated as the difference between the average market rate of return and the risk-free interest rate. The average market rate is represented by the real annualized return of the S&amp;P 500 between 1990 and 2011, which equals 5.37 percent. The risk-free interest rate is the average 10-year Treasury rate between 1990 and 2011, which equals 2.6 percent. The opportunity cost of holding the estimated funds in a reserve fund totals $141,270.</P>
        <P>This rule also requires operators to submit annual and year-to-date financial reports. Currently, the borrower, but not the operator, is required to provide audited financial statements. Although submission of the operator's financial reports is a new requirement, the expense of such reports is mitigated by allowing the operator to submit self-certified, rather than audited statements. Moreover, the required operator financial information is data that operators need to maintain in the normal course of business in order to monitor and manage their own operations effectively. FHA estimates this will require approximately 10,000 employee hours annually to prepare and submit these reports (2,500 respondents, 4 reports per year and 1 hour to generate each report). The median wage of the employees who prepare these reports is approximately $75 per hour. Thus, the total cost of complying with this requirement would be $750,000.</P>

        <P>Finally, this rule exempts facilities from FHA physical inspection requirements if they are inspected by<PRTPAGE P="26224"/>state or local agencies in order to eliminate duplicative inspections. FHA estimates that, as a result, approximately 1,391 inspections would be avoided per year. The estimated cost per inspection totals $475, which would mean a total annual inspection savings of $660,725.</P>
        <P>In addition to the valued benefits, this rule also provides benefits that are less easily quantified. As explained above, HUD expects the reserve fund and financial reporting requirements to decrease the number of claims paid. While some troubled facilities may be stabilized and continue operating, at this stage of delinquency, they are often forced to close. Thus, there is a disruption of healthcare services to the community and costs to moving residents from one facility to another. In smaller communities, there are fewer alternatives for facility residents, and the benefits of avoiding foreclosure are greater as residents may be without needed services for a long period. In larger cities, existing facilities may be able to absorb the additional demand fairly quickly. In both of these cases, however, residents bear costs associated with transferring between facilities. Although the avoided loss or interruption of services is difficult to quantify and varies by city, the avoided loss or interruption of services is an important benefit that this rule is trying to achieve.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12C,12C,12C" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Summary of Valued Annual Benefits, Costs, and Transfers</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Benefits</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Costs</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Transfers</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Debt Service Reserve Fund</ENT>
            <ENT>$660,725</ENT>
            <ENT>$141,270</ENT>
            <ENT>$13,000,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Financial Reporting</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>750,000</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">Physical Inspections</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT>660,725</ENT>
            <ENT>891,270</ENT>
            <ENT>13,000,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Findings and Certifications</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13563, Regulatory Review</HD>
        <P>The President's Executive Order (EO) 13563, entitled “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” was signed by the President on January 18, 2011, and published on January 21, 2011, at 76 FR 3821. This EO requires executive agencies to analyze regulations that are “outmoded, ineffective, insufficient, or excessively burdensome, and to modify, streamline, expand, or repeal them in accordance with what has been learned.” Section 4 of the EO, entitled “Flexible Approaches,” provides, in relevant part, that where relevant, feasible, and consistent with regulatory objectives, and to the extent permitted by law, each agency shall identify and consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public. As discussed earlier in this preamble, the Section 232 regulations have not been updated since 1996. HUD submits that the changes proposed by this rule to the Section 232 regulations are consistent with the EO's directions. As the preceding section discussed, the changes proposed by this rule will modernize the Section 232 program, reduce burden by eliminating duplicative physical inspections, providing flexibility to borrowers in the making of distributions and use of surplus cash, and increasing accountability to strengthen the program, thereby helping it ensure that it remains viable for the financing of healthcare facilities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>) generally requires an agency to conduct a regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to notice and comment rulemaking requirements, unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <P>This rule is directed to creating transparency in HUD's Section 232 program by, codifying existing and longstanding provisions imposed on a Section 232 borrower, and strengthening this program through stronger risk management practices, such as making operators more accountable for their role in administering Section 232 healthcare facilities. As noted under the discussion of EO 13563, this rule proposes amendments that will enhance HUD's oversight ability, while minimizing the burdens on private actors, to the benefit of participants and facility clients. Additionally, by clarifying and codifying existing requirements, the rule makes it easier for borrowers and operators to comply with their legal obligations. Through this rule, the viability of the Section 232 program and HUD's enforcement authority are increased, and waste, fraud, and abuse are reduced.</P>
        <P>Approximately 3,343 of the anticipated annual participants in the Section 232 program are small entities, including approximately 2,500 entities involved in nursing homes, 725 entities involved in assisted living facilities, and 70 other entities. (The total figure exceeds the number of facilities involved, because a single transaction many involve distinct legal entities serving as the operator and owner.) The changes required by this rule do not impose significant economic impacts on these small entities or otherwise adversely disproportionately burden such small entities. The reporting requirements of this rule have been tailored to complement normal business accounting practices. Accordingly, the undersigned certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <P>Notwithstanding HUD's determination that this rule will not have a significant effect on a substantial number of small entities, HUD specifically invites comments regarding any less burdensome alternatives to this rule that will meet HUD's objectives as described in this preamble.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Environmental Impact</HD>

        <P>A Finding of No Significant Impact with respect to the environment has been made, in accordance with HUD regulations at 24 CFR part 50, which implement section 102(2)(C) of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4332(2)(C)). That finding is available for public inspection between the hours of 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. weekdays in the Regulations Division, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10276, Washington, DC 20410-0500. Due to security measures at the HUD Headquarters building, please schedule an appointment to review the finding by calling the Regulations Division at 202-402-3055 (this is not a toll-free number). Individuals with speech or hearing impairments may access this<PRTPAGE P="26225"/>number via TTY by calling the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13132, Federalism</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 13132 (entitled “Federalism”) prohibits an agency from publishing any rule that has federalism implications if the rule either: (1) Imposes substantial direct compliance costs on state and local governments and is not required by statute, or (2) preempts state law, unless the agency meets the consultation and funding requirements of section 6 of the Executive Order. This rule will not have federalism implications and would not impose substantial direct compliance costs on state and local governments or preempt state law within the meaning of the Executive Order.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</HD>
        <P>Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) (UMRA) establishes requirements for federal agencies to assess the effects of their regulatory actions on state, local, and tribal governments, and on the private sector. This proposed rule does not impose any federal mandates on any state, local, or tribal governments, or on the private sector, within the meaning of UMRA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Information Collection Requirements</HD>
        <P>The information collection requirements contained in this proposed rule have been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information, unless the collection displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        <P>The burden of the information collections in this proposed rule is estimated as follows:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12,12,12,12" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Reporting and Recordkeeping Burden</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Section reference</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>responses</LI>
              <LI>per</LI>
              <LI>respondent</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Estimated average time for requirement<LI>(in hours)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Estimated annual burden<LI>(in hours)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">24 CFR 5.801(c)(4) Financial information</ENT>
            <ENT>2,500</ENT>
            <ENT>4</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>10,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">24 CFR 232.11 HUD written approval</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">24 CFR 232.1005 HUD written approval</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">24 CFR 232.1007 HUD approval</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">24 CFR 232.1009 HUD written approval</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">24 CFR 232.1011 Financial statement</ENT>
            <ENT>2,500</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>60</ENT>
            <ENT>150,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">24 CFR 232.1013 Specifications for lease agreement, HUD written approval</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">24 CFR 232.1015 HUD written approval</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">24 CFR 232.1017 HUD written approval</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">24 CFR 232.1019 HUD written approval</ENT>
            <ENT>1,750</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>.50</ENT>
            <ENT>1,750</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Totals</ENT>
            <ENT>7,025</ENT>
            <ENT>14</ENT>
            <ENT>68.5</ENT>
            <ENT>162,025</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>In accordance with 5 CFR 1320.8(d)(1), HUD is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected agency concerning this collection of information to:</P>
        <P>(1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of HUD, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
        <P>(2) Evaluate the accuracy of HUD's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;</P>
        <P>(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
        <P>(4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; e.g., permitting electronic submission of responses.</P>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding the information collection requirements in this rule. Comments must refer to the proposal by name and docket number (FR-5465-P-01) and must be sent to:</P>
        <P>HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503. Fax number: 202-395-6947. and</P>
        <P>Reports Liaison Officer, Office of Housing, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 9116, Washington, DC 20410-8000.</P>

        <P>Interested persons may submit comments regarding the information collection requirements electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>HUD strongly encourages commenters to submit comments electronically. Electronic submission of comments allows the commenter maximum time to prepare and submit a comment, ensures timely receipt by HUD, and enables HUD to make them immediately available to the public. Comments submitted electronically through the<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>Web site can be viewed by other commenters and interested members of the public. Commenters should follow the instructions provided on that site to submit comments electronically.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>24 CFR Part 5</CFR>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Aged, Claims, Grant programs—housing and community development, Individuals with disabilities, Intergovernmental relations, Loan programs—housing and community development, Low and moderate income housing, Mortgage insurance, Penalties, Pets, Public housing, Rent subsidies, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Social Security, Unemployment compensation, Wages.</P>
          <CFR>24 CFR Part 200</CFR>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Claims, Equal employment opportunity, Fair housing, Home improvement, Housing standards, Lead poisoning, Loan programs—housing and community development, Mortgage insurance, Organization and functions (Government agencies), Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping.</P>
          <CFR>24 CFR Part 207</CFR>

          <P>Mortgage insurance—Nursing homes, Intermediate care facilities, Board and<PRTPAGE P="26226"/>care homes, and Assisted living facilities.</P>
          <CFR>24 CFR Part 232</CFR>
          <P>Fire prevention, Health facilities, Loan programs—health, Loan programs—housing and community development, Mortgage insurance, Nursing homes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, parts 5, 200, 207, and 232 of title 24 of the Code of Federal Regulations are proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 5—GENERAL HUD PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS; WAIVERS</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for 24 CFR part 5 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>42 U.S.C. 1437a, 1437c, 1437d, 1437f, 1437n, 3535(d), and Sec. 327, Pub. L. 109-115, 119 Stat. 2936.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. Amend § 5.801 to:</P>
          <P>a. Add paragraph (a)(6),</P>
          <P>b. Revise the first sentence of the introductory text of paragraph (b),</P>
          <P>c. Add paragraph (b)(4),</P>
          <P>d. Revise the heading of paragraph (c),</P>
          <P>e. Add paragraph (c)(4), and</P>
          <P>f. Add paragraph (d)(4) to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 5.801</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Uniform financial reporting standards.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(6) Operators of projects with mortgages insured or held by HUD under section 232 of the Act (Mortgage Insurance for Nursing Homes, Intermediate Care Facilities, Board and Care Homes).</P>
            <P>(b) Entities (or individuals) to which this subpart is applicable must provide to HUD such financial information as required by HUD. Such information must be provided on an annual basis, except as required more frequently under paragraph (c)(4) of this section. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(4) With respect to financial reports relating to properties insured under Section 232 of the Act, concurrently with submitting the information to HUD, this information must also be submitted to the mortgagee in a format and manner prescribed by the Secretary.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Filing of financial reports.</E>* * *</P>
            <P>* * *</P>
            <P>(4) For entities listed in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, the financial information to be submitted to HUD in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section must be submitted to HUD on a quarterly and fiscal-year-to-date basis, within 30 days of the end of each quarterly reporting period. The financial statements submitted pursuant to paragraph (a)(6) of this section may, at the operator's option, be operator-certified rather than audited, provided, however, that if the operator is also the borrower, then that entity's obligation to submit an annual audited financial statement within 90 days of its fiscal year end (in addition to its obligation as an operator to submit financial information on a quarterly and year-to-date basis) remains and is not obviated. Additionally, if HUD has reason to believe that a particular operator's operator-certified statements may be unreliable or are presented in a manner that is inconsistent with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, HUD may, on a case-by-case basis, require audited financial statements from the operator. Additionally, with respect to facilities with FHA-insured or HUD-held Section 232 mortgages, HUD may request more frequent financial statements from the borrower, as specified under (a)(4)(x), and/or the operator on a case-by-case basis when the circumstances warrant. Nothing in the regulations in this section limits HUD's ability to obtain further or more frequent information when appropriate pursuant to the applicable regulatory agreement.</P>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>

            <P>(4) Entities described in paragraph (a)(6) of this section must comply with the requirements of this section with respect to fiscal years ending [<E T="03">a date of one year after the effective date of the final rule to be inserted at the final rule stage</E>] and later.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 200—INTRODUCTION TO FHA PROGRAMS</HD>
          <P>3. The authority citation for part 200 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>12 U.S.C. 1702-1715-z-21; 42 U.S.C. 3535(d).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>4. In 200.855, add a new paragraph (c)(5) to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 200.855</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Physical condition standards and physical inspection requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(5)(i) For Assisted Living Facilities and Board and Care Facilities, the initial inspection required under this subpart will be conducted within the same time restrictions set forth in paragraph 200.855(c)(4) immediately above, and any further inspections will be conducted at a frequency determined consistent with § 200.857, and</P>
            <P>(ii) For any other Section 232 facilities, the inspection will be conducted only when and if HUD determines, on the basis of information received, such as through a complaint, site inspection, or referral by a state agency, on a case-by-case basis, that inspection of a particular facility is needed to assure protection of the residents or the adequate preservation of the project.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 207—MULTIFAMILY HOUSING MORTGAGE INSURANCE</HD>
          <P>5. The authority citation for part 207 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>12 U.S.C. 1701z-11(e), 1713, and 1715b; 42 U.S.C. 3535(d).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>6. In § 207.255(a)(4) introductory text, remove the reference to “paragraph (b)” and add in its place a reference to “paragraph (a)”.</P>
          <P>7. In § 207.258 revise paragraphs (a)(2) introductory text and (b)(1)(i) to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 207.258</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Insurance claim requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) For mortgages funded with the proceeds of state or local bonds, GNMA mortgage-backed securities, participation certificates, or other bond obligations specified by the Commissioner (such as an agreement under which the insured mortgagee has obtained the mortgage funds from third-party investors and has agreed in writing to repay such investors at a stated interest rate and in accordance with a fixed repayment schedule), any of which contains a lock-out or prepayment premium, the mortgagee must, in the event of a default during the term of the prepayment lock-out or prepayment premium:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) If the mortgagee elects to assign the mortgage to the Commissioner, the mortgagee shall, at any time within 30 days after the date HUD acknowledges the notice of election, file its application for insurance benefits and assign to the Commissioner, in such manner as the Commissioner may require, any applicable credit instrument and the realty and chattel security instruments.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 232—MORTGAGE INSURANCE FOR NURSING HOMES, INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES, BOARD AND CARE HOMES, AND ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES</HD>
          <P>8. The authority citation for 24 CFR part 232 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>12 U.S.C. 1715b, 1715w; 42 U.S.C. 3535(d).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <PRTPAGE P="26227"/>
          <P>9. Throughout part 232, the word “mortgagor” is revised to read “borrower” wherever it appears.</P>
          <P>10. Revise § 232.1 to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 232.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligibility requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>All of the requirements, except § 200.5, set forth in 24 CFR part 200 subpart A, apply to project mortgages insured under Section 232 of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1715w), as amended.</P>
            <P>11. Redesignate § 232.3 as § 232.7 and add a new § 232.3 to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 232.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligible borrower.</SUBJECT>
            <P>For mortgages originated after<E T="03">[a date of one year after the effective date of the final rule to be inserted at the final rule stage</E>], the borrower shall be a single asset entity acceptable to the Commissioner, as limited by the applicable section of the Act, and shall possess the powers necessary and incidental to operating the project, except that the Commissioner may approve a non-single asset borrower entity under such circumstances, terms, and conditions determined and specified as acceptable to the Commissioner.</P>
            <P>12. Add new §§ 232.9 and 232.11 to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 232.9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Mortgaged property.</SUBJECT>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Mortgaged property</E>includes all of Borrower's interests in property, real, personal, or mixed, covered by the mortgage or mortgages securing the note endorsed for insurance or held by the Secretary, as further defined in the mortgage documents.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 232.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Establishment and maintenance of long-term debt service reserve account.</SUBJECT>
            <P>To be eligible for insurance under this part, and except with respect to Supplemental Loans to Finance Purchase and Installation of Fire Safety Equipment (subpart C of this part), the borrower must establish at final closing and maintain throughout the term of the mortgage a long-term debt service reserve account. This long-term debt service reserve account may be financed as part of the initial mortgage amount, provided that the maximum mortgage amount as otherwise calculated is not thereby exceeded. The amount required to be initially placed in the long-term debt service reserve account and the minimum long-term balance to be maintained in that account will be determined during underwriting and separately identified in the firm commitment. Although HUD may, when appropriate to avert a mortgage insurance claim, permit the balance to fall below the required minimum long-term balance, the borrower may not take any distribution of mortgaged property except when both the long-term debt service reserve account is funded at the minimal long-term level and such distribution is otherwise permissible.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Contract Rights and Obligations</HD>
          </SUBPART>
          <P>13. Revise § 232.251 to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 232.251</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Other applicable regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Cross-reference.</E>(1) All of the provisions, except § 207.258b, of 24 CFR part 207, subpart B, relating to mortgages insured under section 207 of the National Housing Act, apply to mortgages insured under section 232 of the Act.</P>
            <P>(2) For the purposes of this subpart, all references in 24 CFR part 207 to section 207 of the Act shall be construed to refer to section 232 of the Act.</P>
            <P>(3) Unless otherwise specified in this part, the regulations in this subpart B apply to all mortgages insured under section 232 of the Act.</P>
            <P>(b) [Reserved]</P>
            <P>14. Add new §§ 232.254 and 232.256, to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 232.254</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Withdrawal of project funds, including for repayments of advances from the borrower, operator, or management agent.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>Borrower may make and take distributions of mortgaged property, as set forth in the mortgage loan transactional documents, to the extent and as permitted by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, provided that, upon each calculation of borrower surplus cash, which calculation shall be made no less frequently than semi-annually, borrower must demonstrate positive surplus cash, or to the extent surplus cash is negative, repay any distributions taken during such calculation period within 30 days or within such shorter period as may be required by HUD. Borrower shall be deemed to have taken distributions to the extent that surplus cash is negative unless, in conjunction with the calculation of surplus cash, borrower provides to HUD documentation evidencing, to HUD's reasonable satisfaction, a lesser amount of total distributions. To the extent that the provisions of this paragraph (a) are inconsistent with the provisions in a borrower's existing transactional loan documents, including without limitation any HUD-required regulatory agreement, the provisions of the transactional loan documents shall apply.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Definition.</E>Borrower surplus cash means any cash remaining in the Borrower's accounts after:</P>
            <P>(1) The payment of:</P>
            <P>(i) All sums due or currently required to be paid under the terms of any mortgage or note insured or held by the Secretary;</P>
            <P>(ii) All amounts required to be deposited in the project's reserve fund for replacements, long-term debt service reserve account, or residual receipts account; and</P>
            <P>(iii) All project obligations of the borrower other than the insured mortgage, unless funds for payment are set aside or deferment of payment has been approved by the Secretary; and</P>
            <P>(2) The segregation of:</P>
            <P>(i) An amount equal to the aggregate of all special funds required to be maintained by the project, including the long-term debt service escrow account;</P>
            <P>(ii) Any tenant security deposits held; and</P>
            <P>(iii) All other accrued items payable by borrower within 30 days after the end of the annual or semi-annual fiscal period for which surplus cash is calculated.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 232.256</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Leases.</SUBJECT>
            <P>A borrower may not lease any portion of the project or enter into any other agreement with an operator without HUD's prior written consent.</P>
            <P>15. Revise the introductory text of § 232.903, and § 232.903(c) and (d) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 232.903</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Maximum mortgage limitations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Notwithstanding the maximum mortgage limitations set forth in § 200.15 of this chapter, a mortgage within the limits set forth in this section shall be eligible for insurance under this subpart.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Project to be refinanced—additional limit.</E>(1) In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, if the Project is to be refinanced by the insured mortgage, the maximum mortgage amount must not exceed the cost to refinance the existing indebtedness. For the purposes of this requirement:</P>
            <P>(i) The Project shall not have changed ownership, or</P>
            <P>(ii) The Project shall have been sold to a purchaser who has an identity of interest with the seller (as defined by the Commissioner).</P>
            <P>(2) The existing indebtedness will consist of the following items, the eligibility and amounts of which must be determined by the Commissioner:</P>

            <P>(i) The amount required to pay off the existing indebtedness;<PRTPAGE P="26228"/>
            </P>
            <P>(ii) The amount of the initial deposit for the reserve fund for replacements;</P>
            <P>(iii) Reasonable and customary legal, organization, title, and recording expenses, including mortgagee fees under § 232.15;</P>
            <P>(iv) The estimated repair costs, if any;</P>
            <P>(v) Architect's and engineer's fees, municipal inspection fees, and any other required professional or inspection fees;</P>
            <P>(vi) The amount of any debt service reserve account required by the Commissioner.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Project to be acquired—additional limit.</E>In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, if the project is to be acquired by the borrower and the purchase price is to be financed with the insured mortgage, the maximum amount must not exceed 85 percent for a profit-motivated borrower and 90 percent for a private nonprofit borrower of the cost of acquisition as determined by the Commissioner. The cost of acquisition shall consist of the following items, to the extent that each item (except for item numbered (1)) is paid by the purchaser separately from the purchase price. The eligibility and amounts of these items must be determined in accordance with standards established by the Commissioner.</P>
            <P>(1) Purchase price is indicated in the purchase agreement;</P>
            <P>(2) An amount for the initial deposit to the reserve fund for replacements;</P>
            <P>(3) Reasonable and customary legal, organizational, title, and recording expenses, including mortgagee fees under § 232.15;</P>
            <P>(4) The estimated repair cost, if any;</P>
            <P>(5) Architect's and engineer's fees, municipal inspection fees, and any other required professional or inspection fees;</P>
            <P>(6) The amount of any debt service reserve account required by the Commissioner.</P>
            <P>16. Add new subpart F to read as follows:</P>
            <CONTENTS>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Eligible Operators and Facilities and Restrictions on Fund Distributions</HD>
                <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                <SECTNO>232.1001</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>232.1003</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>232.1005</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Treatment of project operating accounts.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>232.1007</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Operating expenses.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>232.1009</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Payments to borrower principals prohibited.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>232.1011</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Financial reports.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>232.1013</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Leases.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>232.1015</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Management agents.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>232.1017</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Restrictions on deposit, withdrawal, and distribution of funds, and repayment of advances.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>232.1019</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Prompt notification to HUD and mortgagee of circumstances placing the value of the security at risk.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
            </CONTENTS>
          </SECTION>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Eligible Operators and Facilities and Restrictions on Fund Distributions</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 232.1001</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
              <P>This subpart establishes requirements applicable to the operators of healthcare facilities and the facilities under this part.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 232.1003</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              <P>The following definitions apply throughout this part.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Identity-of-interest projects</E>refers to those projects that are operated by a licensed operator and/or managed by a management agent who shares an identity of interest with the ownership entity.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Management agent</E>means an entity that, pursuant to a contract with the operator or borrower, manages matters related to the project, subject to limitations set forth in § 232.1015.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Operator</E>means a single asset entity acceptable to the Commissioner, and shall possess the powers necessary and incidental to operating the healthcare facility, except that the Commissioner may approve a non-single asset entity under such circumstances, terms, and conditions determined and specified as acceptable to the Commissioner.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Owner operator</E>means an owner who operates its own project and does not lease the project or otherwise contract with an eligible operator. In that instance, the borrower entity and the operating entity are the exact same legal entity, and the owner operator must comply with regulatory provisions governing the use of funds for both operators and borrowers in § 232.254, § 232.1005, and § 232.1017.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Project</E>means any and all assets of whatever nature or wherever situated related to the insured mortgage loan, including without limitation the mortgaged property, any site improvements, and any collateral owned by operators securing the insured mortgage loan.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 232.1005</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Treatment of project operating accounts.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) All accounts deriving from the operation of the property, including operator accounts and including all funds received from any source or derived from the operation of the facility, are project assets subject to control under the insured mortgage loan's transactional documents, including, without limitation, the operator's regulatory agreement. Funds generated by the operation of the healthcare facility shall be deposited into a federally insured bank account in the name of the single asset operator of the facility, provided that an account held in an institution acceptable to the Government National Mortgage Association may have a balance that exceeds the amount to which such insurance is limited. If the borrower is not also the operator, any of owner's project-related funds shall be deposited into a federally insured bank account in the name of the single asset borrower.</P>
              <P>(b) An operator must not allow funds attributable to the healthcare facility to be commingled with funds attributable to another healthcare facility or any other business unless approved by HUD. Any centralized accounting system involving project funds must have prior HUD approval and must clearly delineate which portion of the funds in an account are attributable to the particular facility.</P>
              <P>(c) Except to the extent that the healthcare facility maintains positive working capital, an operator may not advance or otherwise use funds attributable to the operator's business at a project under this part to pay expenses attributable to any other project or business without the advance written approval of HUD.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 232.1007</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Operating expenses.</SUBJECT>
              <P>Goods and services purchased or acquired in connection with the Project shall be reasonable and necessary for the operation or maintenance of the Project, and the costs of such goods and services incurred by the borrower or operator shall not exceed amounts normally paid for such goods or services in the area where the services are rendered or the goods are furnished, except as otherwise approved by HUD.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 232.1009</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Payments to borrower principals prohibited.</SUBJECT>
              <P>No principal of the borrower entity may receive a salary or any payment of funds derived from operation of the project, other than from permissible distributions, except as approved by HUD.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 232.1011</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Financial reports.</SUBJECT>

              <P>Within 90 days following the end of each entity's fiscal year, the borrower must provide HUD an audited annual financial report based on an examination of its books and records, in such form and substance required by HUD in accordance with 24 CFR 5.801 and 200.36. Operators must submit financial statements quarterly within 30 days of the date of the end of each fiscal quarter, setting forth both quarterly and<PRTPAGE P="26229"/>fiscal year-to-date information in accordance with 24 CFR 5.801(c)(4).</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 232.1013</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Leases.</SUBJECT>
              <P>Except to enter into resident agreements in the standard course of operating the healthcare facility, an operator may not lease or sublease any portion of the project without HUD's prior written approval.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 232.1015</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Management agents.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) An operator or borrower may, with the prior written approval of HUD, execute a management agent agreement setting forth the duties and procedures for matters related to the management of the project. Both the management agent and the management agent agreement must be acceptable to HUD and approved in writing by HUD.</P>
              <P>(b) An operator or borrower may not enter into any agreement that provides for a management agent to have rights to or claims on funds owed to the operator.</P>
              <P>(c) Management agent fees may not be renegotiated without HUD's written approval once the management agent agreement has been executed.</P>
              <P>(d) HUD may approve an identity of interest between a management agent and a borrower or operator only to the extent that the goods and services provided benefit the project and if the operator clearly establishes that the amounts paid to the identity-of-interest management agent for goods and services provided to the healthcare facility are not in excess of amounts that would be charged by an independent management agent.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 232.1017</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Restrictions on deposit, withdrawal, and distribution of funds, and repayment of advances.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a)<E T="03">Deposit of funds.</E>An operator must deposit all revenue the operator receives directly or indirectly in connection with the operation of the healthcare facility in a separate, segregated account. The account must be with a financial institution whose deposits are insured by an agency of the Federal Government,<E T="03">provided</E>that an account held in an institution acceptable to the Government National Mortgage Association may have a balance that exceeds the amount to which such insurance is limited.</P>
              <P>(b)<E T="03">Withdrawals of funds.</E>Operators, whether or not an operator is also the borrower, shall at all times maintain positive working capital for the healthcare facility. If a quarterly financial statement, required pursuant to § 232.1011, demonstrates negative working capital for the healthcare facility, the operator must cure such violation or HUD may pursue such remedies as set forth in the insured mortgage loan's transactional documents.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 232.1019</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Prompt notification to HUD and mortgagee of circumstances placing the value of the security at risk.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) HUD and the mortgagee shall be informed of any notification of any failure to comply with governmental requirements including the following:</P>
              <P>(1) The licensed operator of a project shall promptly provide the mortgagee and HUD with a copy of any notification that has placed the licensure, a provider funding source, and/or the ability to admit new residents at risk, and any responses to those notices, provided that HUD may determine certain information to be exempt from this requirement based upon severity level. Such required information shall include, but is not limited to, the following types of notices and responses:</P>
              <P>(i) The operator shall deliver to HUD and the mortgagee electronically, within 48 hours after the date of receipt, copies of any and all notices, reports, surveys, and other correspondence (regardless of form) received by the operator from any governmental authority that includes any statement, finding, or assertion that:</P>
              <P>(A) The operator or the project is or may be in violation of (or default under) any of the permits and approvals or any governmental requirements applicable thereto;</P>
              <P>(B) Any of the permits and approvals is to be terminated, limited in any way, or not renewed;</P>
              <P>(C) Any civil money penalty (other than a de minimis amount) is being or may be imposed; or</P>
              <P>(D) The operator or the project is subject to any governmental investigation or inquiry involving fraud.</P>
              <P>(ii) The operator shall also deliver to HUD and the mortgagee, simultaneously with delivery to any governmental authority, any and all responses given by or on behalf of the operator to any of the foregoing and shall provide to HUD and the mortgagee, promptly upon request, such additional information relating to any of the foregoing as HUD or the mortgagee may request. The receipt by HUD and/or the mortgagee of notices, reports, surveys, correspondence, and other information shall not in any way impose any obligation or liability on HUD, the mortgagee, or their respective agents, representatives, or designees to take (or refrain from taking) any action; and HUD, the mortgagee, and their respective agents, representatives, and designees shall have no liability for any failure to act thereon or as a result thereof.</P>
              <P>(2) The operator shall provide additional and ongoing information as requested by the borrower, mortgagee, or HUD pertaining to matters related to that risk. Controlling documents between or among any of the parties may provide further requirements with respect to such notification and communication.</P>
              <P>(b) This section is applicable to all operators on the effective date of this regulation.</P>
            </SECTION>
          </SUBPART>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: April 12, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Carol J. Galante,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner .</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10690 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4210-67-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Department of the Army, Corps of Engineers</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>33 CFR Part 334</CFR>
        <SUBJECT>Meloy Channel, U.S. Coast Guard Base Miami Beach, FL; Restricted Area</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>United States Army Corps of Engineers, Department of Defense.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) is proposing to amend its regulations to establish a new restricted area in the waters surrounding the U.S. Coast Guard Base Miami Beach, Florida (Base Miami Beach). Base Miami Beach is composed of multiple U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) units, both land and waterside. The facility has one of the highest operational tempos in the USCG for both routine and emergency operations. The amendment to the regulations is necessary to enhance the USCG's ability to secure their shoreline to counter postulated threats against their personnel, equipment, cutters and facilities by providing stand-off corridors encompassing the waters immediately contiguous to Base Miami Beach. The amendment will also serve to protect the general public from injury or property damage during routine and emergency USCG operations and provide an explosive safety arc buffer during periodic transfer of ammunitions between units, including cutters.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be submitted on or before June 4, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number COE-2012-0009, by any of the following methods:<PRTPAGE P="26230"/>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Email:</E>
            <E T="03">david.b.olson@usace.army.mil</E>. Include the docket number, COE-2012-0009, in the subject line of the message.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Attn: CECW-CO (David B. Olson), 441 G Street NW., Washington, DC 20314-1000.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>Due to security requirements, we cannot receive comments by hand delivery or courier.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Direct your comments to docket number COE-2012-0009. All comments received will be included in the public docket without change and may be made available on-line at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, including any personal information provided, unless the commenter indicates that the comment includes information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Do not submit information that you consider to be CBI, or otherwise protected, through regulations.gov or email. The regulations.gov web site is an anonymous access system, which means we will not know your identity or contact information unless you provide it in the body of your comment. If you send an email directly to the Corps without going through regulations.gov, your email address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the Internet. If you submit an electronic comment, we recommend that you include your name and other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. If we cannot read your comment because of technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, we may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic comments should avoid the use of any special characters, any form of encryption, and be free of any defects or viruses.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>For access to the docket to read background documents or comments received, go to<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>. All documents in the docket are listed. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, such as CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Mr. David Olson, Headquarters, Operations and Regulatory Community of Practice, Washington, DC at 202-761-4922 or Mr. Jon M. Griffin, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Jacksonville District, Regulatory Division, at 904-232-1680.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Summary</HD>
        <P>The purpose of this regulatory action is to establish a restricted area in the waters surrounding the U.S. Coast Guard Base Miami Beach, Florida to counter postulated threats against their personnel, equipment, cutters and facilities by providing stand-off corridors encompassing the waters immediately contiguous to Base Miami Beach.</P>
        <P>The Corps authority to establish this restricted area is Section 7 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1917 (40 Stat 266; 33 U.S.C. 1) and Chapter XIX of the Army Appropriations Act of 1919 (40 Stat. 892; 33 U.S.C. 3).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to its authorities in Section 7 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1917 (40 Stat 266; 33 U.S.C. 1) and Chapter XIX of the Army Appropriations Act of 1919 (40 Stat 892; 33 U.S.C. 3) the Corps is proposing to amend the regulations at 33 CFR part 334 by establishing a new restricted area in the waters near Meloy Channel, Government Cut Channel, and Miami Main Channel surrounding Base Miami Beach. The proposed amendment to this regulation will allow the Base Commander, U.S. Coast Guard Base Miami Beach to restrict passage of persons, watercraft, and vessels in waters contiguous to this Command, thereby providing greater security to the personnel, equipment, cutters, and facilities housed at the site.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Procedural Requirements</HD>
        <P>a.<E T="03">Review Under Executive Order 12866.</E>The proposed rule is issued with respect to a military function of the Department of Defense and the provisions of Executive Order 12866 do not apply.</P>
        <P>b.<E T="03">Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</E>The proposed rule has been reviewed under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (Pub. L. 96-354) which requires the preparation of a regulatory flexibility analysis for any regulation that will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities (i.e., small businesses and small governments). Unless information is obtained to the contrary during the comment period, the Corps expects that the proposed rule would have practically no economic impact on the public, or result in no anticipated navigational hazard or interference with existing waterway traffic. This proposed rule, if adopted, will have no significant economic impact on small entities.</P>
        <P>c.<E T="03">Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act.</E>Due to the administrative nature of this action and because there is no intended change in the use of the area, the Corps expects that this regulation, if adopted, will not have a significant impact on the quality of the human environment and, therefore, preparation of an environmental impact statement will not be required. An environmental assessment will be prepared after the public notice period is closed and all comments have been received and considered.</P>
        <P>d.<E T="03">Unfunded Mandates Act.</E>This proposed rule does not contain a Federal mandate that may result in expenditures of $100 million or more for State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private sector in any one year. Therefore, this proposed rule is not subject to the requirements of Sections 202 and 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA). The proposed rule contains no regulatory requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, the proposed rule is not subject to the requirements of Section 203 of UMRA.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 334</HD>
          <P>Danger zones, Navigation (water), Restricted areas, Waterways.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Corps proposes to amend 33 CFR part 334 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 334—DANGER ZONE AND RESTRICTED AREA REGULATIONS</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 334 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>40 Stat. 266 (33 U.S.C. 1) and 40 Stat. 892 (33 U.S.C. 3).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. Add § 334.605 to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 334.605</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Meloy Channel, U.S. Coast Guard Base Miami Beach, Florida; restricted area.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">The area.</E>The restricted area shall encompass all navigable waters of the United States as defined at 33 CFR part 329, within the area bounded by a line connecting the following coordinates: Commencing from the shoreline at latitude 25°46′20.07″ N, longitude 080°08′50.94″ W; thence to latitude 25°46′22.69″ N, longitude 080°08′44.01″ W; thence to latitude 25°46′22.02″ N, longitude 080°08′42.14″ W; thence to latitude 25°46′12.23″ N, longitude 080°08′35.33″ W; thence to latitude<PRTPAGE P="26231"/>25°46′09.13″ N, longitude 080°08′40.74″ W; thence to latitude 25°46′11.63″ N, longitude 080°08′43.36″ W; thence to latitude 25°46′17.22″ N, longitude 080°08′47.17″ W; thence to latitude 25°46′17.15″ N, longitude 080°08′47.62″ W; thence to latitude 25°46′17.63″ N, longitude 080°08′49.33″ W; thence to latitude 25°46′18.91″ N, longitude 080°08′50.24″ W; thence proceed directly to a point on the shoreline at latitude 25°46′18.76″ N, longitude 080°08′50.71″ W thence following the mean high water line to the point of beginning.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">The regulations.</E>(1) The restricted area described in paragraph (a) of this section is only open to U.S. Government vessels. U.S. Government vessels include, but are not limited to, U.S. Coast Guard and Coast Guard Auxiliary vessels, Department of Defense vessels, state and local law enforcement and emergency services vessels, and vessels under contract with the U.S. Government. Warning signs notifying individuals of the restricted area boundary and prohibiting all unauthorized entry into the area will be posted along the property boundary and, as appropriate, on the piers of the MacArthur Causeway Bridge adjacent to the restricted area.</P>
            <P>(2) All persons, vessels, and other craft are prohibited from entering, transiting, drifting, dredging, or anchoring within the restricted area described in paragraph (a) of this section without prior approval from the Base Commander, U.S. Coast Guard Base Miami Beach or his/her designated representative.</P>
            <P>(3) Fishing, trawling, net-fishing, and other aquatic activities are prohibited in the restricted area without prior approval from the Base Commander, U.S. Coast Guard Base Miami Beach or his/her designated representative.</P>
            <P>(4) The restrictions described in paragraph (b) of this section are in effect 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Enforcement.</E>The regulations in this section shall be enforced by the Base Commander, U.S. Coast Guard Base Miami Beach and/or such persons or agencies as he/she may designate.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: April 25, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Richard C. Lockwood,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Chief, Operations and Regulatory, Directorate of Civil Works.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10606 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3720-58-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OW-2011-0520; FRL-9667-2]</DEPDOC>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 147</CFR>
        <SUBJECT>State of Tennessee; Underground Injection Control (UIC) Program Primacy</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of public comment period and of public hearing.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The purpose of this notice is to announce that: 1 the EPA has received a complete application from the State of Tennessee requesting approval of its Underground Injection Control program; 2 the EPA has determined the application contains all the required elements; 3 the application is available for inspection and copying at the address appearing below; 4 public comments are requested; and (5) a public hearing will be held.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>Requests for a public hearing and/or to present oral testimony must be received by May 31, 2012; if determined to be warranted, the Public Hearing will be held on June 7, 2012 at 1:00 p.m. Requests to testify may be mailed to Fred McManus, Chief, Ground Water and SDWA Enforcement Section, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303. If it is determined that a hearing is warranted, it will be held on the 17th Floor Conference Room B, L&amp;C Tower, 401 Church Street, Nashville, Tennessee 37243. Comments will be accepted until June 14, 2012. The EPA will determine by June 4, 2012, whether there is sufficient interest to warrant a public hearing. Contact Nancy H. Marsh to determine if a hearing is warranted (see the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>section).</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2011-0520, by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">www.regulations.gov:</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Email:</E>
            <E T="03">marsh.nancy@epa.gov</E>.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(404) 562-9439.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>State of Tennessee; Underground Injection Control (UIC) Program Primacy, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Mailcode: 2822T, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460. Hand Delivery: Water Docket, EPA Docket Center (EPA/DC) EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC. Such deliveries are only accepted during the Docket's normal hours of operation, and special arrangements should be made for deliveries of boxed information.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Direct your comments to Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2011-0520. EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change and may be made available online at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Do not submit information that you consider to be CBI or otherwise protected through<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or email. The<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>Web site is an “anonymous access” system, which means the EPA will not know your identity or contact information unless you provide it in the body of your comment. If you send an email comment directly to the EPA without going through<E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>your email address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the Internet. If you submit an electronic comment, the EPA recommends that you include your name and other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. If the EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, the EPA may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic files should avoid the use of special characters, any form of encryption, and be free of any defects or viruses. For additional information about the EPA's public docket, visit the EPA Docket Center homepage at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/epahome/dockets.htm</E>of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>All documents in the docket are listed in the<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>index. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, e.g., CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, will be publicly available only in hard copy. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically in<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or in hard copy at the following locations:</P>
          

          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, Library, 9th Floor, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303. The Library is open from<PRTPAGE P="26232"/>9:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Library is (404) 562-8190.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation, 6th Floor, 401 Church Street, Nashville, Tennessee 32743, The Library is open from 9:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Library is (615) 532-0191.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">State of Tennessee; Underground Injection Control (UIC) Program Primacy Docket, EPA/DC, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC. The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the OW Docket is (202) 566-2426.</FP>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Nancy H. Marsh, Safe Drinking Water Branch, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303; telephone number: 404-562-9450. Fax number: 404-562-9439; email address:<E T="03">marsh.nancy@epa.gov.</E>Comments should also be sent to this address.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The State of Tennessee has submitted an application to regulate Class I, II, III, IV and V injection wells in the State. The application was determined to be complete because it included all of the requirements of 40 CFR § 145.22(a): a letter from the Governor requesting program approval; a complete description of the State Underground Injection Control program; a statement of legal authority; a memorandum of agreement between the State of Tennessee and the EPA, Region 4; copies of all applicable rules and forms; and a showing of the State's public participation process prior to program submission.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 19, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>A. Stanley Meiburg,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Regional Administrator, Region 4.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10619 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>42 CFR Parts 430, 431, 435, 436, 440, 441, and 447</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[CMS-2249-CN]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0938-AO53</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Medicaid Program; State Plan Home and Community-Based Services, 5-Year Period for Waivers, Provider Payment Reassignment, and Setting Requirements for Community First Choice; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; correction.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document corrects a technical error that appeared in the proposed rule published elsewhere in this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>entitled “Medicaid Program; State Plan Home and Community-Based Services, 5-Year Period for Waivers, Provider Payment Reassignment, and Setting Requirements for Community First Choice.” The proposed rule was intended to carry a 60-day comment period, but was submitted with a 30-day comment period. This document corrects that error.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The comment close date for the proposed rule under the same heading published elsewhere in this issue is correctly extended to July 2, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Annette Brewer, (410) 786-6580.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule that is published elsewhere in this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, there was a technical error that is identified and corrected in the Correction of Errors section below. The provisions in this correction document are effective as if they had been included in the document that is published elsewhere in this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Summary of Errors</HD>
        <P>In the<E T="02">DATES</E>section of the proposed rule, we inadvertently stated that the comment period would close on June 4, 2012 allowing a 30-day comment period. This notice is being issued to correct that error and to allow a 60-day comment period.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Waiver of Proposed Rulemaking</HD>

        <P>We ordinarily publish a notice of proposed rulemaking in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>to provide a period for public comment before the provisions of a rule take effect in accordance with section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). However, we can waive this notice and comment procedure if the Secretary finds, for good cause, that the notice and comment process is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, and incorporates a statement of the finding and the reasons therefore in the notice. We are not issuing additional rulemaking at this time since this notice extends the comment period for the proposed rule to 60 days to allow the public additional time to submit comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Correction of Errors</HD>
        <P>In proposed rule that is published elsewhere in this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, make the following corrections:</P>
        <P>In the<E T="02">DATES</E>section, the date “June 4, 2012” is corrected to read “July 2, 2012”.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Program No. 93.778, Medical Assistance Program)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jennifer M. Cannistra</NAME>
          <TITLE>Executive Secretary to the Department.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10677 Filed 5-1-12; 11:15 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4120-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <AGENCY TYPE="O">GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <AGENCY TYPE="O">NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>48 CFR Parts 2, 22, and 52</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[FAR Case 2011-028; Docket 2011-0028; Sequence 1]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 9000-AM21</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Federal Acquisition Regulation; Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCIES:</HD>
          <P>Department of Defense (DoD), General Services Administration (GSA), and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>DoD, GSA, and NASA are proposing to amend the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) to implement an Executive order for nondisplacement of qualified workers under service contracts, as implemented in Department of Labor regulations.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>Interested parties should submit written comments to the Regulatory<PRTPAGE P="26233"/>Secretariat at one of the addressees shown below on or before July 2, 2012 to be considered in the formation of the final rule.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments in response to FAR Case 2011-028 by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Regulations.gov: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Submit comments via the Federal eRulemaking portal by searching “FAR Case 2011-028”. Select the link “Submit a Comment” that corresponds with “FAR Case 2011-028.” Follow the instructions provided at the “Submit a Comment” screen. Please include your name, company name (if any), and “FAR Case 2011-028” on your attached document.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-501-4067.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>General Services Administration, Regulatory Secretariat (MVCB), ATTN: Hada Flowers, 1275 First Street NE., 7th Floor, Washington, DC 20417.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Please submit comments only and cite FAR Case 2011-028, in all correspondence related to this case. All comments received will be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal and/or business confidential information provided.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Mr. Edward Loeb, Procurement Analyst, at 202-501-0650, for clarification of content. For information pertaining to status or publication schedules, contact the Regulatory Secretariat at 202-501-4755. Please cite FAR Case 2011-028.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>

        <P>DoD, GSA, and NASA are proposing to amend the FAR to implement Executive Order (E.O.) 13495, Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts, dated January 30, 2009, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>at 74 FR 6103 on February 4, 2009, and the Department of Labor (DOL) implementing regulations, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>at 76 FR 53720, August 29, 2011, with an effective date to be established later. The E.O. revoked E.O. 13204 of February 17, 2001, which had resulted in the deletion of FAR subpart 22.12 in its entirety. This proposed rule would amend the FAR to add subpart 22.12 and a new clause at FAR 52.222-XX, providing the policy of the Federal Government, as expressed in E.O. 13495, to require service contractors and their subcontractors under successor contracts to offer employees of the predecessor contractor and its subcontractors a right of first refusal of employment for positions for which they are qualified. The E.O. provides a clause for service contracts that will succeed service contracts for performance of the same or similar work at the same location.</P>
        <P>Executive Order 13495 specifically excludes service contracts and subcontracts in the following categories:</P>
        <P>• Under the simplified acquisition threshold;</P>
        <P>• Awarded through the AbilityOne Program pursuant to the rules of the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled (41 U.S.C. chapter 85);</P>
        <P>• Guard, elevator operator, messenger, or custodial services provided to the Federal Government by sheltered workshops employing the “severely handicapped” as described in 40 U.S.C. 593;</P>
        <P>• Vending facility agreements entered into under the Randolph-Sheppard Act; and</P>
        <P>• Employees who were hired to work under a Federal service contract and one or more nonfederal service contracts as part of a single job, provided that the employees were not deployed in a manner that was designed to avoid the purposes of E.O. 13495.</P>
        <P>The E.O. and DOL regulations provide (see 29 CFR 9.1(b)) that nothing in either document can be used as a reason for failure to comply with any provision of law or other E.O. With this policy, the E.O. and the DOL implementing regulations allow for compliance with (a) the HUBZone Program (15 U.S.C. 657a and 632(p) and FAR subpart 19.13), (b) Executive Order 11246 (Equal Employment Opportunity), and (c) the Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974 (38 U.S.C. 4212). For these reasons, the FAR proposed rule includes a paragraph regarding such compliance, at FAR 22.1202(b), Policy, and paragraph (b)(2) of the clause at FAR 52.222-XX, to be used in procurements where one of the offerors for the successor contract may have been certified by the Small Business Administration as a HUBZone small business concern.</P>
        <P>In addition to the exemptions listed above, the E.O. provides, at section 4, the authority for the head of a contracting department or agency to waive the application of the E.O. to a contract, subcontract, or purchase order (or a class of contracts, subcontracts, or purchase orders) upon a determination that its application would impair the ability of the Government to procure services on an economical and efficient basis or would not serve the purposes of the E.O. (see also 29 CFR 9.4(d)). A decision to exempt a procurement or class of procurements from one or more provisions of the E.O. is a requirements decision, and the associated analysis, documentation, and other requirements necessary for an exemption are subject to 29 CFR part 9. However, the FAR puts contracting officials on notice that any waiver that is not completed in accordance with 29 CFR part 9 prior to the contract solicitation date automatically makes the agency waiver determination inoperative. Failure to comply will require resolicitation.</P>
        <P>The E.O. tasked the Secretary of Labor with enforcement, authorized the Secretary of Labor, among other things, to issue final orders prescribing appropriate sanctions and remedies, and required the Secretary of Labor to issue regulations that implement the requirements of the E.O.</P>
        <P>The E.O. required FAR regulations 180 days after the date of the E.O. FAR Case 2009-001 was opened February 5, 2009. However, that FAR case was closed and a new FAR case opened upon publication of the final DOL rule, which occurred on August 29, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Discussion and Analysis</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule would add FAR subpart 22.12, entitled Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts, and the associated clause at FAR 52.222-XX, entitled Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers. The requirements in FAR subpart 22.12 and the associated clause are taken directly from E.O. 13495 and the implementing regulations published August 29, 2011, by the Department of Labor at 29 CFR part 9 (see 76 FR 53720). However, the FAR does not repeat elements of the investigative methods, available reviews, or enforcement mechanisms established by the Department of Labor except as necessary to ensure that contracting officers and contractors, including subcontractors, are aware of their requirements and responsibilities.</P>
        <P>For the reasons listed above, FAR subpart 22.12 includes the following, using as its source both the text of E.O. 13495 and 29 CFR part 9:</P>
        <P>A. The definitions “service contract” and “United States” at FAR 22.1201 apply to the new subpart. The definition of “service employee” has been moved to FAR 22.001 to apply to all of part 22.</P>
        <P>B.<E T="03">Statement of policy:</E>The sources for the coverage at FAR 22.1202(a) are section 1 of E.O. 13495 and 29 CFR section 9.1. The coverage applies only to service contracts for performance of the same or similar services at the same location.</P>
        <P>C.<E T="03">Exemptions:</E>The sources for this coverage are section 3 of E.O. 13495 and<PRTPAGE P="26234"/>29 CFR 9.4. The five exemptions in the E.O. are repeated in FAR 22.1203-2.</P>
        <P>D.<E T="03">Waiver authority and limitations:</E>The sources of this coverage are section 4 of E.O. 13495 and 29 CFR section 9.4(d), both of which permit waiver, with certain limitations, of the E.O.'s requirements by the head of a contracting department or agency. By longstanding FAR convention, agencies would be able to delegate this authority pursuant to FAR 1.108(b). DoD, GSA, and NASA are evaluating the need for potential restrictions on the level to which the authority may be delegated. When an agency exercises its waiver authority, it must notify DOL of its decision in accordance with 29 CFR 9.4(d)(2) and provide the Department of Labor with a copy of its written analysis no later than 5 business days after the solicitation date which DOL will then post on its Web site. The waiver authority has specific penalties for agencies that do not comply. Contracting officers are impacted because the agency's failure to comply with DOL regulations regarding waivers makes the waiver inoperative and requires the contracting officer to insert the clause in the solicitation.</P>
        <P>E.<E T="03">Certified employee lists:</E>The sources of this coverage are section 5 of E.O. 13495 and 29 CFR section 9.12(e). The predecessor contractor is required to provide a certified list of its employees who are qualified to work on the successor contract. The contracting officer must provide the list to the successor contractor in a timely manner.</P>
        <P>F.<E T="03">Required notifications to contractors and employees:</E>The sources for this coverage are 29 CFR 9.11 and 9.12. 29 CFR 9.11(b) states that “the Contracting Officer will ensure that the predecessor contractor provides written notice to its service employees * * * of their possible right to an offer of employment.” In addition, 29 CFR 9.12(e) states that “the contractor shall, not less than 30 days before completion of the contactor's performance of services on a contract, furnish the Contracting Officer with a list of the names of all service employees working under the contract and its subcontracts at the time the list is submitted.” The likelihood exists that, during the initial implementation of the E.O., service employees of the predecessor contractor may not receive written notice and Contracting Officers (and hence successor contractors) may not receive the list 30 days before the end of the contract. As a general matter, predecessor contractors will be operating under the existing notification clause set forth at FAR 52.222-41(n) (applicable to contracts subject to the Service Contract Act (SCA)). This clause does not address notification to service employees because there was not previously a right of first refusal. In addition, the clause permits submission of the list to the Contracting Officer as few as 10 days prior to completion of the contract. DoD, GSA, and NASA note that under 29 CFR 9.12(a)(2), a successor contractor's obligation to offer a right of first refusal exists even if the information is not provided by the incumbent within the 30-day window (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>“even if the successor contractor was not provided a list of the predecessor contractor's employees or the list did not contain the names of all persons employed during the final month of contract performance.”) The FAR Council is considering possible steps that might be taken, as agencies transition to the new clause, to reduce instances where service employees of the predecessor contractor and successor contractors do not receive notice of their rights and successors receive lists less than 30 days before the end of the contract. One possible step the FAR Council is considering is to encourage agencies to enter into bilateral modifications (starting with the largest SCA-covered contracts) that obligate predecessor contractors to (1) inform their service employees of their right of first refusal and (2) provide the list to the Contracting Officer no less than 30 days before contract completion. DoD, GSA, and NASA invite the public to offer their views and ideas as part of their comments on this rulemaking.</P>
        <P>G.<E T="03">Remedies and sanctions:</E>The sources of this coverage are section 6 of E.O. 13495 and 29 CFR 9.24. This area is within the purview of the DOL. The FAR, at section 22.1206, addresses the contracting officer's role.</P>
        <P>H.<E T="03">Contract clause:</E>The sources of this coverage are section 5 of E.O. 13495 and Appendix A of 29 CFR part 9. The paragraphs in the proposed FAR clause have been reordered by importance and in accordance with FAR drafting procedures.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563</HD>
        <P>Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). E.O. 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This is a significant regulatory action and, therefore, was subject to review under section 6(b) of E.O. 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, dated September 30, 1993. This rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>DOD, GSA, and NASA do not believe that this rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act 5 U.S.C. 601,<E T="03">et seq.</E>Nonetheless, they are preparing an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA), in the interest of soliciting public comments, which is summarized as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>DoD, GSA, and NASA are issuing a proposed rule to amend the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) to implement Executive Order (E.O.) 13495, entitled Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts (dated January 30, 2009) and the Department of Labor final rule implementing the E.O. (29 CFR part 9, published at 76 FR 53720, dated August 29, 2011).</P>
          <P>It is the policy of the Federal Government to require service contractors and their subcontractors under successor contracts to offer employees of the predecessor contractor and its subcontractors a right of first refusal of employment for positions for which they are qualified. The E.O. provides a clause for service contracts that will succeed service contracts for performance of the same or similar work at the same location. The E.O. revoked E.O. 13204 of February 17, 2001, which resulted in the deletion of FAR subpart 22.12 in its entirety. This FAR proposed rule would add subpart 22.12 and a new clause at FAR 52.222-XX.</P>
          <P>Executive Order 13495 excludes service contracts and subcontracts in the following categories:</P>
          <P>• Under the simplified acquisition threshold.</P>
          <P>• Awarded through the AbilityOne Program pursuant to the rules of the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled (41 U.S.C. chapter 85).</P>
          <P>• Guard, elevator operator, messenger, or custodial services provided to the Federal Government by sheltered workshops employing the severely handicapped as described in 40 U.S.C. 593.</P>
          <P>• Vending facility agreements entered into under the Randolph-Sheppard Act.</P>
          <P>• Employees who were hired to work under a Federal service contract and one or more nonfederal service contracts as part of a single job, provided that the employees were not deployed in a manner that was designed to avoid the purposes of E.O. 13495.</P>

          <P>The FAR proposed rule adds coverage that allows for compliance with (a) the HUBZone Program (see FAR subpart 19.13),(b) Executive Order 11246 (Equal Employment Opportunity), and (c) the Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974.<PRTPAGE P="26235"/>
          </P>
          <P>In addition to the exemptions above, the E.O. provides, at section 4, the authority for the head of a contracting department or agency to waive the application of the E.O. to a contract, subcontract, or purchase order (or a class of contracts, subcontracts, or purchase orders) upon a determination its application would impair the ability of the Government to procure services on an economical and efficient basis or would not serve the purposes of E.O. 13495 (see also 29 CFR 9.4(d)). A decision to exempt a procurement or class of procurements from one or more provisions of the E.O. is a requirements decision, and the associated analysis, documentation, and other requirements necessary for an exemption are subject to 29 CFR part 9. However, the FAR puts contracting officials on notice in this FAR proposed rule that any waiver that is not completed in accordance with 29 CFR part 9 prior to the contract solicitation date automatically makes the agency determination inoperative.</P>
          <P>The E.O. tasked the Secretary of Labor with enforcement authority that, among other things, authorizes the Secretary Labor to issue final orders prescribing appropriate sanctions and remedies, including but not limited to, orders requiring employment and payment of wages lost, and required the Secretary to develop implementing regulations. These matters are not addressed in the FAR because they are outside the contracting function.</P>
          <P>The estimated impact that follows is based entirely upon the DOL figures reported in the proposed and final rules that it published implementing E.O. 13495. Although DOL prepared an initial regulatory flexibility analysis, the agency, in the final rule, certified that 29 CFR part 9 does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. There is no additional impact due to the implementation of the DOL regulations in the FAR. The requirements in the FAR are taken from the E.O. and 29 CFR part 9 without addition.</P>
          <P>DOL estimated that 28,800 small entities will be subject to its regulation and the majority of these small entities will incur compliance costs of less than $100. The analysis offsets the actions that a successor contractor would already be taking, such as determining an individual's suitability for available positions and documentting employment decisions. Further, DOL assumed a time/cost savings on the part of small entities because the entities will not have to engage in recruiting and training an entirely new workforce.</P>
          <P>The predecessor contractor is required to provide a certified list of the names of all service employees working under that contract, and its subcontracts, to the contracting agency no later than 30 days before completion of performance of the predecessor contract. DOL notes, however, that there is little or no cost associated with this requirement because the certified list is the same list as the certified seniority list currently required to be provided under the Service Contract Act clause, FAR 52.222-41(n). The minimal new reporting requirements mandated by the DOL implementation of E.O. 13495 are addressed in the information collection justification submitted by DOL in connection with its final rule (see 76 FR 53720 dated August 29, 2011). No additional reporting requirements are imposed by the FAR rule, which merely relocates the contract clause from the E.O. into FAR part 52.</P>
          <P>The rule does not duplicate, overlap, or conflict with any other Federal rules. The requirements of E.O. 13495 do not allow for any alternatives.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>The FAR Secretariat has submitted a copy of the IRFA to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration. A copy of the IRFA may be obtained from the Regulatory Secretariat. DoD, GSA, and NASA invite comments from small business concerns and other interested parties on the expected impact of this rule on small entities.</P>
        <P>DoD, GSA, and NASA will also consider comments from small entities concerning the existing regulations in subparts affected by the rule in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 610. Interested parties must submit such comments separately and should cite 5 U.S.C. 610 (FAR Case 2011-028), in correspondence.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35) does apply; however these changes to the FAR do not imposed additional information collection requirements to the paperwork burden previously approved under the Office of Management and Budget Control Number 1235-0007 and 1235-XXXX, titled: Labor Standards for Federal Service Contracts—Regulations 29 CFR, Part 4 and Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts Executive Order 13495, respectively.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 48 CFR Parts 2, 22, and 52</HD>
          <P>Government procurement.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Laura Auletta,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Governmentwide Acquisition Policy, Office of Acquisition Policy, Office of Governmentwide Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>Therefore, DoD, GSA, and NASA propose amending 48 CFR parts 2, 22, and 52 as set forth below:</P>
        <P>1. The authority citation for 48 CFR parts 2, 22, and 52 continues to read as follows:</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>40 U.S.C. 121(c); 10 U.S.C. chapter 137; and 42 U.S.C. 2473(c).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 2—DEFINITIONS OF WORDS AND TERMS</HD>
          <P>2. Amend section 2.101, in paragraph (a), in the definition “United States” by redesignating paragraphs 4 through 10 as paragraphs 5 through 11, respectively; and adding a new paragraph 4 to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>2.101</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Unites States</E>* * *</P>
            <P>(4) For use in subpart 22.13, see the definition at 22.1201.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 22—APPLICATION OF LABOR LAWS TO GOVERNMENT ACQUISITIONS</HD>
          <P>3. Amend section 22.001 by adding, in alphabetical order, the definition “Service employee” to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>22.001</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Service employee</E>means any person engaged in the performance of a service contract other than any person employed in a bona fide executive, administrative, or professional capacity, as those terms are defined in 29 CFR part 541. The term “service employee” includes all such persons regardless of any contractual relationship that may be alleged to exist between a contractor or subcontractor and such persons.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>22.1001</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>4. Amend section 22.1001 by removing the definition “Service employee”.</P>
            <P>5. Add subpart 22.12 to read as follows:</P>
            <CONTENTS>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 22.12—Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts</HD>
                <SECTNO>22.1200</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Scope of subpart.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>22.1201</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>22.1202</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>22.1203</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>22.1203-1</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>22.1203-2</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Exemptions.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>22.1203-3</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Waiver.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>22.1204</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Certified employee lists.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>22.1205</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Notification to contractors and employees.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>22.1206</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Remedies and sanctions for violations of this subpart.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>22.1207</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Contract clause.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
            </CONTENTS>
          </SECTION>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 22.12—Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1200</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Scope of subpart.</SUBJECT>
              <P>This subpart prescribes policies and procedures for implementing Executive Order 13495 of January 30, 2009, Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1201</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              <P>As used in this subpart—<PRTPAGE P="26236"/>
              </P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Service contract</E>means any Government contract, the principal purpose of which is to furnish services in the United States through the use of service employees, except as exempted under the Service Contract Labor Standards (41 U.S.C. chapter 67; see 22.1003-3 and 22.1003-4), or any subcontract at any tier thereunder. See 22.1003-5 and 29 CFR 4.130 for a partial list of services covered by the Act.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">United States</E>means the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Johnston Island, Wake Island, and outer Continental Shelf as defined in the outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1331,<E T="03">et seq.</E>), but does not include any other place subject to United States jurisdiction or any United States base or possession in a foreign country (29 CFR 4.112).</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1202</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) When a service contract succeeds a contract for performance of the same or similar services at the same location, the successor contractor and its subcontractors are required to offer those employees (other than managerial and supervisory employees) that are employed under the predecessor contract, and whose employment will be terminated as a result of the award of the successor contract, a right of first refusal of employment under the contract in positions for which they are qualified. Executive Order 13495 generally prohibits employment openings under the successor contract until such right of first refusal has been provided, when consistent with applicable law.</P>
              <P>(b) Nothing in Executive Order 13495 shall be construed to permit a contractor or subcontractor to fail to comply with any provision of any other Executive order or law. For example, the requirements of the HUBZone Program (see subpart 19.13), Executive Order 11246 (Equal Employment Opportunity), and the Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974 may conflict with the requirements of Executive Order 13495. Those laws and Executive orders must be satisfied in tandem with, and if necessary prior to, the requirements of Executive Order 13495 and this subpart.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1203</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1203-1</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
              <P>This subpart applies to service contracts that succeed contracts for the same or similar services at the same location.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1203-2</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Exemptions.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) This subpart does not apply to—</P>
              <P>(1) Contracts and subcontracts under the simplified acquisition threshold;</P>
              <P>(2) Contracts or subcontracts awarded pursuant to 41 U.S.C. chapter 85, Committee for Purchase from People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled;</P>
              <P>(3) Guard, elevator operator, messenger, or custodial services provided to the Government under contracts or subcontracts with sheltered workshops employing the “severely handicapped” as described in 40 U.S.C. 593;</P>
              <P>(4) Agreements for vending facilities entered into pursuant to the preference regulations issued under the Randolph Sheppard Act, 20 U.S.C. 107; or</P>
              <P>(5) Employees who were hired to work under a Federal service contract and one or more nonfederal service contracts as part of a single job, provided that the employees were not deployed in a manner that was designed to avoid the purposes of this subpart.</P>
              <P>(b) The exclusions in paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(4) of this subsection apply when either the predecessor or successor contract has been awarded for services produced or provided by the “severely handicapped.”</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1203-3</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Waiver.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) If the head of the procuring agency determines in writing that the application of this subpart would not serve the purposes of Executive Order 13495 or would impair the ability of the Federal Government to procure services on an economical and efficient basis, the agency head may waive some or all of the provisions of this subpart. Such waivers may be made for a contract, subcontract, or purchase order, or with respect to a class of contracts, subcontracts, or purchase orders. See 29 CFR 9.4(d)(4) for regulatory provisions addressing circumstances in which a waiver could or would not be appropriate. The waiver must be reflected in a written analysis as described in 29 CFR 9.4(d)(4)(i) and must be completed prior to the contract solicitation date, or the waiver is inoperative.</P>
              <P>(b)(1) When an agency exercises its waiver authority with respect to any contract, subcontract, or purchase order, the contracting officer shall direct the contractor to notify affected workers and their collective bargaining representative in writing, no later than five business days after the solicitation issuance date, of the agency's determination. The notice shall include facts supporting the determination. The contracting officer's failure to direct that the contractor provide the notice as provided in this subparagraph shall render the waiver decision inoperative, and the contracting officer shall include the clause at 52.222-XX in the solicitation.</P>
              <P>(2) Where a contracting agency waives application to a class of contracts, subcontracts, or purchase orders, the contracting officer shall, with respect to each individual solicitation, direct the contractor to notify incumbent workers and their collective bargaining representatives in writing, no later than five business days after each solicitation issuance date, of the agency's determination. The notice shall include facts supporting the determination. The contracting officer's failure to direct that the contractor provide the notice provided in this subparagraph shall render the waiver decision inoperative, and the contracting officer shall include the clause at 52.222-XX in the solicitation.</P>
              <P>(3) In addition, the agency shall notify the Department of Labor of its waiver decision and provide the Department of Labor with a copy of its written analysis no later than five business days after the solicitation issuance date. Failure to comply with this notification requirement shall render the waiver decision inoperative, and the contracting officer shall include the clause at 52.222-XX in the solicitation.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1204</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Certified employee lists.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) The predecessor contractor is required to furnish to the contracting officer, not less than 30 days before completion of the predecessor contract, a certified list of the names of all service employees working under the contract and its subcontracts at the time the list is submitted. The certified list must also contain anniversary dates of employment of each service employee under the contract and subcontracts for services. This list is the same as the seniority list required by paragraph (n) of the clause at 52.222-41, Service Contract Act of 1965. If there are no changes to the workforce before the predecessor contract is completed, then the predecessor contractor is not required to submit a revised list 10 days prior to completion of performance and the requirements of 52.222-41(n) are met. When there are changes to the workforce after submission of the 30-day list, the predecessor contractor shall submit a revised certified list not less than 10 days prior to performance completion.</P>

              <P>(b) The contracting officer shall provide the seniority list to the successor contractor and, if requested, to employees of the predecessor<PRTPAGE P="26237"/>contractor or subcontractors or their authorized representatives.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1205</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Notification to contractors and employees.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) The contracting officer shall ensure that the predecessor contractor provides written notice to service employees of their possible right to an offer of employment with the successor contractor. The written notice shall be—</P>
              <P>(1) Posted in a conspicuous place at the worksite; or</P>
              <P>(2) Delivered to the employees individually. If such delivery is via email, the notification must result in an electronic delivery receipt or some other reliable confirmation that the intended recipient received the notice.</P>

              <P>(b) Contracting officers may advise contractors to provide the notice in Appendix B to 29 CFR chapter 9. Where a significant portion of the predecessor contractor's workforce is not fluent in English, the notice shall be provided in English and language(s) with which employees are more familiar. English and Spanish versions of the notice are available on the Department of Labor Web site at<E T="03">http://www.dol.gov/whd.</E>
              </P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1206</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Remedies and sanctions for violations of this subpart.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) The Secretary of Labor has the authority to issue orders prescribing appropriate remedies, including, but not limited to, requiring the successor contractor to offer employment, in positions for which the employees are qualified, to employees from the predecessor contract and payment of wages lost.</P>
              <P>(b) After an investigation and a determination by the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor, that lost wages or other monetary relief is due, the Administrator may direct that so much of the accrued payments due on either the contract or any other contract between the contractor and the Government shall be withheld as are necessary to pay the monies due. Upon the final order of the Secretary of Labor that such monies are due, the Administrator may direct that such withheld funds be transferred to the Department of Labor for disbursement.</P>
              <P>(c) If the contracting officer or the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor, finds that the predecessor contractor has failed to provide the list required by 22.1204, the contracting officer may in his or her discretion, or on request by the Administrator, suspend contract payment until such time as the list is provided to the contracting officer.</P>
              <P>(d) The Secretary of Labor may also suspend or debar a contractor or subcontractor for a period of up to three years.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>22.1207</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Contract clause.</SUBJECT>
              <P>The contracting officer shall insert the clause at 52.222-XX, Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers, in solicitations and contracts for services (1) defined at 22.1201, (2) that succeed contracts for performance of the same or similar work at the same location, and (3) that are not exempted by 22.1203-2 or waived in accordance with 22.1203-3.</P>
            </SECTION>
          </SUBPART>
        </PART>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 52—SOLICITATION PROVISIONS AND CONTRACT CLAUSES</HD>
          <P>6. Amend section 52.212-5 by—</P>
          <P>a. Revising the date of the clause;</P>
          <P>b. Redesignating paragraphs (c)(7) and (c)(8) as paragraphs (c)(8) and (c)(9), respectively;</P>
          <P>c. Adding a new paragraph (c)(7);</P>
          <P>d. Redesignating paragraphs (e)(1)(xiii) and (e)(1)(xiv) as paragraphs (e)(1)(xiv) and (e)(1)(xv), respectively; and</P>
          <P>e. Adding a new paragraph (e)(1)(xiii) to read as follows.</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>52.212-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Contract Terms and Conditions Required To Implement Statutes of Executive Orders—Commercial Items.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Contract Terms and Conditions Required To Implement Statutes of Executive Orders—Commercial Items (DATE)</HD>
            <EXTRACT>
              <STARS/>
              <P>(c) * * *</P>
              <P>__(7) 52.222-XX, Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers (DATE) (E.O. 13495).</P>
              <STARS/>
              <P>(e)(1) * * *</P>
              <P>(i) * * *</P>
              <P>(xiii) 52.222-XX, Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers (DATE) (E.O. 13495).</P>
              <STARS/>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>7. Add section 52.222-XX to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>52.222-XX</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As prescribed in 22.1207, insert the following clause:</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers (DATE)</HD>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>(a) Consistent with the efficient performance of this contract, the Contractor and its subcontractors shall, except as otherwise provided herein, in good faith offer those employees (other than managerial and supervisory employees) employed under the predecessor contract whose employment will be terminated as a result of award of this contract or the expiration of the contract under which the employees were hired, a right of first refusal of employment under this contract in positions for which employees are qualified. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall determine the number of employees necessary for efficient performance of this contract and may elect to employ fewer employees than the predecessor Contractor employed in connection with performance of the work. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this clause, there shall be no employment opening under this contract, and the Contractor and any subcontractors shall not offer employment under this contract, to any person prior to having complied fully with this obligation. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall make a bona fide express offer of employment to each employee as provided herein and shall state the time within which the employee must accept such offer, but in no case shall the period within which the employee must accept the offer of employment be less than 10 days.</P>
              <P>(b)(1) Notwithstanding the obligation under paragraph (a) of this clause, the Contractor and any subcontractors (i) may employ under this contract any employee who has worked for the Contractor or subcontractor for at least three months immediately preceding the commencement of this contract and who would otherwise face lay-off or discharge, (ii) are not required to offer a right of first refusal to any employee(s) of the predecessor Contractor who are not service employees within the meaning of the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended, 41 U.S.C. 6701(3), and (iii) are not required to offer a right of first refusal to any employee(s) of the predecessor Contractor whom the Contractor or any of its subcontractors reasonably believes, based on the particular employee's past performance, has failed to perform suitably on the job.</P>

              <P>(2) In addition, any Contractor or subcontractor that has been certified by the U.S. Small Business Administration as a HUBZone small business concern must ensure that it complies with the statutory and regulatory requirements of the HUBZone Program (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>it must ensure that at least 35 percent of all of its employees reside within a HUBZone). The HUBZone small business Contractor or subcontractor must consider whether it can meet the requirements of this clause and Executive Order 13495 while also ensuring it meets the HUBZone Program's requirements.</P>
              <P>(3) Nothing in this clause shall be construed to permit a Contractor or subcontractor to fail to comply with any provision of any other Executive order or law. For example, the requirements of the HUBZone Program (see FAR subpart 19.13), Executive Order 11246 (Equal Employment Opportunity), and the Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974 may conflict with the requirements of Executive Order 13495. Those laws and Executive orders must be satisfied in tandem with, and if necessary prior to, the requirements of Executive Order 13495, 29 CFR part 9, and this clause.</P>

              <P>(c)(1) The Contractor shall, not less than 30 days before completion of the Contractor's performance of services on a contract, furnish the Contracting Officer with a certified list of the names of all service employees working under this contract and its subcontracts at the<PRTPAGE P="26238"/>time the list is submitted. The list shall also contain anniversary dates of employment of each service employee under this contract and its predecessor contracts with either the current or predecessor contractors or their subcontractors. Where changes to the workforce are made after the submission of the certified list described in this paragraph, the Contractor shall, in accordance with paragraph (d) of this clause, not less than 10 days before completion of the services on a contract, furnish the Contracting Officer with an updated certified list of the names of all service employees employed within the last month of contract performance. The updated list shall also contain anniversary dates of employment, and, where applicable, dates of separation of each service employee under the contract and its predecessor contracts with either the current or predecessor Contractors or their subcontractors. Only Contractors experiencing a change in their workforce between the 30- and 10-day periods will have to submit a list in accordance with paragraph (d) of this clause.</P>
              <P>(2) The Contracting Officer will provide the list to the successor Contractor, and the list shall be provided on request to employees or their representatives.</P>
              <P>(3) The Contracting Officer will direct the predecessor Contractor to provide written notice (Appendix B to 29 CFR chapter 9) to service employees of their possible right to an offer of employment with the successor Contractor. Where a significant portion of the predecessor Contractor's workforce is not fluent in English, the notice shall be provided in English and language(s) with which employees are more familiar. The written notice shall be—</P>
              <P>(i) Posted in a conspicuous place at the worksite; or</P>
              <P>(ii) Delivered to the employees individually. If such delivery is via email, the notification must result in an electronic delivery receipt or some other reliable confirmation that the intended recipient received the notice.</P>
              <P>(d)(1) If required in accordance with 52.222-41(n), the Contractor shall, not less than 10 days before completion of this contract, furnish the Contracting Officer a certified list of the names of all service employees working under this contract and its subcontracts during the last month of contract performance. The list shall also contain anniversary dates of employment of each service employee under this contract and its predecessor contracts either with the current or predecessor Contractors or their subcontractors. If there are no changes to the workforce before the predecessor contract is completed, then the predecessor Contractor is not required to submit a revised list 10 days prior to completion of performance and the requirements of 52.222-41(n) are met. When there are changes to the workforce after submission of the 30-day list, the predecessor Contractor shall submit a revised certified list not less than 10 days prior to performance completion.</P>
              <P>(2) The Contracting Officer will provide the list to the successor Contractor, and the list shall be provided on request to employees or their authorized representatives.</P>

              <P>(e) The Contractor and subcontractor shall maintain the following records (regardless of format,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>paper or electronic) of its compliance with this clause for not less than a period of three years from the date the records were created.</P>
              <P>(1) Copies of any written offers of employment or a contemporaneous written record of any oral offers of employment, including the date, location, and attendance roster of any employee meeting(s) at which the offers were extended, a summary of each meeting, a copy of any written notice that may have been distributed, and the names of the employees from the predecessor contract to whom an offer was made.</P>
              <P>(2) A copy of any record that forms the basis for any exemption claimed under this part.</P>
              <P>(3) A copy of the employee list provided to or received from the contracting agency.</P>
              <P>(4) An entry on the pay records of the amount of any retroactive payment of wages or compensation under the supervision of the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division to each employee, the period covered by such payment, and the date of payment, and a copy of any receipt form provided by or authorized by the Wage and Hour Division. The Contractor shall also deliver a copy of the receipt to the employee and file the original, as evidence of payment by the Contractor and receipt by the employee, with the Administrator or an authorized representative within 10 days after payment is made.</P>

              <P>(f) Disputes concerning the requirements of this clause shall not be subject to the general disputes clause (52.233-1) of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR part 9. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between or among any of the following: The Contractor, the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, and the employees under the contract or its predecessor contract. The Contracting Officer will refer any employee who wishes to file a complaint, or ask questions concerning this contract clause, to the Branch of Government Contracts Enforcement, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. Contact email:<E T="03">displaced@dol.gov.</E>
              </P>
              <P>(g) The Contractor shall cooperate in any review or investigation by the Department of Labor into possible violations of the provisions of this clause and shall make such records requested by such official(s) available for inspection, copying, or transcription upon request.</P>
              <P>(h) If it is determined, pursuant to regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor (Secretary), that the Contractor or its subcontractors are not in compliance with the requirements of this clause or any regulation or order of the Secretary, appropriate sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked against the Contractor or its subcontractors, as provided in Executive Order 13495, the regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary, or as otherwise provided by law.</P>
              <P>(i) The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any such subcontract as may be directed by the Secretary as a means of enforcing such provisions, including the imposition of sanctions for noncompliance. However, if the Contractor, as a result of such direction, becomes involved in litigation with a subcontractor, or is threatened with such involvement, the Contractor may request that the United States, through the Secretary of Labor, enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.</P>
              <P>(j) The Contracting Officer will withhold, or cause to be withheld, from the prime Contractor under this or any other Government contract with the same prime Contractor, such sums as an authorized official of the Department of Labor requests, upon a determination by the Administrator, the Administrative Law Judge, or the Administrative Review Board, that there has been a failure to comply with the terms of this clause and that wages lost as a result of the violations are due to employees or that other monetary relief is appropriate. If the Contracting Officer or the Administrator, upon final order of the Secretary, finds that the Contractor has failed to provide a list of the names of employees working under the contract, the Contracting Officer may, in his or her discretion, or upon request by the Administrator, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of the payment of contract funds until such time as the list is provided to the Contracting Officer.</P>
              <P>(k)<E T="03">Subcontracts.</E>In every subcontract over the simplified acquisition threshold entered into in order to perform services under this contract, the Contractor shall include a provision that ensures—</P>
              <P>(1) That each subcontractor will honor the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (b) of this clause with respect to the employees of a predecessor subcontractor or subcontractors working under this contract, as well as of a predecessor Contractor and its subcontractors;</P>
              <P>(2) That the subcontractor will provide the Contractor with the information about the employees of the subcontractor needed by the Contractor to comply with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this clause; and</P>
              <P>(3) The recordkeeping requirements of paragraph (e) of this clause.</P>
              <P>(End of clause)</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10708 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6820-EP-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 600</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 120425420-2420-01]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-BB92</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the United States; National Standard 1 Guidelines</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>

          <P>Advance notice of proposed rulemaking; request for comments;<PRTPAGE P="26239"/>consideration of revision to National Standard 1 Guidelines.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS issues this advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR) to provide background information and request public comment on potential adjustments to the National Standard 1 Guidelines, one of 10 national standards for fishery conservation and management contained in Section 301 of the Magnuson Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Since the guidelines were last updated in 2009, a number of issues regarding the application of the guidelines were identified by stakeholders and managers that may warrant their revision. This action provides the public with a formal opportunity to comment on the specific ideas mentioned in this ANPR, as well as any additional ideas and solutions that could improve provisions of the National Standard 1 Guidelines.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments regarding the issues in this ANPR must be received by 5 p.m., local time, on August 1, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments on this document, identified by “NOAA-NMFS-2012-0059”, by any one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Electronic Submissions:</E>Submit all electronic public comments via the Federal eRulemaking Portal:<E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>To submit comments via the e-Rulemaking Portal, first click the “submit a comment” icon, then enter “NOAA-NMFS-2012-0059” in the keyword search. Locate the document you wish to comment on from the resulting list and click on the “Submit a Comment” icon on the right of that line.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>301-713-1193, Attn: Wesley Patrick.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Wesley Patrick; National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA; 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13436; Silver Spring, MD 20910.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Comments must be submitted by one of the above methods to ensure that the comments are received, documented, and considered by NMFS. Comments sent by any other method, to another address or individual, or received after the end of the comment period, may not be considered. All comments received are part of the public record and will generally be posted for public viewing on<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>without change. All personal identifying information (e.g., name, address, etc.) submitted voluntarily by the sender will be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information. NMFS will accept anonymous comments (enter “N/A” in the required fields if you wish to remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file formats only.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Wesley Patrick, Fisheries Policy Analyst, National Marine Fisheries Service, 301-427-8566.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>Section 301(a) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (MSA) contains 10 national standards for fishery conservation and management. Any fishery management plans (FMP) prepared under the MSA, and any regulation promulgated pursuant to the MSA to implement any such plan, must be consistent with these national standards. National Standard 1 (NS1) of the MSA states that conservation and management measures shall prevent overfishing while achieving, on a continuing basis, the optimum yield (OY) from each fishery for the U.S. fishing industry.</P>
        <P>Section 301(b) of the MSA requires that the Secretary establish advisory guidelines (which shall not have the force and effect of law), based on the national standards to assist in the development of fishery management plans. Guidelines for NS1 are codified in 50 CFR 600.310. NMFS revised the NS1 Guidelines on January 16, 2009 (74 FR 3178) to reflect the requirements enacted by the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Reauthorization Act of 2006 for annual catch limits (ACLs) and accountability measures (AMs) to end and prevent overfishing.</P>
        <P>From 2007 to 2012, the 46 Federal FMPs have been amended to implement ACLs and AMs to end and prevent overfishing. In the course of this work, a number of issues regarding the application of the NS1 Guidelines were identified that may warrant their revision. NMFS seeks public comments on these and any other issues related to NS1:</P>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Stocks in a fishery.</E>The MSA requires that Councils develop FMPs for fisheries that require “conservation and management” (MSA 302(h)(1)). The MSA provides the Councils with wide latitude in defining the scope of an FMP. Some FMPs include a relatively small number of species, focusing on the primary target species of the fishery. In other FMPs, a much broader range of species are included. The NS1 Guidelines establish and define Ecosystem Component (EC) species and provide that EC species may be included in the FMP but are not considered stocks in the fishery and thus are not required to have biological reference points or ACLs. There has been considerable discussion about the criteria for classifying EC species and the utility of the EC species concept. Thus, revision of the guidance may be warranted to further describe criteria for classifying stocks in a fishery and EC species.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Overfishing and multi-year impacts.</E>The current NS1 Guidelines provide that overfishing must be determined either by comparing catch to the overfishing limit (OFL) or by comparing fishing mortality to the maximum fishing mortality threshold (§ 600.310 (e)(2)(ii)(A)). Overfishing determinations are made for the most recent year for which there is information. Stakeholders have expressed interest in exploring alternative definitions of overfishing that would take a longer, multi-year view of the impact of fishing on the stock's ability to produce maximum sustainable yield (MSY).</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Annual catch limits and optimum yield.</E>In some fisheries, implementation of the guidance on acceptable biological catch (ABC) control rules, ACLs, and AMs has resulted in real or perceived reductions in catch. Questions have been raised about the relationship between ACLs and the objective of achieving the OY for a fishery. The MSA defines OY as being reduced from MSY to account for relevant economic, social, or ecological factors, and states that OY in an overfished fishery must provide for rebuilding the fishery (MSA 3(33)). There is interest from stakeholders in improving guidance to better address economic, social, and ecological considerations in the establishment of OY and to more clearly describe the relationship between ACL and OY.</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Mixed-stock fisheries and optimum yield.</E>Management of mixed-stock fisheries is challenging, because some stocks are relatively more abundant or are more or less susceptible to overfishing than others. The MSA requires that overfishing be prevented, and that the OY for a fishery provide for rebuilding overfished stocks. Nonetheless, some stakeholders believe that ACL and rebuilding requirements prevent them from achieving OY of healthy stocks. Further guidance on how OY should be specified to balance the multiple considerations in mixed-stock fisheries may be warranted.</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">Scientific uncertainty and management uncertainty.</E>The NS1 Guidelines identify two types of uncertainty that should be addressed<PRTPAGE P="26240"/>when setting catch limits and accountability measures: Scientific uncertainty and management uncertainty (§ 600.310 (f)). Scientific uncertainty is related to the uncertainty of calculating the true OFL, and is addressed by a Council's Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC) by setting ABC below the OFL. Management uncertainty is the uncertainty of controlling catch so that it does not exceed the ACL, and is addressed when setting AMs and in setting an annual catch target below the ACL. Some stakeholders believe that consideration of both scientific and management uncertainty causes ACLs to be overly precautionary. Further clarification on the consideration of scientific and management uncertainty may be warranted.</P>
        <P>6.<E T="03">Data poor stocks.</E>Stocks without sufficient data to conduct a formal scientific stock assessment are considered to be data poor stocks. Establishing appropriate ACLs for data poor stocks can be challenging. The experience of the Councils and their SSCs in implementing ABCs and ACLs for data poor stocks may provide valuable information on which to base improvements in the NS1 Guidelines for data poor stocks.</P>
        <P>7.<E T="03">Acceptable biological catch control rules.</E>The NS1 Guidelines require a Council to establish an ABC control rule for each stock and stock complex, based on scientific advice from its SSC (§ 600.310 (f)). ABC control rules are a specified approach to setting the ABC that addresses scientific uncertainty, and incorporate a policy decision on the acceptable level of risk that overfishing might occur. A variety of ABC control rules have been implemented and a review of those control rules could lead to improvements in the NS1 Guidelines. In addition, for some fisheries there is interest in implementing provisions that carry over unharvested allocations from one year to the next. Guidance may be needed on how to consider carry-over within ABC control rules.</P>
        <P>8.<E T="03">Catch accounting.</E>Questions have been raised by managers about the types of “catch” that must be considered within the ABC and ACL, particularly in regard to catch resulting from exempted fishing permits and scientific research activities. The definition of catch in the NS1 Guidelines includes fish taken in commercial, recreational, subsistence, tribal, and other fisheries. Catch includes fish that are retained for any purpose, as well as mortality of fish that are discarded. In the final rule response to comment number 35 (74 FR 3718; January 16, 2009), NMFS stated that this definition would include allocations for scientific research and mortality from any other fishing activity. Additional guidance may be needed to clarify how to account for all sources of mortality (e.g., bycatch, scientific research catch, etc.) when establishing ABCs and ACLs.</P>
        <P>9.<E T="03">Accountability measures.</E>AMs are management controls to prevent ACLs from being exceeded, and to correct or mitigate overages of the ACL if they occur. AMs must be tailored to the specific needs of a fishery, and are key to the success of ACL systems in ending and preventing overfishing. NMFS invites comments on the guidance for AMs.</P>
        <P>10.<E T="03">ACL exceptions.</E>Under the MSA, stocks that have a life cycle of approximately 1 year and stocks subject to international agreements are not required to have ACLs. The NS1 Guidelines describe that the life cycle exception applies to “a stock for which the average length of time it takes for an individual to produce a reproductively active offspring is approximately 1 year and that the individual has only one breeding season in its lifetime” (§ 600.310 (h)(2)(i)). The NS1 Guidelines also describe that the international agreement exception applies to stocks that are subject to “any bilateral or multilateral treaty, convention, or agreement which relates to fishing and to which the United States is party” (§ 600.310 (h)(2)(ii)). NMFS invites comments on the guidance pertaining to these exceptions from the ACL requirements.</P>
        <P>11.<E T="03">Rebuilding progress and revising rebuilding plans.</E>The current NS1 Guidelines address how NMFS should respond if a stock reaches the end of its rebuilding plan and is not fully rebuilt, or its rebuilding status is unknown. However, the guidelines do not address the situation that occurs during the course of a rebuilding plan when rebuilding progress is determined to be inadequate. Inadequate progress can result from a number of factors, including:</P>
        <P>a. Management measures that do not adequately control the fishery.</P>
        <P>b. Environmental factors that limit stock growth.</P>
        <P>c. Significant changes in the rebuilding target (Bmsy) resulting from a new stock assessment. NMFS intends to improve guidance on evaluating the progress of stocks in rebuilding plans and on revising the rebuilding plans in these situations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Comments</HD>
        <P>To help determine the scope of issues to be addressed and to identify significant issues related to this action, NMFS is soliciting written comments on this ANPR. The public is encouraged to submit comments related to the specific ideas mentioned in this ANPR, as well as any additional ideas and solutions that could improve provisions of the NS1 Guidelines. In addition to considering revisions to the NS1 Guidelines, NMFS will consider whether it may be more appropriate to address some topics in technical guidance reports or policy directives than to change the guidelines codified at 50 CFR 600.310. NMFS welcomes comment on the appropriateness and utility of additional technical guidance reports and policy directives.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 27, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Alan D. Risenhoover,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Deputy Assistant Administrator for Regulatory Programs, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10683 Filed 4-30-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
  </PRORULES>
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>86</NO>
  <DATE>Thursday, May 3, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Notices</UNITNAME>
  <NOTICES>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="26241"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Rural Utilities Service</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Announcement of Grant Application Deadlines and Funding Levels</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Rural Utilities Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of funds availability and solicitation of applications.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The United States Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Rural Utilities Service (RUS) announces its Community Connect Grant Program application window for Fiscal Year (FY) 2012. In addition, RUS announces the minimum and maximum amounts for Community Connect grants applicable for the fiscal year. The Community Connect Grant Program regulations can be found at 7 CFR 1739, subpart A.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit completed applications for grants on paper or electronically according to the following deadlines:</P>
          <P>• Paper copies must carry proof of shipping<E T="03">no later</E>than June 18, 2012 to be eligible for FY 2012 grant funding. Late applications are not eligible for FY 2012 grant funding.</P>
          <P>• Electronic copies must be received by June 18, 2012 to be eligible for FY 2012 grant funding. Late applications are not eligible for FY 2012 grant funding.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>You may obtain application guides and materials for the Community Connect Grant Program via the Internet at the following Web site:<E T="03">http://www.rurdev.usda.gov/utp_commconnect.html.</E>You may also request application guides and materials from RUS by contacting the appropriate individual listed in section VII of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this notice.</P>
          <P>Submit completed paper applications for grants to the Rural Utilities Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Room 2868, STOP 1599, Washington, DC 20250-1599. Applications should be marked “Attention: Director, Broadband Division, Rural Utilities Service.”</P>
          <P>Submit electronic grant applications at<E T="03">http://www.grants.gov</E>(Grants.gov), following the instructions you find on that Web site.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Kenneth Kuchno, Director, Broadband Division, Rural Utilities Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, telephone: (202) 690-4673, fax: (202) 690-4389.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Federal Agency:</E>Rural Utilities Service (RUS).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Funding Opportunity Title:</E>Community Connect Grant Program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Announcement Type:</E>Initial announcement.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) Number:</E>10.863.</P>
        <SUPLHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit completed applications for grants on paper or electronically according to the following deadlines:</P>
          <P>• Paper copies must carry proof of shipping no later than June 18, 2012, to be eligible for FY 2012 grant funding. Late applications are not eligible for FY 2012 grant funding.</P>
          <P>• Electronic copies must be received by June 18, 2012, to be eligible for FY 2012 grant funding. Late applications are not eligible for FY 2012 grant funding.</P>
        </SUPLHD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Items in Supplementary Information</HD>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Funding Opportunity: Brief introduction to the Community Connect Grant Program</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Award Information: Available funds and minimum and maximum amounts</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Eligibility Information: Who is eligible, what kinds of projects are eligible, what criteria determine basic eligibility</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Application and Submission Information: Where to get application materials, what constitutes a completed application, how and where to submit applications, deadlines, items that are eligible</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Application Review Information: Considerations and preferences, scoring criteria, review standards, selection information</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Award Administration Information: Award notice information, award recipient reporting requirements</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. Agency Contacts: Web, phone, fax, email, contact name</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Funding Opportunity</HD>
        <P>The provision of broadband transmission service is vital to the economic development, education, health, and safety of rural Americans. The purpose of the Community Connect Grant Program is to provide financial assistance in the form of grants to eligible applicants that will provide currently unserved areas, on a “community-oriented connectivity” basis, with broadband service that fosters economic growth and delivers enhanced educational, health care, and public safety services. Rural Utilities Service will give priority to rural areas that it believes have the greatest need for broadband services, based on the criteria contained herein.</P>
        <P>Grant authority will be used for the deployment of broadband service to extremely rural, lower-income communities on a “community-oriented connectivity” basis. The “community-oriented connectivity” concept will stimulate practical, everyday uses and applications of broadband facilities by cultivating the deployment of new broadband services that improve economic development and provide enhanced educational and health care opportunities in rural areas. Such an approach will also give rural communities the opportunity to benefit from the advanced technologies that are necessary to achieve these goals. Please see 7 CFR 1739, subpart A for specifics.</P>

        <P>This notice has been formatted to conform to a policy directive issued by the Office of Federal Financial Management (OFFM) of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on June 23, 2003. This Notice does not change the Community Connect Grant Program regulation (7 CFR 1739, subpart A).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Award Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Available Funds</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">General.</E>The Administrator has determined that the following amounts are available for grants in FY 2012 under 7 CFR 1739.2(a).</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Grants</E>
        </P>
        <P>a. $10,372,000 is available for grants. Under 7 CFR 1739.2, the Administrator has established a minimum grant amount of $100,000 and a maximum grant amount of $1,500,000 for FY 2012.</P>

        <P>b. Assistance instrument: Rural Utilities Service (RUS) will execute grant documents appropriate to the project prior to any advance of funds with successful applicants.<PRTPAGE P="26242"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Community Connect Grants Cannot Be Renewed</HD>
        <P>Award documents specify the term of each award. Applications to supplement existing projects are welcomed (grant applications must be submitted during the application window) and will be evaluated as new applications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Eligibility Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Who is eligible for grants? (See 7 CFR 1739.10.)</HD>
        <P>1. Only entities legally organized as one of the following are eligible for Community Connect Grant Program financial assistance:</P>
        <P>a. An incorporated organization.</P>
        <P>b. An Indian tribe or tribal organization, as defined in<E T="03">25 U.S.C. 450b(b) and (c).</E>
        </P>
        <P>c. A state or local unit of government.</P>
        <P>d. A cooperative, private corporation or limited liability company organized on a for-profit or not-for-profit basis.</P>
        <P>2. Individuals are not eligible for Community Connect Grant Program financial assistance directly.</P>
        <P>3. Applicants must have the legal capacity and authority to own and operate the broadband facilities as proposed in its application, to enter into contracts and to otherwise comply with applicable federal statutes and regulations.</P>
        <P>4. Corporations that have been convicted of a felony (or had an officer or agency acting on behalf of the corporation convicted of a felony) within the past 24 months are not eligible. Any Corporation that has any unpaid federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial and administrative remedies have been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an agreement with the authority responsible for collecting the tax liability, is not eligible.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What are the basic eligibility requirements for a project?</HD>
        <P>1. Required matching contributions. Please see 7 CFR 1739.14 for the requirement. Grant applicants must demonstrate a matching contribution, in cash or in kind (new, non-depreciated items), of at least fifteen (15) percent of the total amount of financial assistance requested. Matching contributions must be used for eligible purposes of the Community Connect grant assistance (see 7 CFR 1739.12).</P>
        <P>2. To be eligible for a grant, the Project must (see 7 CFR 1739.11):</P>
        <P>a. Serve a Rural Area where Broadband Service does not currently exist, to be verified by RUS prior to the award of the grant;</P>
        <P>b. Serve one Community recognized in the latest U.S. Census or in the absence thereof, the most recent edition of the Rand McNally Atlas containing population data;</P>
        <P>c. Deploy Basic Broadband Service, free of all charges for at least 2 years, to all Critical Community Facilities located within the proposed Service Area;</P>
        <P>d. Offer Basic Broadband Service to residential and business customers within the proposed Service Area; and</P>
        <P>e. Provide a Community Center with at least ten (10) Computer Access Points within the proposed Service Area, and make Broadband Transmission Service available therein, free of all charges to users for at least 2 years.</P>
        <P>C. See paragraph IV.B of this notice for a discussion of the items that make up a completed application. You may also refer to 7 CFR 1739.15 for completed grant application items.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Application and Submission Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Clarifications to requirements for FY 2011</HD>
        <P>1. Although 7 CFR 1739.3 defines Broadband Service as 200 kilobits/second both in the downstream and upstream directions, the Agency recognizes that these speeds are not adequate to deliver much needed benefits such as distance learning and telemedicine to communities that are not currently receiving broadband service. Therefore, when the applications are scored for the “community-oriented connectivity benefits derived from the proposed services,” emphasis will be placed on the amount of bandwidth that is being delivered to the customer. Although the amount of bandwidth is not the only item that will be evaluated for this criteria, the bandwidth being provided to enhance rural economic development will have a direct impact on the score that is assigned. All applicants are encouraged to construct systems that are capable of delivering the broadband speeds that are identified in the Federal Communications Commission's National Broadband Plan, available on its Web site.</P>
        <P>2. When determining the points that will be awarded for the “community-oriented connectivity” benefits derived from the proposed service, systems that are proposing to deliver more than the minimum bandwidth requirements have a greater potential of receiving the maximum number of points for this category.</P>
        <P>3. When determining if a community has no existing broadband service, applicants are encouraged to refer to the Federal Communication Commission's National Broadband Map, also available on its Web site. Note that wireless services meeting the definition of broadband service will disqualify an area from being eligible to receive funding under this program.</P>
        <P>4. RUS clarifies that the definition of “Critical Community Facilities” includes the mandatory Community Center.</P>
        <P>5. For all funding commitments, including matching funds, evidence must be submitted demonstrating that funding has been obtained and that the entity providing this funding has the resources to fulfill the commitment. If the appropriate funding commitments are not included in the application, the application will be deemed ineligible for consideration. This evidence must:</P>
        <P>a. Clearly state the name of the entity that is making the commitment;</P>
        <P>b. Include the amount of the commitment and evidence that the entity making the commitment has the necessary resources; and</P>
        <P>c. State the purpose of commitment.</P>
        <P>6. RUS clarifies that in order to qualify as eligible grant costs or matching fund contributions, operating expenses incurred in providing Broadband Service to Critical Community Facilities for the first 2 years of operation and in providing training and instruction must be for the following purposes subject to the specified maximum amounts:</P>
        <P>a. Salary for operations manager, not to exceed $30,000 per year.</P>
        <P>b. Salary for technical support staff, not to exceed $30,000 per year.</P>
        <P>c. Salary for community center staff, once operational, not to exceed $25,000 per year.</P>
        <P>d. Bandwidth expenses, once operational, not to exceed $25,000 per year.</P>
        <P>e. Training courses on the use of the Internet, not to exceed $15,000 per year.</P>
        <P>The operating costs to be funded by the grant or from matching contributions cannot exceed in the aggregate $250,000. No other operating expenses than those listed above are eligible for grant funding or to be considered as matching funds. The period for expenses to be considered eligible for grant funding or to be used as an in-kind match is three years from the date the Administrator signs the award documents.</P>

        <P>7. Community means any incorporated or unincorporated town, village, or borough located in a Rural Area, that is recognized in the latest decennial census as published by the Bureau of the Census or, in the absence thereof, in the most recent edition of a<PRTPAGE P="26243"/>Rand McNally Atlas containing population data.</P>
        <P>8. RUS clarifies that the economic need of the applicant's service territory will be based on the median household income (MHI) for the Community serviced and the state in which the Community is located, as determined by the decennial census for the year 2000 of the U.S. Bureau of the Census. If the community was qualified using the Rand McNally Atlas, the applicant must use the MHI, contained in the 2000 decennial census, of the county in which the Community resides as the Community MHI.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Where To Get Application Information</HD>
        <P>The application guide which contains forms and samples, and the Community Connect Grant Program regulation are available from these sources:</P>
        <P>1. The Internet:<E T="03">http://www.rurdev.usda.gov/utp_commconnect.htm.</E>
        </P>
        <P>2. The RUS Broadband Division, for paper copies of these materials call (202) 690-4673.</P>
        <P>You may file an application in either paper or electronic format. Whether you file a paper or an electronic application, you will need a DUNS number.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. DUNS Number</HD>

        <P>As required by the OMB, all applicants for grants must supply a Dun and Bradstreet Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number when applying. The Standard Form 424 (SF-424) contains a field for you to use when supplying your DUNS number. Obtaining a DUNS number costs nothing and requires a short telephone call to Dun and Bradstreet. Please see<E T="03">http://www.grants.gov/applicants/request_duns_number.jsp</E>for more information on how to obtain a DUNS number or how to verify your organization's number. For electronic applications, you must file an electronic application at the Web site:<E T="03">http://www.grants.gov</E>. You must be registered with Grants.gov before you can submit a grant application. If you have not used Grants.gov before, you will need to register with the CCR and the Credential Provider. You will need a DUNS number to access or register at any of the services.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Central Contractor Registration (CCR)</HD>

        <P>(a) In accordance with 2 CFR part 25, applicants, whether applying electronically or by paper, must be registered in the CCR prior to submitting an application. Applicants may register for the CCR at<E T="03">https://www.uscontractorregistration.com/</E>or by calling 1-877-252-2700. Completing the CCR registration process takes up to five business days, and applicants are strongly encouraged to begin the process well in advance of the deadline specified in this notice.</P>
        <P>(b) The CCR registration must remain active, with current information, at all times during which an entity has an application under consideration by an agency or has an active Federal Award. To remain registered in the CCR database after the initial registration, the applicant is required to review and update, on an annual basis from the date of initial registration or subsequent updates, its information in the CCR database to ensure it is current, accurate and complete.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. What constitutes a completed application?</HD>
        <P>1. Detailed information on each item required can be found in the Community Connect Grant Program regulation and the Community Connect Grant Program application guide, available at the internet link above. Applicants are strongly encouraged to read and apply both the regulation and the application guide. This Notice does not change the requirements for a completed application as specified in the Community Connect Grant Program regulation. The Community Connect Grant Program regulation and the application guide provide more specific guidance than contained in this NOFA and the application guide provides all necessary forms and sample worksheets.</P>
        <P>2. Applications should be prepared in conformance with the provisions in 7 CFR 1739, subpart A, applicable USDA regulations including 7 CFR parts 3015, 3016, and 3019, and the application guide, which contains instructions and all necessary forms. Completed applications must include the following:</P>
        <P>a.<E T="03">An Application for Federal Assistance.</E>A completed Standard Form 424 (SF-424).</P>
        <P>b.<E T="03">An executive summary of the Project.</E>The applicant must provide RUS with a general project overview.</P>
        <P>c.<E T="03">Scoring criteria documentation.</E>Each grant applicant must address and provide documentation on how it meets each of the scoring criteria detailed 7 CFR 1739.17.</P>
        <P>d.<E T="03">System design.</E>The applicant must submit a system design, including narrative specifics of the proposal, associated costs, maps, engineering design studies, technical specifications and system capabilities, and any other information necessary to the system design.</P>
        <P>e.<E T="03">Scope of work.</E>The scope of work must include specific activities and services to be performed under the proposal, who will carry out the activities and services, specific time-frames for completion, and a budget for all capital and administrative expenditures reflecting the line item costs for all grant purposes, the matching contribution, and other sources of funds necessary to complete the project.</P>
        <P>f.<E T="03">Community-Oriented Connectivity Plan.</E>The applicant must provide a detailed Community-Oriented Connectivity Plan.</P>
        <P>g.<E T="03">Financial information and sustainability.</E>The applicant must provide financial statements and information, and a narrative description demonstrating the sustainability of the Project.</P>
        <P>h.<E T="03">A statement of experience.</E>The applicant must provide a written narrative demonstrating its capability and experience, if any, in operating a broadband telecommunications system.</P>
        <P>i.<E T="03">Evidence of legal authority and existence.</E>The applicant must provide evidence of its legal existence and authority to enter into a grant agreement with RUS and to perform the activities proposed under the grant application.</P>
        <P>j.<E T="03">Funding commitment from other sources.</E>If the Project requires additional funding from other sources in addition to the RUS grant, the applicant must provide evidence that funding agreements have been obtained to ensure completion of the Project, as outlined in Section IVA.5.</P>
        <P>k.<E T="03">Compliance with other federal statutes.</E>The applicant must provide evidence of, or certify compliance with, other federal statutes and regulations, including, but not limited to the following:</P>
        <P>(i) 7 CFR part 15, subpart A—Nondiscrimination in Federally Assisted Programs of the Department of Agriculture—Effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.</P>
        <P>(ii) 7 CFR part 3015—Uniform Federal Assistance Regulations.</P>
        <P>(iii) 7 CFR part 3017—Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension (Non-procurement).</P>
        <P>(iv) 7 CFR part 3018—New Restrictions on Lobbying.</P>
        <P>(v) 7 CFR part 3021—Governmentwide Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace (Financial Assistance).</P>
        <P>(vi) Certification regarding Architectural Barriers.</P>
        <P>(vii) Certification regarding Flood Hazard Precautions.</P>
        <P>(viii) An environmental report, in accordance with 7 CFR 1794.</P>

        <P>(ix) Certification that grant funds will not be used to duplicate lines, facilities,<PRTPAGE P="26244"/>or systems providing Broadband Transmission Service.</P>
        <P>(x) Federal Obligation Certification on Delinquent Debt.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. How many copies of an application are required?</HD>
        <P>1. Applications submitted on paper: Submit an original application and two (2) copies to Rural Development.</P>
        <P>2. Electronically submitted applications: The additional paper copies are not necessary if you submit the application electronically through Grants.gov.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. How and Where To Submit an Application</HD>
        <P>Grant applications may be submitted on paper or electronically.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Submitting Applications on Paper</HD>
        <P>a. Address paper applications to the Rural Utilities Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Room 2868, STOP 1599, Washington, DC 20250-1599. Applications should be marked “Attention: Director, Broadband Division, Rural Utilities Service.”</P>
        <P>b. Paper applications must show proof of mailing or shipping consisting of one of the following:</P>
        <P>(i) A legibly dated U.S. Postal Service (USPS) postmark;</P>
        <P>(ii) A legible mail receipt with the date of mailing stamped by the USPS; or</P>
        <P>(iii) A dated shipping label, invoice, or receipt from a commercial carrier.</P>
        <P>c. Due to screening procedures at the Department of Agriculture, packages arriving via the USPS are irradiated, which can damage the contents. RUS encourages applicants to consider the impact of this procedure in selecting their application delivery method.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Electronically Submitted Applications</HD>
        <P>(a) Applicant may file an electronic application at<E T="03">http://www.grants.gov</E>. Applications will not be accepted via facsimile machine transmission or electronic mail. Grants.gov contains full instructions on all required passwords, credentialing, and software. Follow the instructions at Grants.gov for registering and submitting an electronic application. If a system problem or technical difficulty occurs with an electronic application, please use the customer support resources available at the Grants.gov Web site.</P>
        <P>(b) First time Grants.gov users should go to the “Get Started” tab on the Grants.gov site and carefully read and follow the steps listed. These steps need to be initiated early in the application process to avoid delays in submitting your application online.</P>
        <P>(c) Registering with the Central Contractor Registry (CCR), will take some time to complete, so keep that in mind when beginning the application process. In order to register with the CCR, your organization will need a Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Deadlines</HD>
        <P>1. Paper applications must be postmarked and mailed, shipped, or sent overnight no later than June 7, 2012 to be eligible for FY 2012 grant funding. Late applications are not eligible for FY 2012 grant funding.</P>
        <P>2. Electronic grant applications must be received by June 18, 2012 to be eligible for FY 2012 funding. Late applications are not eligible for FY 2012 grant funding.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Funding Restrictions</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Eligible grant purposes.</E>Grant funds may be used to finance:</P>
        <P>a. The construction, acquisition, or leasing of facilities, including spectrum, to deploy Broadband Transmission Service to all participating Critical Community Facilities and all required facilities needed to offer such service to residential and business customers located within the proposed Service Area;</P>
        <P>b. The improvement, expansion, construction, or acquisition of a Community Center that furnishes free access to Broadband Transmission Service, provided that the Community Center is open and accessible to all area residents before, during, and after normal working hours and on Saturday or Sunday. Grant funds provided for such costs shall not exceed the lesser of five percent (5%) of the grant amount requested or $100,000;</P>
        <P>c. End-User Equipment needed to carry out the Project;</P>
        <P>d. Operating expenses incurred in providing Broadband Transmission Service to Critical Community Facilities for the first 2 years of operation and in providing training and instruction, as outlined in Section IV.A.6; and</P>
        <P>e. The purchase of land, buildings, or building construction needed to carry out the Project.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Ineligible Grant Purposes</HD>
        <P>a. Grant funds may not be used to finance the duplication of any existing Broadband Transmission Service provided by another entity.</P>
        <P>b. Facilities financed with grant funds cannot be utilized, in any way, to provide local exchange telecommunications service to any person or entity already receiving such service.</P>
        <P>3. Please see 7 CFR 1739.3 for definitions, 7 CFR 1739.12 for eligible grant purposes, and 7 CFR 1739.13 for ineligible grant purposes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Application Review Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Criteria</HD>
        <P>1. Grant applications are scored competitively and subject to the criteria listed below.</P>
        <P>2. Grant application scoring criteria (total possible points: 100) See 7 CFR 1739.17 for the items that will be reviewed during scoring and for scoring criteria.</P>
        <P>a. The rurality of the Project (up to 40 points);</P>
        <P>b. The economic need of the Project's Service Area (up to 30 points); and</P>
        <P>c. The “community-oriented connectivity” benefits derived from the proposed service (up to 30 points).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Review Standards</HD>
        <P>1. All applications for grants must be delivered to RUS at the address and by the date specified in this notice (see also 7 CFR 1739.2) to be eligible for funding. RUS will review each application for conformance with the provisions of this part. RUS may contact the applicant for additional information or clarification.</P>
        <P>2. Incomplete applications as of the deadline for submission will not be considered. If an application is determined to be incomplete, the applicant will be notified in writing and the application will be returned with no further action.</P>
        <P>3. Applications conforming with this part will then be evaluated competitively by a panel of RUS employees selected by the Administrator of RUS, and will be awarded points as described in the scoring criteria in 7 CFR 1739.17. Applications will be ranked and grants awarded in rank order until all grant funds are expended.</P>
        <P>4. Regardless of the score an application receives, if RUS determines that the Project is technically or financially infeasible, RUS will notify the applicant, in writing, and the application will be returned with no further action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Selection Process</HD>
        <P>Grant applications are ranked by final score. RUS selects applications based on those rankings, subject to the availability of funds.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Award Administration Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Award Notices</HD>

        <P>RUS recognizes that each funded project is unique, and therefore may attach conditions to a specific project in<PRTPAGE P="26245"/>the award documents. RUS generally notifies applicants whose projects are selected for awards by faxing an award letter. RUS follows the award letter with a grant agreement that contains all the terms and conditions of the grant. The applicant must execute and return the grant agreement, accompanied by any additional items required by the grant agreement.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Administrative and National Policy Requirements</HD>
        <P>The items listed in paragraph IV.B.2.k of this notice, and the Community Connect Grant Program regulation, application guide, and accompanying materials implement the appropriate administrative and national policy requirements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Reporting</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Performance reporting.</E>All recipients of Community Connect Grant Program financial assistance must provide annual performance activity reports to RUS until the project is complete and the funds are expended. A final performance report is also required; the final report may serve as the last annual report. The final report must include an evaluation of the success of the project. See 7 CFR 1739.19.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Financial reporting.</E>All recipients of Community Connect Grant Program financial assistance must provide an annual audit, beginning with the first year a portion of the financial assistance is expended. Audits are governed by United States Department of Agriculture audit regulations. Please see 7 CFR 1739.20.</P>
        <P>a. Grantees expending $500,000 or more Federal funds per fiscal year will submit an audit conducted in accordance with OMB Circular A-133. The audit will be submitted within 9 months after the grantee's fiscal year. Additional audits may be required if the project period covers more than one fiscal year.</P>
        <P>b. Grantees expending less than $500,000 will provide annual financial statements covering the grant period, consisting of the organization's statement of income and expense and balance sheet signed by an appropriate official of the organization. Financial statements will be submitted within 90 days after the grantee's fiscal year.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Recipient and Subrecipient Reporting.</E>The applicant must have the necessary processes and systems in place to comply with the reporting requirements for first-tier-sub-awards and executive compensation under the Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act of 2006 in the event the applicant receives funding unless such applicant is exempt from such reporting requirements pursuant to 2 CFR part 170 Section 170.110(b). The reporting requirements under the Transparency Act pursuant to 2 CFR part 170 are as follows:</P>

        <P>a. First Tier SubAwards of $25,000 or more in non-Recovery Act funds (unless they are exempt under 2 CFR part 170) must be reported by the Recipient to<E T="03">http://www.fsrs.gov</E>report no later than the end of the month following the month the obligation was made.</P>

        <P>b. The Total Compensation of the Recipient's Executives (5 most highly compensated executives) must be reported by the Recipient (if the Recipient meets the criteria under 2 CFR part 170) to<E T="03">http://www.ccr.gov</E>by the end of the month following the month in which the award was made.</P>
        <P>c. The Total Compensation of Subrecipient Executives (5 most highly compensated executives) must be reported by the Subrecipient (if the Subrecipient meets the criteria under 2 CFR part 170) to the Recipient by the end of the month following the month in which the subaward was made.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Agency Contacts</HD>
        <P>A.<E T="03">Web site:  http://www.usda.gov/rus/commconnect.htm.</E>This Web site maintains up-to-date resources and contact information for the Community Connect Grant Program.</P>
        <P>B.<E T="03">Phone:</E>202-690-4673.</P>
        <P>C.<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-690-4389.</P>
        <P>D.<E T="03">Main point of contact:</E>Kenneth Kuchno, Director, Broadband Division, Rural Utilities Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 13, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jonathan Adelstein,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator, Rural Utilities Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10614 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-15-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Rural Utilities Service</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Household Water Well System Grant Program Announcement of Application Deadlines and Funding</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Rural Utilities Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of funding availability and solicitation of applications.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Rural Utilities Service (RUS) announces the availability of $993,000 in grant funds to be competitively awarded for the Household Water Well System (HWWS) Grant Program for fiscal year 2012 (FY 2012). RUS will make grants to qualified private non-profit organizations to establish lending programs for homeowners to borrow up to $11,000 to construct or repair household water wells for an existing home. The HWWS Grant Program is authorized under 7 U.S.C. 1926e. Regulations are contained in 7 CFR 1776.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The deadline for completed applications for a HWWS grant is June 4, 2012. Applications in either paper or electronic format must be postmarked or time-stamped electronically on or before the deadline. Late applications will be ineligible for grant consideration.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit applications to the following addresses:</P>
          <P>1.<E T="03">Electronic applications: http://www.grants.gov</E>(Grants.gov). Submit electronic applications through Grants.gov, following the instructions on that Web site.</P>
          <P>2.<E T="03">Paper applications:</E>Water Programs Division, Rural Utilities Service, STOP: 1570, Room 2233-S, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20250-1570.</P>
          <P>Obtain application guides and materials for the HWWS Grant Program electronically or in paper format from the following addresses:</P>
          <P>1.<E T="03">Electronic copies:  http://www.rurdev.usda.gov/UWP-individualwellsystems.htm.</E>
          </P>
          <P>2.<E T="03">Paper copies:</E>Write Water Programs Division, Rural Utilities Service, STOP: 1570, Room 2233-S, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20250-1570 or call (202) 720-9589.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Joyce M. Taylor, Community Programs Specialist, Water Programs Division, Water and Environmental Programs. Telephone: (202) 720-9589, fax: (202) 690-0649, email:<E T="03">JoyceM.Taylor@wdc.usda.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Federal Agency:</E>Rural Utilities Service.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Funding Opportunity Title:</E>HWWS Grant Program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Announcement Type:</E>Grant—Initial.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) Number:</E>10.862.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Due Date for Applications:</E>June 4, 2012.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Items in Supplementary Information</HD>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Funding Opportunity: Description of the HWWS Grant Program.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Award Information: Available funds.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Eligibility Information: Who is eligible, what kinds of projects are eligible, what criteria determine basic eligibility.</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Application and Submission Information: Where to get application materials, what constitutes a completed application, how and where to submit applications,<PRTPAGE P="26246"/>deadlines, items that are eligible.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Application Review Information: Considerations and preferences, scoring criteria, review standards, selection information.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Award Administration Information: Award notice information, award recipient reporting requirements.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. Agency Contacts: Web, phone, fax, email, contact name.</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Funding Opportunity</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Program Description</HD>
        <P>The HWWS Grant Program has been established to help individuals with low to moderate incomes finance the costs of household water wells that they own or will own. The HWWS Grant Program is authorized under Section 306E of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (CONACT), 7 U.S.C. 1926e. The CONACT authorizes the RUS to make grants to qualified private non-profit organizations to establish lending programs for household water wells.</P>
        <P>As the grant recipients, private non-profit organizations will receive HWWS grants to establish lending programs that will provide water well loans to individuals. The individuals, as loan recipients, may use the loans to construct, refurbish, and service their household well systems. A loan may not exceed $11,000 and will have a term up to 20 years at a one percent annual interest rate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Background</HD>
        <P>The RUS supports the sound development of rural communities and the growth of our economy without endangering the environment. The RUS provides financial and technical assistance to help communities bring safe drinking water and sanitary, environmentally sound waste disposal facilities to Rural Americans in greatest need.</P>
        <P>Central water systems may not be the only or best solution to drinking water problems. Distance or physical barriers make public central water systems costly to deploy in remote areas. A significant number of geographically isolated households without water service might require individual wells rather than connections to new or existing community systems. The goal of the RUS is not only to make funds available to those communities most in need of potable water but also to ensure that facilities used to deliver drinking water are safe and affordable. There is a role for private wells in reaching this goal.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Purpose</HD>
        <P>The purpose of the HWWS Grant Program is to provide funds to private non-profit organizations to assist them in establishing loan programs from which individuals may borrow money for HWWS. Faith-based organizations are eligible and encouraged to apply for this program. Applicants must show that the project will provide technical and financial assistance to eligible individuals to remedy household well problems.</P>
        <P>Due to the limited amount of funds available under the HWWS Grant Program, 10 applications may be funded from FY 2012 funds. Applications from existing HWWS grant recipients are acceptable and will be evaluated as new applications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Award Information</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Funding Instrument Type:</E>Grant.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Anticipated Total Priority Area Funding:</E>Undetermined at this time.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Anticipated Number of Awards:</E>10.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Length of Project Periods:</E>12-month project.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Assistance Instrument:</E>Grant Agreement with successful applicants before any grant funds are disbursed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Eligibility Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Who is eligible for grants?</HD>
        <P>1. An organization is eligible to receive a HWWS grant if it:</P>
        <P>a. Has an active registration with current information in the Central Contractor Registration (CCR) database and has a Dun and Bradstreet (D&amp;B) Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number.</P>
        <P>b. Is a private, non-profit organization.</P>
        <P>c. Is legally established and located within one of the following:</P>
        <P>(1) A state within the United States</P>
        <P>(2) The District of Columbia</P>
        <P>(3) The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico</P>
        <P>(4) A United States territory</P>
        <P>d. Has the legal capacity and authority to carry out the grant purpose;</P>
        <P>e. Has sufficient expertise and experience in lending activities;</P>
        <P>f. Has sufficient expertise and experience in promoting the safe and productive use of individually-owned HWWS and ground water;</P>
        <P>g. Has no delinquent debt to the Federal Government or no outstanding judgments to repay a Federal debt;</P>
        <P>h. Demonstrates that it possesses the financial, technical, and managerial capability to comply with Federal and State laws and requirements;</P>
        <P>i. Corporations that have been convicted of a felony (or had an officer or agency acting on behalf of the corporation convicted of a felony) within the past 24 months are not eligible. Any Corporation that has any unpaid federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial and administrative remedies have been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an agreement with the authority responsible for collecting the tax liability is not eligible.</P>
        <P>2. An individual is ineligible to receive a Household Water Well grant. An individual may receive a loan from an organization receiving a grant award.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What are the basic eligibility requirements for a project?</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Project Eligibility.</E>To be eligible for a grant, the project must:</P>
        <P>a. Be a revolving loan fund created to provide loans to eligible individuals to construct, refurbish, and service individually-owned HWWS (see 7 CFR 1776.11 and 1776.12). Loans may not be provided for home sewer or septic system projects.</P>
        <P>b. Be established and maintained by a private, non-profit organization.</P>
        <P>c. Be located in a rural area. Rural area is defined as locations other than cities or towns of more than 50,000 people and the contiguous and adjacent urbanized area of such towns and cities.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Required Matching Contributions.</E>Grant applicants must provide written evidence of a matching contribution of at least 10 percent from sources other than the proceeds of a HWWS grant. In-kind contributions will not be considered for the matching requirement. Please see 7 CFR 1776.9 for the requirement.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3. Other—Requirements</HD>
        <P>a. DUNS numbers and CCR Registration. Applicants must have Dun and Bradstreet (D&amp;B) Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) numbers and be registered in the Central Contractor Registration (CCR) database prior to submitting an electronic or a paper application. The DUNS numbers and CCR requirements are contained in 2 CFR 25. CCR is the repository for standard information about applicants and recipients.</P>

        <P>b. DUNS Number. An organization must have a DUNS number and include the number in its Application for Federal Assistance. A DUNS number will be required whether an applicant is submitting a paper application or an electronic application through Grants.gov. To verify that your organization has a DUNS number or to receive one from D&amp;B at no cost, call the dedicated toll-free request line at 1-866-705-5711 or visit<E T="03">http://fedgov.dnb.com/webform/on</E>the Internet.</P>
        <P>c. Central Contractor Registry (CCR).</P>

        <P>(1) In accordance with 2 CFR part 25, applicants, whether applying<PRTPAGE P="26247"/>electronically or by paper, must be registered in the CCR prior to submitting an application. Applicants may register for the CCR at<E T="03">https://www.uscontractorregistration.com/or</E>by calling 1-877-252-2700. Completing the CCR registration process takes up to five business days, and applicants are strongly encouraged to begin the process well in advance of the deadline specified in this notice.</P>
        <P>(2) The CCR registration must remain active, with current information, at all times during which an entity has an application under consideration by an agency or has an active Federal Award. To remain registered in the CCR database after the initial registration, the applicant is required to review and update on an annual basis from the date of initial registration or subsequent updates of its information in the CCR database to ensure it is current, accurate and complete. d. Eligibility for Loans Provided by Grant Recipients. Individuals are not eligible for grants but are eligible for loans from organizations receiving grant awards under the HWWS Program.</P>
        <P>d. Eligibility to receive a HWWS loan will be based on the following criteria:</P>
        <P>(1) An individual must be a member of a household of which the combined household income of all members does not exceed 100 percent of the median non-metropolitan household income for the State or territory in which the individual resides. Household income is the total income from all sources received by each adult household member for the most recent 12-month period for which the information is available. It does not include income earned or received by dependent children under 18 years old or other benefits that are excluded by Federal law. The non-metropolitan household income must be based on the most recent decennial census of the United States.</P>

        <P>RUS publishes a list of income exclusions in 7 CFR 3550.54(b). Also, the Department of Housing and Urban Development published a list of income exclusions in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on April 20, 2001, at 66 FR 20318 (<E T="03">See</E>“Federally Mandated Exclusions”).</P>
        <P>(2) The loan recipient must own and occupy the home being improved with the proceeds of the Household Water Well loan or be purchasing the home to occupy under a legally enforceable land purchase contract which is not in default by either the seller or the purchaser.</P>
        <P>(3) The home being improved with the water well system must be located in a rural area.</P>
        <P>(4) The loan for a water well system must not be associated with the construction of a new dwelling.</P>
        <P>(5) The loan must not be used to substitute a water well system for water service available from collective water systems. (For example, a loan may not be used to restore an old well abandoned when a dwelling was connected to a water district's water line.)</P>
        <P>(6) The loan recipient must not be suspended or debarred from participation in Federal programs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Application and Submission Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.<E T="03">Where To Get Application Information</E>
        </HD>
        <P>The Household Water Well System Grant Application Guide (Application Guide), copies of necessary forms and samples, and the HWWS Grant Program regulation are available from these sources:</P>
        <P>1. Internet for electronic copies:<E T="03">http://www.grants.gov</E>or<E T="03">http://www.rurdev.usda.gov/UWP-individualwellsystems.htm;</E>
        </P>
        <P>2. Water and Environmental Programs for paper copies: RUS, Water Programs Division, STOP 1570, Room 2233-S, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20250-1570, Telephone: (202) 720-9589, Fax: (202) 690-0649.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Content and Form of Application Submission</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1. Rules and Guidelines</HD>
        <P>a. Detailed information on each item required can be found in the HWWS Grant Program regulation (7 CFR part 1776) and the Application Guide. Applicants are strongly encouraged to read and apply both the regulation and the application guide. This Notice does not change the requirements for a completed application for any form of HWWS financial assistance specified in the regulation. The regulation and application guide provide specific guidance on each of the items listed.</P>
        <P>b. Applications should be prepared in conformance with the provisions in 7 CFR part 1776, subpart B, and applicable regulations including 7 CFR parts 3015 and 3019. Applicants should use the application guide which contains instructions and other important information in preparing their application. Completed applications must include the items found in the checklist in the next paragraph.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Checklist of Items in Completed Application Packages</HD>
        <P>a. The application process—electronic or paper—requires a DUNS number and an active registration in the Central Contractor Registry (CCR).</P>

        <P>(1) You will need a DUNS number first to access or register at any of the services. To verify that your organization has a DUNS number or to receive one from D&amp;B at no cost, call the dedicated toll-free request line at 1-866-705-5711 or visit<E T="03">http://fedgov.dnb.com/webform/</E>on the Internet.</P>

        <P>(2) Your organization must be listed in the CCR. If you have not used Grants.gov before, you will need to register with the CCR and the Credential Provider. You may register for the CCR by calling the CCR Assistance Center at 1-888-227-2423 or you may register online at<E T="03">http://www.ccr.gov.</E>New registrations can take 3-5 business days to process in CCR. Updating or renewing an active registration has a shorter turnaround, 24 hours. Setting up a CCR listing is a one-time procedure with annual updates. Registrations in CCR are active for one year. The CCR registers your organization, housing your organizational information and allowing Grants.gov to use the information to verify your identity. The DUNS number, Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN), and name and address of the applicant organization must match CCR data files.</P>
        <P>RUS strongly recommends obtaining a DUNS number and listing the applicant organization in the Central Contractor Registry (CCR) well in advance of the deadline specified in this notice.</P>
        <P>b. The electronic and paper application process requires forms with the prefixes RD and SF as well as supporting documents and certifications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Application Items</HD>
        <P>1. SF-424, “Application for Federal Assistance”.</P>
        <P>2. SF-424A, “Budget Information—Non-Construction Programs”.</P>
        <P>3. SF-424B, “Assurances—Non-Construction Programs”.</P>
        <P>4. SF-LLL, “Disclosure of Lobbying Activity”.</P>
        <P>5. Form RD 400-1, “Equal Opportunity Agreement”.</P>
        <P>6. Form RD 400-4, “Assurance Agreement (Under Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964).</P>
        <P>7. Project Proposal, Project Summary, Needs Assessment, Project Goals and Objectives, Project Narrative.</P>
        <P>8. Work Plan.</P>
        <P>9. Budget and Budget Justification.<PRTPAGE P="26248"/>
        </P>
        <P>10. Evidence of Legal Authority and Existence.</P>
        <P>11. Documentation of private non-profit status and Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Tax Exempt Status.</P>
        <P>12. List of Directors and Officers.</P>
        <P>13. Financial information and sustainability (narrative).</P>
        <P>14. Assurances and Certifications of Compliance with Other Federal Statutes.</P>

        <P>The forms in items 1 through 6 must be completed and signed where appropriate by an official of your organization who has authority to obligate the organization legally. RD forms are used by programs under the Rural Development mission area. Standard forms (SF) are used Government-wide. In addition to the sources listed in section A, the forms may be accessed electronically through the Rural Development Web site at<E T="03">http://www.rurdev.usda.gov/FormsAndPublications.html.</E>
        </P>
        <P>See section V, “Application Review Information,” for instructions and guidelines on preparing Items 7 through 13.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Compliance With Other Federal Statutes.</E>The applicant must provide evidence of compliance with other Federal statutes and regulations, including, but not limited to the following:</P>
        <P>a. 7 CFR part 15, subpart A—Nondiscrimination in Federally Assisted Programs of the Department of Agriculture—Effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.</P>
        <P>b. 7 CFR part 3015—Uniform Federal Assistance Regulations.</P>
        <P>c. 7 CFR part 3017—Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension (Non-procurement).</P>
        <P>d. 7 CFR part 3018—New Restrictions on Lobbying.</P>
        <P>e. 7 CFR part 3019—Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants and Other Agreements with Institutions of Higher Education, Hospitals, and Non-profit Organizations.</P>
        <P>f. 7 CFR part 3021—Governmentwide Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace (Financial Assistance).</P>

        <P>g. Executive Order 13166, “Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency. ” For information on limited English proficiency and agency-specific guidance, go to<E T="03">http://www.LEP.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>h. Federal Obligation Certification on Delinquent Debt.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. How many copies of an application are required?</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Applications Submitted on Paper.</E>Submit one signed original and two additional copies. The original and each of the two copies must include all required forms, certifications, assurances, and appendices, be signed by an authorized representative, and have original signatures. Do not include organizational brochures or promotional materials.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Applications Submitted Electronically.</E>Additional paper copies are unnecessary if the application is submitted electronically through<E T="03">http://www.grants.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. How and where to submit an application?</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Submitting Paper Applications</HD>
        <P>a. For paper applications mail or ensure delivery of an original paper application (no stamped, photocopied, or initialed signatures) and two copies by the deadline date to: RUS, Water Programs Division, STOP 1570, Room 2233-S, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20250-1570, Telephone: (202) 720-9589.</P>
        <P>Submit paper applications marked “Attention: Water and Environmental Programs.”</P>
        <P>b. Applications must show proof of mailing or shipping by one of the following:</P>
        <P>(1) A legibly dated U.S. Postal Service (USPS) postmark;</P>
        <P>(2) A legible mail receipt with the date of mailing stamped by the USPS; or</P>
        <P>(3) A dated shipping label, invoice, or receipt from a commercial carrier.</P>
        <P>c. If a deadline date falls on a weekend, it will be extended to the following Monday. If the date falls on a Federal holiday, it will be extended to the next business day.</P>
        <P>d. Due to screening procedures at the Department of Agriculture, packages arriving via the USPS are irradiated, which can damage the contents and delay delivery. RUS encourages applicants to consider the impact of this procedure in selecting an application delivery method.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Submitting Electronic Applications</HD>
        <P>a. Applications will not be accepted by fax or electronic mail.</P>

        <P>b. Electronic applications for grants will be accepted if submitted through Grants.gov at<E T="03">http://www.grants.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>c. Applicants must preregister successfully with Grants.gov to use the electronic applications option. Application information may be downloaded from Grants.gov without preregistration.</P>
        <P>d. Applicants who apply through Grants.gov should submit their electronic applications before the deadline.</P>
        <P>e. Grants.gov contains full instructions on all required passwords, credentialing, and software. Follow the instructions at Grants.gov for registering and submitting an electronic application.</P>
        <P>f. Grants.gov has two preregistration requirements: A DUNS number and an active registration in the Central Contractor Registry (CCR). See the “Checklist of Items in Completed Application Packages” for instructions on obtaining a DUNS number and registering in the CCR.</P>
        <P>g. You must be registered with Grants.gov before you can submit an electronic grant application.</P>
        <P>(1) You must register at<E T="03">http://www.grants.gov/applicants/get_registered.jsp.</E>
        </P>

        <P>(2) Organization registration user guides and checklists are available at<E T="03">http://www.grants.gov/applicants/get_registered.jsp.</E>
        </P>
        <P>(3) Grants.gov requires some credentialing and online authentication procedures. When an applicant organization is registered with CCR, the organization designates a point of contract who receives a password authorizing the person to designate staff members who are allowed to submit applications electronically through Grants.gov. These authorized organization representatives must be registered with Grants.gov to receive a username and password to submit applications. These procedures may take several business days to complete.</P>
        <P>(4) Some or all of the CCR and Grants.gov registration, credentialing and authorizations require updates. If you have previously registered at Grants.gov to submit applications electronically, please ensure that your registration, credentialing and authorizations are up to date well in advance of the grant application deadline.</P>
        <P>h. To use Grants.gov:</P>
        <P>(1) Follow the instructions on the Web site to find grant information.</P>
        <P>(2) Download a copy of an application package.</P>
        <P>(3) Complete the package off-line.</P>
        <P>(4) Upload and submit the application via the Grants.gov Web site.</P>
        <P>(5) If a system problem or technical difficulty occurs with an electronic application, please use the customer support resources available at the Grants.gov Web site.</P>

        <P>(6) Again, RUS encourages applicants to take early action to complete the sign-up, credentialing and authorization procedures at<E T="03">http://www.grants.gov</E>before submitting an application at the Web site.<PRTPAGE P="26249"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Deadlines</HD>
        <P>The deadline for paper and electronic submissions is June 4, 2012. Paper applications must be postmarked and mailed, shipped, or sent overnight no later than the closing date to be considered for FY 2012 grant funding. Electronic applications must have an electronic date and time stamp by midnight of June 4, 2012 to be considered on time. RUS will not accept applications by fax or email. Applications that do not meet the criteria above are considered late applications and will not be considered. RUS will notify each late applicant that its application will not be considered.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Funding Restrictions</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Eligible Grant Purposes</HD>
        <P>a. Grant funds must be used to establish and maintain a revolving loan fund to provide loans to eligible individuals for household water well systems.</P>
        <P>b. Individuals may use the loans to construct, refurbish, rehabilitate, or replace household water well systems up to the point of entry of a home. Point of entry for the well system is the junction where water enters into a home water delivery system after being pumped from a well.</P>
        <P>c. Grant funds may be used to pay administrative expenses associated with providing Household Water Well loans.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Ineligible Grant Purposes</HD>
        <P>a. Administrative expenses incurred in any calendar year that exceed 10 percent of the household water well loans made during the same period do not qualify for reimbursement.</P>
        <P>b. Administrative expenses incurred before RUS executes a grant agreement with the recipient do not qualify for reimbursement.</P>
        <P>c. Delinquent debt owed to the Federal Government does not qualify for reimbursement.</P>
        <P>d. Grant funds may not be used to provide loans for household sewer or septic systems.</P>
        <P>e. Household Water Well loans may not be used to pay the costs of water well systems for the construction of a new house.</P>
        <P>f. Household Water Well loans may not be used to pay the costs of a home plumbing system.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Application Review Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Criteria</HD>
        <P>This section contains instructions and guidelines on preparing the project proposal, work plan, and budget sections of the application. Also, guidelines are provided on the additional information required for RUS to determine eligibility and financial feasibility.</P>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Project Proposal.</E>The project proposal should outline the project in sufficient detail to provide a reader with a complete understanding of the loan program. Explain what will be accomplished by lending funds to individual well owners. Demonstrate the feasibility of the proposed loan program in meeting the objectives of this grant program. The proposal should include the following elements:</P>
        <P>a.<E T="03">Project Summary.</E>Present a brief project overview. Explain the purpose of the project, how it relates to RUS' purposes, how the project will be executed, what the project will produce, and who will direct it.</P>
        <P>b.<E T="03">Needs Assessment.</E>To show why the project is necessary, clearly identify the economic, social, financial, or other problems that require solutions. Demonstrate the well owners' need for financial and technical assistance. Quantify the number of prospective borrowers or provide statistical or narrative evidence that a sufficient number of borrowers will exist to justify the grant award. Describe the service area. Provide information on the household income of the area and other demographical information. Address community needs.</P>
        <P>c.<E T="03">Project Goals and Objectives.</E>Clearly state the project goals. The objectives should clearly describe the goals and be concrete and specific enough to be quantitative or observable. They should also be feasible and relate to the purpose of the grant and loan program.</P>
        <P>d.<E T="03">Project Narrative.</E>The narrative should cover in more detail the items briefly described in the Project Summary. Demonstrate the grant applicant's experience and expertise in promoting the safe and productive use of individually-owned household water well systems. The narrative should address the following points:</P>
        <P>(1) Document the grant applicant's ability to manage and service a revolving fund. The narrative may describe the systems that are in place for the full life cycle of a loan from loan origination through servicing. If a servicing contractor will service the loan portfolio, the arrangement and services provided must be discussed.</P>
        <P>(2) Show evidence of the availability of funds from sources other than the HWWS grant. Describe the contributions the project will receive from your organization, state agencies, local government, other federal agencies, non-government organizations, private industry, and individuals. The documentation should describe how the contributions will be used to pay your operational costs and provide financial assistance for projects.</P>
        <P>(3) Demonstrate that the organization has secured commitments of significant financial support from other funding sources.</P>
        <P>(4) List the fees and charges that borrowers will be assessed.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Work Plan.</E>The work plan or scope of work must describe the tasks and activities that will be accomplished with available resources during the grant period. It must include who will carry out the activities and services to be performed and specific timeframes for completion. Describe any unusual or unique features of the project such as innovations, reductions in cost or time, or extraordinary community involvement.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Budget and Budget Justification.</E>Use the Form SF-424A, Budget Information—Non-Construction Programs, to show your budget cost elements. The form summarizes resources as Federal and non-Federal funds and costs. “Federal” refers only to the HWWS Grant Program for which you are applying. “Non-Federal” refers to resources from your organization, state agencies, local government, other Federal agencies, non-government organizations, private industry, and individuals. Both Federal and non-Federal resources shall be detailed and justified in the budget and narrative justification.</P>
        <P>a. Provide a budget with line item detail and detailed calculations for each budget object class identified in section B of the Budget Information form (SF-424A). Detailed calculations must include estimation methods, quantities, unit costs, and other similar quantitative detail sufficient for the calculation to be duplicated. Also include a breakout by the funding sources identified in Block 15 of the SF-424.</P>
        <P>b. Provide a narrative budget justification that describes how the categorical costs are derived for all capital and administrative expenditures, the matching contribution, and other sources of funds necessary to complete the project. Discuss the necessity, reasonableness, and allocability of the proposed costs. Consult OMB Circular A-122: “Cost Principles for Non-Profit Organizations” for information about appropriate costs for each budget category.</P>

        <P>c. If the grant applicant will use a servicing contractor, the fees may be reimbursed as an administrative expense as provided in 7 CFR 1776.13. These fees must be discussed in the budget narrative. If the grant applicant<PRTPAGE P="26250"/>will hire a servicing contractor, it must demonstrate that all procurement transactions will be conducted in a manner to provide, to the maximum extent practical, open and free competition. Recipients must justify any anticipated procurement action that is expected to be awarded without competition and exceed the simplified acquisition threshold fixed at 41 U.S.C. 403(11) (currently set at $100,000).</P>
        <P>d. The indirect cost category should be used only when the grant applicant currently has an indirect cost rate approved by the Department of Agriculture or another cognizant Federal agency. A grant applicant that will charge indirect costs to the grant must enclose a copy of the current rate agreement. If the grant applicant is in the process of initially developing or renegotiating a rate, the grant applicant shall submit its indirect cost proposal to the cognizant agency immediately after the applicant is advised that an award will be made. In no event, shall the indirect cost proposal be submitted later than three months after the effective date of the award. Consult OMB Circular A-122 for information about indirect costs.</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Evidence of Legal Authority and Existence.</E>The applicant must provide satisfactory documentation that it is legally recognized under state and Federal law as a private non-profit organization. The documentation also must show that it has the authority to enter into a grant agreement with the RUS and to perform the activities proposed under the grant application. Satisfactory documentation includes, but is not limited to, certificates from the Secretary of State, copies of state statutes or laws establishing your organization, and copies of your organization's articles of incorporation and bylaws. Letters from IRS awarding tax-exempt status are not considered adequate evidence.</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">List of Directors and Officers.</E>The applicant must submit a certified list of directors and officers with their respective terms.</P>
        <P>6.<E T="03">IRS Tax Exempt Status.</E>The applicant must submit evidence of tax exempt status from the Internal Revenue Service.</P>
        <P>7.<E T="03">Financial Information and Sustainability.</E>The applicant must submit pro forma balance sheets, income statements, and cash flow statements for the last three years and projections for three years. Additionally, the most recent audit of the applicant's organization must be submitted.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Evaluation Criteria</HD>
        <P>Grant applications that are complete and eligible will be scored competitively based on the following scoring criteria:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s125,xs90" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Scoring criteria</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Points</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Degree of expertise and experience in promoting the safe and productive use of individually-owned household water well systems and ground water</ENT>
            <ENT>Up to 30 points.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Degree of expertise and successful experience in making and servicing loans to individuals</ENT>
            <ENT>Up to 20 points.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Percentage of applicant contributions. Points allowed under this paragraph will be based on written evidence of the availability of funds from sources other than the proceeds of a HWWS grant to pay part of the cost of a loan recipient's project. In-kind contributions will not be considered. Funds from other sources as a percentage of the HWWS grant and points corresponding to such percentages are as follows:</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">0 to 9 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>ineligible.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">10 to 25 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>5 points.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">26 to 30 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>10 points.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">31 to 50 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>15 points.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">51 percent or more</ENT>
            <ENT>20 points.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Extent to which the work plan demonstrates a well thought out, comprehensive approach to accomplishing the objectives of this part, clearly defines who will be served by the project, and appears likely to be sustainable</ENT>
            <ENT>Up to 20 points.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Extent to which the goals and objectives are clearly defined, tied to the work plan, and measurable</ENT>
            <ENT>Up to 10 points.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Lowest ratio of projected administrative expenses to loans advanced</ENT>
            <ENT>Up to 10 points.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Administrator's discretion, considering such factors as:</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Creative outreach ideas for marketing HWWS loans to rural residents;</ENT>
            <ENT>Up to 10 points.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">The amount of needs demonstrated in the work plan;</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Previous experiences demonstrating excellent utilization of a revolving loan fund grant; and</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Optimizing the use of agency resources</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Review Standards</HD>
        <P>1. Incomplete applications as of the deadline for submission will not be considered. If an application is determined to be incomplete, the applicant will be notified in writing and the application will be returned with no further action.</P>
        <P>2. Ineligible applications will be returned to the applicant with an explanation.</P>
        <P>3. Complete, eligible applications will be evaluated competitively by a review team, composed of at least two RUS employees selected from the Water Programs Division. They will make overall recommendations based on the program elements found in 7 CFR 1776 and the review criteria presented in this notice. They will award points as described in the scoring criteria in 7 CFR 1776.9 and this notice. Each application will receive a score based on the averages of the reviewers' scores and discretionary points awarded by the RUS Administrator.</P>
        <P>4. Applications will be ranked and grants awarded in rank order until all grant funds are expended.</P>
        <P>5. Regardless of the score an application receives, if RUS determines that the project is technically infeasible, RUS will notify the applicant, in writing, and the application will be returned with no further action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Award Administration Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Award Notices</HD>
        <P>RUS will notify a successful applicant by an award letter accompanied by a grant agreement. The grant agreement will contain the terms and conditions for the grant. The applicant must execute and return the grant agreement, accompanied by any additional items required by the award letter or grant agreement.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Administrative and National Policy Requirements</HD>
        <P>1. This notice, the 7 CFR part 1776, and the application guide implement the appropriate administrative and national policy requirements. Grant recipients are subject to the requirements in 7 CFR part 1776.</P>

        <P>2. Direct Federal grants, sub-award funds, or contracts under the HWWS Grant Program shall not be used to fund inherently religious activities, such as<PRTPAGE P="26251"/>worship, religious instruction, or proselytization. Therefore, organizations that receive direct assistance should take steps to separate, in time or location, their inherently religious activities from the services funded under the HWWS Grant Program. Regulations for the Equal Treatment for Faith-based Organizations are contained in 7 CFR part 16, which includes the prohibition against Federal funding of inherently religious activities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Reporting</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Performance Reporting.</E>All recipients of HWWS Grant Program financial assistance must provide quarterly performance activity reports to RUS until the project is complete and the funds are expended. A final performance report is also required. The final report may serve as the last annual report. The final report must include an evaluation of the success of the project.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Financial Reporting.</E>All recipients of HWWS Grant Program financial assistance must provide an annual audit, beginning with the first year a portion of the financial assistance is expended. The grantee will provide an audit report or financial statements as follows:</P>
        <P>a. Grantees expending $500,000 or more Federal funds per fiscal year will submit an audit conducted in accordance with OMB Circular A-133. The audit will be submitted within 9 months after the grantee's fiscal year. Additional audits may be required if the project period covers more than one fiscal year.</P>
        <P>b. Grantees expending less than $500,000 will provide annual financial statements covering the grant period, consisting of the organization's statement of income and expense and balance sheet signed by an appropriate official of the organization. Financial statements will be submitted within 90 days after the grantee's fiscal year.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Recipient and Subrecipient Reporting.</E>The applicant must have the necessary processes and systems in place to comply with the reporting requirements for first-tier sub-awards and executive compensation under the Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act of 2006 in the event the applicant receives funding unless such applicant is exempt from such reporting requirements pursuant to 2 CFR part 170 Section 170.110(b). The reporting requirements under the Transparency Act pursuant to 2 CFR part 170 are as follows:</P>

        <P>a. First Tier Sub-Awards of $25,000 or more in non-Recovery Act funds (unless they are exempt under 2 CFR part 170) must be reported by the Recipient to<E T="03">http://www.fsrs.gov</E>no later than the end of the month following the month the obligation was made.</P>

        <P>b. The Total Compensation of the Recipient's Executives (5 most highly compensated executives) must be reported by the Recipient (if the Recipient meets the criteria under 2 CFR part 170) to<E T="03">http://www.ccr.gov</E>by the end of the month following the month in which the award was made.</P>
        <P>c. The Total Compensation of the Subrecipient's Executives (5 most highly compensated executives) must be reported by the Subrecipient (if the Subrecipient meets the criteria under 2 CFR part 170) to the Recipient by the end of the month following the month in which the subaward was made.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Agency Contacts</HD>
        <P>A.<E T="03">Web site: http://www.rurdev.usda.gov/UWP-individualwellsystems.htm.</E>
        </P>
        <P>B.<E T="03">Phone:</E>202-720-9589.</P>
        <P>C.<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-690-0649.</P>
        <P>D.<E T="03">Email: JoyceM.Taylor@wdc.usda.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>E.<E T="03">Main point of contact:</E>Joyce M. Taylor, Community Programs Specialist, Water Programs Division, Water and Environmental Programs, RUS, U.S. Department of Agriculture.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated:April 13, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jonathan Adelstein,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator, Rural Utilities Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10615 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Bureau of Economic Analysis</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; Quarterly Survey of Insurance Transactions by U.S. Insurance Companies With Foreign Persons</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be submitted on or before July 2, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, or via the Internet at<E T="03">jjessup@doc.gov</E>.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Direct requests for additional information or copies of the survey and instructions to Christopher Emond, Chief, Special Surveys Branch, Balance of Payments Division, (BE-50), Bureau of Economic Analysis, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC 20230; phone: (202) 606-9826; fax: (202) 606-5318; or via the Internet at<E T="03">christopher.emond@bea.gov</E>.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Abstract</HD>
        <P>Form BE-45, Quarterly Survey of Insurance Transactions by U.S. Insurance Companies with Foreign Persons, obtains quarterly data from U.S. insurance companies that have engaged in reinsurance transactions with foreign persons, that have earned premiums from, or incurred losses to, foreign persons in acting as primary insurers, or that have engaged in international sale or purchase transactions in auxiliary insurance services greater than $8 million (positive or negative) for the prior calendar year or that are expected to be greater than $8 million (positive or negative) in the current calendar year. The data collected are cut-off sample data. In addition, estimates are developed based upon previously reported or estimated data for non-respondents, including those U.S. insurance companies that fall below the reporting threshold for the quarterly survey but reported on a previous benchmark survey.</P>
        <P>The data are needed to monitor U.S. international trade in insurance services, analyze its impact on the U.S. and foreign economies, compile and improve the U.S. economic accounts, support U.S. commercial policy on insurance services, conduct trade promotion, and improve the ability of U.S. businesses to identify and evaluate market opportunities.</P>
        <P>Responses will be due within 60 days after the close of each calendar quarter, except for the final quarter of the respondents' fiscal year, when reports are due within 90 days after the close of the quarter. The data from the survey are primarily intended as general purpose statistics. They are needed to answer any number of research and policy questions related to cross-border trade in services.</P>

        <P>The form is unchanged from the previous version. No changes in the data<PRTPAGE P="26252"/>collected or in exemption levels are proposed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Method of Collection</HD>
        <P>The surveys are sent to the respondents by U.S. mail; the surveys are also available from the Bureau of Economic Analysis Web site. Respondents return the surveys one of four ways: U.S. mail, electronically using BEA's electronic collection system (eFile), fax, or email.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Data</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>0608-0066.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Number:</E>BE-45.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>Regular submission (extension of a currently approved information collection).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>U.S. insurance companies that transact with foreign persons in insurance Services; Business or other for-profit organizations.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>535 per quarter; 2,140 annually.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Time Per Response:</E>8 hours for mandatory response; and 1 hour for other response.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>15,440.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Cost to Public:</E>$0.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>Mandatory.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Legal Authority:</HD>
          <P>The International Investment and Trade in Services Survey Act, 22 U.S.C. 3101-3108, as amended.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Request for Comments</HD>
        <P>Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
        <P>Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection; they also will become a matter of public record.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Gwellnar Banks,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Management Analyst, Office of Chief Information Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10678 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket 7-2012]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Foreign-Trade Zone 45—Portland, Oregon, Expansion of Manufacturing Authority, Epson Portland, Inc.; Extension of Comment Period</SUBJECT>

        <P>The comment period for the application to expand the scope of manufacturing authority approved within Subzone 45F on behalf of Epson Portland, Inc., in Hillsboro, Oregon, submitted by the Port of Portland (77 FR 4006-4007, 1/26/2012 and 77 FR 21082, 4/9/2012), is being extended to May 23, 2012, to allow interested parties additional time in which to comment. Rebuttal comments may be submitted during the subsequent 15-day period, until June 7, 2012. Submissions (original and one electronic copy) shall be addressed to the Board's Executive Secretary at: Foreign-Trade Zones Board, U.S. Department of Commerce, Room 2111, 1401 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20230 and<E T="03">ftz@trade.gov</E>.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Diane Finver at<E T="03">Diane.Finver@trade.gov</E>or (202) 482-1367.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: April 27, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Andrew McGilvray,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Executive Secretary.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10685 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>North American Free Trade Agreement, Article 1904 NAFTA Panel Reviews; First Request for Panel Review</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>NAFTA Secretariat, United States Section, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of first request for panel review.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>On April 24, 2012, Samsung Electronics Mexico S.A. de C.V. filed a First Request for Panel Review with the United States Section of the NAFTA Secretariat pursuant to Article 1904 of the North American Free Trade Agreement. On April 25, 2012, an additional Request was filed on behalf of LG Electronics Monterrey Mexico, S.A. de C.V. and its affiliate, LG Electronics USA, Inc. (collectively, “LG). Panel Review was requested of the U.S. Department of Commerce's final determination regarding Bottom Mount Combination Refrigerator-Freezers from Mexico: Final Results of the January 1, 2010—December 31, 2010 Antidumping Duty Administration Review. This determination was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(77 FR 17422), on March 26, 2012. The NAFTA Secretariat has assigned Case Number USA-MEX-2012-1904-02 to this request.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ellen Bohon, United States Secretary, NAFTA Secretariat, Suite 2061, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, (202) 482-5438.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Chapter 19 of the North American Free Trade Agreement (“Agreement”) established a mechanism to replace domestic judicial review of final determinations in antidumping and countervailing duty cases involving imports from a NAFTA country with review by independent binational panels. When a Request for Panel Review is filed, a panel is established to act in place of national courts to review expeditiously the final determination to determine whether it conforms with the antidumping or countervailing duty law of the country that made the determination.</P>

        <P>Under Article 1904 of the Agreement, which came into force on January 1, 1994, the Government of the United States, the Government of Canada, and the Government of Mexico established<E T="03">Rules of Procedure for Article 1904 Binational Panel Reviews</E>(“Rules”). These Rules were published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on February 23, 1994 (59 FR 8686).</P>
        <P>A first Request for Panel Review was filed with the United States Section of the NAFTA Secretariat, pursuant to Article 1904 of the Agreement, on April 24, 2012, requesting a panel review of the determination and order described above.</P>
        <P>The Rules provide that:</P>
        <P>(a) a Party or interested person may challenge the final determination in whole or in part by filing a Complaint in accordance with Rule 39 within 30 days after the filing of the first Request for Panel Review (the deadline for filing a Complaint is May 24, 2012);</P>
        <P>(b) a Party, investigating authority or interested person that does not file a Complaint but that intends to appear in support of any reviewable portion of the final determination may participate in the panel review by filing a Notice of Appearance in accordance with Rule 40 within 45 days after the filing of the first Request for Panel Review (the deadline for filing a Notice of Appearance is June 8, 2012); and</P>

        <P>(c) the panel review shall be limited to the allegations of error of fact or law,<PRTPAGE P="26253"/>including the jurisdiction of the investigating authority, that are set out in the Complaints filed in panel review and the procedural and substantive defenses raised in the panel review.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Ellen Bohon,</NAME>
          <TITLE>United States Secretary, NAFTA Secretariat.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10686 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-GT-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CPSC-2012-0024]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Notification Requirements for Coal and Woodburning Appliances</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Consumer Product Safety Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The information collection requirements in a Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC” or “Commission”) coal and woodburning appliance rule have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) under OMB control number 3041-0040. As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), the Commission now requests comments on a proposed extension of approval of those information collection requirements for a period of three years from the date of approval by the OMB.</P>
          <P>The rule, codified at 16 CFR part 1406, requires manufacturers and importers of certain coal and woodburning appliances to provide safety information to consumers on labels and instructions and an explanation of how certain clearance distances in those labels and instructions were determined. The requirements to provide copies of labels and instructions to the Commission have been in effect for stoves manufactured or imported since October 17, 1983, or May 16, 1984, for stoves introduced into United States commerce after May 16, 1984, regardless of the date of manufacture. For this reason, the information burden imposed by this rule is limited to manufacturers and importers introducing new products or models, or making changes to labels, instructions, or information previously provided to the Commission. The purposes of the reporting requirements in part 1406 are to reduce the risk of injuries from fires associated with the installation, operation, and maintenance of the appliances that are subject to the rule, and to assist the Commission in determining the extent to which manufacturers and importers comply with the requirements in part 1406. The Commission will consider all comments received in response to this notice before requesting approval of this collection of information from the OMB.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be received by the Office of the Secretary not later than July 2, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CPSC-2012-0024, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>Submit electronic comments in the following way:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments. To ensure timely processing of comments, the Commission is no longer accepting comments submitted by electronic mail (email) except through<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>.</P>
          <P>Submit written submissions in the following way:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for paper, disk, or CD-ROM submissions), preferably in five copies, to:</E>Office of the Secretary, Consumer Product Safety Commission, 4330 East West Highway, Bethesda, MD 20814; telephone (301) 504-7923.</P>

          <P>Instructions: All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number for this notice. All comments received may be posted without change, including any personal identifiers, contact information, or other personal information provided, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Do not submit confidential business information, trade secret information, or other sensitive or protected information electronically. Such information should be submitted in writing.</P>

          <P>Docket: For access to the docket to read background documents or comments received, go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>For information about the proposed collection of information call or write Mary James, Office of Information Technology and Technology Services, Consumer Product Safety Commission, 4330 East West Highway, Bethesda, MD 20814; telephone: (301) 504-7213 or by email to<E T="03">mjames@cpsc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Estimated Burden</HD>
        <P>CPSC staff estimates that existing manufacturers who are subject to the information collection requirements may introduce up to 15 new models in a 3-year period, or approximately five new models per year. No new manufacturers are expected to begin marketing in the United States. CPSC staff estimates that the average number of hours per respondent is three hours per year, for a total of about 15 hours of annual burden for all respondents (5 models x 3 hours). No specific label design is required, but examples of acceptable label formats are provided in the rule. It is assumed that each manufacturer will use the same general label format for all stove models it produces. Therefore, when a manufacturer introduces a new stove model, the only changes that will be required are to insert the specific information that pertains to the new model.Additionally, manufacturers are to provide the Commission with copies of theinformation required to be disclosed on the label. Because this information should be readily available, it should take a manufacturer 30 minutes or less per model to collect the information and mail it to the Commission. Therefore, an additional 2.5 hours have been added to the total burden (30 minutes × 5 models per year) for a total annual burden of 17.5 hours. The total estimated annualized respondent cost is approximately $1,044, based on an average total hourly employee compensation rate of $59.63 for management, professional, and related occupations (17.5 hours × $59.63) (Bureau of Labor Statistics, September 2011).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Request for Comments</HD>
        <P>The Commission solicits written comments from all interested persons about the proposed collection of information. The Commission specifically solicits information relevant to the following topics:</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Whether the collection of information described above is necessary for the proper performance of the Commission's functions, including whether the information would have practical utility;</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Whether the estimated burden of the proposed collection of information is accurate;</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Whether the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected could be enhanced; and</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Whether the burden imposed by the collection of information could be minimized by use of automated, electronic, or other technological collection techniques, or other forms of information technology.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <PRTPAGE P="26254"/>
          <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Todd A. Stevenson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Consumer Product Safety Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10660 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6355-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meeting Notice</SUBJECT>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>Wednesday, May 9, 2012; 10 a.m.-11 a.m.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>Hearing Room 420, Bethesda Towers, 4330 East West Highway, Bethesda, Maryland.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Closed to the public.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Matter To Be Considered</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Compliance Status Report</HD>
        <P>The Commission staff will brief the Commission on the status of compliance matters.</P>
        <P>For a recorded message containing the latest agenda information, call (301) 504-7948.</P>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P>Todd A. Stevenson, Office of the Secretary, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, 4330 East West Highway, Bethesda, MD 20814, (301) 504-7923.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: May 1, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Todd A. Stevenson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10856 Filed 5-1-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6355-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">CORPORATION FOR NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meeting Notice</SUBJECT>
        <P>The Board of Directors of the Corporation for National and Community Service gives notice of the following meeting:</P>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATE AND TIME:</HD>
          <P>Wednesday, May 9, 2012, 10:00-11:30 a.m.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>Corporation for National and Community Service, 1201 New York Avenue, NW., Suite 8312, Washington, DC 20525 (Please go to 10th floor reception area for escort).</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CALL-IN INFORMATION:</HD>

          <P>This meeting is available to the public through the following toll-free call-in number: 888-391-6586 conference call access code number 8723527. Any interested member of the public may call this number and listen to the meeting. Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and CNCS will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Replays are generally available one hour after a call ends. The toll-free phone number for the replay is 800-262-5024. The end replay date is June 9, 2012, 10:29 p.m. (CT). This meeting will also be broadcast live on the web. Members of the public may view proceedings by visiting<E T="03">http://www.nationalservice.gov/about/newsroom/live.asp</E>
          </P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Open.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Matters To Be Considered</HD>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Chair's Opening Comments and Swearing in of New Members</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Consideration of Previous Meeting's Minutes</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. CEO Report</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Discussion, Deliberation and Official Actions</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Public Testimony from Senior Corps Participants in Honor of Senior Corps Week</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Public Comments</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        

        <P>Members of the public who would like to comment on the business of the Board may do so in writing or in person. Individuals may submit written comments to<E T="03">esamose@cns.gov</E>subject line: MAY 2012 CNCS BOARD MEETING by 4:00 p.m. ET on Friday May 4th. Individuals attending the meeting in person who would like to comment will be asked to sign-in upon arrival. Comments are requested to be limited to 2 minutes.</P>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">REASONABLE ACCOMMODATIONS:</HD>

          <P>The Corporation for National and Community Service provides reasonable accommodations to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. Anyone who needs an interpreter or other accommodation should notify Ida Green at<E T="03">igreen@cns.gov</E>or 202-606-6861 by 5 p.m., May 4, 2012.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>

          <P>Emily Samose, Strategic Advisor for Board Engagement, Corporation for National and Community Service, 1201 New York Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20525. Phone: (202) 606-7564. Fax: (202) 606-3460. TTY: (800) 833-3722. Email:<E T="03">esamose@cns.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: May 1, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Valerie Green,</NAME>
          <TITLE>General Counsel.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10816 Filed 5-1-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6050-$$-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Notification of an Open Meeting of the National Defense University Board of Visitors (BOV); Cancellation</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Defense University, DoD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of open meeting; cancellation.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>On April 27, 2012 (77 FR 25150), the National Defense University Board of Visitors gave notice of a date correction to an open meeting that was to be held on May 2, 2012, from 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Subsequent to the publication of that notice, Department of Defense learned that the May 2 meeting would be cancelled. This notice announcing the cancellation is publishing in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>after the May 2 open meeting was to have been held.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting was to have been held on May 2, 2012 from 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. This meeting was cancelled.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The Board of Visitors meeting would have been held at Marshall Hall, Building 62, Room 155, the National Defense University, 300 5th Avenue SW., Fort McNair, Washington, DC 20319-5066.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>The point of contact for this notice is Ms. Dolores Hodge at (202) 685-0082, Fax (202) 685-3748 or<E T="03">HodgeD@ndu.edu.</E>
          </P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Aaron Siegel,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10667 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 5001-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID DoD-2012-OS-0031]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Security Agency/Central Security Service, DoD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice to add a new system of records.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The National Security Agency/Central Security Service proposes to add a new system of records in its inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>This proposed action will be effective on June 4, 2012 unless<PRTPAGE P="26255"/>comments are received which result in a contrary determination.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal:</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Mail:</E>Federal Docket Management System Office, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number for this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ms. Anne Hill, National Security Agency/Central Security Service, Freedom of Information Act and Privacy Act Office, 9800 Savage Road, Suite 6248, Ft. George G. Meade, MD 20755-6248, or by phone at (301) 688-6527.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The National Security Agency/Central Security Service notices for systems of records subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and are available from the address in<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>. The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on March 16, 2012 to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals,” dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 18, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Patricia Toppings,</NAME>
          <TITLE>OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <PRIACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">GNSA 29</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System name:</HD>
          <P>NSA/CSS Office of Inspector General Investigations and Complaints.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System location:</HD>
          <P>National Security Agency/Central Security Service, 9800 Savage Road, Ft. George G. Meade, MD 20755-6000.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of individuals covered by the system:</HD>
          <P>Persons who are interviewed by or provide information to the Office of the Inspector General; persons who are the subjects of Inspector General reviews, inquiries, or investigations; persons involved with matters under investigation by the Office of the Inspector General, and persons who have filed grievances with the Office of the Inspector General.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of records in the system:</HD>
          <P>Individual's name, Social Security Number (SSN), employee identification number, date of birth, place of birth, and investigative case number. Investigative files, hotline complaints, inquiries, and/or investigative reports pertaining to complaints, allegations of fraud, waste, abuse, mismanagement, malfeasance, or reprisal as pertaining to NSA/CSS personnel, procedures, policies, or programs. Files may contain Reports of Investigation; testimony; rights waivers; letters; emails; memoranda; and working papers regarding, developed, or obtained as a result of investigation or complaint wherein someone has made allegations involving fraud, waste, abuse, mismanagement, employee misconduct, reprisal, or other matters involving alleged violations of law, rules or regulations pertaining to NSA/CSS personnel, programs, and/or procedures.</P>
          <P>Letters/transcriptions of complaints, allegations and queries, letters of appointment, reports of reviews, inquiries and investigations with supporting attachments; exhibits and photographs, record of interviews, witness statements, agent notes, confidential source documents, subpoenas, reports of legal review of case files, congressional responses, memoranda, letters of rebuttal from subjects of investigations, financial documentation, personnel information, administrative information, adverse information, and technical reports.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Authority for maintenance of the system:</HD>
          <P>Public Law 95-452, The Inspector General Act of 1978, as amended; DoD Directive 5106.04, Combatant Command Inspectors General; NSA/CSS Office of the Inspector General (NSA/CSS Policy 1-60); Whistleblower Protection (NSA/CSS Policy 1-62); and E.O. 9397 (SSN), as amended.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Purpose(s):</HD>
          <P>Records are used to investigate allegations of misconduct or wrongdoing by NSA/CSS personnel related to violations of laws, rules, or regulations or pertaining to mismanagement, waste of funds, fraud or mismanagement on the part of persons assigned or detailed to NSA/CSS and to provide information to NSA/CSS management regarding personnel matters and for evaluating current and proposed programs, policies, and activities, assignments, and requests for awards or promotions.</P>
          <P>Records are used to effect corrective personnel or other administrative action; to provide facts and evidence upon which to base prosecution; to provide information to other investigative elements of the Department of Defense, other Federal, State, or local agencies having jurisdiction over the substances of the allegations or a related investigative interest; to provide information upon which determinations may be made for individuals' suitability for various personnel actions including but not limited to retention, promotion, assignment, retirement, or selection for sensitive or critical positions in the Armed Forces or Federal service.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Routine uses of records maintained in the system, including categories of users and the purposes of such uses:</HD>
          <P>In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act of 1974, these records may specifically be disclosed outside the DoD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows:</P>
          <P>To appropriate officials within the Intelligence Community and other Federal departments, agencies, inspectors general, and elements thereof to the extent that the records concern NSA/CSS funds, personnel, property programs, operations, or contracts or when relevant to the official responsibilities of those organizations and entities, regarding personnel matters, and to evaluate current and proposed programs, policies and activities, selected assignments and requests for awards or promotions.</P>
          <P>To Federal, state, local, foreign or international agencies, or to an individual or organization, when necessary to elicit information relevant to an NSA/CSS Inspector General investigation, inquiry, decision, or recommendation.</P>
          <P>To the Department of Justice or any other agency responsible for representing NSA/CSS interests in connection with a judicial, administrative, or other proceeding.</P>

          <P>To the Department of Justice or other Intelligence Community Inspector General or agency to the extent necessary to obtain information or advice on any matter relevant to an<PRTPAGE P="26256"/>Office of the Inspector General investigation.</P>
          <P>To the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board and the Intelligence Oversight Board, and any successor organizations, when requested by those entities, or when the Inspector General determines that disclosure will assist in the performance of their oversight functions.</P>
          <P>Records in the system may be disclosed to members of the President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency or the Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency for peer review and the preparation of reports to the President and Congress on the activities of the Inspectors General.</P>
          <P>The DoD `Blanket Routine Uses' published at the beginning of the NSA/CSS's compilation of systems of records also apply to this records system.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Policies and practices for storing, retrieving, accessing, retaining, and disposing of records in the system:</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Storage:</HD>
          <P>Paper records and electronic storage media.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retrievability:</HD>
          <P>By name, Social Security Number (SSN), employee identification number, or investigative case number. Information may be retrieved from this system of records by automated or hand searches based on existing indices, and by automated means utilized in the normal course of business.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Safeguards:</HD>
          <P>Buildings are secured by a series of guarded pedestrian gates and checkpoints. Access to facilities is limited to security-cleared personnel and escorted visitors only. Inside the offices housing Office of Inspector General records, paper/hard-copy records are stored in locked containers with limited access, and access to electronic records is limited and controlled by password.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retention and disposal:</HD>
          <P>Formal investigations: Temporary, stored at NSA/CSS, and destroyed when 65 years old.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Complaints about an employee (not requiring a formal Agency investigation):</HD>
          <P>Temporary, maintained at NSA/CSS and destroyed two years after employee separates from NSA/CSS.</P>
          <P>Records are destroyed by pulping, burning, shredding, or erasure or destruction of magnetic media.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System manager(s) and address:</HD>
          <P>Inspector General, National Security Agency/Central Security Service, 9800 Savage Road, Fort George G. Meade, Maryland 20755-6000.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Notification procedures:</HD>
          <P>Individuals seeking to determine whether information about themselves is contained in this system should address written inquiries to the National Security Agency/Central Security Service, Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Office, 9800 Savage Road, Suite 6248, Ft. George G. Meade, Maryland 20755-6248.</P>
          <P>Written inquiries should contain the individual's full name, Social Security Number (SSN), mailing address, and signature.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Record Access procedures:</HD>
          <P>Individuals seeking access to information about themselves contained in this system should address written inquiries to the National Security Agency/Central Security Service, Freedom of Information Act/Privacy Act Office, 9800 Savage Road, Suite 6248, Ft. George G. Meade, Maryland 20755-6248.</P>
          <P>Written inquiries should contain the individual's full name, Social Security Number (SSN), mailing address, and signature.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Contesting record procedures:</HD>
          <P>The NSA/CSS rules for contesting contents and appealing initial agency determinations are published at 32 CFR Part 322 or may be obtained from the system manager.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Record source categories:</HD>
          <P>Information is supplied by the individual making the complaint; personnel records and documentation; subjects and suspects of NSA/CSS investigations; and interviews of witnesses, victims, and confidential sources. Record sources also include all types of records and information maintained by all levels of government, private industry, and non-profit organizations reviewed during the course of the investigation or furnished the NSA/CSS; and any other type of record deemed necessary to complete the NSA/CSS investigation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Exemptions claimed for the system:</HD>
          <P>Investigatory material compiled for law enforcement purposes, other than material within the scope of subsection 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2), may be exempt pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2). However, if any individual is denied any right, privilege, or benefit for which he would otherwise be entitled by Federal law or for which he would otherwise be eligible, as a result of the maintenance of the information, the individual will be provided access to the information except to the extent that disclosure would reveal the identity of a confidential source. NOTE: When claimed, this exemption allows limited protection of investigative reports maintained in a system of records used in personnel or administrative actions.</P>
          <P>Investigatory material compiled solely for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility, or qualifications for federal civilian employment, military service, federal contracts, or access to classified information may be exempt pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5), but only to the extent that such material would reveal the identity of a confidential source.</P>
          <P>An exemption rule for this records system has been promulgated according to the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(1), (2), and (3), (c) and (e) and published in 32 CFR Part 322. For additional information, contact the system manager.</P>
        </PRIACT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10652 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 5001-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: DoD-2012-OS-0033]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Defense Intelligence Agency, DoD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice to Alter a System of Records.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Defense Intelligence Agency is proposing to alter a system to its existing inventory of records systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This action will be effective without further notice on June 4, 2012 unless comments are received that would result in a contrary determination.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Mail:</E>Federal Docket Management System Office, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number or Regulatory Information Number (RIN) for this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public<PRTPAGE P="26257"/>is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ms. Theresa Lowery, Defense Intelligence Agency, DAN 1-C, 600 McDill Blvd. Washington, DC 20340-0001; phone number (202) 231-1193.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The Defense Intelligence Agency system of records notices subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and are available from the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>address above.</P>
        <P>The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on January 28, 2011, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals, dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427).”</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 18, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Patricia Toppings,</NAME>
          <TITLE>OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <PRIACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">LDIA 0900</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System name:</HD>
          <P>Accounts Receivable, Indebtedness and Claims (June 5, 2006, 71 FR 32316).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Changes:</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of individuals covered by the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Current and former Defense Intelligence Agency civilian and contract employees, military assignees and other individuals regarding payments, indebtedness and claims to the Defense Intelligence Agency.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of records in the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Name, Social Security Number (SSN), current address and telephone number, place and date of birth; financial records such as payments, indebtedness, claims, bills, checks, statements of loss or damages, receipts, investigative and court records, financial statements, credit reports, financial statements; time and attendance records and leave and earnings statements.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Authority for maintenance of the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “5 U.S.C. 5512, Withholding Pay and Indebtedness; 5 U.S.C. 5513, Withholding Pay-Credit disallowed or charge raised for payment; 5 U.S.C. 5514, Installment Deduction For Indebtedness to the U.S; 5 U.S.C. 5584, Claims for Overpayment of Pay, Allowances and of Travel, Transportation and Relocation Expenses and Allowances; 5 U.S.C. 5705, Advancements and Deductions; 10 U.S.C. 2274, Space Surveillance Network; 31 U.S.C. 3322, Disbursing Official; 31 U.S.C. 3527, General Authority to Issue Checks; 31 U.S.C. 3702, Authority to Settle Claims; 31 U.S.C. 3711, Collection and Compromise; 31 U.S.C. 3716, Administrative Offset; 31 U.S.C. 3717, Interest and Penalty on Claims; 31 U.S.C. 3718, Contracts for Collection Services; 40 U.S.C. 705, Handling of Proceeds from Disposal; and E.O. 9397 (SSN), as amended.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Purpose(s):</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “The system will manage records used in cases regarding claims, payments and indebtedness associated with the Defense Intelligence Agency. Information is used to comply with regulatory requirements and to facilitate collections and/or payments.”</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Routine uses of records maintained in the system, including categories of users and the purposes of such uses:</HD>
          <P>In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act of 1974, these records contained therein may specifically be disclosed outside the DoD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows:</P>
          <P>The DoD ‘Blanket Routine Uses' set forth at the beginning of the DIA's compilation of systems of records notices apply to this system.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Policies and practices for storing, retrieving, accessing, retaining, and disposing of records in the system:</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Storage:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Paper records and electronic storage media.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retrievability:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Last name and Social Security Number (SSN).”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Safeguards:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Records are stored in office buildings protected by guards, controlled screenings, use of visitor registers, electronic access, and/or locks. Access to records is limited to individuals who are properly screened and cleared on a need-to-know basis in the performance of their duties. Passwords and User IDs are used to control access to the system data, and procedures are in place to deter and detect browsing and unauthorized access. Physical and electronic access are limited to persons responsible for servicing and authorized to use the system.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retention and disposal:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Temporary; Cut off each Fiscal Year (FY). Hold 1 year in current files area and transfer to Washington National Records Center, destroy 6 years and 3 months after period covered by account. Electronic Records are deleted from the database, paper records are destroyed by shredding or burning.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System manager(s) and address:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Chief, Financial Policy, Financial Operations and Managerial Accounting Branch, Defense Intelligence Agency, 600 MacDill Blvd. Washington, DC 20340-5100.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Notification procedure:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking to determine whether information about themselves is contained in this system of records should address written inquiries to the DIA Freedom of Information Office (DAN-1A), Defense Intelligence Agency, 200 MacDill Blvd., Washington, DC 20340-5100.</P>
          <P>Request should contain the individual's full name, current address, and telephone number.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Contesting record procedures:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “DIA's rules for accessing records, for contesting contents and appealing initial agency determinations are published in DIA Instruction 5400.001 ‘Defense Intelligence Agency Privacy Program’; or may be obtained from the system manager.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Record source categories:</HD>

          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Individuals; DoD and other Federal, state and local financial records systems; financial, educational and medical institutions; and open source information, such as property tax records.”<PRTPAGE P="26258"/>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Exemptions claimed for the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “During the course of Accounts Receivable, Indebtedness and Claims actions, exempt materials from other systems of records may in turn become part of the case records in this system. To the extent that copies of exempt records from those ‘other' systems of records are entered into this correspondence case record, the Defense Intelligence Agency hereby claims the same exemptions for the records from those ‘other' systems that are entered into this system, as claimed for the original primary systems of records which they are a part.</P>
          <P>Records are only exempt from pertinent provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a to the extent such provisions have been identified and an exemption claimed for the original record and the purposes underlying the exemption for the original record still pertain to the record which is now contained in this system of records. In general, the exemptions were claimed in order to protect properly classified information relating to national defense and foreign policy, to avoid interference during the conduct of criminal, civil, or administrative actions or investigations, to ensure protective services provided the President and others are not compromised, to protect the identity of confidential sources incident to Federal employment, military service, contract, and security clearance determinations, to preserve the confidentiality and integrity of Federal testing materials, and to safeguard evaluation materials used for military promotions when furnished by a confidential source. The exemption rule for the original records will identify the specific reasons why the records are exempt from specific provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a. An exemption rule for this system has been promulgated in accordance with the requirements of 5 U.S.C 553 (b)(1),(2), and (3), (c) and (e) and published in 32 CFR part 319.”</P>
          <STARS/>
        </PRIACT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10655 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 5001-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID DoD-2012-OS-0029]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Defense Intelligence Agency, DoD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice to Alter a System of Records.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Defense Intelligence Agency is proposing to alter a system to its existing inventory of records systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This proposed action will be effective on June 4, 2012 unless comments are received that would result in contrary determination.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Mail:</E>Federal Docket Management System Office, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number for this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ms. Theresa Lowery, Defense Intelligence Agency, DAN 1-C, 600 McDill Blvd. Washington, DC 20340-0001, or by phone at (202) 231-1193.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The Defense Intelligence Agency system of records notices subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and are available from the address in<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>.</P>
        <P>The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on March 23, 2011, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals, dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427).”</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 18, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Patricia Toppings,</NAME>
          <TITLE>OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <PRIACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">LDIA 0010</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System Name:</HD>
          <P>Requests for Freedom of Information Act, Privacy Act, and Mandatory Declassification Review Information (July 19, 2006, 71 FR 41003).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Changes:</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System name:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Information Requests-Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) and Privacy Act.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System location:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Defense Intelligence Agency, 200 MacDill Blvd., Washington, DC 20340-5100.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of individuals covered by the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “All persons who have requested documents under the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) and Privacy Act; individuals whose requests and/or records have been processed under FOIA and Privacy Act along with attorneys representing individuals making such requests.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of records in the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Name, address and telephone number of the person making the request and/or their representatives, and case number. Records include forms, documents and correspondence providing information created or compiled in response to FOIA and Privacy Act requests, and include responses, all related memorandums, correspondence, notes, and supported documentation along with copies of the requested records.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Authority for maintenance of the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “5 U.S.C. 552, Freedom of Information Act (FOIA); 5 U.S.C. 552a, The Privacy Act of 1974, as amended; Department of Defense (DoD) Directive 5400.07-R, DoD Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) Program; DoD 5400.11-R, DoD Privacy Program; Defense Intelligence Agency Instruction (DIAI) 5400.002, DIA FOIA Program; DIAI 5400-11R, DIA Privacy Program.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Purpose(s):</HD>

          <P>Delete entry and replace with “The system will manage records generated as a result of FOIA and Privacy Act<PRTPAGE P="26259"/>requests. Information is used to meet regulatory requirements of the FOIA and Privacy Acts and to provide documentation in response to requests from the public sector for information, which is originated by or contained in the files of the Defense Intelligence Agency. To provide information for compiling reports required by public disclosure statutes and to assist the Department of Justice in preparation of the Agency's defense in any law suit arising under these statutes.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Routine uses of records maintained in the system, including categories of users and the purposes of such uses:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act of 1974, these records contained therein may specifically be disclosed outside the DoD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows:</P>
          <P>To the Department of Justice for litigation purposes.</P>
          <P>The DoD `Blanket Routine Uses' set forth at the beginning of the DIA's compilation of systems of records notices apply to this system.”</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Storage:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Paper and electronic storage media.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retrievability:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “By last name and case number.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Safeguards:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Records are stored in office buildings protected by guards, controlled screenings, use of visitor registers, electronic access, and/or locks. Access to records is limited to individuals who are properly screened, and cleared on a need-to-know basis in the performance of their duties. Passwords and user IDs control access to the system data, and procedures are in place to deter and detect browsing and unauthorized access. Physical and electronic access are limited to persons responsible for servicing and authorized to use the system.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retention and disposal:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Privacy Act Request Files destroy 2 years after date of reply. Requests not appealed, destroy 5 years after date of reply. Requests appealed, destroy as authorized under Privacy Act Amendment Case Files. Files maintained for control purposes in responding to requests, including registers and similar records listing date, nature, and purpose of request and name and address of requester; destroy 6 years after date of last entry. Other files destroy 6 years after final action by the Agency or after final adjudication by courts, whichever is later.</P>
          <P>Electronic files are deleted from the data base, paper files are destroyed by shredding or burning.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System manager(s) and address:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Chief, Freedom of Information and Declassification Services Branch, Defense Intelligence Agency 200 McDill Blvd., Washington, DC 20340-5100.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Notification procedure:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking to determine whether information about themselves is contained in this system of records should address written inquiries to the DIA Freedom of Information Office (DAN-1A), Defense Intelligence Agency, 200 MacDill Blvd., Washington, DC 20340-5100.</P>
          <P>Request should contain the individual's full name, current address, and telephone number.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Record access procedures:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking access to information about themselves, contained in this system of records, should address written inquiries to the DIA Freedom of Information Office (DAN-1A), 200 MacDill Blvd., Washington, DC 20340-5100.</P>
          <P>Request should contain the individual's full name, current address, and telephone number.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Contesting record procedures:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “DIA's rules for accessing records, for contesting contents and appealing initial agency determinations are published in DIA Instruction 5400.001 “Defense Intelligence Agency Privacy Program”; 32 CFR part 319—Defense Intelligence Agency Privacy Program; or may be obtained from the system manager.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Record source categories:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Individual requesters, attorneys representing individuals making such requests, the Defense Intelligence Agency, and other federal government officials.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Exemptions claimed for the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “During the course of FOIA and or Privacy Act action, exempt materials from other systems of records may in turn become part of the case records in this system. To the extent that copies of exempt records from those `other' systems of records become part of this correspondence case record, the Defense Intelligence Agency hereby claims the same exemptions for the records from those `other' systems when they become part of this system, as claimed for the original primary systems of records that they are a part.</P>
          <P>Records are only exempt from pertinent provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a to the extent such provisions have been identified and an exemption claimed for the original record and the purposes underlying the exemption for the original record still pertain to the record which is now contained in this system of records. In general, the exemptions were claimed in order to protect properly classified information relating to national defense and foreign policy, to avoid interference during the conduct of criminal, civil, or administrative actions or investigations, to ensure protective services provided the President and others are not compromised, to protect the identity of confidential sources incident to Federal employment, military service, contract, and security clearance determinations, to preserve the confidentiality and integrity of Federal testing materials, and to safeguard evaluation materials used for military promotions when furnished by a confidential source. The exemption rule for the original records will identify the specific reasons why the records are exempt from specific provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a.”</P>
        </PRIACT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10654 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 5001-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID DoD-2012-OS-0032]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Security Agency/Central Security Service.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice to Delete a System of Records.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The National Security Agency/Central Security Service is deleting a system of records notice from its existing inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This proposed action will be effective on June 4, 2012 unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <PRTPAGE P="26260"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Mail:</E>Federal Docket Management System Office, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number for this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ms. Anne Hill, National Security Agency/Central Security Service, Freedom of Information Act and Privacy Act Office, 9800 Savage Road, Suite 6248, Ft. George G. Meade, MD 20755-6248 or at (301) 688-6527.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The National Security Agency systems of records notice subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and are available from the address in<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>.</P>
        <P>The National Security Agency proposes to delete a system of records notice from its inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended. The proposed deletion is not within the purview of subsection (r) of the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, which requires the submission of a new or altered system report.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 18, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Patricia Toppings,</NAME>
          <TITLE>OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <PRIACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Deletion</HD>
          
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">GNSA 23</HD>
          <P>NSA/CSS Operations Security Support Program and Training Files (May 19, 2008, 73 FR 28804).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Reason:</HD>
          <P>The category of records in this system has substantially changed. The Interagency Operations Security Support Staff now collects and maintains only name and business information (work address, work telephone number, work fax number, and agency/organization/affiliate). Social Security Numbers are no longer collected and personal and home information is no longer maintained. As the Interagency Operations Security Support Staff no longer collects and maintains personally identifiable information, this notice can be deleted.</P>
        </PRIACT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10653 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 5001-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID DoD-2012-OS-0030]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Defense Intelligence Agency, DoD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice to Delete a System of Records.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Defense Intelligence Agency proposes to delete a system of records notice in its existing inventory of records systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This proposed action will be effective without further notice on June 4, 2012 unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Mail:</E>Federal Docket Management System Office, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number or Regulatory Information Number (RIN) for this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is of make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ms. Theresa Lowery, DIA Privacy Act Coordinator, Records Management Section, 200 MacDill Blvd., Washington, DC 20340, telephone number (202) 231-1193.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The Defense Intelligence Agency systems of records notices subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and are available from the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMAITON CONTACT</E>address above.</P>
        <P>The Defense Intelligence Agency proposes to delete a system of records notice from its inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended. The proposed deletion is not within the purview of subsection (r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, which requires the submission of a new or altered system report.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 18, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Patricia Toppings,</NAME>
          <TITLE>OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <PRIACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Deletion</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">LDIA 0800</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System name: Operation Record System (June 5, 2006, 71 FR 32317).</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Reason:</HD>
          <P>The records contained in this system of records have been incorporated into LDIA 10-0002, Foreign Intelligence and Counterintelligence Operation Records (June 15, 2010, 75 FR 33791).</P>
        </PRIACT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10656 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 5001-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID DOD-2012-OS-0050]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Defense Logistics Agency, DoD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice to alter a system of records.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Defense Logistics Agency proposes to alter a system of records in its inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This proposed action will be effective on June 4, 2012 unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Mail:</E>Federal Docket Management System Office, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, 2nd Floor, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number for this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>
            <PRTPAGE P="26261"/>document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ms. Jody Sinkler, DLA FOIA/Privacy Act Office, Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency, ATTN: DGA, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Suite 1644, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6221, or by phone at (703) 767-5045.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The Office of the Secretary of Defense notices for systems of records subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and are available from the address in<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>. The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on April 27, 2012, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals,” dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Aaron Siegel,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <PRIACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">S500.60</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System name:</HD>
          <P>Defense Logistics Agency Hotline Program Records (February 3, 2010, 75 FR 5579).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Changes:</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System name:</HD>
          <P>Add “Enterprise” after “Agency”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System location:</HD>
          <P>Within entry, replace “Director, DLA Accountability Office (DA)” with “Inspector General, DLA Office of the Inspector General”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of individuals covered by the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Covered individuals include those who use the DLA Enterprise Hotline Program to report suspected fraud, waste, abuse, or mismanagement. Also included are other individuals identified during the inquiry, such as persons interviewed, complainants, witnesses, subjects, and contractor employees.”</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Authority for maintenance of the system:</HD>
          <P>Add to entry “DLA Instruction 5104, DLA Enterprise Hotline Program.”</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retrievability:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Records are retrieved by the name of complainant, witness, contractor employee, and/or subjects; hotline topic; inquiry number; National Stock Number; and/or contract number.”</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System manager(s) and address:</HD>
          <P>Within entry, replace “Director, DLA Accountability Office” with “Inspector General, DLA Office of the Inspector General”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Notification procedure:</HD>
          <P>Delete first paragraph and replace with “Individuals seeking to determine whether information about themselves is contained in this system should address written inquiries to the DLA FOIA/Privacy Act Office, Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency, Attn: DGA, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Suite 1644, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6221.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Record access procedures:</HD>
          <P>Delete first paragraph and replace with “Individuals seeking access to information about themselves contained in this system should address written inquiries to the DLA FOIA/Privacy Act Office, Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency, Attn: DGA, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Suite 1644, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6221.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Contesting record procedures:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “The DLA rules for accessing records, for contesting contents, and appealing initial Agency determinations are contained in 32 CFR part 323 or may be obtained from the DLA FOIA/Privacy Act Office, Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency, Attn: DGA, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Suite 1644, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6221.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Record source categories:</HD>
          <P>Add “the DLA Enterprise Hotline” to entry.</P>
          <STARS/>
        </PRIACT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10666 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 5001-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: DOD-2012-OS-0051]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of the Defense Logistics Agency, DoD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice to alter a system of records.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Defense Logistics Agency proposes to alter a system of records in its inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This proposed action will be effective on June 4, 2012 unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal:</E>
            <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Mail:</E>Federal Docket Management System Office, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, 2nd Floor, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number for this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ms. Jody Sinkler, DLA/FOIA/Privacy Act Office, Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency, ATTN: DGA, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Suite 1644, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6221, or by phone at (703) 767-5045.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The Office of the Secretary of Defense notices for systems of records subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and are available from the address in<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>. The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on April 27, 2012, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-<PRTPAGE P="26262"/>130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals,” dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Aaron Siegel,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <PRIACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">S400.30</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System name:</HD>
          <P>Mass Transportation Fringe Benefit Program—Outside the National Capital Region (September 22, 2009, 74 FR 48233).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Changes:</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System name:</HD>
          <P>Delete “Fringe” from entry.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System location:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Suite 6220, ATTN: DS-B, DLA Installation Support, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6221 and the Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) Primary Level Field Activities located outside the National Capital Region. Official mailing addresses are published as an appendix to DLA's compilation of systems of records notices. U.S. Department of Transportation, TRANServe, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W12-190, Washington, DC 20590-0001.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of individuals covered by the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) civilian employees; non-appropriated funded employees; interns/students employed and paid directly by DLA (i.e., interns/students hired through contractual agreements are not eligible); eligible interns/students hired for the summer months; and registered and nonregistered vanpool owners/operators.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of records in the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Records include applicant's full name, personalized 4-digit personal identification number (PIN), home address, office symbol and duty location, office telephone number, mode of transportation being used, cost(s) of commuting, reimbursement claim for expenditures, period covered, amount of reimbursement, records of vouchers, receipts or payments distributed, dates of participation and termination in program, and vanpool owner/operator certification.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Authority for maintenance of the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete “and E.O. 9397 (SSN) as amended” from entry.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Purpose(s):</HD>
          <P>Delete “Fringe” from first paragraph.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retrievability:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Information is retrieved by individual's name and a personalized 4-digit personal identification number (PIN).”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Safeguards:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Paper records are maintained in a controlled facility. Physical entry is restricted by the use of locks, guards, and is accessible only to authorized personnel. Access to records is limited to person(s) responsible for servicing the records in the performance of their official duties and who are properly screened and cleared for need-to-know. Electronic records are maintained by the on Site Point of Contact computer drive. Access is restricted to the Point of Contact who can only access with secured user identification controls such as a common access card (CAC), personalized password, and key encryption. All individuals granted access to this system of records have received Privacy Act training.”</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System manager(s) and address:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “ONCR Program Manager, Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Suite 2638, ATTN: DS-B, DLA Installation Support, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6221, and the ONCR Mass Transportation Benefit Program Points of Contact at the DLA Primary Level Field Activity. Official mailing addresses are published as an appendix to DLA's compilation of systems of records notices.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Notification procedure:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking to determine whether information about themselves is contained in this system should address written inquiries to the DLA FOIA/Privacy Act Office, Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency, ATTN: DGA, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Suite 1644, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6221.</P>
          <P>Written inquiries should contain the full name of the record subject, current address, telephone number, and the DLA Primary Level Field Activity which provided the subsidy.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Record access procedures:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking access to information about themselves contained in this system should address written inquiries to the DLA FOIA/Privacy Act Office, Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency, ATTN: DGA, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Suite 1644, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6221.</P>
          <P>Written inquiries should contain the full name of the record subject, current address, telephone number, and the DLA Primary Level Field Activity which provided the subsidy.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Contesting record procedures:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “The DLA rules for accessing records, for contesting contents, and appealing initial agency determinations are contained in 32 CFR part 323, or may be obtained from the DLA FOIA/Privacy Act Office, Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency, ATTN: DGA, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Suite 1644, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6221.”</P>
          <STARS/>
        </PRIACT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10684 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 5001-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: DoD-2012-OS-0035]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Defense Intelligence Agency, DoD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice to alter a system of records.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Defense Intelligence Agency is proposing to alter a system to its existing inventory of records systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This action will be effective without further notice on June 4, 2012 unless comments are received that would result in a contrary determination.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>*<E T="03">Mail:</E>Federal Docket Management System Office, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number or Regulatory Information Number (RIN) for this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public<PRTPAGE P="26263"/>is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ms. Theresa Lowery. Defense Intelligence Agency, DAN 1-C, 600 McDill Blvd., Washington, DC 20340-0001; phone number (202) 231-1193.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The Defense Intelligence Agency system of records notices subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and are available from the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>address above.</P>
        <P>The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on June 8, 2011 to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals, “dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 18, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Patricia Toppings,</NAME>
          <TITLE>OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <PRIACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">LDIA 0660</HD>
          <P>Security Files (July 24, 2006, 71 FR 41784)</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Changes:</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System name:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Security and Counterintelligence Records”.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of individuals covered by the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Current and former Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) civilian, military and contractor personnel, nominees for employment with DIA, all persons with access to DIA facilities and infrastructure, all persons under the security cognizance of DIA. Persons about whom other U.S. government agencies have requested investigative assistance from DIA as part of lawful investigations by their agency. Individuals identified as the result of an administrative, security and/or investigative function who could pose a threat to DIA operations, data, personnel, facilities and systems”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of records in the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Personnel: Name, date and place of birth, Social Security Number (SSN), gender, race, home address, family and dependent information, biometric data, medical/psychological information, financial, employment, training records, test results and education history, statements of personal history.</P>
          <P>Administrative: Case control number, forms, documents and correspondence relating to security files, personnel security, investigative and employment records, personnel security functions, nomination notices, indoctrination/debriefing memoranda, secrecy and nondisclosure agreements, certificates of clearance.</P>
          <P>Adjudication memoranda and supporting documentation, in-house investigations, security violations, security threats and incidents, investigations and inquiries of criminal and counterintelligence matters, investigative referrals, counterintelligence reporting, foreign travel, foreign contacts, identification badge records, retrieval indices, clearance status records, facility and access control records.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Authority for maintenance of the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “National Security Act of 1947; E.O. 12333, United States Intelligence Activities; DoDD 5105.21, Defense Intelligence Agency; DoDI 5240.06, Counterintelligence Awareness, Briefing, and Reporting Programs; DoDI 5200.08, Security of DoD Installations and Resources; DoD 5200.2.R, Personnel Security Program; DIA Directive 3020.400, DIA Critical Infrastructure Program; Intelligence Community Directive (ICD) 704, Personnel Security Standards and Procedures Governing Eligibility for Access to Special Compartmented Information and other Controlled Access Program Information; DIA Manual 50-8, Personnel Security Program; DIA Manual 50-14, Security Investigations; DIA Regulation 50-17, Reporting Foreign Contact and Foreign Travel; DIA Instruction 5200.002, Credibility Assessment Program and E.O. 9397 (SSN), as amended.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Purpose(s):</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “The system will manage records used to accomplish security and counterintelligence functions. Information is used to comply with regulatory requirements related to initial and continued employment, to determine eligibility for access to classified information, to protect the agency's operations, data, personnel, facilities and systems (by using administrative, security and investigative functions to detect actual or potential threats and risks)and to document training and education”.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Storage:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Paper and Electronic storage media”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retrievability:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “By last name, Social Security Number (SSN), and applicable case control number”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Safeguards:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Records are stored in office buildings protected by guards, controlled screenings, use of visitor registers, electronic access, and/or locks. Access to records is limited to individuals who are properly screened and cleared on a need-to-know basis in the performance of their duties. Passwords and User IDs are used to control access to the system data, and procedures are in place to deter and detect browsing and unauthorized access. Physical and electronic access are limited to persons responsible for servicing and authorized to use the system”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Retention and disposal:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Security Files: Personnel Security Records. Case files documenting the processing of investigations on Federal employees or applicants for Federal employment, whether or not a security clearance is granted, and other persons, such as those performing work for a Federal agency under contract, who require an approval before having access to Government facilities or to sensitive data. These files include questionnaires, summaries of reports prepared by the investigating agency, and other records reflecting the processing of the investigation and the status of the clearance, exclusive of copies of investigative reports furnished by the investigating agency. Temporary-Destroy upon notification of death or 5 years after separation or transfer of employee or no later than 5 years after contract relationship expires.</P>
          <P>Security Files: Polygraph examinations, favorable examinations; Temporary-Destroy 90 days.</P>

          <P>Unfavorable Examinations; examinations considered as part of an investigation action necessary for security adjudicative purposes and includes the Medical/Psychiatric<PRTPAGE P="26264"/>Condition Statement-Temporary-Destroy when 15 years old.</P>
          <P>Medical and Psychiatric Condition Statement (Favorable), Temporary-Destroy when 1 year old; (Unfavorable), Temporary-Destroy when 15 years old.</P>
          <P>Examinations considered records of major significance, congressional interest, national security or upon which significant action was taken (trial, courts-martial, employment termination). PERMANENT—Offer to National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) when 25-30 years old. Final disposition determinations of individual cases are made by NARA.</P>
          <P>Security Violations: Temporary—Destroy 5 years after close of case. Files referred for prosecution determination; Temporary—Destroy 3 years after close of case.</P>
          <P>Orientation and Training: Temporary—Destroy when no longer required for current operations (documents reflecting training, security orientation, and compliance with security regulations).</P>
          <P>Non-Disclosure Agreements: Temporary—Destroy when 70 years old.</P>
          <P>Logs and Registers: Temporary—Destroy 2 years after final entry.”</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">System manager(s) and address:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Counterintelligence and Security Office, Defense Intelligence Agency, 200 MacDill Blvd., Washington, DC 20340-5100”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Notification procedure:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking to determine whether information about themselves is contained in this system of records should address written inquiries to the DIA Freedom of Information Office (DAN-1A), Defense Intelligence Agency, 200 MacDill Blvd., Washington, DC 20340-5100.</P>
          <P>Request should contain the individual's full name, current address, and telephone number”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Record access procedures:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking access to information about themselves, contained in this system of records, should address written inquiries to the DIA Freedom of Information Office (DAN-1A), 200 MacDill Blvd., Washington, DC 20340-5100.</P>
          <P>Request should contain the individual's full name, current address, and telephone number”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Contesting record procedures:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “DIA's rules for accessing records, for contesting contents and appealing initial agency determinations are published in DIA Instruction 5400.001 “Defense Intelligence Agency Privacy Program”; or may be obtained from the system manager”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Record source categories:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Subject individuals, agency and other government officials as well as open source information”.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Exemptions claimed for the system:</HD>
          <P>Delete entry and replace with “Investigatory material compiled for law enforcement purposes, other than material within the scope of subsection 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2), may be exempt pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(k)(2). However, if an individual is denied any right, privilege, or benefit for which he would otherwise be entitled by Federal law or which he would otherwise be eligible, as a result of maintenance of the information, the individual will be provided access to the information except to the extent that disclosure would reveal the identity of a confidential source. This exemption provides limited protection of investigative reports maintained in a system of records used in personnel or administrative actions.</P>
          <P>(k)(5) Investigatory material complied solely for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility, or qualifications for Federal civilian employment, military service, Federal contracts, or access to classified information but only to the extent such material would reveal the identity of a confidential source.</P>
          <P>(k)(6) Testing or examination material used to determine individual qualifications for appointment or promotion in the Federal or military service, if the disclosure of such material would compromise the objectivity or fairness of the test or examination process.</P>
          <P>An exemption rule for this system has been promulgated in accordance with the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(1), (2), and (3), (c), and (e) and published in 32 CFR part 319”.</P>
          <STARS/>
        </PRIACT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10657 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 5001-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Renewal of Department of Defense Federal Advisory Committees</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>DoD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Renewal of Federal Advisory Committee.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C. Appendix), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b), and 41 CFR 102-3.50(d), the Department of Defense gives notice that it is renewing the charter for the Defense Advisory Committee on Military Personnel Testing (hereafter referred to as “the Committee”).</P>
          <P>The Committee shall provide the Secretary of Defense, through the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness (hereafter referred to as the Under Secretary) with assistance and independent advice on matters pertaining to military personnel testing relating to enlisted selection and classification testing.</P>
          <P>The Committee shall review the calibration of personnel selection and classification tests to ensure the accuracy of resulting scores, review relevant validations studies to ensure that the tests have utility in predicting success in technical and on-the-job training, review on-going testing research and development in support of the enlistment program, and make recommendations for improvements to make the testing process more responsive to the Department of Defense (DoD), and the Military Services needs.</P>
          <P>The Committee shall be composed of not more than seven members who are eminent authorities in the fields of educational and psychological testing. Committee members, with the approval of the Secretary of Defense, shall serve a term of service of three years, with annual renewals of the member's appointment; however, no member shall serve on the Committee for more than two consecutive terms of service.</P>
          <P>The Committee members shall elect the Committee's Chairperson for a term not to exceed two years.</P>
          <P>Committee members are appointed to provide advice on behalf of the government on the basis of their best judgment without representing any particular point of view and in a manner that is free from conflict of interest.</P>

          <P>Committee members appointed by the Secretary of Defense, who are not full-time or permanent part-time federal officers or employees, shall be appointed to serve as experts and consultants under the authority of 5 U.S.C. 3109, and to serve as special government employees. With the exception of travel and per diem for official travel, Committee members shall serve without compensation.<PRTPAGE P="26265"/>
          </P>
          <P>The Under Secretary shall select and appoint the Committee's chairperson from the total membership.</P>
          <P>The Department, when necessary, and consistent with the Committee's mission and DoD policies and procedures, may establish task groups, subcommittees, or working groups deemed necessary to support the Committee. Establishment of task groups, subcommittees, or working groups, will be based upon a written determination, to include terms of reference, by the Secretary of Defense, the Deputy Security of Defense, or the advisory committee's sponsor. These subcommittees or working groups shall operate under the provisions of the FACA, the Government in the Sunshine Act, governing Federal statutes and regulations, and governing DoD policies/procedures.</P>
          <P>Such subcommittees or task groups shall not work independently of the chartered Committee, and shall report all their recommendations and advice to the Committee for full deliberation and discussion. Subcommittees have no authority to make decisions on behalf of the chartered Committee; nor can any subcommittee or its members update or report directly to the DoD or any Federal officers or employees.</P>
          <P>All subcommittee members shall be appointed in the same manner as the Committee members; that is, the Secretary of Defense shall appoint subcommittee members even if the member in question is already a Committee member. Subcommittee members, with the approval of the Secretary of Defense, may serve a term of service on the subcommittee of four years; however, no member shall serve more than two consecutive terms of service on the subcommittee. Subcommittee members, if not full-time or part-time government employees, shall be appointed to serve as experts and consultants under the authority of 5 U.S.C. 3109, and to serve as special government employees, whose appointments must be renewed on an annual basis. With the exception of travel and per diem for official travel, subcommittee members shall serve without compensation.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Jim Freeman, Advisory Committee Management Officer for the Department of Defense, 703-692-5952.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Committee shall meet at the call of the Committee's Designated Federal Officer, in consultation with the Committee's Chairperson. The estimated number of Committee meetings is two per year.</P>
        <P>In addition, the Designated Federal Officer is required to be in attendance at all Committee and subcommittee meetings for the entire duration of each and every meeting; however, in the absence of the Designated Federal Officer, the Alternate Designated Federal Officer shall attend the entire duration of the Committee or subcommittee meeting.</P>
        <P>Pursuant to 41 CFR 102-3.105(j) and 102-3.140, the public or interested organizations may submit written statements to Defense Advisory Committee on Military Personnel Testing membership about the Committee's mission and functions. Written statements may be submitted at any time or in response to the stated agenda of planned meeting of Defense Advisory Committee on Military Personnel Testing.</P>

        <P>All written statements shall be submitted to the Designated Federal Officer for the Defense Advisory Committee on Military Personnel Testing, and this individual will ensure that the written statements are provided to the membership for their consideration. Contact information for the Defense Advisory Committee on Military Personnel Testing Designated Federal Officer can be obtained from the GSA's FACA Database—<E T="03">https://www.fido.gov/facadatabase/public.asp</E>.</P>
        <P>The Designated Federal Officer, pursuant to 41 CFR 102-3.150, will announce planned meetings of the Defense Advisory Committee on Military Personnel Testing. The Designated Federal Officer, at that time, may provide additional guidance on the submission of written statements that are in response to the stated agenda for the planned meeting in question.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Aaron Siegel,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10691 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 5001-06-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Applications for New Awards; Model Demonstration Projects on Reentry of Students With Disabilities From Juvenile Justice Facilities Into Education, Employment, and Community Programs</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Office of Special Education Programs, Department of Education.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview Information</HD>
        <P>Technical Assistance and Dissemination to Improve Services and Results for Children with Disabilities—Model Demonstration Projects on Reentry of Students with Disabilities from Juvenile Justice Facilities into Education, Employment, and Community Programs Notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2012.</P>
        <P>Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) Number: 84.326M.</P>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P/>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Applications Available:</E>May 3, 2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deadline for Transmittal of Applications:</E>June 18, 2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deadline for Intergovernmental Review:</E>August 16, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Full Text of Announcement</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Funding Opportunity Description</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Purpose of Program:</E>The purpose of the Technical Assistance and Dissemination to Improve Services and Results for Children with Disabilities program is to promote academic achievement and to improve results for children with disabilities by providing technical assistance (TA), supporting model demonstration projects, disseminating useful information, and implementing activities that are supported by scientifically based research.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Priority:</E>In accordance with 34 CFR 75.105(b)(2)(v), this priority is from allowable activities specified in the statute or otherwise authorized in the statute (see sections 663 and 681(d) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), 20 U.S.C. 1463 and 1481(d)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Absolute Priority:</E>For FY 2012 and any subsequent year in which we make awards from the list of unfunded applicants from this competition, this priority is an absolute priority. Under 34 CFR 75.105(c)(3) we consider only applications that meet this priority.</P>
        <P>This priority is:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Model Demonstration Projects on Reentry of Students With Disabilities From Juvenile Justice Facilities Into Education, Employment, and Community Programs</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Background</HD>

        <P>The purpose of this priority is to support the establishment and operation of three model demonstration projects that will develop, adapt, refine, and evaluate models for facilitating the successful reentry of youth with disabilities from juvenile justice facilities into education, employment, and community programs.<PRTPAGE P="26266"/>
        </P>
        <P>In the 2000-2001 school year, “students ages 6 through 17 [years] with disabilities made up 11.5 percent of the estimated student enrollment for grades prekindergarten through 12th grade” (U.S. Department of Education, 2002, p. II-19). Based on their December 1, 2000 census, State departments of juvenile justice reported that, on average, one-third of the youth in the juvenile justice system had identified disabilities; the State-reported prevalence ranged from 9.1 percent to 77.5 percent (Quinn, Rutherford, Leone, Osher, &amp; Poirier, 2005). In other words, the average prevalence of disability among youth in State juvenile justice systems was nearly three times the prevalence of disability among all youth. Of the youth with disabilities in the juvenile justice system, 47.7 percent were classified with emotional disturbance; 38.6 percent with specific learning disabilities; and 9.7 percent with intellectual disabilities (Quinn et al., 2005).</P>
        <P>Each year, nearly 100,000 youth under the age of 18, with and without disabilities, are released from juvenile facilities,<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>jails, or prisons, and reenter society, returning to families, local schools, and community life (Snyder, 2004). According to Bilchik &amp; Altschuler (2010, Slide 4),</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>The types of juvenile facilities include detention centers, shelters, reception/diagnostic centers, group homes, ranches, wilderness camps, training schools, and residential treatment centers. The facilities are run by State governments, local governments, and private organizations. Some are secure, while others are not equipped to confine youth.</P>
        </FTNT>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>Reentry [to school and community life] refers to those activities and tasks that: prepare out-of-home placed juveniles for reentry into the specific families and communities to which they will return; establish the necessary arrangements and linkages with the full range of public and private sector departments, organizations, and individuals in the community that can address known risk and protective factors; and ensure the delivery of prescribed services and supervision in the community. As this definition implies, the residential facility and the community have a critical role to play in reentry.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <FP>Preparation and supports for successful reentry from juvenile justice facilities are even more crucial for youth with disabilities, since “barriers encountered by youth from the juvenile justice system during the transition process are exacerbated when these youth have disabilities” (Clark, 2003, p. 98). At the same time, their outcomes after returning to their communities tend to be worse than their peers without disabilities. For example, a higher percentage of youth with disabilities return to juvenile justice facilities (Bullis, Yovanoff, Meuller, &amp; Havel, 2002), and in a shorter timeframe (Zhang, Barrett, Katsiyannis, &amp; Yoon, 2011), than their peers without disabilities.</FP>
        <P>Some practices have shown promise in improving outcomes for reentering juveniles. These promising practices frequently include: Intensive educational interventions; multidisciplinary assessments and planning; integrated transition services (i.e., service delivery focused on the youth's reentry to education, employment, and community programs from the beginning of custody); individualized aftercare; interagency collaboration; research-based interventions implemented with fidelity; and evaluation of services, processes, and outcomes (Hogan, Bullock, &amp; Fritsch, 2010; Newell &amp; Salazar, 2010; Wilkins, 2011).</P>
        <P>Assessment and planning must be grounded in an understanding of adolescent educational, psychological, cognitive, and emotional development (Scott &amp; Steinberg, 2008). Multiple disciplines and perspectives (i.e., the youth, special educator, parent, juvenile justice case officer, etc.) should identify the juvenile's strengths and needs and develop a plan of interventions to address these needs (Newell &amp; Salazar, 2010; Zhang, Hsu, Katsiyannis, Barrett, &amp; Song, 2011). Studies suggest that focusing on the transition back to school and community from the start of custody increases the likelihood of successful reentry (Newell &amp; Salazar, 2010; Zhang, Barrett, et al., 2011).</P>
        <P>Once a youth reenters the community, individualized aftercare continues to provide the planned interventions, which should be identified based on the unique needs of the juvenile (Scott &amp; Steinberg, 2008) and include any court-mandated interventions (Newell &amp; Salazar, 2010). Aftercare services may include, for example, educational and vocational programs, housing assistance, substance abuse and mental health treatment, life skills training, family counseling, and parent education (Baltodano, Platt, &amp; Roberts, 2005; Wilkins, 2011; Zabel &amp; Nigro, 2007).</P>
        <P>Interagency collaboration is essential to ensuring that aftercare services are effective. Successful interagency collaboration efforts include case management services and clearly defined expectations and responsibilities among service agencies. Interagency collaboration helps to connect services, such as intensive educational interventions provided in the juvenile facility, with those provided in the community (Bilchik &amp; Altschuler, 2010; Hogan, Bullock, &amp; Fritsch, 2010; Newell &amp; Salazar, 2010).</P>
        <P>Implementing research-based interventions with fidelity increases the likelihood of effectiveness (Fixsen, Naoom, Blasé, Friedman, &amp; Wallace, 2005). The evaluation of services, processes, and outcomes provides formative and summative information needed to demonstrate and improve the quality and effectiveness of interventions. Unfortunately, there is limited research on the quality and effectiveness of reentry models to improve the post-release outcomes of youth in juvenile justice facilities who are identified as having disabilities, most of whom have learning disabilities or emotional disturbance. The Office of Special Education Programs (OSEP) intends to support the development and evaluation of model demonstration projects that serve youth with disabilities reentering education, employment, and community programs from juvenile justice facilities.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Priority:</E>The purpose of this priority is to support the establishment and operation of three model demonstration projects that will develop, adapt, refine, and evaluate models for facilitating the successful reentry of youth with disabilities from juvenile justice facilities into education, employment, and community programs. Each model demonstration project must include the following elements: Intensive educational interventions, multidisciplinary assessments and planning, integrated transition services, individualized aftercare, interagency collaboration, research-based interventions implemented with fidelity, and evaluation of services, processes, and outcomes. The projects must be designed to reduce recidivism and to support the successful transition of these youth with disabilities back into their communities. Successful transition must be measured, in part, using data on high school completion, postsecondary education, and employment. For purposes of this priority, the term “youth with disabilities” refers to individuals who are in 7th to 12th grades and are under 18 years of age unless the State where the project is located provides services to students ages 18, 19, 20 or 21 consistent with State law or practice or the order of any court, in which case, the term refers to individuals who are in 7th to 12th grades and are under the maximum age consistent with State law or practice of court order.</P>

        <P>To be considered for funding under this absolute priority, applicants must meet the application requirements contained in this priority. Each project<PRTPAGE P="26267"/>funded under this absolute priority also must meet the programmatic and administrative requirements specified in the priority.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Application Requirements.</E>An applicant must include in its application—</P>

        <P>(a) A description of a proposed model demonstration project that provides services for youth reentering their schools and communities from juvenile justice facilities. The services must be coordinated among a juvenile justice facility, a student's home school district, and any cooperating community programs (see also the section on<E T="03">Required Activities</E>). The description must include:</P>
        <P>(1) Intervention components, including:</P>
        <P>(i) Special education and related services, including therapeutic (e.g., mental health, drug treatment, etc.) and transition services, to be provided to the youth with disabilities, and the responsibilities of the proposed project, local educational agency (LEA), school, juvenile justice facility, and any cooperating agencies to provide such services;</P>
        <P>(ii) Processes that support the successful transition of youth with disabilities from the juvenile justice facility to education, employment, and community programs, including: Placement in appropriate education programs that provide special education and related services, as described in students' individualized education programs; support, as appropriate, in locating employment, transportation, and housing; and determination of the type, duration, and intensity of needed aftercare services;</P>
        <P>(iii) A data plan that outlines the process for assessing, collecting, and sharing<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>academic, vocational, behavioral, and developmental data for participating youth with disabilities among the collaborating agencies to support the implementation of the model; and</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>Applicants must ensure the confidentiality of individual data, consistent with the requirements of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and State laws or regulations concerning the confidentiality of individual records. Final FERPA regulatory changes became effective January 3, 2012, and include requirements for data sharing. Applicants are encouraged to review the final FERPA regulations published on December 2, 2011 (76 FR 75604). Questions can be forwarded to the Family Policy Compliance Office (www.ed.gov/fpco) at (202) 260-3887 or FERPA@ed.gov.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>(iv) Description of systems or tools that will be used for storing, managing, analyzing, and reporting data and for communicating among the collaborating agencies and that are necessary to implement the model's services, processes, and data plan.</P>
        <P>(2) Implementation components, including the:</P>
        <P>(i) Methods and criteria to be used for selecting<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>and recruiting<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>at least three schools from at least one LEA, and at least one juvenile justice facility whose students with disabilities are approaching release to these schools, including descriptions of the juvenile facilities, the schools and LEAs, their populations, and whether the LEAs are considered high-poverty, high-need,<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>rural,<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>urban, or suburban;</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>3</SU>For factors to consider when selecting model demonstration sites, the applicant should refer to<E T="03">Assessing Sites for Model Demonstration: Lessons Learned for OSEP Grantees</E>at<E T="03">http://mdcc.sri.com/documents/reports/MDCC_Site_Assessment_Brief_09-30-11.pdf.</E>The document also contains a site assessment tool.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>The applicant must describe who is going to be contacted within the district(s) and how “buy-in” from these and other leaders will be solicited.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>Section 2102(3) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (ESEA) defines a “high-need LEA” as an LEA—(A)(i) That serves not fewer than 10,000 children from families with incomes below the poverty line (as that term is defined in section 9101(33) of the ESEA);, or (ii) for which not less than 20 percent of the children served by the LEA are from families with incomes below the poverty line; and (B)(i) for which there is a high percentage of teachers not teaching in the academic subjects or grade levels that the teachers were trained to teach; or (ii) for which there is a high percentage of teachers with emergency, provisional, or temporary certification or licensing.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>6</SU>For purposes of this priority, “rural LEA” means an LEA that is eligible under the Small Rural School Achievement (SRSA) program or the Rural and Low-Income School (RLIS) program authorized under Title VI, Part B of the ESEA. Applicants may determine whether a particular LEA is eligible for these programs by referring to the information on the following Department Web sites. For SRSA:<E T="03">http://www2.ed.gov/programs/reapsrsa/index.html</E>For RLIS:<E T="03">http://www.ed.gov/programs/reaprlisp/eligibility.html.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Applicants are encouraged to identify, to the extent possible, the juvenile facilities, LEAs, and schools willing to participate in the applicant's model demonstration. Final site selection will be determined in consultation with the OSEP Project Officer following the kick-off meeting (see paragraph (e)(1) in the<E T="03">Application Requirements</E>section).</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>(ii) Strategies to identify and to allocate human resources among the collaborating agencies needed to implement the model;</P>
        <P>(iii) Approach to initial and ongoing personnel development or training, including coaching, for personnel involved in implementing the model;</P>
        <P>(iv) Approach to measuring fidelity of implementation of the model; and</P>
        <P>(v) Approach to measuring the social validity of the model—in other words, measuring the stakeholders' (i.e., service providers', teachers', parents', and students') satisfaction with the model components, processes and outcomes.</P>
        <P>(3) Sustainability components, including a plan for:</P>
        <P>(i) Transferring the responsibility for project maintenance and support to the collaborating agency personnel at the participating sites by the end of the project period; and</P>
        <P>(ii) Continuing the opportunities for training personnel in the collaborating agencies to implement the model, if successful, after the project ends;</P>
        <P>(b) A detailed review of the research evidence that supports the effectiveness of the proposed model, its components, and processes with the targeted population(s) and age(s) of youth with disabilities;</P>

        <P>(c) A plan and timeline to implement the model described in paragraph (a) of this section that includes details on the elements in the<E T="03">Required Activities</E>section of this priority;</P>
        <P>(d) A logic model that depicts, at a minimum, the goals, activities, outputs, and outcomes of the proposed model demonstration project. The logic model must make distinct the contributions of each collaborating agency to the activities, outputs, and outcomes of the proposed project. A logic model communicates how a project will achieve its outcomes and provides a framework for both the formative and summative evaluations of the project; and</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>The following Web sites provide more information on logic models:<E T="03">www.researchutilization.org/matrix/logicmodel_resource3c.html</E>and<E T="03">www.tadnet.org/model_and_performance.</E>
          </P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>(e) A budget for attendance at the following:</P>

        <P>(1) A one and one half-day kick-off meeting to be held in Washington, DC, after receipt of the award. At the kick-off meeting, OSEP personnel and the grantees, in consultation with the Model Demonstration Coordination Center (MDCC), will develop a project data coordination plan that includes common cross-project data collection instruments, a timeline for collecting these data, and evaluation questions. As part of the cross-project data coordination plan, projects funded under this priority must collect data using common measures that may or may not be the same as those initially proposed by the applicant. These may include student measures; implementation measures such as qualitative descriptions of activities; or site contextual data. The project timeline required under paragraph (c) of this section must be adjusted according to decisions made during kick-off;<PRTPAGE P="26268"/>
        </P>
        <P>(2) A one-day annual planning meeting held in Washington, DC, with the OSEP Project Officer during years 2-4 of the project period;</P>
        <P>(3) The three-day Project Directors' Conference in Washington, DC, during each year of the project period; and</P>
        <P>(4) Two two-day trips annually to attend Department briefings, Department-sponsored conferences, and other meetings, as requested by OSEP.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Required Activities.</E>To meet the requirements of this priority, each project, at a minimum, must conduct the following activities consistent with the plan proposed in paragraph (c) of the<E T="03">Application Requirements</E>section:</P>
        <P>(a) Implement a model demonstration project in the participating schools, LEAs, and juvenile justice facilities that—</P>
        <P>(1) Address the individual educational, psychological, cognitive, and emotional needs of youth with disabilities in juvenile justice facilities using culturally responsive principles;<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>Culturally responsive principles promote redesigning the learning environments to support the development and success of all students. Some examples of incorporating culturally responsive principles into learning environments include communicating high expectations to all students, incorporating students' cultural and home experiences into lessons by reshaping the curriculum to reflect students' experiences, and engaging students in activities where they can converse with one another on topics that tap into their background knowledge and experiences (Gay, 2000; King, Artiles, &amp; Kozleski, 2010).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>(2) Identify a mentor, coach, educational advocate, or case manager to coordinate the transition of youth with disabilities from custody to community life; and</P>
        <P>(3) Establish collaborative processes for service provision among the juvenile justice facility, the LEA, and schools, and appropriate community service providers such as mental health and substance abuse treatment providers, to facilitate the outcomes outlined in paragraphs (b) and (c) in this section.</P>
        <P>(b) Include, at a minimum in the project's logic model and data plan, the timeline and plan to collect summative evaluation data on the following outcome measures:</P>
        <P>(1) Progress toward and rates of high school completion;</P>
        <P>(2) Exploration, application, acceptance, and enrollment in postsecondary education, as age appropriate;</P>
        <P>(3) Employment, if age appropriate, or progress to obtain the knowledge and skills that will reasonably enable the youth to meet the goal of employment (e.g., enrollment in courses of study leading to employment);</P>
        <P>(4) Number and time lag of referrals to juvenile justice following release from the juvenile justice facility; and</P>
        <P>(5) Progress in positive, healthy, and pro-social behaviors (voluntary behaviors intended to benefit another), as reflected by reductions in school disciplinary actions and participation in mental health or substance abuse treatment.</P>
        <P>(c) Include, at a minimum, in the project's logic model and data plan, the timeline and plan to collect summative evaluation data on the following system outcomes:</P>
        <P>(1) Changes to policies, procedures, or data collection systems in the LEAs, schools, and juvenile facilities, including changes related to information or record sharing,<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>referrals for services, instruction, assessment, and transition planning;</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>8</SU>As noted elsewhere in this priority, applicants must ensure the confidentiality of individual data, consistent with the requirements of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and State laws or regulations concerning the confidentiality of individual records. Final FERPA regulatory changes became effective January 3, 2012, and include requirements for data sharing. Applicants are encouraged to review the final FERPA regulations published December 2, 2011 (76 FR 75604). Questions can be forwarded to the Family Policy Compliance Office (<E T="03">www.ed.gov/fpco</E>) at (202) 260-3887 or<E T="03">FERPA@ed.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>(2) Changes to resource allocations in the LEAs, schools, and juvenile facilities, including personnel assignments and transportation costs; and</P>
        <P>(3) Estimates of the cost of implementing the model, including costs of the various components of the model.</P>

        <P>(d) Implement a formative evaluation plan, consistent with the project's logic model and the data collection plan, to include, as appropriate, periodic collection of student and system data in addition to other largely formative data relating to fidelity of implementation, stakeholder acceptability, and descriptions of the site context. The plan must outline how these data will be reviewed by the project, when they will be reviewed (consistent with the timeline in paragraph (c) under<E T="03">Application Requirements</E>), and how they will be used during the course of the project to adjust the model or its implementation to increase the model's usefulness, generalizability, and potential for sustainability.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Other Project Activities.</E>To meet the requirements of this priority, each project, at a minimum, must conduct the following activities:</P>
        <P>(a) Participate in ongoing discussions, facilitated by the MDCC, with the other funded projects concerning the development of a data coordination plan that is common to all funded projects and includes evaluation questions; site data collection instruments; synthesis and analysis of the data; acceptable variations across projects for the measurement of implementation fidelity, model acceptability, and data reliability; and collaborative efforts to disseminate information about the models. Projects must be prepared to share some data with the MDCC in the process of implementing the data coordination plan;</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>In addition to common data and instrumentation, applicants may propose in the application to collect and analyze data that are not commonly collected by all projects, but that support their particular model demonstration project.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>(b) Initiate a detailed documentation process sufficient for model replication purposes, should the model be successful;</P>

        <P>(c) Communicate and collaborate on an ongoing basis with Department-funded projects such as the National Dropout Prevention Center for Students with Disabilities (<E T="03">http://www.ndpc-sd.org/</E>), National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (<E T="03">http://www.nsttac.org/</E>), and National Post-School Outcomes Center (<E T="03">http://www.psocenter.org/</E>), to share information on successful strategies and implementation challenges regarding school reentry, dropout prevention, job training, and post-secondary transition for youth with disabilities in the juvenile justice system;</P>

        <P>(d) Prior to developing any new product, submit a proposal for the product to the Technical Assistance Coordination Center (TACC) database for approval from the OSEP Project Officer. The development of new products should be consistent with the product definition and guidelines posted on the TACC Web site (<E T="03">www.tadnet.org</E>);</P>
        <P>(e) Maintain ongoing telephone and email communication with the OSEP Project Officer and other projects funded under this priority; and</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The MDCC will provide support for monthly teleconferences with all projects to discuss cross-project activities.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>(f) If the project maintains a Web site, include relevant information about the model demonstration and documents in a form that meets government or industry recognized standards for accessibility.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">References:</E>
        </P>
        
        <EXTRACT>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Baltodano, H. M., Platt, D., &amp; Roberts, C. W. (2005). Transition from secure care to the community: Significant issues for youth<PRTPAGE P="26269"/>in detention.<E T="03">Journal of Correctional Education, 56</E>(4), 372-388.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Bilchik, S., &amp; Altschuler, D. (2010, January 26).<E T="03">Juvenile reentry in concept and practice.</E>Webinar by National Reentry Resource Center and the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance and Office for Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. Available from<E T="03">http://www.nationalreentryresourcecenter.org/topics/juveniles.</E>
          </FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Bullis, M., Yovanoff, P., Mueller, G., &amp; Havel, E. (2002). Life on the “outs”—Examination of the facility-to-community transition of incarcerated youth.<E T="03">Exceptional Children, 69,</E>7.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Clark, H. G. (2003).<E T="03">Resilience: Gender, disability, and justice status in youth transitioning to school</E>(Doctoral dissertation). Arizona State University. ProQuest Dissertations and Theses. Retrieved from<E T="03">http://search.proquest.com/docview/305339804?accountid=27030.</E>
          </FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Fixsen, D. L., Naoom, S. F., Blasé, K. A., Friedman, R. M., &amp; Wallace, F. (2005).<E T="03">Implementation research: A synthesis of the literature.</E>Tampa, FL: University of South Florida, Louis de la Parte Florida Mental Health Institute, The National Implementation Research Network (FMHI Publication #231).</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Gay, G. (2000).<E T="03">Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice.</E>New York: Teachers College Press.</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Hogan, K. A., Bullock, L. M., &amp; Fritsch, E. J. (2010). Meeting the transition needs of incarcerated youth with disabilities.<E T="03">Journal of Correctional Education, 61</E>(2), 133-147.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">King, A., Artiles, A. J., &amp; Kozleski, E. (2010).<E T="03">Professional learning for culturally responsive teaching.</E>Retrieved from<E T="03">http://www.equityallianceasu.org/sites/default/files/Website-files/exemplarFINAL.pdf.</E>
          </FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Newell, M., &amp; Salazar, A. (2010).<E T="03">Juvenile reentry in Los Angeles County: An exploration of strengths, barriers, and policy options: A report to the 2nd District of Los Angeles.</E>Retrieved from<E T="03">http://www.childrensdefense.org/child-research-data-publications/data/la-county-juvenile-justice.pdf.</E>
          </FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Quinn, M. M., Rutherford, R. B., Leone, P. E., Osher, D. M. &amp; Poirier, J. M. (2005). Youth with disabilities in juvenile corrections: A national survey.<E T="03">Exceptional Children, 71,</E>339-345.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Scott, E. S., &amp; Steinberg, L. (2008).<E T="03">Rethinking juvenile justice.</E>Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Snyder, H. (2004). An empirical portrait of the youth reentry population.<E T="03">Youth Violence and Juvenile Justice, 2</E>(1), 39-55. doi: 10.1177/1541204003260046.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">U.S. Department of Education. (2002).<E T="03">Twenty-fourth annual report to Congress on the implementation of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.</E>Washington, DC: Author. Available from<E T="03">http://www2.ed.gov/about/reports/annual/osep/2002/index.html.</E>
          </FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Wilkins, J. (2011).<E T="03">Reentry programs for out-of-school youth with disabilities: Part III Characteristics of reentry programs.</E>Clemson, SC: National Dropout Prevention Center for Students with Disabilities, Clemson University. Available from<E T="03">http://www.ndpc-sd.org/knowledge/reentry_programs.php.</E>
          </FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Zabel, R., &amp; Nigro, F. (2007). Occupational interests and aptitudes of juvenile offenders: Influence of special education experience and gender.<E T="03">Journal of Correctional Education, 58</E>(4), 337-355.</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Zhang, D., Barrett, D. E., Katsiyannis, A., &amp; Yoon, M. (2011). Juvenile offenders with and without disabilities: Risks and patterns of recidivism.<E T="03">Learning &amp; Individual Differences, 21</E>(1), 12-18. doi: 10.1016/j.lindif.2010.09.006.</FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Zhang, D., Hsu, H.-Y., Katsiyannis, A., Barrett, D. E., &amp; Song, J. (2011). Adolescents with disabilities in the juvenile justice system: Patterns of recidivism.<E T="03">Exceptional Children, 77,</E>283-296.</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Waiver of Proposed Rulemaking:</E>Under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553) the Department generally offers interested parties the opportunity to comment on proposed priorities and requirements. Section 681(d) of IDEA, however, makes the public comment requirements of the APA inapplicable to the priority in this notice.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Program Authority:</HD>
          <P>20 U.S.C. 1463 and 1481.</P>
        </AUTH>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicable Regulations:</E>The Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) in 34 CFR parts 74, 75, 77, 79, 80, 81, 82, 84, 86, 97, 98, and 99.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The regulations in 34 CFR part 79 apply to all applicants except federally recognized Indian tribes.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The regulations in 34 CFR part 86 apply to IHEs only.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Award Information</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Award:</E>Cooperative agreements.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Available Funds:</E>$1,200,000.</P>
        <P>Contingent upon the availability of funds and the quality of applications, we may make additional awards in FY 2013 from the list of unfunded applicants from this competition.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Average Size of Award:</E>$400,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Range of Awards:</E>$375,000 to $400,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Maximum Awards:</E>We will reject any application that proposes a budget exceeding $400,000 for a single budget period of 12 months. The Assistant Secretary for Special Education and Rehabilitative Services may change the maximum amount through a notice published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Awards:</E>3.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Project Period:</E>Up to 48 months.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Eligibility Information</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Eligible Applicants:</E>State educational agencies (SEAs); LEAs, including public charter schools that are considered LEAs under State law; IHEs; other public agencies; private nonprofit organizations; outlying areas; freely associated States; Indian tribes or tribal organizations; and for-profit organizations.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Cost Sharing or Matching:</E>This competition does not require cost sharing or matching.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Other: General Requirements</E>—(a) The projects funded under this competition must make positive efforts to employ and advance in employment qualified individuals with disabilities (see section 606 of IDEA).</P>
        <P>(b) Applicants and the grant recipients funded under this competition must involve individuals with disabilities or parents of individuals with disabilities ages birth through 26 in planning, implementing, and evaluating the projects (see section 682(a)(1)(A) of IDEA).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Application and Submission Information</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Address to Request Application Package:</E>You can obtain an application package via the Internet, from the Education Publications Center (ED Pubs), or from the program office.</P>

        <P>To obtain a copy via the Internet, use the following address:<E T="03">www.ed.gov/fund/grant/apply/grantapps/index.html.</E>
        </P>
        <P>To obtain a copy from ED Pubs, write, fax, or call the following: ED Pubs, U.S. Department of Education, P.O. Box 22207, Alexandria, VA 22304. Telephone, toll free: 1-877-433-7827. FAX: (703) 605-6794. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call, toll free: 1-877-576-7734.</P>
        <P>You can contact ED Pubs at its Web site, also:<E T="03">www.EDPubs.gov</E>or at its email address:<E T="03">edpubs@inet.ed.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>If you request an application package from ED Pubs, be sure to identify this competition as follows: CFDA number 84.326M.</P>

        <P>To obtain a copy from the program office, contact the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>in section VII of this notice.</P>

        <P>Individuals with disabilities can obtain a copy of the application package in an accessible format (e.g., braille, large print, audiotape, or compact disc) by contacting the person or team listed under<E T="03">Accessible Format</E>in section VIII of this notice.<PRTPAGE P="26270"/>
        </P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Content and Form of Application Submission:</E>Requirements concerning the content of an application, together with the forms you must submit, are in the application package for this competition.</P>
        <P>Page Limit: The application narrative (Part III of the application) is where you, the applicant, address the selection criteria that reviewers use to evaluate your application. You must limit the application narrative to the equivalent of no more than 70 pages, using the following standards:</P>
        <P>• A “page” is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side only, with 1” margins at the top, bottom, and both sides.</P>
        <P>• Double space (no more than three lines per vertical inch) all text in the application narrative, including titles, headings, footnotes, quotations, references, and captions.</P>
        <P>• Use a font that is either 12 point or larger or no smaller than 10 pitch (characters per inch).</P>
        <P>• Use one of the following fonts: Times New Roman, Courier, Courier New, or Arial. An application submitted in any other font (including Times Roman or Arial Narrow) will not be accepted.</P>
        <P>The page limit does not apply to Part I, the cover sheet; Part II, the budget section, including the narrative budget justification; Part IV, the assurances and certifications; or the one-page abstract, the resumes, the bibliography, the references, or the letters of support. However, the page limit does apply to all of the application narrative section (Part III).</P>
        <P>We will reject your application if you exceed the page limit or if you apply other standards and exceed the equivalent of the page limit.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Submission Dates and Times:</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applications Available:</E>May 3, 2012.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Deadline for Transmittal of Applications:</E>June 18, 2012.</P>

        <P>Applications for grants under this competition may be submitted electronically using the Grants.gov Apply site (Grants.gov), or in paper format by mail or hand delivery. For information (including dates and times) about how to submit your application electronically, or in paper format by mail or hand delivery, please refer to section IV. 7.<E T="03">Other Submission Requirements</E>of this notice.</P>
        <P>We do not consider an application that does not comply with the deadline requirements.</P>

        <P>Individuals with disabilities who need an accommodation or auxiliary aid in connection with the application process should contact the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>in section VII of this notice. If the Department provides an accommodation or auxiliary aid to an individual with a disability in connection with the application process, the individual's application remains subject to all other requirements and limitations in this notice.</P>
        <P>Deadline for Intergovernmental Review: August 16, 2012.</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Intergovernmental Review:</E>This competition is subject to Executive Order 12372 and the regulations in 34 CFR part 79. Information about Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs under Executive Order 12372 is in the application package for this competition.</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">Funding Restrictions:</E>We reference regulations outlining funding restrictions in the<E T="03">Applicable Regulations</E>section of this notice.</P>
        <P>6.<E T="03">Data Universal Number System Number, Taxpayer Identification Number, and Central Contractor Registry:</E>To do business with the Department of Education, you must—</P>
        <P>a. Have a Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number and a Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN);</P>
        <P>b. Register both your DUNS number and TIN with the Central Contractor Registry (CCR), the Government's primary registrant database;</P>
        <P>c. Provide your DUNS number and TIN on your application; and</P>
        <P>d. Maintain an active CCR registration with current information while your application is under review by the Department and, if you are awarded a grant, during the project period.</P>
        <P>You can obtain a DUNS number from Dun and Bradstreet. A DUNS number can be created within one business day.</P>
        <P>If you are a corporate entity, agency, institution, or organization, you can obtain a TIN from the Internal Revenue Service. If you are an individual, you can obtain a TIN from the Internal Revenue Service or the Social Security Administration. If you need a new TIN, please allow 2-5 weeks for your TIN to become active.</P>
        <P>The CCR registration process may take five or more business days to complete. If you are currently registered with the CCR, you may not need to make any changes. However, please make certain that the TIN associated with your DUNS number is correct. Also note that you will need to update your CCR registration on an annual basis. This may take three or more business days to complete.</P>
        <P>In addition, if you are submitting your application via<E T="03">Grants.gov</E>, you must (1) be designated by your organization as an Authorized Organization Representative (AOR); and (2) register yourself with<E T="03">Grants.gov</E>as an AOR. Details on these steps are outlined at the following<E T="03">Grants.gov</E>Web page:<E T="03">www.grants.gov/applicants/get_registered.jsp.</E>
        </P>
        <P>7.<E T="03">Other Submission Requirements:</E>Applications for grants under this competition may be submitted electronically or in paper format by mail or hand delivery.</P>
        <P>a.<E T="03">Electronic Submission of Applications</E>
        </P>

        <P>We are participating as a partner in the Governmentwide Grants.gov Apply site. The Model Demonstration Projects on Reentry of Students with Disabilities from Juvenile Justice Facilities into Education, Employment, and Community Programs competition, CFDA number 84.326M, is included in this project. We request your participation in<E T="03">Grants.gov.</E>
        </P>

        <P>If you choose to submit your application electronically, you must use the Governmentwide Grants.gov Apply site at<E T="03">www.Grants.gov.</E>Through this site, you will be able to download a copy of the application package, complete it offline, and then upload and submit your application. You may not email an electronic copy of a grant application to us.</P>

        <P>You may access the electronic grant application for the Model Demonstration Projects on Reentry of Students with Disabilities from Juvenile Justice Facilities into Education, Employment, and Community Programs competition at<E T="03">www.Grants.gov.</E>You must search for the downloadable application package for this competition by the CFDA number. Do not include the CFDA number's alpha suffix in your search (e.g., search for 84.326, not 84.326M).</P>
        <P>Please note the following:</P>
        <P>• Your participation in Grants.gov is voluntary.</P>
        <P>• When you enter the Grants.gov site, you will find information about submitting an application electronically through the site, as well as the hours of operation.</P>

        <P>• Applications received by Grants.gov are date and time stamped. Your application must be fully uploaded and submitted and must be date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system no later than 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date. Except as otherwise noted in this section, we will not accept your application if it is received—that is, date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system—after 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date. We do not consider an application that does not comply with the deadline requirements. When we retrieve your application from Grants.gov, we will<PRTPAGE P="26271"/>notify you if we are rejecting your application because it was date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system after 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date.</P>
        <P>• The amount of time it can take to upload an application will vary depending on a variety of factors, including the size of the application and the speed of your Internet connection. Therefore, we strongly recommend that you do not wait until the application deadline date to begin the submission process through Grants.gov.</P>

        <P>• You should review and follow the Education Submission Procedures for submitting an application through Grants.gov that are included in the application package for this competition to ensure that you submit your application in a timely manner to the Grants.gov system. You can also find the Education Submission Procedures pertaining to Grants.gov under News and Events on the Department's G5 system home page at<E T="03">http://www.G5.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>• You will not receive additional point value because you submit your application in electronic format, nor will we penalize you if you submit your application in paper format.</P>
        <P>• If you submit your application electronically, you must submit all documents electronically, including all information you typically provide on the following forms: the Application for Federal Assistance (SF 424), the Department of Education Supplemental Information for SF 424, Budget Information—Non-Construction Programs (ED 524), and all necessary assurances and certifications.</P>
        <P>• If you submit your application electronically, you must upload any narrative sections and all other attachments to your application as files in a PDF (Portable Document) read-only, non-modifiable format. Do not upload an interactive or fillable PDF file. If you upload a file type other than a read-only, non-modifiable PDF or submit a password-protected file, we will not review that material.</P>
        <P>• Your electronic application must comply with any page-limit requirements described in this notice.</P>
        <P>• After you electronically submit your application, you will receive from Grants.gov an automatic notification of receipt that contains a Grants.gov tracking number. (This notification indicates receipt by Grants.gov only, not receipt by the Department.) The Department then will retrieve your application from Grants.gov and send a second notification to you by email. This second notification indicates that the Department has received your application and has assigned your application a PR/Award number (an ED-specified identifying number unique to your application).</P>
        <P>• We may request that you provide us original signatures on forms at a later date.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Application Deadline Date Extension in Case of Technical Issues with the Grants.gov System:</E>If you are experiencing problems submitting your application through Grants.gov, please contact the Grants.gov Support Desk, toll free, at 1-800-518-4726. You must obtain a Grants.gov Support Desk Case Number and must keep a record of it.</P>
        <P>If you are prevented from electronically submitting your application on the application deadline date because of technical problems with the Grants.gov system, we will grant you an extension until 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, the following business day to enable you to transmit your application electronically or by hand delivery. You also may mail your application by following the mailing instructions described elsewhere in this notice.</P>

        <P>If you submit an application after 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date, please contact the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>in section VII of this notice and provide an explanation of the technical problem you experienced with Grants.gov, along with the Grants.gov Support Desk Case Number. We will accept your application if we can confirm that a technical problem occurred with the Grants.gov system and that that problem affected your ability to submit your application by 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date. The Department will contact you after a determination is made on whether your application will be accepted.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The extensions to which we refer in this section apply only to the unavailability of, or technical problems with, the Grants.gov system. We will not grant you an extension if you failed to fully register to submit your application to Grants.gov before the application deadline date and time or if the technical problem you experienced is unrelated to the Grants.gov system.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>b.<E T="03">Submission of Paper Applications by Mail</E>
        </P>
        <P>If you submit your application in paper format by mail (through the U.S. Postal Service or a commercial carrier), you must mail the original and two copies of your application, on or before the application deadline date, to the Department at the following address: U.S. Department of Education, Application Control Center, Attention: (CFDA Number 84.326M), LBJ Basement Level 1, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20202-4260.</P>
        <P>You must show proof of mailing consisting of one of the following:</P>
        <P>(1) A legibly dated U.S. Postal Service postmark.</P>
        <P>(2) A legible mail receipt with the date of mailing stamped by the U.S. Postal Service.</P>
        <P>(3) A dated shipping label, invoice, or receipt from a commercial carrier.</P>
        <P>(4) Any other proof of mailing acceptable to the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education.</P>
        <P>If you mail your application through the U.S. Postal Service, we do not accept either of the following as proof of mailing:</P>
        <P>(1) A private metered postmark.</P>
        <P>(2) A mail receipt that is not dated by the U.S. Postal Service.</P>
        <P>If your application is postmarked after the application deadline date, we will not consider your application.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The U.S. Postal Service does not uniformly provide a dated postmark. Before relying on this method, you should check with your local post office.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>c.<E T="03">Submission of Paper Applications by Hand Delivery</E>
        </P>
        <P>If you submit your application in paper format by hand delivery, you (or a courier service) must deliver the original and two copies of your application by hand, on or before the application deadline date, to the Department at the following address: U.S. Department of Education, Application Control Center, Attention: (CFDA Number 84.326M), 550 12th Street SW., Room 7041, Potomac Center Plaza, Washington, DC 20202-4260.</P>
        <P>The Application Control Center accepts hand deliveries daily between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note for Mail or Hand Delivery of Paper Applications:</HD>
          <P>If you mail or hand deliver your application to the Department—</P>
          <P>(1) You must indicate on the envelope and—if not provided by the Department—in Item 11 of the SF 424 the CFDA number, including suffix letter, if any, of the competition under which you are submitting your application; and</P>
          <P>(2) The Application Control Center will mail to you a notification of receipt of your grant application. If you do not receive this notification within 15 business days from the application deadline date, you should call the U.S. Department of Education Application Control Center at (202) 245-6288.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Application Review Information</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Selection Criteria:</E>The selection criteria for this competition are from 34<PRTPAGE P="26272"/>CFR 75.210 and are listed in the application package.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Review and Selection Process:</E>We remind potential applicants that in reviewing applications in any discretionary grant competition, the Secretary may consider, under 34 CFR 75.217(d)(3), the past performance of the applicant in carrying out a previous award, such as the applicant's use of funds, achievement of project objectives, and compliance with grant conditions. The Secretary may also consider whether the applicant failed to submit a timely performance report or submitted a report of unacceptable quality.</P>
        <P>In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Secretary also requires various assurances including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Education (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Additional Review and Selection Process Factors:</E>In the past, the Department has had difficulty finding peer reviewers for certain competitions because so many individuals who are eligible to serve as peer reviewers have conflicts of interest. The Standing Panel requirements under IDEA also have placed additional constraints on the availability of reviewers. Therefore, the Department has determined that for some discretionary grant competitions, applications may be separated into two or more groups and ranked and selected for funding within the specific groups. This procedure will make it easier for the Department to find peer reviewers by ensuring that greater numbers of individuals who are eligible to serve as reviewers for any particular group of applicants will not have conflicts of interest. It also will increase the quality, independence, and fairness of the review process, while permitting panel members to review applications under discretionary grant competitions for which they also have submitted applications. However, if the Department decides to select an equal number of applications in each group for funding, this may result in different cut-off points for fundable applications in each group.</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Special Conditions:</E>Under 34 CFR 74.14 and 80.12, the Secretary may impose special conditions on a grant if the applicant or grantee is not financially stable; has a history of unsatisfactory performance; has a financial or other management system that does not meet the standards in 34 CFR parts 74 or 80, as applicable; has not fulfilled the conditions of a prior grant; or is otherwise not responsible.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Award Administration Information</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Award Notices:</E>If your application is successful, we notify your U.S. Representative and U.S. Senators and send you a Grant Award Notification (GAN). We may notify you informally, also.</P>
        <P>If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we notify you.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Administrative and National Policy Requirements:</E>We identify administrative and national policy requirements in the application package and reference these and other requirements in the<E T="03">Applicable Regulations</E>section of this notice.</P>

        <P>We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the<E T="03">Applicable Regulations</E>section of this notice and include these and other specific conditions in the GAN. The GAN also incorporates your approved application as part of your binding commitments under the grant.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Reporting:</E>(a) If you apply for a grant under this competition, you must ensure that you have in place the necessary processes and systems to comply with the reporting requirements in 2 CFR part 170 should you receive funding under the competition. This does not apply if you have an exception under 2 CFR 170.110(b).</P>

        <P>(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including financial information, as directed by the Secretary. If you receive a multi-year award, you must submit an annual performance report that provides the most current performance and financial expenditure information as directed by the Secretary under 34 CFR 75.118. The Secretary may also require more frequent performance reports under 34 CFR 75.720(c). For specific requirements on reporting, please go to<E T="03">www.ed.gov/fund/grant/apply/appforms/appforms.html.</E>
        </P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Performance Measures:</E>Under the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993 (GPRA), the Department has established a set of performance measures, including long-term measures, that are designed to yield information on various aspects of the effectiveness and quality of the Technical Assistance and Dissemination to Improve Services and Results for Children with Disabilities program. These measures focus on the extent to which projects provide high-quality products and services, the relevance of project products and services to educational and early intervention policy and practice, and the use of products and services to improve educational and early intervention policy and practice.</P>
        <P>Grantees will be required to report information on their project's performance in annual reports to the Department (34 CFR 75.590).</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">Continuation Awards:</E>In making a continuation award, the Secretary may consider, under 34 CFR 75.253, the extent to which a grantee has made “substantial progress toward meeting the objectives in its approved application.” This consideration includes the review of a grantee's progress in meeting the targets and projected outcomes in its approved application, and whether the grantee has expended funds in a manner that is consistent with its approved application and budget. In making a continuation grant, the Secretary also considers whether the grantee is operating in compliance with the assurances in its approved application, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Agency Contact</HD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>David Emenheiser, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 4116, Potomac Center Plaza (PCP), Washington, DC 20202-2600. Telephone: (202) 245-7556.</P>
          <P>If you use a TDD or a TTY, call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">VIII. Other Information</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Accessible Format:</E>Individuals with disabilities can obtain this document and a copy of the application package in an accessible format (e.g., braille, large print, audiotape, or compact disc) by contacting the Grants and Contracts Services Team, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 5075, PCP, Washington, DC 20202-2550. Telephone: (202) 245-7363. If you use a TDD or a TTY, call the FRS, toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Electronic Access to This Document:</E>The official version of this document is the document published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. Free Internet access to the official edition of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and the Code of Federal Regulations is available via the Federal Digital System at:<E T="03">www.gpo.gov/fdsys.</E>At this site you can view this document, as well as all other documents of this Department published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, in text or Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF). To use PDF you must<PRTPAGE P="26273"/>have Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is available free at the site.</P>

          <P>You may also access documents of the Department published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>by using the article search feature at:<E T="03">www.federalregister.gov.</E>Specifically, through the advanced search feature at this site, you can limit your search to documents published by the Department.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: April 27, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Alexa Posny,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Assistant Secretary for Special Education and Rehabilitative Services.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10692 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4000-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, Northern New Mexico</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Department of Energy, DoE.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of open meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This notice announces a meeting of the Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board (EM SSAB), Northern New Mexico. The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of this meeting be announced in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Wednesday, May 30, 2012; 1:00 p.m.-7:00 p.m.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The Lodge at Santa Fe, 750 North St. Francis Drive, Santa Fe, NM 87501.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Menice Santistevan, Northern New Mexico Citizens' Advisory Board (NNMCAB), 94 Cities of Gold Road, Santa Fe, NM 87506. Phone (505) 995-0393; Fax (505) 989-1752 or Email:<E T="03">msantistevan@doeal.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">Purpose of the Board:</E>The purpose of the Board is to make recommendations to DOE-EM and site management in the areas of environmental restoration, waste management, and related activities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Tentative Agenda</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1:00 p.m.Call to Order by Deputy Designated Federal Officer (DDFO), Ed Worth.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Establishment of a Quorum: Roll Call and Excused Absences, Karen Erickson.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Welcome and Introductions, Ralph Phelps, Chair.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Approval of Agenda and March 28, 2012, Meeting Minutes.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1:15 p.m.Public Comment Period.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1:30 p.m.Old Business.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Written Reports.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Report on Spring EM SSAB Chairs' Meeting, Ralph Phelps and Carlos Valdez.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Other Items.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2:00 p.m.New Business.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Letter from EM SSAB Chairs to Dave Huizenga, Senior Advisor for EM.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Appointment of Nominating Committee for September Elections.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Other Items.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2:15 p.m.Items from the DDFO, Ed Worth.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Update from DOE.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Definition of One Contaminant.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Other Items.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2:30 p.m.New Mexico Environment Department (NMED—State Regulator), John Kieling.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Status of Consent Order.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Overview of RCRA Permit.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• NMED Top Three Issues.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3:15 p.m.Break.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3:30 p.m.“State of the Laboratory,” Pete Maggiore and Michael Graham.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Organizational Charts (Los Alamos Site Office, Los Alamos National Security and DOE-EM).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• EM Baseline.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Progress in Clean-up.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Framework Agreement.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Top Three Issues.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Future Activities.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4:30 p.m.Environmental Protection Agency (Federal Regulator), Rich Mayer.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Federal Facilities Compliance Act.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit Program.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Other EPA Regulatory Activities at Los Alamos National Laboratory.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5:15 p.m.Dinner Break.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6:00 p.m.Public Comment Period.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6:15 p.m.Update on “3706 TRU Waste Campaign,” Lee Bishop.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6:45 p.m.Wrap-up and Comments from Board Members, Ralph Phelps.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7:00 p.m.Adjourn, Ed Worth, DDFO.</FP>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Public Participation:</E>The EM SSAB, Northern New Mexico, welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with physical disabilities or special needs. If you require special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Menice Santistevan at least seven days in advance of the meeting at the telephone number listed above. Written statements may be filed with the Board either before or after the meeting. Individuals who wish to make oral statements pertaining to agenda items should contact Menice Santistevan at the address or telephone number listed above. Requests must be received five days prior to the meeting and reasonable provision will be made to include the presentation in the agenda. The Deputy Designated Federal Officer is empowered to conduct the meeting in a fashion that will facilitate the orderly conduct of business. Individuals wishing to make public comments will be provided a maximum of five minutes to present their comments.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Minutes:</E>Minutes will be available by writing or calling Menice Santistevan at the address or phone number listed above. Minutes and other Board documents are on the Internet at:<E T="03">http://www.nnmcab.energy.gov/</E>.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued at Washington, DC, on April 30, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>LaTanya R. Butler,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Deputy Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10672 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6405-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>President's Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST)</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Department of Energy.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of partially closed meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This notice sets forth the schedule and summary agenda for a partially closed meeting of the President's Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST), and describes the functions of the Council. Notice of this meeting is required under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C., App. 2.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Friday, May 25, 2012; 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. (EST).</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting will be held at the Marriott Metro Center (in Ballroom Salon A), 775 12th Street NW., Washington, DC.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Information regarding the meeting agenda, time, location, and how to register for the meeting is available on the PCAST Web site at:<E T="03">http://whitehouse.gov/ostp/pcast.</E>A live video webcast and an archive of the webcast after the event are expected to be available at<E T="03">http://whitehouse.gov/ostp/pcast.</E>The archived video will be available within one week of the meeting. Questions about the meeting should be directed to Dr. Deborah D. Stine, PCAST Executive Director, by email at:<E T="03">dstine@ostp.eop.gov,</E>or by<PRTPAGE P="26274"/>telephone at: (202) 456-6006. Please note that public seating for this meeting is limited and is available on a first-come, first-served basis.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The President's Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST) is an advisory group of the nation's leading scientists and engineers, appointed by the President to augment the science and technology advice available to him from inside the White House and from cabinet departments and other Federal agencies. See the Executive Order at<E T="03">http://www.whitehouse.gov/ostp/pcast.</E>PCAST is consulted about and provides analyses and recommendations concerning a wide range of issues where understandings from the domains of science, technology, and innovation may bear on the policy choices before the President. PCAST is co-chaired by Dr. John P. Holdren, Assistant to the President for Science and Technology, and Director, Office of Science and Technology Policy, Executive Office of the President, The White House; and Dr. Eric S. Lander, President, Broad Institute of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Harvard.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Meeting:</E>Open and Closed.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Proposed Schedule and Agenda:</E>The President's Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST) is scheduled to meet in open session on Friday, May 25, 2012, from 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Open Portion of Meeting:</E>During this open meeting, PCAST is tentatively scheduled to hear from speakers who will provide information on the National Institute of Food and Agriculture, the U.S. Chief Technology Officer Team Agenda 2012, and two information technology applications—IBM's Watson Project and Google's Self-Driving Car. PCAST will also receive an update on the status of several of its studies including those on the Future of the U.S. Science and Technology Research Enterprise and Realizing the Full Potential of Government-Held Spectrum to Spur Economic Growth. Additional information and the agenda, including any changes that arise, will be posted at the PCAST Web site at:<E T="03">http://whitehouse.gov/ostp/pcast.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Closed Portion of the Meeting:</E>PCAST may hold a closed meeting of approximately one hour with the President on May 25, 2012, which must take place in the White House for the President's scheduling convenience and to maintain Secret Service protection. This meeting will be closed to the public because such portion of the meeting is likely to disclose matters that are to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy under 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(1).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Public Comments:</E>It is the policy of the PCAST to accept written public comments of any length, and to accommodate oral public comments whenever possible. The PCAST expects that public statements presented at its meetings will not be repetitive of previously submitted oral or written statements.</P>

        <P>The public comment period for this meeting will take place on May 25, 2012, at a time specified in the meeting agenda posted on the PCAST Web site at<E T="03">http://whitehouse.gov/ostp/pcast.</E>This public comment period is designed only for substantive commentary on PCAST's work, not for business marketing purposes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Oral Comments:</E>To be considered for the public speaker list at the meeting, interested parties should register to speak at<E T="03">http://whitehouse.gov/ostp/pcast,</E>no later than 12:00 p.m. (EST) on Thursday, May 17, 2012. Phone or email reservations will not be accepted. To accommodate as many speakers as possible, the time for public comments will be limited to two minutes per person, with a total public comment period of 30 minutes. If more speakers register than there is space available on the agenda, PCAST will randomly select speakers from among those who applied. Those not selected to present oral comments may always file written comments with the committee. Speakers are requested to bring at least 25 copies of their oral comments for distribution to the PCAST members.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Written Comments:</E>Although written comments are accepted continuously, written comments should be submitted to PCAST no later than 12:00 p.m. (EST) on Thursday, May 17, 2012, so that the comments may be made available to the PCAST members prior to this meeting for their consideration. Information regarding how to submit comments and documents to PCAST is available at<E T="03">http://whitehouse.gov/ostp/pcast</E>in the section entitled “Connect with PCAST.”</P>
        <P>Please note that because PCAST operates under the provisions of FACA, all public comments and/or presentations will be treated as public documents and will be made available for public inspection, including being posted on the PCAST Web site.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Meeting Accommodations:</E>Individuals requiring special accommodation to access this public meeting should contact Dr. Stine at the telephone or email address listed above, at least ten business days prior to the meeting, so that appropriate arrangements can be made.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC on April 27, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>LaTanya R. Butler,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Deputy Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10723 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Nuclear Energy Advisory Committee</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Department of Energy, Office of Nuclear Energy.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of open meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This notice announces a meeting of the Nuclear Energy Advisory Committee (NEAC). The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. Law 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of these meetings be announced in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Tuesday, June 12, 2012; 8:30 a.m.-4:00 p.m.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>L'Enfant Plaza Hotel, 480 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20024.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Kenneth Chuck Wade, Designated Federal Officer, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585; Telephone: (301) 903-6509; Email:<E T="03">Kenneth.wade@nuclear.energy.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Background:</E>The Nuclear Energy Advisory Committee (NEAC), formerly the Nuclear Energy Research Advisory Committee (NERAC), was established in 1998 by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) to provide advice on complex scientific, technical, and policy issues that arise in the planning, managing, and implementation of DOE's civilian nuclear energy research programs. The committee is composed of 23 individuals of diverse backgrounds selected for their technical expertise and experience, established records of distinguished professional service, and their knowledge of issues that pertain to nuclear energy.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Purpose of the Meeting:</E>Briefing the committee on recent developments and current status of research programs and projects pursued by the Department of Energy's Office of Nuclear Energy; and receiving advice and comments in return from the committee.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Tentative Agenda:</E>The meeting is expected to include presentations that cover such topics as the Office of Nuclear Energy's (NE) 2013 Budget, the status of NE's Small Modular Reactor Program, and the status of NE's Used Fuel Disposition Program. In addition,<PRTPAGE P="26275"/>there will be presentations by three Nuclear Energy Advisory Committee subcommittees and a presentation on Accident Tolerant Fuels. Finally, a presentation will be given on the status of NE's University Program. The agenda may change to accommodate committee business. For updates, one is directed to the NEAC Web site:<E T="03">http://www.ne.doe.gov/neac/neNeacMeetings.html.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Public Participation:</E>Individuals and representatives of organizations who would like to offer comments and suggestions may do so on the day of the meeting, Tuesday June 12, 2012. Approximately thirty minutes will be reserved for public comments. Time allotted per speaker will depend on the number who wish to speak but is not expected to exceed 5 minutes. Anyone who is not able to make the meeting or has had insufficient time to address the committee is invited to send a written statement to Kenneth Chuck Wade at the address or email listed above.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Minutes:</E>The minutes of the meeting will be available by contacting Mr. Wade at the address above or on the Department of Energy, Office of Nuclear Energy Web site at:<E T="03">http://www.ne.doe.gov/neac/neNeacMeetings.html.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued at Washington, DC on April 27, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>LaTanya R. Butler,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Deputy Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10724 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Environmental Management Advisory Board Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Department of Energy.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of open meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This notice announces a meeting of the Environmental Management Advisory Board (EMAB). The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of this meeting be announced in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Thursday, May 31, 2012; 9 a.m.-5 p.m.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Hotel on The Falls, 475 River Parkway, Idaho Falls, Idaho 83402.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Kristen G. Ellis, Designated Federal Officer, EMAB (EM-42), U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585. Phone (202) 586-5810; fax (202) 586-0293 or email:<E T="03">kristen.ellis@em.doe.gov</E>.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Purpose of the Board:</E>The purpose of EMAB is to provide the Assistant Secretary for Environmental Management (EM) with advice and recommendations on corporate issues confronting the EM program. EMAB contributes to the effective operation of the program by providing individual citizens and representatives of interested groups an opportunity to present their views on issues facing EM and by helping to secure consensus recommendations on those issues.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Tentative Agenda Topics</HD>
        <P>• EM Update</P>
        <P>• Updates on EMAB Fiscal Year 2012 Work Plan Assignments</P>
        <P>• Tank Waste Strategy Update</P>
        <P>• Citizens' Advisory Board Update</P>
        <P>• Subcommittee Updates</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Public Participation:</E>EMAB welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with physical disabilities or special needs. If you require special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Kristen G. Ellis at least seven days in advance of the meeting at the phone number or email address listed above. Written statements may be filed with the Board either before or after the meeting. Individuals who wish to make oral statements pertaining to the agenda should contact Kristen G. Ellis at the address or telephone number listed above. Requests must be received five days prior to the meeting and reasonable provision will be made to include the presentation in the agenda. The Designated Federal Officer is empowered to conduct the meeting in a fashion that will facilitate the orderly conduct of business. Individuals wishing to make public comments will be provided a maximum of five minutes to present their comments.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Minutes:</E>Minutes will be available by writing or calling Kristen G. Ellis at the address or phone number listed above. Minutes will also be available at the following Web site<E T="03">http://www.em.doe.gov/stakepages/emabmeetings.aspx</E>.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued at Washington, DC on April 27, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>LaTanya R. Butler,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Deputy Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-10681 Filed 5-2-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Bonneville Power Administration; Montana-to-Washington Transmission System Upgrade Project EIS</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Bonneville Power Administration (BPA), Department of Energy (DOE).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of intent to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) and notice of floodplain and wetlands involvement.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>BPA intends to prepare an EIS in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) on several proposed upgrades to its existing transmission system. The proposed upgrades would consist of a combination of reinforcements of five existing BPA substations, placement of new conductor on sections of an existing BPA transmission line, and the addition of a new series compensation substation along an existing BPA transmission line corridor. The substation reinforcements would occur at Garrison and Hot Springs substations in Montana, Dworshak and Hatwai substations in Idaho, and Bell Substation in Washington. The line reconductoring would occur on four sections, totaling 12 miles, of the Dworshak-Taft No. 1 500-kilovolt (kV) line in Montana and Idaho. The series compensation substation would be added along the Garrison-Taft 500-kV line corridor in Montana.</P>
          <P>The proposed upgrades are needed to respond to requests for long-term firm transmission service that BPA has received for the West of Garrison and West of Hatwai transmission paths. These upgrades would increase the firm east-to-west transfer capability from BPA's Garrison Substation in Western Montana to load centers west of the Cascades and to market hubs serving the entire Northwest power market.</P>
          <P>With this Notice of Intent, BPA is initiating the public scoping process for the EIS. BPA is requesting comments about potential environmental impacts that it should consider as it prepares the EIS for the proposed project.</P>
          <P>In accordance with DOE regulations for compliance with floodplain and wetlands environmental review requirements, BPA will prepare a floodplain and wetlands assessment to avoid or minimize potential harm to or within any affected floodplains and wetlands. The assessment will be included in the EIS.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>Written scoping comments are due no later than June 18, 2012, and can be submitted at the addresses below. Verbal and written comments may also<PRTPAGE P="26276"/>be made at the EIS scoping meetings that will be held at the locations listed below.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Send letters with comments and suggestions on the proposed scope of the Draft EIS, and requests to be placed on the project mailing list, to Bonneville Power Administration, Public Affairs Office—DKE-7, P.O. Box 14428, Portland, OR 97293-4428, or by fax to (503) 230-4019. You also may call BPA's toll free comment line at (800) 622-4519 and leave a message (please include the name of this project); or submit comments online at<E T="03">www.bpa.gov/comment.</E>BPA will also post all comment letters received in their entirety on BPA's Web site at<E T="03">www.bpa.gov/comment.</E>
          </P>
          <P>On May 22, 2012, a scoping meeting will be held from 5:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m. at the Lewiston Community Center, 1424 Main Street, Lewiston, Idaho 83501. On May 23, 2012, a scoping meeting will be held from 5:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m. at the Linwood Elementary School, 906 West Weile Avenue, Spokane, Washington 99208. On June 12, 2012, a scoping meeting will be held from 5:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m. at the Missoula Fire Department (Station 4), 3011 Latimor Street, Missoula, Montana 59808. And lastly, on June 13, 2012, a scoping meeting will be held from 5:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m. at the St. Regis School, 6 Tiger Street, St. Regis, Montana 59866.</P>
          <P>At these informal open-house style meetings, BPA will provide maps and other information about the project and have members of the project team available to answer questions and accept oral and written comments. You may stop by anytime during the open house.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Andrew M. Montaño, Environmental Protection Specialist, Bonneville Power Administration—KEC-4, P.O. Box 3621, Portland, Oregon 97208-3621; toll-free telephone 1-800-282-3713; d